router commands
configure
— router string
— aggregates
— aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— aggregator
— address string
— as-number number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— as-set boolean
— blackhole
— generate-icmp boolean
— community string
— description string
— discard-component-communities boolean
— indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— local-preference number
— policy reference
— summary-only boolean
— tunnel-group number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— allow-bgp-to-igp-export boolean
— allow-icmp-redirect boolean
— allow-icmp6-redirect boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— autonomous-system number
— bfd
— seamless-bfd
— peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— discriminator number
— bgp
— add-paths
— evpn
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— ipv4
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— ipv6
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— label-ipv4
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— label-ipv6
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— mcast-vpn-ipv4
— receive boolean
— send number
— mcast-vpn-ipv6
— receive boolean
— send number
— mvpn-ipv4
— receive boolean
— send number
— mvpn-ipv6
— receive boolean
— send number
— vpn-ipv4
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— vpn-ipv6
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— admin-state keyword
— advertise-external
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— advertise-inactive boolean
— advertise-ipv6-next-hops
— evpn boolean
— ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— aggregator-id-zero boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— asn-4-byte boolean
— authentication-key string
— authentication-keychain reference
— backup-path
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— best-path-selection
— always-compare-med
— med-value keyword
— strict-as boolean
— as-path-ignore
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— l2-vpn boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— mcast-ipv4 boolean
— mcast-ipv6 boolean
— mvpn-ipv4 boolean
— mvpn-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— compare-origin-validation-state boolean
— d-path-length-ignore boolean
— deterministic-med boolean
— ebgp-ibgp-equal
— evpn boolean
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— ignore-nh-metric boolean
— ignore-router-id
— include-internal
— mvpn-ipv4 boolean
— mvpn-ipv6 boolean
— origin-invalid-unusable boolean
— bfd-liveness boolean
— bfd-strict-mode
— advertise
— holdtime number
— next-hop-reachability boolean
— bgp-tunnel-metric
— prefer-aigp boolean
— prefer-med boolean
— value number
— bgp-tunnel-preference number
— block-prefix-sid boolean
— client-reflect boolean
— cluster
— allow-local-fallback boolean
— cluster-id string
— orr-location number
— connect-retry number
— convergence
— family keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— max-wait-to-advertise number
— min-wait-to-advertise number
— damp-peer-oscillations
— error-interval number
— idle-hold-time
— initial-wait number
— max-wait number
— second-wait number
— damping boolean
— def-recv-evpn-encap keyword
— default-label-preference
— ebgp number
— ibgp number
— default-preference
— ebgp number
— ibgp number
— description string
— dynamic-neighbor-limit number
— ebgp-default-reject-policy
— export boolean
— import boolean
— egress-peer-engineering
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— enforce-first-as boolean
— error-handling
— legacy-mode boolean
— update-fault-tolerance boolean
— export
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— policy (policy-expr-string | string)
— extended-nh-encoding
— ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— family
— bgp-ls boolean
— evpn boolean
— flow-ipv4 boolean
— flow-ipv6 boolean
— flow-vpn-ipv4 boolean
— flow-vpn-ipv6 boolean
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— l2-vpn boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— mcast-ipv4 boolean
— mcast-ipv6 boolean
— mcast-vpn-ipv4 boolean
— mcast-vpn-ipv6 boolean
— mdt-safi boolean
— ms-pw boolean
— mvpn-ipv4 boolean
— mvpn-ipv6 boolean
— route-target boolean
— sr-policy-ipv4 boolean
— sr-policy-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— fast-external-failover boolean
— flowspec
— validate-dest-prefix boolean
— validate-redirect-ip boolean
— graceful-restart
— gr-notification boolean
— long-lived
— advertise-stale-to-all-neighbors boolean
— advertised-stale-time number
— family keyword
— advertised-stale-time number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— helper-override-stale-time number
— forwarding-bits-set keyword
— helper-override-restart-time number
— helper-override-stale-time number
— without-no-export boolean
— restart-time number
— stale-routes-time number
— group string
— add-paths
— evpn
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— ipv4
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— ipv6
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— label-ipv4
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— label-ipv6
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— mcast-vpn-ipv4
— receive boolean
— send number
— mcast-vpn-ipv6
— receive boolean
— send number
— mvpn-ipv4
— receive boolean
— send number
— mvpn-ipv6
— receive boolean
— send number
— vpn-ipv4
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— vpn-ipv6
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— admin-state keyword
— advertise-inactive boolean
— advertise-ipv6-next-hops
— evpn boolean
— ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— aggregator-id-zero boolean
— aigp boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— as-override boolean
— asn-4-byte boolean
— authentication-key string
— authentication-keychain reference
— bfd-liveness boolean
— bfd-strict-mode
— advertise
— holdtime number
— next-hop-reachability boolean
— block-prefix-sid boolean
— capability-negotiation boolean
— client-reflect boolean
— cluster
— allow-local-fallback boolean
— cluster-id string
— orr-location number
— connect-retry number
— damp-peer-oscillations
— error-interval number
— idle-hold-time
— initial-wait number
— max-wait number
— second-wait number
— damping boolean
— def-recv-evpn-encap keyword
— default-label-preference
— ebgp number
— ibgp number
— default-preference
— ebgp number
— ibgp number
— default-route-target boolean
— description string
— dynamic-neighbor
— interface string
— allowed-peer-as string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— max-sessions number
— match
— prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— allowed-peer-as string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— dynamic-neighbor-limit number
— ebgp-default-reject-policy
— export boolean
— import boolean
— egress-engineering
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— egress-peer-engineering-label-unicast boolean
— enforce-first-as boolean
— error-handling
— update-fault-tolerance boolean
— export
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— policy (policy-expr-string | string)
— extended-nh-encoding
— ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— family
— bgp-ls boolean
— evpn boolean
— flow-ipv4 boolean
— flow-ipv6 boolean
— flow-vpn-ipv4 boolean
— flow-vpn-ipv6 boolean
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— l2-vpn boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— mcast-ipv4 boolean
— mcast-ipv6 boolean
— mcast-vpn-ipv4 boolean
— mcast-vpn-ipv6 boolean
— mdt-safi boolean
— ms-pw boolean
— mvpn-ipv4 boolean
— mvpn-ipv6 boolean
— route-target boolean
— sr-policy-ipv4 boolean
— sr-policy-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— fast-external-failover boolean
— graceful-restart
— gr-notification boolean
— long-lived
— advertise-stale-to-all-neighbors boolean
— advertised-stale-time number
— family keyword
— advertised-stale-time number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— helper-override-stale-time number
— forwarding-bits-set keyword
— helper-override-restart-time number
— helper-override-stale-time number
— without-no-export boolean
— restart-time number
— stale-routes-time number
— hold-time
— minimum-hold-time number
— seconds number
— import
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— policy (policy-expr-string | string)
— initial-send-delay-zero boolean
— keepalive number
— label-preference number
— link-bandwidth
— accept-from-ebgp
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— add-to-received-ebgp
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— aggregate-used-paths
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— send-to-ebgp
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— local-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone | interface-name)
— local-as
— as-number number
— prepend-global-as boolean
— private boolean
— local-preference number
— loop-detect keyword
— loop-detect-threshold number
— med-out (number | keyword)
— min-route-advertisement number
— monitor
— admin-state keyword
— all-stations boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— route-monitoring
— post-policy boolean
— pre-policy boolean
— station reference
— multihop number
— multipath-eligible boolean
— next-hop-self boolean
— next-hop-unchanged
— evpn boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— origin-validation
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— outbound-route-filtering
— extended-community
— accept-orf boolean
— send-orf
— route-target string
— passive boolean
— path-mtu-discovery boolean
— peer-as number
— peer-ip-tracking boolean
— preference number
— prefix-limit keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— hold-excess number
— idle-timeout number
— log-only boolean
— maximum number
— post-import boolean
— threshold number
— remove-private
— limited boolean
— replace boolean
— skip-peer-as boolean
— segment-routing-v6
— route-advertisement
— drop-routes-with-srv6-tlvs boolean
— family keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— strip-srv6-tlvs boolean
— selective-label-ipv4-install boolean
— send-communities
— extended boolean
— large boolean
— standard boolean
— send-default
— export-policy reference
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— split-horizon boolean
— static-group boolean
— tcp-mss (number | keyword)
— third-party-nexthop boolean
— ttl-security number
— type keyword
— vpn-apply-export boolean
— vpn-apply-import boolean
— hold-time
— minimum-hold-time number
— seconds number
— ibgp-multipath boolean
— import
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— policy (policy-expr-string | string)
— initial-send-delay-zero boolean
— inter-as-vpn boolean
— keepalive number
— label-allocation
— label-ipv6
— explicit-null boolean
— label-preference number
— link-state-route-export boolean
— link-state-route-import boolean
— local-as
— as-number number
— prepend-global-as boolean
— private boolean
— local-preference number
— loop-detect keyword
— loop-detect-threshold number
— med-out (number | keyword)
— min-route-advertisement number
— monitor
— admin-state keyword
— all-stations boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— route-monitoring
— post-policy boolean
— pre-policy boolean
— station reference
— mp-bgp-keep boolean
— multihop number
— multipath
— ebgp number
— family keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ebgp number
— ibgp number
— max-paths number
— restrict keyword
— unequal-cost boolean
— ibgp number
— max-paths number
— restrict keyword
— unequal-cost boolean
— mvpn-vrf-import-subtype-new boolean
— neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone)
— add-paths
— evpn
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— ipv4
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— ipv6
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— label-ipv4
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— label-ipv6
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— mcast-vpn-ipv4
— receive boolean
— send number
— mcast-vpn-ipv6
— receive boolean
— send number
— mvpn-ipv4
— receive boolean
— send number
— mvpn-ipv6
— receive boolean
— send number
— vpn-ipv4
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— vpn-ipv6
— receive boolean
— send (number | keyword)
— admin-state keyword
— advertise-inactive boolean
— advertise-ipv6-next-hops
— evpn boolean
— ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— advertise-ldp-prefix boolean
— aggregator-id-zero boolean
— aigp boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— as-override boolean
— asn-4-byte boolean
— authentication-key string
— authentication-keychain reference
— bfd-liveness boolean
— bfd-strict-mode
— advertise
— holdtime number
— next-hop-reachability boolean
— block-prefix-sid boolean
— capability-negotiation boolean
— client-reflect boolean
— cluster
— allow-local-fallback boolean
— cluster-id string
— orr-location number
— connect-retry number
— damp-peer-oscillations
— error-interval number
— idle-hold-time
— initial-wait number
— max-wait number
— second-wait number
— damping boolean
— def-recv-evpn-encap keyword
— default-label-preference
— ebgp number
— ibgp number
— default-preference
— ebgp number
— ibgp number
— default-route-target boolean
— description string
— ebgp-default-reject-policy
— export boolean
— import boolean
— egress-engineering
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— egress-peer-engineering-label-unicast boolean
— enforce-first-as boolean
— error-handling
— update-fault-tolerance boolean
— export
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— policy (policy-expr-string | string)
— extended-nh-encoding
— ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— family
— bgp-ls boolean
— evpn boolean
— flow-ipv4 boolean
— flow-ipv6 boolean
— flow-vpn-ipv4 boolean
— flow-vpn-ipv6 boolean
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— l2-vpn boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— mcast-ipv4 boolean
— mcast-ipv6 boolean
— mcast-vpn-ipv4 boolean
— mcast-vpn-ipv6 boolean
— mdt-safi boolean
— ms-pw boolean
— mvpn-ipv4 boolean
— mvpn-ipv6 boolean
— route-target boolean
— sr-policy-ipv4 boolean
— sr-policy-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— fast-external-failover boolean
— graceful-restart
— gr-notification boolean
— long-lived
— advertise-stale-to-all-neighbors boolean
— advertised-stale-time number
— family keyword
— advertised-stale-time number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— helper-override-stale-time number
— forwarding-bits-set keyword
— helper-override-restart-time number
— helper-override-stale-time number
— without-no-export boolean
— restart-time number
— stale-routes-time number
— group reference
— hold-time
— minimum-hold-time number
— seconds number
— import
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— policy (policy-expr-string | string)
— initial-send-delay-zero boolean
— keepalive number
— l2vpn-cisco-interop boolean
— label-preference number
— link-bandwidth
— accept-from-ebgp
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— add-to-received-ebgp
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— aggregate-used-paths
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— send-to-ebgp
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— local-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone | interface-name)
— local-as
— as-number number
— prepend-global-as boolean
— private boolean
— local-preference number
— loop-detect keyword
— loop-detect-threshold number
— med-out (number | keyword)
— min-route-advertisement number
— monitor
— admin-state keyword
— all-stations boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— route-monitoring
— post-policy boolean
— pre-policy boolean
— station reference
— multihop number
— multipath-eligible boolean
— next-hop-self boolean
— next-hop-unchanged
— evpn boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— origin-validation
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— outbound-route-filtering
— extended-community
— accept-orf boolean
— send-orf
— route-target string
— passive boolean
— path-mtu-discovery boolean
— peer-as number
— peer-creation-type keyword
— peer-ip-tracking boolean
— preference number
— prefix-limit keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— hold-excess number
— idle-timeout number
— log-only boolean
— maximum number
— post-import boolean
— threshold number
— remove-private
— limited boolean
— replace boolean
— skip-peer-as boolean
— segment-routing-v6
— route-advertisement
— drop-routes-with-srv6-tlvs boolean
— family keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— strip-srv6-tlvs boolean
— selective-label-ipv4-install boolean
— send-communities
— extended boolean
— large boolean
— standard boolean
— send-default
— export-policy reference
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— split-horizon boolean
— tcp-mss (number | keyword)
— third-party-nexthop boolean
— ttl-security number
— type keyword
— vpn-apply-export boolean
— vpn-apply-import boolean
— neighbor-trust
— evpn boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— next-hop-resolution
— allow-unresolved-leaking boolean
— labeled-routes
— allow-static boolean
— rr-use-route-table boolean
— transport-tunnel
— family keyword
— allow-flex-algo-fallback boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— enforce-strict-tunnel-tagging boolean
— resolution keyword
— resolution-filter
— bgp boolean
— ldp boolean
— mpls-fwd-policy boolean
— rib-api boolean
— rsvp boolean
— sr-isis boolean
— sr-ospf boolean
— sr-ospf3 boolean
— sr-policy boolean
— sr-te boolean
— udp boolean
— use-bgp-routes
— label-ipv6-explicit-null boolean
— policy reference
— shortcut-tunnel
— family keyword
— allow-flex-algo-fallback boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— disallow-igp boolean
— enforce-strict-tunnel-tagging boolean
— resolution keyword
— resolution-filter
— bgp boolean
— ldp boolean
— mpls-fwd-policy boolean
— rib-api boolean
— rsvp boolean
— sr-isis boolean
— sr-ospf boolean
— sr-ospf3 boolean
— sr-policy boolean
— sr-te boolean
— use-bgp-routes boolean
— use-leaked-routes
— static boolean
— vpn-family-policy reference
— weighted-ecmp boolean
— optimal-route-reflection
— location number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— primary-ip-address string
— primary-ipv6-address string
— secondary-ip-address string
— secondary-ipv6-address string
— tertiary-ip-address string
— tertiary-ipv6-address string
— spf-wait
— initial-wait number
— max-wait number
— second-wait number
— outbound-route-filtering
— extended-community
— accept-orf boolean
— send-orf
— route-target string
— override-tunnel-elc boolean
— path-mtu-discovery boolean
— peer-ip-tracking boolean
— peer-tracking-policy reference
— preference number
— purge-timer number
— rapid-update
— evpn boolean
— l2-vpn boolean
— label-ipv4 boolean
— label-ipv6 boolean
— mcast-vpn-ipv4 boolean
— mcast-vpn-ipv6 boolean
— mdt-safi boolean
— mvpn-ipv4 boolean
— mvpn-ipv6 boolean
— vpn-ipv4 boolean
— vpn-ipv6 boolean
— rapid-withdrawal boolean
— remove-private
— limited boolean
— replace boolean
— skip-peer-as boolean
— rib-management
— ipv4
— leak-import
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— policy (policy-expr-string | string)
— route-table-import
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— policy-name reference
— ipv6
— leak-import
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— policy (policy-expr-string | string)
— route-table-import
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— policy-name reference
— label-ipv4
— leak-import
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— policy (policy-expr-string | string)
— route-table-import
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— policy-name reference
— label-ipv6
— route-table-import
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— policy-name reference
— route-table-install boolean
— route-target-list string
— router-id string
— rr-vpn-forwarding boolean
— segment-routing
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— prefix-sid-range
— global
— max-index number
— start-label number
— segment-routing-v6
— family keyword
— add-srv6-tlvs
— locator-name reference
— micro-segment-locator-name reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ignore-received-srv6-tlvs boolean
— resolution keyword
— upa-trigger
— next-hop keyword
— source-address string
— selective-label-ip keyword
— selective-label-ip-prioritization boolean
— selective-label-ipv4-install boolean
— send-communities
— extended boolean
— large boolean
— standard boolean
— send-default
— export-policy reference
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— split-horizon boolean
— sr-policy-import boolean
— subconfed-vpn-forwarding boolean
— tcp-mss number
— third-party-nexthop boolean
— vpn-apply-export boolean
— vpn-apply-import boolean
— bier
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bfd-liveness keyword
— fast-reroute boolean
— template string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— sub-domain number end number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bfr-id number
— multi-topology keyword
— prefix string
— class-forwarding boolean
— confederation
— confed-as-num number
— members number
— description string
— dhcp-server
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— dhcpv4 string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description string
— failover
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ignore-mclt-on-takeover boolean
— maximum-client-lead-time number
— partner-down-delay number
— peer reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— sync-tag string
— startup-wait-time number
— force-renews boolean
— lease-hold
— additional-scenarios
— internal-lease-ipsec boolean
— solicited-release boolean
— time number
— pool string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description string
— failover
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ignore-mclt-on-takeover boolean
— maximum-client-lead-time number
— partner-down-delay number
— peer reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— sync-tag string
— startup-wait-time number
— max-lease-time number
— min-lease-time number
— minimum-free
— absolute number
— event-when-depleted boolean
— percent number
— nak-non-matching-subnet boolean
— offer-time number
— options
— option (number | keyword)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ascii-string string
— duration number
— empty
— hex-string string
— ipv4-address string
— netbios-node-type keyword
— subnet string
— address-range string end string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— failover-control-type keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— drain boolean
— exclude-addresses string end string
— maximum-declined number
— minimum-free
— absolute number
— event-when-depleted boolean
— percent number
— options
— option (number | keyword)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ascii-string string
— duration number
— empty
— hex-string string
— ipv4-address string
— netbios-node-type keyword
— pool-selection
— use-gi-address
— scope keyword
— use-pool-from-client
— delimiter string
— user-db reference
— user-identification keyword
— dhcpv6 string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— auto-provisioned boolean
— defaults
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— options
— option (number | keyword)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ascii-string string
— domain-string string
— duration number
— empty
— hex-string string
— ipv6-address string
— preferred-lifetime number
— rebind-time number
— renew-time number
— valid-lifetime number
— description string
— failover
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ignore-mclt-on-takeover boolean
— maximum-client-lead-time number
— partner-down-delay number
— peer reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— sync-tag string
— startup-wait-time number
— ignore-rapid-commit boolean
— interface-id-mapping boolean
— lease-hold
— additional-scenarios
— internal-lease-ipsec boolean
— solicited-release boolean
— time number
— lease-query boolean
— pool string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— delegated-prefix
— length number
— maximum number
— minimum number
— description string
— exclude-prefix string
— failover
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ignore-mclt-on-takeover boolean
— maximum-client-lead-time number
— partner-down-delay number
— peer reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— sync-tag string
— startup-wait-time number
— options
— option (number | keyword)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ascii-string string
— domain-string string
— duration number
— empty
— hex-string string
— ipv6-address string
— prefix string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— drain boolean
— failover-control-type keyword
— options
— option (number | keyword)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ascii-string string
— domain-string string
— duration number
— empty
— hex-string string
— ipv6-address string
— preferred-lifetime number
— prefix-length-threshold number
— absolute number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— event-when-depleted boolean
— percent number
— prefix-type
— pd boolean
— wan-host boolean
— rebind-time number
— renew-time number
— valid-lifetime number
— prefix-length-threshold number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— event-when-depleted boolean
— minimum-free-percent number
— pool-selection
— use-link-address
— scope keyword
— use-pool-from-client
— delimiter string
— server-id
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— duid-enterprise
— ascii-string string
— hex-string string
— duid-link-local
— user-identification keyword
— dns
— redirect-vprn
— service reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— preference number
— ecmp number
— entropy-label boolean
— fib-priority keyword
— fib-telemetry boolean
— firewall
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— domain string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— dhcpv6-server
— name string
— router-instance string
— nat-group reference
— prefix string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description string
— wlan-gw-group reference
— flowspec
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— filter-cam-type keyword
— ip-filter-max-size number
— ipv6-filter-max-size number
— gtm
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— mvpn boolean
— provider-tunnel
— inclusive
— rsvp
— admin-state keyword
— lsp-template reference
— selective
— data-delay-interval number
— data-threshold
— group-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— pe-threshold-add number
— pe-threshold-delete number
— threshold number
— maximum-p2mp-spmsi number
— rsvp
— admin-state keyword
— lsp-template reference
— gtp
— s11
— interface reference
— apn-policy reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— peer-profile-map
— prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— peer-profile reference
— upf-data-endpoint
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— fpe reference
— interface reference
— uplink
— apn string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— pdn-type keyword
— peer-profile-map
— prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— peer-profile reference
— icmp-tunneling boolean
— igmp
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— import-policy reference
— maximum-number-group-sources number
— maximum-number-groups number
— maximum-number-sources number
— mcac
— bandwidth
— mandatory (number | keyword)
— total (number | keyword)
— interface-policy reference
— policy reference
— query-interval number
— query-last-member-interval number
— query-response-interval number
— query-source-address string
— router-alert-check boolean
— sub-hosts-only boolean
— subnet-check boolean
— version keyword
— group-if-query-source-address string
— group-interface reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— import-policy reference
— maximum-number-group-sources number
— maximum-number-groups number
— maximum-number-sources number
— mcac
— bandwidth
— mandatory (number | keyword)
— total (number | keyword)
— interface-policy reference
— policy reference
— query-interval number
— query-last-member-interval number
— query-response-interval number
— query-source-address string
— router-alert-check boolean
— sub-hosts-only boolean
— subnet-check boolean
— version keyword
— interface string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— import-policy reference
— maximum-number-group-sources number
— maximum-number-groups number
— maximum-number-sources number
— mcac
— bandwidth
— mandatory (number | keyword)
— total (number | keyword)
— interface-policy reference
— mc-constraints
— level number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bandwidth number
— number-down number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— level number
— use-lag-port-weight boolean
— policy reference
— query-interval number
— query-last-member-interval number
— query-response-interval number
— redundant-mcast boolean
— router-alert-check boolean
— ssm-translate
— group-range start string end string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— source string
— static
— group string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— source string
— starg
— group-range start string end string step string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— source string
— starg
— subnet-check boolean
— version keyword
— query-interval number
— query-last-member-interval number
— query-response-interval number
— robust-count number
— ssm-translate
— group-range start string end string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— source string
— tunnel-interface
— ldp-p2mp-root reference sender-address reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— static
— group string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— source string
— starg
— rsvp-p2mp-root reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— static
— group string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— source string
— starg
— interface string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— cflowd-parameters
— sampling keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— direction keyword
— sample-profile (keyword | number)
— type keyword
— cpu-protection reference
— description string
— dist-cpu-protection reference
— egress
— filter
— ip reference
— ipv6 reference
— eth-cfm
— mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number
— admin-state keyword
— alarm-notification
— fng-alarm-time number
— fng-reset-time number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ccm boolean
— ccm-ltm-priority number
— ccm-padding-size number
— ccm-tlv-ignore keyword
— collect-lmm-fc-stats
— fc keyword
— fc-in-profile keyword
— collect-lmm-stats boolean
— description string
— eth-test
— bit-error-threshold number
— test-pattern
— crc-tlv boolean
— pattern keyword
— facility-fault boolean
— grace
— eth-ed
— max-rx-defect-window number
— priority number
— rx-eth-ed boolean
— tx-eth-ed boolean
— eth-vsm-grace
— rx-eth-vsm-grace boolean
— tx-eth-vsm-grace boolean
— lbm-svc-act-responder boolean
— low-priority-defect keyword
— mac-address string
— one-way-delay-threshold number
— external-reference
— openconfig
— subinterface number
— flavor keyword
— gre-termination boolean
— hold-time
— ipv4
— down
— init-only boolean
— seconds number
— up
— seconds number
— ipv6
— down
— init-only boolean
— seconds number
— up
— seconds number
— if-attribute
— admin-group reference
— delay
— delay-selection keyword
— dynamic
— measurement-template reference
— twamp-light
— ipv4
— admin-state keyword
— destination string
— source string
— ipv6
— admin-state keyword
— destination string
— source string
— static number
— srlg-group reference
— ingress
— destination-class-lookup boolean
— filter
— ip reference
— ipv6 reference
— policy-accounting reference
— ingress-stats boolean
— ip-mtu number
— ipsec
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ip-exception reference
— ipsec-tunnel string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bfd
— bfd-designate boolean
— bfd-liveness
— dest-ip string
— interface string
— service-name string
— clear-df-bit boolean
— copy-traffic-class-upon-decapsulation boolean
— description string
— encapsulated-ip-mtu number
— icmp-generation
— frag-required
— admin-state keyword
— interval number
— message-count number
— icmp6-generation
— packet-too-big
— admin-state keyword
— interval number
— message-count number
— ip-mtu number
— key-exchange
— dynamic
— auto-establish boolean
— cert
— cert-profile reference
— status-verify
— default-result keyword
— primary keyword
— secondary keyword
— trust-anchor-profile reference
— id
— fqdn string
— ipv4 string
— ipv6 (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— ike-policy reference
— ipsec-transform reference
— pre-shared-key string
— manual
— keys number direction keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication-key string
— encryption-key string
— ipsec-transform reference
— spi number
— local-gateway-address-override (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— max-history-key-records
— esp number
— ike number
— pmtu-discovery-aging number
— private-sap number
— private-service string
— private-tcp-mss-adjust number
— propagate-pmtu-v4 boolean
— propagate-pmtu-v6 boolean
— public-tcp-mss-adjust (number | keyword)
— remote-gateway-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— replay-window number
— security-policy
— id number
— strict-match boolean
— ipv6-exception reference
— public-sap number
— tunnel-group reference
— ipv4
— allow-directed-broadcasts boolean
— bfd
— admin-state keyword
— echo-receive number
— multiplier number
— receive number
— transmit-interval number
— type keyword
— dhcp
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description string
— gi-address string
— option-82
— action keyword
— circuit-id
— ascii-tuple
— if-name
— ifindex
— none
— port-id
— vlan-ascii-tuple
— remote-id
— ascii-string string
— mac
— none
— vendor-specific-option
— client-mac-address boolean
— pool-name boolean
— port-id boolean
— service-id boolean
— string string
— system-id boolean
— python-policy reference
— relay-plain-bootp boolean
— release-include-gi-address boolean
— server string
— src-ip-addr keyword
— trusted boolean
— icmp
— mask-reply boolean
— param-problem
— admin-state keyword
— number number
— seconds number
— redirects
— admin-state keyword
— number number
— seconds number
— ttl-expired
— admin-state keyword
— number number
— seconds number
— unreachables
— admin-state keyword
— number number
— seconds number
— ip-helper-address string
— local-dhcp-server reference
— neighbor-discovery
— learn-unsolicited boolean
— limit
— log-only boolean
— max-entries number
— threshold number
— local-proxy-arp boolean
— proactive-refresh boolean
— proxy-arp-policy reference
— remote-proxy-arp boolean
— retry-timer number
— static-neighbor string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— mac-address string
— static-neighbor-unnumbered
— mac-address string
— timeout number
— primary
— address string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— broadcast keyword
— gre-termination boolean
— prefix-length number
— track-srrp number
— qos-route-lookup keyword
— secondary string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— broadcast keyword
— igp-inhibit boolean
— prefix-length number
— track-srrp number
— tcp-mss number
— unnumbered
— ip-address string
— ip-int-name string
— system
— urpf-check
— ignore-default boolean
— mode keyword
— vrrp number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication-key string
— backup string
— bfd-liveness
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— dest-ip string
— interface-name string
— service-name string
— init-delay number
— mac string
— master-int-inherit boolean
— message-interval number
— monitor-oper-group reference
— ntp-reply boolean
— oper-group reference
— owner boolean
— passive boolean
— ping-reply boolean
— policy reference
— preempt boolean
— priority number
— ssh-reply boolean
— standby-forwarding boolean
— telnet-reply boolean
— traceroute-reply boolean
— ipv6
— address string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— duplicate-address-detection boolean
— eui-64 boolean
— prefix-length number
— primary-preference number
— track-srrp number
— bfd
— admin-state keyword
— echo-receive number
— multiplier number
— receive number
— transmit-interval number
— type keyword
— duplicate-address-detection boolean
— forward-ipv4-packets boolean
— icmp6
— packet-too-big
— admin-state keyword
— number number
— seconds number
— param-problem
— admin-state keyword
— number number
— seconds number
— redirects
— admin-state keyword
— number number
— seconds number
— time-exceeded
— admin-state keyword
— number number
— seconds number
— unreachables
— admin-state keyword
— number number
— seconds number
— link-local-address
— address string
— duplicate-address-detection boolean
— local-dhcp-server reference
— neighbor-discovery
— learn-unsolicited keyword
— limit
— log-only boolean
— max-entries number
— threshold number
— local-proxy-nd boolean
— proactive-refresh keyword
— proxy-nd-policy reference
— reachable-time number
— secure-nd
— admin-state keyword
— allow-unsecured-msgs boolean
— public-key-min-bits number
— security-parameter number
— stale-time number
— static-neighbor string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— mac-address string
— qos-route-lookup keyword
— tcp-mss number
— urpf-check
— ignore-default boolean
— mode keyword
— vrrp number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— backup string
— bfd-liveness
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— dest-ip (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— interface-name string
— service-name string
— init-delay number
— mac string
— master-int-inherit boolean
— message-interval number
— monitor-oper-group reference
— ntp-reply boolean
— oper-group reference
— owner boolean
— passive boolean
— ping-reply boolean
— policy reference
— preempt boolean
— priority number
— standby-forwarding boolean
— telnet-reply boolean
— traceroute-reply boolean
— lag
— link-map-profile number
— per-link-hash
— class number
— weight number
— ldp-sync-timer
— end-of-lib boolean
— seconds number
— load-balancing
— flow-label-load-balancing boolean
— ip-load-balancing keyword
— lsr-load-balancing keyword
— spi-load-balancing boolean
— teid-load-balancing boolean
— loopback
— mac string
— mac-accounting boolean
— network-domains
— network-domain reference
— port (port-and-encap | keyword)
— ptp-hw-assist
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— qos
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— egress-instance number
— egress-port-redirect-group reference
— ingress-fp-redirect-group reference
— ingress-instance number
— network-policy reference
— strip-label boolean
— tos-marking-state keyword
— untrusted
— default-forwarding keyword
— urpf-selected-vprns boolean
— vas-if-type keyword
— ipsec
— multi-chassis-shunt-interface string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— next-hop
— address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— multi-chassis-shunting-profile string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— peer reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— multi-chassis-shunt-interface reference
— security-policy number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— entry number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— local-ip
— address string
— any boolean
— local-ipv6
— address string
— any boolean
— remote-ip
— address string
— any boolean
— remote-ipv6
— address string
— any boolean
— ipv6
— neighbor-discovery
— reachable-time number
— stale-time number
— router-advertisement
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— dns-options
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— rdnss-lifetime (keyword | number)
— server string
— interface string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— current-hop-limit number
— dns-options
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— include-rdnss boolean
— rdnss-lifetime (number | keyword)
— server string
— managed-configuration boolean
— max-advertisement-interval number
— min-advertisement-interval number
— mtu number
— nd-router-preference keyword
— other-stateful-configuration boolean
— prefix string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— autonomous boolean
— on-link boolean
— preferred-lifetime (keyword | number)
— valid-lifetime (keyword | number)
— reachable-time number
— retransmit-time number
— router-lifetime number
— use-virtual-mac boolean
— ipv6-te-router-id
— interface reference
— isa-service-chaining
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— nat-group number
— vxlan-vtep-range
— end (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— start (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— isis number
— admin-state keyword
— advertise-passive-only boolean
— advertise-router-capability keyword
— advertise-tunnel-link boolean
— all-l1isis string
— all-l2isis string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— area-address string
— authentication-check boolean
— authentication-key string
— authentication-keychain reference
— authentication-type keyword
— csnp-authentication boolean
— database-export
— bgp-ls-identifier
— value number
— igp-identifier number
— default-route-tag number
— entropy-label
— override-tunnel-elc boolean
— export-limit
— log-percent number
— number number
— export-policy reference
— flexible-algorithms
— admin-state keyword
— advertise-admin-group keyword
— flex-algo number
— advertise reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— loopfree-alternate
— micro-loop-avoidance
— participate boolean
— graceful-restart
— helper-mode boolean
— hello-authentication boolean
— hello-padding keyword
— ignore-attached-bit boolean
— ignore-lsp-errors boolean
— ignore-narrow-metric boolean
— igp-shortcut
— admin-state keyword
— allow-sr-over-srte boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— tunnel-next-hop
— family keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— resolution keyword
— resolution-filter
— rsvp boolean
— sr-te boolean
— iid-tlv boolean
— import-policy reference
— interface string
— adjacency-set reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bfd-liveness
— ipv4
— include-bfd-tlv boolean
— ipv6
— include-bfd-tlv boolean
— csnp-interval number
— default-instance boolean
— flex-algo number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ipv4-node-sid
— index number
— label number
— ipv6-node-sid
— index number
— label number
— hello-authentication boolean
— hello-authentication-key string
— hello-authentication-keychain reference
— hello-authentication-type keyword
— hello-padding keyword
— interface-type keyword
— ipv4-adjacency-sid
— label number
— ipv4-multicast boolean
— ipv4-node-sid
— clear-n-flag boolean
— index number
— label number
— ipv6-adjacency-sid
— label number
— ipv6-multicast boolean
— ipv6-node-sid
— clear-n-flag boolean
— index number
— label number
— ipv6-unicast boolean
— level keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— hello-authentication-key string
— hello-authentication-keychain reference
— hello-authentication-type keyword
— hello-interval number
— hello-multiplier number
— hello-padding keyword
— ipv4-multicast-metric number
— ipv6-multicast-metric number
— ipv6-unicast-metric number
— metric number
— passive boolean
— priority number
— sd-offset number
— sf-offset number
— level-capability keyword
— load-balancing-weight number
— loopfree-alternate
— exclude boolean
— policy-map
— route-nh-template reference
— lsp-pacing-interval number
— mesh-group
— blocked
— value number
— passive boolean
— retransmit-interval number
— sid-protection boolean
— tag number
— ipv4-multicast-routing keyword
— ipv4-routing boolean
— ipv6-multicast-routing keyword
— ipv6-routing keyword
— ldp-over-rsvp boolean
— ldp-sync boolean
— level keyword
— advertise-router-capability boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication-key string
— authentication-keychain reference
— authentication-type keyword
— bier
— admin-state keyword
— template reference
— csnp-authentication boolean
— database-export-exclude boolean
— default-ipv4-multicast-metric number
— default-ipv6-multicast-metric number
— default-ipv6-unicast-metric number
— default-metric number
— external-preference number
— hello-authentication boolean
— hello-padding keyword
— loopfree-alternate-exclude boolean
— lsp-mtu-size number
— preference number
— psnp-authentication boolean
— wide-metrics-only boolean
— level-capability keyword
— link-group string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description string
— level keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ipv4-multicast-metric-offset number
— ipv4-unicast-metric-offset number
— ipv6-multicast-metric-offset number
— ipv6-unicast-metric-offset number
— member reference
— oper-members number
— revert-members number
— loopfree-alternate
— augment-route-table boolean
— exclude
— prefix-policy reference
— multi-homed-prefix
— preference keyword
— remote-lfa
— max-pq-cost number
— node-protect
— max-pq-nodes number
— ti-lfa
— max-sr-frr-labels number
— max-srv6-frr-sids number
— node-protect
— lsp-lifetime number
— lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime number
— lsp-mtu-size number
— lsp-refresh
— half-lifetime boolean
— interval number
— mru-mismatch-detection boolean
— multi-topology
— ipv4-multicast boolean
— ipv6-multicast boolean
— ipv6-unicast boolean
— multicast-import
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— overload
— max-metric boolean
— overload-export-external boolean
— overload-export-interlevel boolean
— overload-fib-error-notify-only
— retry number
— overload-include-locators boolean
— overload-on-boot
— max-metric boolean
— timeout number
— poi-tlv boolean
— prefix-attributes-tlv boolean
— prefix-limit
— limit number
— log-only boolean
— overload-timeout (number | keyword)
— warning-threshold number
— prefix-unreachable
— maximum-number-upas number
— process-received-upa boolean
— upa-lifetime number
— upa-metric number
— psnp-authentication boolean
— reference-bandwidth number
— rib-priority
— high
— prefix-list reference
— tag number
— router-id string
— segment-routing
— adj-sid-hold (number | keyword)
— adjacency-set number
— advertise boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— family keyword
— parallel boolean
— sid
— label number
— adjacency-sid
— allocate-dual-sids boolean
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— class-forwarding boolean
— egress-statistics
— adj-set boolean
— adj-sid boolean
— node-sid boolean
— entropy-label boolean
— export-tunnel-table keyword
— ingress-statistics
— adj-set boolean
— adj-sid boolean
— node-sid boolean
— mapping-server
— admin-state keyword
— node-sid-map number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— clear-n-flag boolean
— ip-prefix string
— level-capability keyword
— range number
— set-flags
— bit-s boolean
— maximum-sid-depth
— override-bmi number
— override-erld number
— micro-loop-avoidance
— fib-delay number
— multi-topology
— mt2 boolean
— prefix-sid-range
— global
— max-index number
— start-label number
— srlb reference
— tunnel-mtu number
— tunnel-table-pref number
— segment-routing-v6
— adj-sid-hold (number | keyword)
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— locator reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— level keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— metric number
— level-capability keyword
— multi-topology
— mt0 boolean
— mt2 boolean
— tag number
— micro-segment-locator reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— level keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— metric number
— level-capability keyword
— multi-topology
— mt0 boolean
— mt2 boolean
— tag number
— standard-multi-instance boolean
— strict-adjacency-check boolean
— summary-address (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— advertise-unreachable
— advertise-route-tag number
— match-route-tag number
— algorithm number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— level-capability keyword
— route-tag number
— suppress-attached-bit boolean
— system-id string
— timers
— lsp-wait
— lsp-initial-wait number
— lsp-max-wait number
— lsp-second-wait number
— spf-wait
— spf-initial-wait number
— spf-max-wait number
— spf-second-wait number
— traffic-engineering boolean
— traffic-engineering-options
— advertise-delay boolean
— application-link-attributes
— legacy boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— unicast-import
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— l2tp
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— avp-hiding keyword
— challenge boolean
— destruct-timeout number
— ethernet-tunnel
— reconnect-timeout (number | keyword)
— exclude-avps
— calling-number boolean
— initial-rx-lcp-conf-req boolean
— failover
— recovery-max-session-lifetime number
— recovery-method keyword
— recovery-time number
— track-srrp reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— peer reference
— sync-tag string
— group string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— avp-hiding keyword
— challenge keyword
— description string
— destruct-timeout number
— ethernet-tunnel
— reconnect-timeout (number | keyword)
— failover
— recovery-method keyword
— recovery-time number
— hello-interval (number | keyword)
— idle-timeout (number | keyword)
— l2tpv3
— cookie-length (number | keyword)
— digest-type keyword
— nonce-length number
— password string
— private-tcp-mss-adjust (number | keyword)
— public-tcp-mss-adjust (number | keyword)
— pw-cap-list
— ethernet boolean
— ethernet-vlan boolean
— rem-router-id string
— track-password-change boolean
— lac
— df-bit keyword
— lns
— lns-group reference
— load-balance-method keyword
— mlppp
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— endpoint
— ip (ipv4-address | keyword)
— mac (mac-address | keyword)
— interleave boolean
— max-fragment-delay (number | keyword)
— max-links number
— reassembly-timeout number
— short-sequence-numbers boolean
— ppp
— authentication keyword
— authentication-policy string
— chap-challenge-length
— end number
— start number
— default-group-interface
— interface string
— service-name string
— ipcp-subnet-negotiation boolean
— keepalive
— interval number
— multiplier number
— lcp-force-ack-accm boolean
— lcp-ignore-magic-numbers boolean
— mtu number
— proxy-authentication boolean
— proxy-lcp boolean
— reject-disabled-ncp boolean
— user-db string
— local-address string
— local-name string
— max-retries-estab number
— max-retries-not-estab number
— password string
— protocol keyword
— radius-accounting-policy reference
— receive-window-size number
— session-assign-method keyword
— session-limit (number | keyword)
— tunnel string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— auto-establish boolean
— avp-hiding keyword
— challenge keyword
— description string
— destruct-timeout number
— failover
— recovery-method keyword
— recovery-time number
— hello-interval (number | keyword)
— idle-timeout (number | keyword)
— l2tpv3
— private-tcp-mss-adjust (number | keyword)
— public-tcp-mss-adjust (number | keyword)
— lac
— df-bit keyword
— lns
— lns-group reference
— load-balance-method keyword
— mlppp
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— endpoint
— ip (ipv4-address | keyword)
— mac (mac-address | keyword)
— interleave keyword
— max-fragment-delay number
— max-links number
— reassembly-timeout number
— short-sequence-numbers keyword
— ppp
— authentication keyword
— authentication-policy string
— chap-challenge-length
— end number
— start number
— default-group-interface
— interface string
— service-name string
— ipcp-subnet-negotiation keyword
— keepalive
— interval number
— multiplier number
— lcp-force-ack-accm keyword
— lcp-ignore-magic-numbers keyword
— mtu number
— proxy-authentication keyword
— proxy-lcp keyword
— reject-disabled-ncp keyword
— user-db string
— local-address string
— local-name string
— max-retries-estab number
— max-retries-not-estab number
— password string
— peer string
— preference number
— radius-accounting-policy reference
— receive-window-size number
— remote-name string
— session-limit (number | keyword)
— group-session-limit number
— hello-interval (number | keyword)
— idle-timeout (number | keyword)
— ignore-avps
— sequencing-required boolean
— l2tpv3
— cookie-length number
— digest-type keyword
— nonce-length number
— password string
— private-tcp-mss-adjust number
— public-tcp-mss-adjust number
— transport-type
— ip boolean
— lac
— calling-number-format string
— cisco-nas-port
— ethernet string
— df-bit boolean
— local-address string
— local-name string
— max-retries-estab number
— max-retries-not-estab number
— next-attempt keyword
— password string
— peer-address-change-policy keyword
— radius-accounting-policy reference
— receive-window-size number
— replace-result-code
— cdn-invalid-dst boolean
— cdn-permanent-no-facilities boolean
— cdn-temporary-no-facilities boolean
— rtm-debounce-time (number | keyword)
— session-assign-method keyword
— session-limit number
— tunnel-selection-blacklist
— add-tunnel-on
— address-change-timeout boolean
— cdn-err-code boolean
— cdn-invalid-dst boolean
— cdn-permanent-no-facilities boolean
— cdn-temporary-no-facilities boolean
— stop-ccn-err-code boolean
— stop-ccn-other boolean
— tx-cdn-not-established-in-time boolean
— max-list-length (number | keyword)
— max-time number
— timeout-action keyword
— tunnel-session-limit number
— ldp
— admin-state keyword
— aggregate-prefix-match
— admin-state keyword
— prefix-exclude reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— class-forwarding keyword
— consider-system-ip-in-gep boolean
— egress-statistics
— fec-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— accounting-policy reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— collect-stats boolean
— entropy-label-capability boolean
— export-policy reference
— export-tunnel-table reference
— fast-reroute
— backup-sr-tunnel boolean
— fec-originate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— advertised-label number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— interface string
— next-hop (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— pop boolean
— swap-label number
— generate-basic-fec-only boolean
— graceful-restart
— helper-mode boolean
— maximum-recovery-time number
— neighbor-liveness-time number
— implicit-null-label boolean
— import-mcast-policy reference
— import-pmsi-routes
— mvpn boolean
— mvpn-no-export-community boolean
— import-policy reference
— import-tunnel-table reference
— interface-parameters
— interface reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bfd-liveness
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— ipv4
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— fec-type-capability
— p2mp-ipv4 boolean
— p2mp-ipv6 boolean
— prefix-ipv4 boolean
— prefix-ipv6 boolean
— hello
— factor number
— timeout number
— keepalive
— factor number
— timeout number
— local-lsr-id
— interface-name reference
— transport-address keyword
— ipv6
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— fec-type-capability
— p2mp-ipv4 boolean
— p2mp-ipv6 boolean
— prefix-ipv4 boolean
— prefix-ipv6 boolean
— hello
— factor number
— timeout number
— keepalive
— factor number
— timeout number
— local-lsr-id
— format-32bit boolean
— interface-name reference
— transport-address keyword
— load-balancing-weight number
— ipv4
— hello
— factor number
— timeout number
— keepalive
— factor number
— timeout number
— transport-address keyword
— ipv6
— hello
— factor number
— timeout number
— keepalive
— factor number
— timeout number
— transport-address keyword
— label-withdrawal-delay number
— ldp-shortcut
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— legacy-ipv4-lsr-interop boolean
— lsp-bfd reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bfd-liveness boolean
— bfd-template reference
— failure-action keyword
— lsp-ping-interval (number | keyword)
— priority number
— source-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— max-ecmp-routes number
— mcast-upstream-asbr-frr boolean
— mcast-upstream-frr boolean
— mp-mbb-time number
— prefer-mcast-tunnel-in-tunnel boolean
— prefer-protocol-stitching boolean
— prefer-tunnel-in-tunnel boolean
— resolve-root-using keyword
— session-parameters
— peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— adv-adj-addr-only boolean
— adv-local-lsr-id boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— community string
— dod-label-distribution boolean
— export-addresses reference
— export-prefixes reference
— fec-limit
— limit number
— log-only boolean
— threshold number
— fec-type-capability
— p2mp boolean
— prefix-ipv4 boolean
— prefix-ipv6 boolean
— fec129-cisco-interop boolean
— import-prefixes reference
— pe-id-mac-flush-interop boolean
— shortcut-local-ttl-propagate boolean
— shortcut-transit-ttl-propagate boolean
— targeted-session
— auto-rx
— ipv4
— admin-state keyword
— tunneling boolean
— auto-tx
— ipv4
— admin-state keyword
— tunneling boolean
— export-prefixes reference
— import-prefixes reference
— ipv4
— hello
— factor number
— timeout number
— hello-reduction
— admin-state keyword
— factor number
— keepalive
— factor number
— timeout number
— ipv6
— hello
— factor number
— timeout number
— hello-reduction
— admin-state keyword
— factor number
— keepalive
— factor number
— timeout number
— peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bfd-liveness boolean
— hello
— factor number
— timeout number
— hello-reduction
— admin-state keyword
— factor number
— keepalive
— factor number
— timeout number
— local-lsr-id
— format-32bit boolean
— interface-name reference
— mcast-tunneling
— lsp string
— tunneling
— lsp string
— peer-template string
— admin-state keyword
— adv-local-lsr-id boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bfd-liveness boolean
— community string
— hello
— factor number
— timeout number
— hello-reduction
— admin-state keyword
— factor number
— keepalive
— factor number
— timeout number
— local-lsr-id
— interface-name reference
— mcast-tunneling boolean
— tunneling boolean
— peer-template-map reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— policy-map reference
— resolve-v6-prefix-over-shortcut boolean
— sdp-auto-targeted-session boolean
— tcp-session-parameters
— authentication-key string
— authentication-keychain reference
— peer-transport (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication-key string
— authentication-keychain reference
— path-mtu-discovery boolean
— ttl-security number
— tunnel-down-damp-time number
— tunnel-table-pref number
— weighted-ecmp boolean
— leak-export
— leak-export-limit number
— policy-name (policy-expr-string | string)
— lsp-bfd
— bfd-sessions number
— tail-end
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— multiplier number
— receive-interval number
— transmit-interval number
— mc-maximum-routes
— log-only boolean
— threshold number
— value number
— mld
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— import-policy reference
— maximum-number-group-sources number
— maximum-number-groups number
— maximum-number-sources number
— mcac
— bandwidth
— mandatory (number | keyword)
— total (number | keyword)
— interface-policy reference
— policy reference
— query-interval number
— query-last-member-interval number
— query-response-interval number
— query-source-address string
— router-alert-check boolean
— sub-hosts-only boolean
— subnet-check boolean
— version keyword
— group-if-query-source-address string
— group-interface reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— import-policy reference
— maximum-number-group-sources number
— maximum-number-groups number
— maximum-number-sources number
— mcac
— bandwidth
— mandatory (number | keyword)
— total (number | keyword)
— interface-policy reference
— policy reference
— query-interval number
— query-last-member-interval number
— query-response-interval number
— query-source-address string
— router-alert-check boolean
— sub-hosts-only boolean
— subnet-check boolean
— version keyword
— interface string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— import-policy reference
— maximum-number-group-sources number
— maximum-number-groups number
— maximum-number-sources number
— mcac
— bandwidth
— mandatory (number | keyword)
— total (number | keyword)
— interface-policy reference
— mc-constraints
— level number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bandwidth number
— number-down number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— level number
— use-lag-port-weight boolean
— policy reference
— query-interval number
— query-last-member-interval number
— query-response-interval number
— router-alert-check boolean
— ssm-translate
— group-range start string end string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— source string
— static
— group string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— source string
— starg
— group-range start string end string step string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— source string
— starg
— version keyword
— query-interval number
— query-last-member-interval number
— query-response-interval number
— robust-count number
— ssm-translate
— group-range start string end string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— source string
— mpls
— admin-group-frr boolean
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— auto-bandwidth-multipliers
— adjust-multiplier number
— sample-multiplier number
— auto-lsp reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— one-hop boolean
— policy reference
— aux-stats
— sr boolean
— bypass-resignal-timer number
— class-forwarding-policy string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— default-set number
— fc keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— forwarding-set number
— cspf-on-loose-hop boolean
— dynamic-bypass boolean
— entropy-label
— rsvp-te boolean
— sr-te boolean
— exponential-backoff-retry boolean
— forwarding-policies
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— forwarding-policy string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— binding-label number
— egress-statistics
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— endpoint (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— ingress-statistics
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— metric number
— next-hop-group number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— backup-next-hop
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— next-hop (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— pushed-labels number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— label number
— load-balancing-weight number
— primary-next-hop
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— next-hop (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— pushed-labels number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— label number
— resolution-type keyword
— preference number
— revert-timer number
— tunnel-table-pref number
— reserved-label-block reference
— frr-object boolean
— hold-timer number
— ingress-statistics
— lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) lsp-name string
— accounting-policy reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— collect-stats boolean
— stat-mode keyword
— p2mp-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string
— accounting-policy reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— collect-stats boolean
— max-stats number
— stat-mode keyword
— p2p-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string
— accounting-policy reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— collect-stats boolean
— max-stats number
— stat-mode keyword
— interface reference
— admin-group reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— label-map number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— pop
— swap
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— next-hop string
— out-label (number | keyword)
— srlg-group reference
— te-metric number
— least-fill-min-thd number
— least-fill-reoptim-thd number
— logger-event-bundling boolean
— lsp string
— adaptive boolean
— admin-state keyword
— admin-tag reference
— adspec boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— auto-bandwidth
— adjust-down
— bw number
— percent number
— adjust-up
— bw number
— percent number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— fc keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— sampling-weight number
— max-bandwidth number
— min-bandwidth number
— monitor-bandwidth boolean
— multipliers
— adjust-multiplier number
— sample-multiplier number
— overflow-limit
— bw number
— number number
— threshold number
— underflow-limit
— bw number
— number number
— threshold number
— use-last-adj-bw
— secondary-retry-limit (number | keyword)
— bfd
— bfd-liveness boolean
— bfd-template reference
— failure-action keyword
— lsp-ping-interval (number | keyword)
— return-path-label number
— wait-for-up-timer number
— bgp-shortcut boolean
— bgp-transport-tunnel boolean
— binding-sid number
— class-forwarding
— forwarding-set
— policy reference
— set number
— class-type number
— egress-statistics
— accounting-policy reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— collect-stats boolean
— stat-mode keyword
— entropy-label keyword
— exclude-admin-group reference
— exclude-node (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— fallback-path-computation-method keyword
— fast-reroute
— frr-method keyword
— hop-limit number
— node-protect boolean
— propagate-admin-group boolean
— from (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— hop-limit number
— igp-shortcut
— admin-state keyword
— allow-sr-over-srte boolean
— lfa-type keyword
— relative-metric number
— include-admin-group reference
— label-stack-reduction boolean
— ldp-over-rsvp boolean
— least-fill boolean
— load-balancing-weight number
— local-sr-protection keyword
— lsp-self-ping keyword
— main-ct-retry-limit number
— max-sr-labels
— additional-frr-labels number
— label-stack-size number
— metric number
— metric-type keyword
— override-tunnel-elc boolean
— p2mp-id number
— path-computation-method keyword
— path-profile number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— path-group number
— pce-associations
— diversity reference
— policy reference
— pce-control boolean
— pce-report keyword
— primary reference
— adaptive boolean
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— backup-class-type number
— bandwidth number
— bfd
— bfd-liveness boolean
— bfd-template reference
— lsp-ping-interval (number | keyword)
— return-path-label number
— wait-for-up-timer number
— class-type number
— exclude-admin-group
— group reference
— hop-limit number
— include-admin-group
— group reference
— priority
— hold-priority number
— setup-priority number
— record boolean
— record-label boolean
— primary-p2mp-instance string
— adaptive boolean
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bandwidth number
— exclude-admin-group
— group reference
— hop-limit number
— include-admin-group
— group reference
— priority
— hold-priority number
— setup-priority number
— record boolean
— record-label boolean
— s2l-path reference to (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— propagate-admin-group boolean
— retry-limit number
— retry-timer number
— revert-timer number
— rsvp-resv-style keyword
— secondary reference
— adaptive boolean
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bandwidth number
— bfd
— bfd-liveness boolean
— bfd-template reference
— lsp-ping-interval (number | keyword)
— return-path-label number
— wait-for-up-timer number
— class-type number
— exclude-admin-group
— group reference
— hop-limit number
— include-admin-group
— group reference
— path-preference number
— priority
— hold-priority number
— setup-priority number
— record boolean
— record-label boolean
— srlg boolean
— standby boolean
— soft-preemption boolean
— to (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— type keyword
— vprn-auto-bind boolean
— lsp-bsid-block reference
— lsp-history
— admin-state keyword
— lsp-init-retry-timeout number
— lsp-self-ping
— interval number
— rsvp-te boolean
— timeout number
— timeout-action keyword
— lsp-template string
— adaptive boolean
— admin-state keyword
— admin-tag reference
— adspec boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— auto-bandwidth
— adjust-down
— bw number
— percent number
— adjust-up
— bw number
— percent number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— fc keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— sampling-weight number
— max-bandwidth number
— min-bandwidth number
— monitor-bandwidth boolean
— multipliers
— adjust-multiplier number
— sample-multiplier number
— overflow-limit
— bw number
— number number
— threshold number
— underflow-limit
— bw number
— number number
— threshold number
— backup-class-type number
— bandwidth number
— bfd
— bfd-liveness boolean
— bfd-template reference
— failure-action keyword
— lsp-ping-interval (number | keyword)
— return-path-label number
— wait-for-up-timer number
— bgp-shortcut boolean
— bgp-transport-tunnel boolean
— binding-sid boolean
— class-forwarding
— forwarding-set
— policy reference
— set number
— class-type number
— default-path reference
— egress-statistics
— accounting-policy reference
— collect-stats boolean
— stat-mode keyword
— entropy-label keyword
— exclude-admin-group reference
— fallback-path-computation-method keyword
— family keyword
— fast-reroute
— frr-method keyword
— hop-limit number
— node-protect boolean
— propagate-admin-group boolean
— from (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— hop-limit number
— igp-shortcut
— admin-state keyword
— allow-sr-over-srte boolean
— lfa-type keyword
— relative-metric number
— include-admin-group reference
— label-stack-reduction boolean
— ldp-over-rsvp boolean
— least-fill boolean
— load-balancing-weight number
— local-sr-protection keyword
— lsp-self-ping keyword
— main-ct-retry-limit number
— max-sr-labels
— additional-frr-labels number
— label-stack-size number
— metric number
— metric-type keyword
— override-tunnel-elc boolean
— path-computation-method keyword
— path-profile number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— path-group number
— pce-associations
— diversity reference
— policy reference
— pce-control boolean
— pce-report keyword
— priority
— hold-priority number
— setup-priority number
— propagate-admin-group boolean
— record boolean
— record-label boolean
— retry-limit number
— retry-timer number
— soft-preemption boolean
— template-id (number | keyword)
— type keyword
— vprn-auto-bind boolean
— max-bypass-associations number
— max-bypass-plr-associations number
— mbb-prefer-current-hops boolean
— p2mp-resignal-timer number
— p2mp-s2l-fast-retry number
— p2mp-ttl-propagate boolean
— p2p-active-path-fast-retry number
— path string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— hop number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ip-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— sid-label number
— type keyword
— pce-init-lsp
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— sr-te
— admin-state keyword
— pce-report
— rsvp-te boolean
— sr-te boolean
— resignal-on-igp-overload boolean
— resignal-timer number
— retry-on-igp-overload boolean
— secondary-fast-retry-timer number
— shortcut-local-ttl-propagate boolean
— shortcut-transit-ttl-propagate boolean
— sr-te-resignal
— resignal-on-igp-event boolean
— resignal-on-igp-overload boolean
— resignal-timer number
— srlg-database
— router-id string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— interface string srlg-group reference
— srlg-frr keyword
— static-lsp string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— metric number
— push
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— next-hop string
— out-label (number | keyword)
— to string
— static-lsp-fast-retry number
— strict-ero-nhop-direct-resolution boolean
— tunnel-table-pref
— rsvp-te number
— sr-te number
— user-srlg-db boolean
— mpls-labels
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bgp-labels-hold-timer number
— reserved-label-block string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— end-label number
— start-label number
— sr-labels
— end number
— start number
— static-label-range number
— msdp
— active-source-limit number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— data-encapsulation boolean
— export-policy reference
— group string
— active-source-limit number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— export-policy reference
— import-policy reference
— local-address string
— mode keyword
— peer string
— active-source-limit number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication-key string
— default-peer boolean
— export-policy reference
— import-policy reference
— local-address string
— receive-message-rate
— rate number
— threshold number
— time number
— receive-message-rate
— rate number
— threshold number
— time number
— import-policy reference
— local-address string
— peer string
— active-source-limit number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication-key string
— default-peer boolean
— export-policy reference
— import-policy reference
— local-address string
— receive-message-rate
— rate number
— threshold number
— time number
— receive-message-rate
— rate number
— threshold number
— time number
— rpf-table keyword
— source string
— active-source-limit number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— source-active-cache-lifetime number
— mss-adjust
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— nat-group number
— segment-size number
— mtrace2
— admin-state keyword
— udp-port number
— multicast-info-policy reference
— nat
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— inside
— l2-aware
— force-unique-ip-addresses boolean
— subscribers string
— large-scale
— dnat-only
— source-prefix-list reference
— dual-stack-lite
— admin-state keyword
— deterministic
— prefix-map string nat-policy reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— map string to string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— first-outside-address string
— endpoint string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ip-fragmentation keyword
— min-first-fragment-size-rx number
— reassembly boolean
— tunnel-mtu number
— max-subscriber-limit number
— subscriber-prefix-length number
— nat-policy reference
— nat44
— destination-prefix string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— nat-policy reference
— deterministic
— prefix-map string nat-policy reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— map string to string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— first-outside-address string
— max-subscriber-limit number
— nat-import reference
— source-prefix string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— nat-policy reference
— nat64
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— drop-zero-ipv4-checksum boolean
— insert-ipv6-fragment-header boolean
— ip-fragmentation keyword
— ipv6-mtu number
— prefix string
— subscriber-prefix-length number
— tos
— downstream
— use-ipv4 boolean
— upstream
— set-tos (keyword | number)
— redundancy
— peer string
— peer6 string
— steering-route string
— static-port-forwards
— spf-nat-policy reference
— subscriber-identification
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— attribute
— type keyword
— vendor keyword
— description string
— drop-unidentified-traffic boolean
— radius-proxy-server
— router-instance string
— server string
— traffic-identification
— source-prefix-only boolean
— map
— map-domain reference
— outside
— dnat-only
— route-limit number
— filters
— downstream
— ipv4 reference
— ipv6 reference
— upstream
— ipv4 reference
— ipv6 reference
— mtu number
— pool string
— address-pooling keyword
— address-range string end string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description string
— drain boolean
— admin-state keyword
— applications
— agnostic boolean
— flexible-port-allocation boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description string
— icmp-echo-reply boolean
— l2-aware
— default-host
— inside-router-instance string
— ip-address string
— rate-limit number
— external-assignment boolean
— port-block-extension
— ports number
— subscriber
— watermarks
— high number
— low number
— subscriber-limit number
— watermarks
— high number
— low number
— large-scale
— default-host
— inside-router-instance string
— ip-address string
— rate-limit number
— deterministic
— port-reservation number
— watermarks
— high number
— low number
— flexible-port-allocation
— free-port-limit
— icmp number
— tcp number
— udp number
— redundancy
— admin-state keyword
— export-route string
— follow
— name string
— router-instance string
— monitor-route string
— subscriber-limit number
— mode keyword
— nat-group reference
— port-forwarding
— dynamic-block-reservation boolean
— range-end number
— range-start number
— port-reservation
— port-blocks number
— ports number
— type keyword
— watermarks
— high number
— low number
— wlan-gw-group reference
— network-domains
— network-domain string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description string
— origin-validation
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— rpki-session (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— connect-retry number
— description string
— local-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— port number
— refresh-time
— hold-time number
— value number
— stale-time number
— static-entry (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) upto number origin-as number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— valid boolean
— ospf number
— admin-state keyword
— advertise-router-capability keyword
— advertise-tunnel-link boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— area string
— advertise-router-capability boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— area-range string
— advertise boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bier
— admin-state keyword
— template reference
— blackhole-aggregate boolean
— database-export-exclude boolean
— export-policy reference
— import-policy reference
— interface string
— adjacency-set reference
— adjacency-sid
— label number
— admin-state keyword
— advertise-router-capability boolean
— advertise-subnet boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication-key string
— authentication-keychain reference
— authentication-type keyword
— bfd-liveness
— remain-down-on-failure boolean
— strict boolean
— strict-mode-holddown number
— dead-interval number
— flex-algo number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— node-sid
— index number
— label number
— hello-interval number
— interface-type keyword
— load-balancing-weight number
— loopfree-alternate
— exclude boolean
— policy-map
— route-nh-template reference
— lsa-filter-out keyword
— message-digest-key number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— md5 string
— metric number
— mtu number
— neighbor string
— node-sid
— clear-n-flag boolean
— index number
— label number
— passive boolean
— poll-interval number
— priority number
— retransmit-interval number
— rib-priority keyword
— sid-protection boolean
— transit-delay number
— loopfree-alternate-exclude boolean
— nssa
— area-range string
— advertise boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— originate-default-route
— adjacency-check boolean
— type-nssa boolean
— redistribute-external boolean
— summaries boolean
— stub
— default-metric number
— summaries boolean
— virtual-link string transit-area reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication-key string
— authentication-keychain reference
— authentication-type keyword
— dead-interval number
— hello-interval number
— message-digest-key number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— md5 string
— retransmit-interval number
— transit-delay number
— asbr
— trace-path (number | keyword)
— compatible-rfc1583 boolean
— database-export
— bgp-ls-identifier
— value number
— igp-identifier number
— entropy-label
— override-tunnel-elc boolean
— export-limit
— log-percent number
— number number
— export-policy reference
— external-db-overflow
— interval number
— limit number
— external-preference number
— flexible-algorithms
— admin-state keyword
— advertise-admin-group keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— flex-algo number
— advertise reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— loopfree-alternate
— micro-loop-avoidance
— participate boolean
— graceful-restart
— helper-mode boolean
— strict-lsa-checking boolean
— igp-shortcut
— admin-state keyword
— allow-sr-over-srte boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— tunnel-next-hop
— family keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— resolution keyword
— resolution-filter
— rsvp boolean
— sr-te boolean
— import-policy reference
— ldp-over-rsvp boolean
— ldp-sync boolean
— loopfree-alternate
— augment-route-table boolean
— exclude
— prefix-policy reference
— multi-homed-prefix
— preference keyword
— remote-lfa
— max-pq-cost number
— node-protect
— max-pq-nodes number
— ti-lfa
— max-sr-frr-labels number
— node-protect
— multi-instance boolean
— multicast-import boolean
— overload boolean
— overload-include-ext-1 boolean
— overload-include-ext-2 boolean
— overload-include-stub boolean
— overload-on-boot
— timeout number
— preference number
— reference-bandwidth number
— rib-priority
— high
— prefix-list reference
— router-id string
— rtr-adv-lsa-limit
— log-only boolean
— max-lsa-count number
— overload-timeout (number | keyword)
— warning-threshold number
— segment-routing
— adj-sid-hold (number | keyword)
— adjacency-set number
— advertise boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— parallel boolean
— sid
— label number
— adjacency-sid
— allocate-dual-sids boolean
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— backup-node-sid
— index number
— ip-prefix string
— label number
— class-forwarding boolean
— egress-statistics
— adj-set boolean
— adj-sid boolean
— node-sid boolean
— entropy-label boolean
— export-tunnel-table keyword
— ingress-statistics
— adj-set boolean
— adj-sid boolean
— node-sid boolean
— mapping-server
— admin-state keyword
— node-sid-map number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ip-prefix string
— range number
— scope
— area reference
— as
— maximum-sid-depth
— override-bmi number
— override-erld number
— micro-loop-avoidance
— fib-delay number
— prefix-sid-range
— global
— max-index number
— start-label number
— srlb reference
— tunnel-mtu number
— tunnel-table-pref number
— timers
— incremental-spf-wait number
— lsa-accumulate number
— lsa-arrival number
— lsa-generate
— lsa-initial-wait number
— lsa-second-wait number
— max-lsa-wait number
— redistribute-delay number
— spf-wait
— spf-initial-wait number
— spf-max-wait number
— spf-second-wait number
— traffic-engineering boolean
— traffic-engineering-options
— advertise-delay boolean
— sr-te keyword
— unicast-import boolean
— ospf3 number
— admin-state keyword
— advertise-router-capability keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— area string
— advertise-router-capability boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— area-range (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— advertise boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— blackhole-aggregate boolean
— database-export-exclude boolean
— export-policy reference
— extended-lsa keyword
— import-policy reference
— interface string
— admin-state keyword
— advertise-router-capability boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication
— inbound reference
— outbound reference
— bfd-liveness
— remain-down-on-failure boolean
— strict boolean
— strict-mode-holddown number
— dead-interval number
— hello-interval number
— interface-type keyword
— load-balancing-weight number
— loopfree-alternate
— exclude boolean
— policy-map
— route-nh-template reference
— lsa-filter-out keyword
— metric number
— mtu number
— neighbor (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— node-sid
— clear-n-flag boolean
— index number
— label number
— passive boolean
— poll-interval number
— priority number
— retransmit-interval number
— rib-priority keyword
— sid-protection boolean
— transit-delay number
— key-rollover-interval number
— loopfree-alternate-exclude boolean
— nssa
— area-range (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— advertise boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— originate-default-route
— adjacency-check boolean
— type-nssa boolean
— redistribute-external boolean
— summaries boolean
— stub
— default-metric number
— summaries boolean
— virtual-link string transit-area reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication
— inbound reference
— outbound reference
— dead-interval number
— hello-interval number
— retransmit-interval number
— transit-delay number
— asbr
— database-export
— bgp-ls-identifier
— value number
— igp-identifier number
— export-limit
— log-percent number
— number number
— export-policy reference
— extended-lsa keyword
— external-db-overflow
— interval number
— limit number
— external-preference number
— graceful-restart
— helper-mode boolean
— strict-lsa-checking boolean
— igp-shortcut
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— tunnel-next-hop
— family keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— resolution keyword
— resolution-filter
— rsvp boolean
— sr-te boolean
— import-policy reference
— ldp-sync boolean
— loopfree-alternate
— exclude
— prefix-policy reference
— remote-lfa
— max-pq-cost number
— node-protect
— max-pq-nodes number
— ti-lfa
— max-sr-frr-labels number
— node-protect
— multicast-import boolean
— overload boolean
— overload-include-ext-1 boolean
— overload-include-ext-2 boolean
— overload-include-stub boolean
— overload-on-boot
— timeout number
— preference number
— reference-bandwidth number
— rib-priority
— high
— prefix-list reference
— router-id string
— rtr-adv-lsa-limit
— log-only boolean
— max-lsa-count number
— overload-timeout (number | keyword)
— warning-threshold number
— segment-routing
— adj-sid-hold (number | keyword)
— adjacency-sid
— allocate-dual-sids boolean
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— egress-statistics
— adj-sid boolean
— node-sid boolean
— ingress-statistics
— adj-sid boolean
— node-sid boolean
— prefix-sid-range
— global
— max-index number
— start-label number
— tunnel-mtu number
— tunnel-table-pref number
— timers
— incremental-spf-wait number
— lsa-accumulate number
— lsa-arrival number
— lsa-generate
— lsa-initial-wait number
— lsa-second-wait number
— max-lsa-wait number
— redistribute-delay number
— spf-wait
— spf-initial-wait number
— spf-max-wait number
— spf-second-wait number
— unicast-import boolean
— p2mp-sr-tree
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bfd-liveness keyword
— p2mp-policy string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— candidate-path string
— active-instance reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— path-instances number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— instance-id number
— preference number
— root-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— tree-id number
— replication-segment string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— instance-id number
— root-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— segment-routing-mpls
— downstream-nodes number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— label
— sid-list number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— replication-sid number
— next-hop-address (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone)
— next-hop-interface-name string
— protect-nexthop-id reference
— incoming-sid number
— sid-action keyword
— tree-id number
— reserved-label-block reference
— pcep
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— pcc
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— dead-timer number
— keepalive number
— local-address string
— local-address-ipv6 string
— max-srte-pce-init-lsps number
— pce-associations
— diversity string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— association-id number
— association-source (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— disjointness-reference boolean
— disjointness-type keyword
— diversity-type keyword
— policy string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— association-id number
— association-source (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication-keychain reference
— preference number
— route-preference keyword
— tls-client-profile reference
— tls-wait-timer number
— redelegation-timer number
— report-path-constraints boolean
— state-timer
— timer number
— timer-action keyword
— unknown-message-rate number
— pce
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication-keychain reference
— dead-timer number
— keepalive number
— local-address string
— local-address-ipv6 string
— tls-server-profile reference
— tls-wait-timer number
— unknown-message-rate number
— pcp
— server string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description string
— dual-stack-lite-address string
— fwd-inside-router string
— interface reference
— policy reference
— pim
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— apply-to keyword
— import
— join-policy reference
— register-policy reference
— interface string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— assert-period number
— bfd-liveness
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— bier-signaling-type
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— bsm-check-rtr-alert boolean
— hello-interval number
— hello-multiplier number
— improved-assert boolean
— instant-prune-echo boolean
— ipv4
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— monitor-oper-group
— name reference
— operation keyword
— priority-delta number
— multicast boolean
— ipv6
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— monitor-oper-group
— name reference
— operation keyword
— priority-delta number
— multicast boolean
— max-groups number
— mcac
— bandwidth
— mandatory (number | keyword)
— total (number | keyword)
— interface-policy reference
— mc-constraints
— admin-state keyword
— level number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bandwidth number
— number-down number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— level number
— use-lag-port-weight boolean
— policy reference
— multicast-senders keyword
— p2mp-ldp-tree-join
— ipv4 boolean
— ipv6 boolean
— priority number
— sticky-dr
— priority number
— three-way-hello boolean
— tracking-support boolean
— ipv4
— admin-state keyword
— gtm
— auto-discovery keyword
— multicast-fast-failover boolean
— rpf-table keyword
— source-address
— register-message string
— ssm-assert-compatible-mode boolean
— ssm-default-range boolean
— ipv6
— admin-state keyword
— multicast-fast-failover boolean
— rpf-table keyword
— source-address
— register-message string
— ssm-default-range boolean
— lag-usage-optimization boolean
— mc-ecmp-balance boolean
— mc-ecmp-balance-hold number
— mc-ecmp-hashing
— rebalance boolean
— mdt-spt boolean
— non-dr-attract-traffic boolean
— pim-ssm-scaling boolean
— rp
— bootstrap
— export reference
— import reference
— ipv4
— anycast string rp-set-peer string
— auto-rp-discovery boolean
— bsr-candidate
— address string
— admin-state keyword
— hash-mask-len number
— priority number
— candidate boolean
— mapping-agent boolean
— rp-candidate
— address string
— admin-state keyword
— group-range string
— holdtime number
— priority number
— static
— address string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— group-prefix string
— override boolean
— ipv6
— anycast string rp-set-peer string
— bsr-candidate
— address string
— admin-state keyword
— hash-mask-len number
— priority number
— embedded-rp
— admin-state keyword
— group-range string
— rp-candidate
— address string
— admin-state keyword
— group-range string
— holdtime number
— priority number
— static
— address string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— group-prefix string
— override boolean
— rpfv
— core boolean
— mvpn boolean
— spt-switchover (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— threshold (number | keyword)
— ssm-groups
— group-range (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— radius
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— proxy string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— attribute-matching
— entry number
— accounting-server-policy string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication-server-policy string
— prefix-string string
— suffix-string string
— type number
— vendor (number | keyword)
— cache
— admin-state keyword
— key
— attribute-type number
— packet-type keyword
— vendor (number | keyword)
— timeout number
— track-accounting
— accounting-off boolean
— accounting-on boolean
— interim-update boolean
— start boolean
— stop boolean
— track-authentication
— accept boolean
— track-delete-hold-time number
— defaults
— accounting-server-policy string
— authentication-server-policy string
— description string
— interface string
— load-balance-key
— attribute-1
— type number
— vendor (number | keyword)
— attribute-2
— type number
— vendor (number | keyword)
— attribute-3
— type number
— vendor (number | keyword)
— attribute-4
— type number
— vendor (number | keyword)
— attribute-5
— type number
— vendor (number | keyword)
— source-ip-udp
— purpose keyword
— python-policy reference
— secret string
— send-accounting-response boolean
— wlan-gw
— address string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ipv6-address string
— wlan-gw-group reference
— server string
— accept-coa boolean
— acct-port number
— address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— auth-port number
— description string
— pending-requests-limit number
— python-policy reference
— secret string
— reassembly
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— nat-group number
— to-base-network boolean
— rib-api
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— mpls
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— label-name reference
— rip
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication-key string
— authentication-type keyword
— bfd-liveness boolean
— check-zero boolean
— description string
— export-limit
— log-percent number
— number number
— export-policy reference
— group string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication-key string
— authentication-type keyword
— bfd-liveness boolean
— check-zero boolean
— description string
— export-policy reference
— import-policy reference
— message-size number
— metric-in number
— metric-out number
— neighbor string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication-key string
— authentication-type keyword
— bfd-liveness boolean
— check-zero boolean
— description string
— export-policy reference
— import-policy reference
— message-size number
— metric-in number
— metric-out number
— preference number
— receive keyword
— send keyword
— split-horizon boolean
— timers
— flush number
— timeout number
— update number
— unicast-address string
— preference number
— receive keyword
— send keyword
— split-horizon boolean
— timers
— flush number
— timeout number
— update number
— import-policy reference
— message-size number
— metric-in number
— metric-out number
— preference number
— receive keyword
— send keyword
— split-horizon boolean
— timers
— flush number
— timeout number
— update number
— ripng
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bfd-liveness boolean
— check-zero boolean
— description string
— export-limit
— log-percent number
— number number
— export-policy reference
— group string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bfd-liveness boolean
— check-zero boolean
— description string
— export-policy reference
— import-policy reference
— message-size number
— metric-in number
— metric-out number
— neighbor string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bfd-liveness boolean
— check-zero boolean
— description string
— export-policy reference
— import-policy reference
— message-size number
— metric-in number
— metric-out number
— preference number
— receive keyword
— send keyword
— split-horizon boolean
— timers
— flush number
— timeout number
— update number
— unicast-address string
— preference number
— receive keyword
— send keyword
— split-horizon boolean
— timers
— flush number
— timeout number
— update number
— import-policy reference
— message-size number
— metric-in number
— metric-out number
— preference number
— receive keyword
— send keyword
— split-horizon boolean
— timers
— flush number
— timeout number
— update number
— router-id string
— rsvp
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication-over-bypass boolean
— dbw-accounting
— dbw-multiplier number
— down-threshold
— bw number
— percent number
— sample-interval number
— sample-multiplier number
— up-threshold
— bw number
— percent number
— diffserv-te
— admission-control-model keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— class-type-bw
— ct0 number
— ct1 number
— ct2 number
— ct3 number
— ct4 number
— ct5 number
— ct6 number
— ct7 number
— fc keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— class-type number
— te-class number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— class-type number
— priority number
— entropy-label-capability boolean
— graceful-restart
— max-recovery number
— max-restart number
— graceful-shutdown boolean
— implicit-null-label boolean
— include-node-id-in-rro boolean
— interface reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— authentication-key string
— authentication-keychain reference
— bfd-liveness boolean
— class-type-bw
— ct0 number
— ct1 number
— ct2 number
— ct3 number
— ct4 number
— ct5 number
— ct6 number
— ct7 number
— dbw-down-threshold
— bw number
— percent number
— dbw-multiplier number
— dbw-up-threshold
— bw number
— percent number
— graceful-restart-helper-mode boolean
— graceful-shutdown boolean
— hello-interval number
— implicit-null-label boolean
— refresh-reduction
— reliable-delivery boolean
— subscription number
— te-down-threshold
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— value number
— te-up-threshold
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— value number
— keep-multiplier number
— msg-pacing
— max-burst number
— period number
— p2mp-merge-point-abort-timer number
— p2p-merge-point-abort-timer number
— preemption-timer number
— rapid-retransmit-time number
— rapid-retry-limit number
— refresh-reduction-over-bypass boolean
— refresh-time number
— te-down-threshold number
— te-threshold-update
— on-cac-failure boolean
— update-timer number
— te-up-threshold number
— segment-routing
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— maintenance-policy string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— bfd-liveness boolean
— bfd-template reference
— hold-down-timer number
— mode keyword
— return-path-label number
— revert-timer number
— threshold number
— segment-routing-v6
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— base-routing-instance
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— locator reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— function
— end number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— srh-mode keyword
— end-dt4
— value number
— end-dt46
— value number
— end-dt6
— value number
— end-x number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— interface-name reference
— protection keyword
— srh-mode keyword
— end-x-auto-allocate keyword protection keyword
— micro-segment-locator reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— function
— ua number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— interface-name reference
— protection keyword
— srh-mode keyword
— ua-auto-allocate keyword protection keyword
— udt4
— value number
— udt46
— value number
— udt6
— value number
— locator string
— admin-state keyword
— algorithm number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— argument-length number
— block-length number
— function-length number
— label-block reference
— prefix
— ip-prefix string
— static-function
— label-block reference
— max-entries number
— termination-fpe reference
— micro-segment
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— argument-length number
— block string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— label-block reference
— prefix
— ip-prefix string
— static-function
— max-entries number
— termination-fpe reference
— block-length number
— global-sid-entries number
— sid-length number
— micro-segment-locator string
— admin-state keyword
— algorithm number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— block reference
— un
— srh-mode keyword
— value number
— origination-fpe reference
— source-address string
— sr-mpls
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— prefix-sids reference
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ipv4-sid
— index number
— label number
— ipv6-sid
— index number
— label number
— node-sid boolean
— sr-policies
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— egress-statistics
— accounting-policy reference
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— collect-stats boolean
— ingress-statistics
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— reserved-label-block reference
— static-policy string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— binding-sid number
— color number
— distinguisher number
— endpoint (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— head-end (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone | keyword)
— maintenance-policy reference
— preference number
— segment-list number
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— segment number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— behavior-and-structure
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— behavior keyword
— block-length number
— function-length number
— node-length number
— mpls-label number
— srv6-sid string
— weight number
— segment-routing-v6
— binding-sid number
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ip-address string
— locator
— function keyword
— function-value number
— locator-name reference
— micro-segment-locator
— function keyword
— function-value number
— locator-name reference
— return-path-bfd-sid string
— type keyword
— selective-fib boolean
— sfm-overload
— holdoff-time number
— sgt-qos
— dot1p
— application keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— dot1p (keyword | number)
— dscp
— application keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— dscp (keyword | number)
— dscp-map keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— fc keyword
— static-routes
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— hold-down
— initial number
— max-value number
— multiplier number
— route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— backup-tag number
— blackhole
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— community string
— description string
— dynamic-bgp boolean
— generate-icmp boolean
— metric number
— preference number
— prefix-list
— flag keyword
— name reference
— tag number
— community string
— indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— community string
— cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— drop-count number
— interval number
— log boolean
— padding-size number
— description string
— destination-class number
— metric number
— preference number
— prefix-list
— flag keyword
— name reference
— qos
— forwarding-class keyword
— priority keyword
— source-class number
— tag number
— tunnel-next-hop
— disallow-igp boolean
— flex-algo number
— resolution keyword
— resolution-filter
— ldp boolean
— mpls-fwd-policy boolean
— rib-api boolean
— rsvp-te
— lsp string
— sr-isis boolean
— sr-ospf boolean
— sr-ospf3 boolean
— sr-te
— lsp string
— interface string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— community string
— cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— drop-count number
— interval number
— log boolean
— padding-size number
— description string
— destination-class number
— load-balancing-weight number
— metric number
— preference number
— prefix-list
— flag keyword
— name reference
— qos
— forwarding-class keyword
— priority keyword
— source-class number
— tag number
— ipsec-tunnel string
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— community string
— description string
— metric number
— preference number
— tag number
— next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone)
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— backup-next-hop
— address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— bfd-liveness boolean
— community string
— cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— drop-count number
— interval number
— log boolean
— padding-size number
— description string
— destination-class number
— ldp-sync boolean
— load-balancing-weight number
— metric number
— preference number
— prefix-list
— flag keyword
— name reference
— qos
— forwarding-class keyword
— priority keyword
— source-class number
— tag number
— validate-next-hop boolean
— tag number
— subscriber-mgmt
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— dhcpv4
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— routed-subnet-transparent-forward boolean
— triggered-policy boolean
— ttl-propagate
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— label-route-local keyword
— label-route-transit keyword
— lsr-label-route keyword
— vprn-local keyword
— vprn-transit keyword
— tunnel-interface
— ldp-p2mp-leaf number sender-address string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description string
— ldp-p2mp-root number sender-address string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description string
— rsvp-p2mp-leaf string sender-address string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description string
— rsvp-p2mp-root string
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description string
— twamp-light
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— reflector
— admin-state keyword
— allow-ipv6-udp-checksum-zero boolean
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description string
— prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— description string
— type keyword
— udp-port number
— vrgw
— lanext
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— vxlan-port number
— vxlan-vtep-range
— end (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— start (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— wlan-gw-group reference
— weighted-ecmp keyword
— wlan-gw
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— distributed-subscriber-mgmt
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ipv6-tcp-mss-adjust number
— mobility-triggered-accounting
— admin-state keyword
— hold-down number
— include-counters boolean
— xconnect
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— tunnel-source-ip string
— wlan-gw-group reference
— wpp
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— portal string
— ack-auth-retry-count number
— address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
— admin-state keyword
— apply-groups reference
— apply-groups-exclude reference
— ntf-logout-retry-count number
— port-format keyword
— retry-interval number
— secret string
— version number
router command descriptions
router [router-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the router list instance | |
| Context | configure router string | |
| Tree | router | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a router instance that represents a virtual router in the system. There will always be at least two instances in the system. The Base or transport router and the management router are created when the system is initialized and cannot be deleted. | |
| Max. Instances | 4 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[router-name] string
aggregates
| Synopsis | Enter the aggregates context | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates | |
| Tree | aggregates | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
aggregate [ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Enter the aggregate list instance | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | aggregate | |
Description | Commands in this context add aggregate routes to the routing table when there are one or more component routes. A component route is any route installed in the forwarding table that is a more-specific match of the aggregate. The use of aggregate routes can lead to smaller routing table sizes by reducing the number of routes that need to be advertised to neighbor routes. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Destination IP address prefix of the aggregate route | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | aggregate | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
aggregator
| Synopsis | Enter the aggregator context | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) aggregator | |
| Tree | aggregator | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the BGP AGGREGATOR path attribute for the aggregate route. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
address string
| Synopsis | Aggregator IP address | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) aggregator address string | |
| Tree | address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
as-number number
| Synopsis | Aggregator AS number | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) aggregator as-number number | |
| Tree | as-number | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
as-set boolean
| Synopsis | Use AS_SET path segment type for the aggregate route | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) as-set boolean | |
| Tree | as-set | |
Description | When configured to true, the AS_PATH attribute of the aggregate contains an AS_SET containing all AS numbers from the contributing routes. This can increase the amount of churn due to best-path changes. When configured to false, the AS_PATH attribute contains no AS_SET and will be originated by the ESR. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
blackhole
| Synopsis | Enable the blackhole context | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) blackhole | |
| Tree | blackhole | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: blackhole or indirect. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
generate-icmp boolean
| Synopsis | Send ICMP unreachable messages for aggregate routes | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) blackhole generate-icmp boolean | |
| Tree | generate-icmp | |
Description | When configured to true, ICMP unreachable messages are sent when packets match an aggregate route in the FIB with a black-hole next-hop. When configured to false, ICMP unreachable messages are not generated. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
|
Platforms | All |
community string
| Synopsis | Community name that is added to the aggregate route | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) community string | |
| Tree | community | |
Description | This command associates a BGP community with the aggregate route. The community name can be matched in route policies and is automatically added to BGP routes exported from the aggregate route. | |
| String Length | 1 to 72 | |
| Max. Instances | 12 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
discard-component-communities boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise aggregate with aggregate route community set | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) discard-component-communities boolean | |
| Tree | discard-component-communities | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Address of the indirect next hop | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | indirect | |
Description | This command programs aggregate routes into the forwarding table with an indirect next hop. If a packet matches the aggregate route but not a contributing route, it is forwarded toward the indirect next hop rather than being discarded. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: blackhole or indirect. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
local-preference number
| Synopsis | Local preference used when aggregate route is exported | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) local-preference number | |
| Tree | local-preference | |
Description | This command configures the local preference value to use when the aggregate route is exported rather than using any of the local preference values assigned for any of the contributing routes. | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy reference
| Synopsis | Policy name for the aggregated route | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command associates an aggregate route with a policy reference. The aggregated route is activated only when there is at least one eligible active route in the sub-trees below it that is accepted by the policy evaluation. There is no evaluation into any sub-tree that starts with another active aggregate route. Eligible routes exclude host routes and LDP shortcut routes. If an aggregate route has no policy, or the reference is to an empty policy, this configuration is treated as equivalent to a policy with one rule that accepts all routes. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
summary-only boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise the aggregate route only | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) summary-only boolean | |
| Tree | summary-only | |
Description | When configured to true, the router suppresses the advertisement of more specific component routes for the aggregate. When configured to false, the router advertises both the aggregate route and its contributing routes. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
tunnel-group number
| Synopsis | Tunnel group from which to associate the MC IPSec state | |
| Context | configure router string aggregates aggregate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) tunnel-group number | |
| Tree | tunnel-group | |
Description | This command adds the MC-IPsec state of the specific tunnel-group to the aggregate route. | |
| Range | 1 to 64 | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
allow-bgp-to-igp-export boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the distribution of BGP routes into the IGP | |
| Context | configure router string allow-bgp-to-igp-export boolean | |
| Tree | allow-bgp-to-igp-export | |
Description | When configured to true, the router can export base BGP RTM routes into the IGP routing instance within the base router. This command applies to already exported BGP prefixes and to newly received BGP prefixes. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
allow-icmp-redirect boolean
| Synopsis | Allow ICMP redirects on the management interface | |
| Context | configure router string allow-icmp-redirect boolean | |
| Tree | allow-icmp-redirect | |
Description | When configured to true, ICMP redirect messages can be received on the management interface. When configured to false, all received ICMP redirect messages are dropped. This command cannot be configured on a non-management interface. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
allow-icmp6-redirect boolean
| Synopsis | Allow IPv6 ICMP redirects on the management interface | |
| Context | configure router string allow-icmp6-redirect boolean | |
| Tree | allow-icmp6-redirect | |
Description | When configured to true, IPv6 ICMP redirect messages can be received on the management interface. When configured to false, all received IPv6 ICMP redirect messages are dropped. This command cannot be configured on a non-management interface. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
autonomous-system number
| Synopsis | AS number advertised to peers for this router | |
| Context | configure router string autonomous-system number | |
| Tree | autonomous-system | |
Description | This command configures the autonomous system (AS) number for the router. This value must be set before BGP can be activated. If the AS number is changed on a router with an active BGP instance, the new AS number is not used until the BGP instance is restarted. | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd
seamless-bfd
| Synopsis | Enter the seamless-bfd context | |
| Context | configure router string bfd seamless-bfd | |
| Tree | seamless-bfd | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
peer [address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Enter the peer list instance | |
| Context | configure router string bfd seamless-bfd peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | peer | |
| Max. Instances | 8000 | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Address of the remote node | |
| Context | configure router string bfd seamless-bfd peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | peer | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
discriminator number
| Synopsis | Discriminator of the remote node | |
| Context | configure router string bfd seamless-bfd peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) discriminator number | |
| Tree | discriminator | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bgp
add-paths
| Synopsis | Enable the add-paths context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths | |
| Tree | add-paths | |
Description | Commands in this context configure add-paths support for the specified address families of the BGP instance. The BGP add-paths capability allows the router to send or receive multiple paths per prefix to and from a peer. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
evpn
receive boolean
send (number | keyword)
ipv4
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple routes per unlabeled IPv4 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths ipv4 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple unlabeled IPv4 unicast routes per prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per unlabeled IPv4 unicast prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths ipv4 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths per unlabeled IPv4 unicast prefix that are allowed to be advertised to ADD-PATH peers. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, add-paths send capability is not enabled for unlabeled IPv4 unicast routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv6
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple routes per unlabeled IPv6 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths ipv6 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple unlabeled IPv6 unicast routes per prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per unlabeled IPv6 unicast prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths ipv6 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per unlabeled IPv6 unicast prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, add-paths send capability is not enabled for unlabeled IPv6 unicast routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4
| Synopsis | Enter the label-ipv4 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths label-ipv4 | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
Description | Commands in this context configure add-paths support for the labeled IPv4 unicast address family. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv4 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths label-ipv4 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv4 prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Paths advertised per labeled IPv4 unicast prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths label-ipv4 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per labeled IPv4 unicast prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, add-paths send capability is not enabled for labeled IPv4 unicast routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6
| Synopsis | Enter the label-ipv6 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths label-ipv6 | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
Description | Commands in this context configure add-paths support for the labeled IPv6 unicast address family. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv6 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths label-ipv6 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv6 prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Paths advertised per labeled IPv6 unicast prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths label-ipv6 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per labeled IPv6 unicast prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, add-paths send capability is not enabled for labeled IPv6 unicast routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mcast-vpn-ipv4
| Synopsis | Enter the mcast-vpn-ipv4 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv4 | |
| Tree | mcast-vpn-ipv4 | |
Description | Commands in this context configure add-paths support for the multicast IPv4 VPN address family. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple multicast routes per IPv4 VPN prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv4 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple multicast routes per IPv4 VPN prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send number
| Synopsis | Maximum paths advertised per multicast IPv4 VPN prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv4 send number | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per multicast IPv4 VPN prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, add-paths send capability is not enabled for multicast IPv4 VPN routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-vpn-ipv6
| Synopsis | Enter the mcast-vpn-ipv6 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv6 | |
| Tree | mcast-vpn-ipv6 | |
Description | Commands in this context configure add-paths support for the multicast IPv6 VPN address family. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple multicast routes per IPv6 VPN prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv6 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple multicast routes per IPv6 VPN prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send number
| Synopsis | Maximum paths advertised per multicast IPv6 VPN prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv6 send number | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per multicast IPv6 VPN prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, add-paths send capability is not enabled for multicast IPv6 VPN routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mvpn-ipv4
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple routes per multicast VPN IPv4 NRLI | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths mvpn-ipv4 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple routes per multicast VPN IPv4 NRLI to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send number
| Synopsis | Maximum paths advertised per multicast VPN IPv4 NRLI | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths mvpn-ipv4 send number | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per multicast VPN IPv4 NRLI. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, add-paths send capability is not enabled for multicast VPN IPv4 routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mvpn-ipv6
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple routes per multicast VPN IPv6 NRLI | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths mvpn-ipv6 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple routes per multicast VPN IPv6 NRLI to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send number
| Synopsis | Maximum paths advertised per multicast VPN IPv6 NRLI | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths mvpn-ipv6 send number | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per multicast VPN IPv6 NRLI. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, add-paths send capability is not enabled for multicast VPN IPv6 routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple routes per VPN-IPv4 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths vpn-ipv4 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple routes per VPN-IPv4 prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths advertised per VPN-IPv4 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths vpn-ipv4 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per VPN-IPv4 prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, add-paths send capability is not enabled for VPN-IPv4 routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple routes per VPN-IPv6 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths vpn-ipv6 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple routes per VPN-IPv6 prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths advertised per VPN-IPv6 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp add-paths vpn-ipv6 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per VPN-IPv6 prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, add-paths send capability is not enabled for VPN-IPv6 routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the BGP instance | |
| Context | configure router string bgp admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-external
| Synopsis | Enter the advertise-external context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp advertise-external | |
| Tree | advertise-external | |
Description | Commands in this context allow BGP to advertise its best external route to a destination for specified address families even when its best overall route is an internal route. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable support for unlabeled unicast IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp advertise-external ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable support for unlabeled unicast IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp advertise-external ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable support for labeled-unicast IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp advertise-external label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable support for labeled-unicast IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp advertise-external label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
advertise-inactive boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise inactive BGP routes to peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp advertise-inactive boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-inactive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows any inactive BGP route to be advertised, even though it is not the used route. When configured to false, the advertisement of inactive BGP routes to other BGP peers is disabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
advertise-ipv6-next-hops
| Synopsis | Enter the advertise-ipv6-next-hops context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp advertise-ipv6-next-hops | |
| Tree | advertise-ipv6-next-hops | |
Description | Commands in this context allow specified BGP address family routes to be advertised to IPv6 transport peers with a true IPv6 address when originated or when a configured or automatic next-hop-self action is applied. This command context has no effect on routes advertised to IPv4 peers. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
evpn boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise EVPN route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp advertise-ipv6-next-hops evpn boolean | |
| Tree | evpn | |
Description | When configured to true, EVPN routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. When configured to false, EVPN routes are advertised with IPv4 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise IPv4 route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp advertise-ipv6-next-hops ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
Description | When configured to true, IPv4 routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. The appropriate extended NH encoding capability must also be received from the remote peer before the route can be advertised with an IPv6 address instead of the IPv4 system address as the next hop. When configured to false, IPv4 routes are advertised with IPv4 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. If the route matches a BGP export policy entry that tries to change the next hop to an IPv6 address and an appropriate extended NH encoding capability was not received by the remote peer, the route is handled as though it was rejected by the policy entry. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise label IPv4 route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp advertise-ipv6-next-hops label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
Description | When configured to true, label IPv4 routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. The appropriate extended NH encoding capability must also be received from the remote peer before the route can be advertised with an IPv6 address instead of the IPv4 system address as the next hop. When configured to false, label IPv4 routes are advertised with the system IPv4 address as the next hop to IPv6 transport peers. If the route matches a BGP export policy entry that tries to change the next hop to an IPv6 address and an appropriate extended NH encoding capability was not received by the remote peer, the route is handled as though it was rejected by the policy entry. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise label IPv6 route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp advertise-ipv6-next-hops label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
Description | When configured to true, label IPv6 routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. When configured to false, label IPv6 routes are advertised toward IPv6 transport peers with the system IPv4 address as the BGP next hop, encoded as an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise VPN IPv4 route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp advertise-ipv6-next-hops vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv4 | |
Description | When configured to true, VPN IPv4 routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. The appropriate extended NH encoding capability must also be received from the remote peer before the route can be advertised with an IPv6 address instead of the IPv4 system address as the next hop. When configured to false, VPN IPv4 routes are advertised toward IPv6 transport peers with the system IPv4 address as the BGP next hop. If the route matches a BGP export policy entry that tries to change the next hop to an IPv6 address and an appropriate extended NH encoding capability was not received by the remote peer, the route is handled as though it was rejected by the policy entry. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise VPN IPv6 route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp advertise-ipv6-next-hops vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv6 | |
Description | When configured to true, VPN IPv6 routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. When configured to false, VPN IPv6 routes are advertised toward IPv6 transport peers with the system IPv4 address as the BGP next hop, encoded as an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
aggregator-id-zero boolean
| Synopsis | Set router ID in the BGP AGGREGATOR attribute to 0 | |
| Context | configure router string bgp aggregator-id-zero boolean | |
| Tree | aggregator-id-zero | |
Description | When configured to true, the router ID in the BGP AGGREGATOR path attribute is set to 0 when BGP aggregates routes. This prevents different routers within an AS from creating aggregate routes for the same prefix with different path attributes. When configured to false, the AS number and router ID are added to the AGGREGATOR path attribute. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
asn-4-byte boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for 4-byte ASNs | |
| Context | configure router string bgp asn-4-byte boolean | |
| Tree | asn-4-byte | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
authentication-key string
| Synopsis | BGP authentication key for all peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
Description | This command configures the authentication key used to protect all sessions. The stored format of the authentication key is based on the configure system security hash-control management-interface md-cli hash-algorithm setting. | |
| String Length | 1 to 370 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-keychain reference
| Synopsis | TCP authentication keychain for the session | |
| Context | configure router string bgp authentication-keychain reference | |
| Tree | authentication-keychain | |
Description | This command associates the keychain to be used to authenticate the BGP session. The keychain allows the rollover of authentication keys during the lifetime of a session. | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
backup-path
| Synopsis | Enter the backup-path context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp backup-path | |
| Tree | backup-path | |
Description | Commands in this context enable the use of a backup path for specified BGP-learned prefixes belonging to the base router. Multiple paths must be received for a prefix in order to take advantage of this feature. When a prefix has a backup path and its primary paths fail, the affected traffic is rapidly diverted to the backup path without waiting for control plane re-convergence to occur. When many prefixes share the same primary paths and in some cases, the same backup path, the time to divert failover traffic to the backup path is independent of the number of prefixes. By default, IPv4 and IPv6 prefixes do not have a backup path installed in the IOM. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable support for unlabeled unicast IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp backup-path ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable support for unlabeled unicast IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp backup-path ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable support for labeled-unicast IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp backup-path label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable support for labeled-unicast IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp backup-path label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
best-path-selection
| Synopsis | Enter the best-path-selection context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection | |
| Tree | best-path-selection | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
always-compare-med
| Synopsis | Enter the always-compare-med context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection always-compare-med | |
| Tree | always-compare-med | |
Description | Commands in this context determine how the BGP decision process is affected by the MED path attribute. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
med-value keyword
| Synopsis | Action for a missing MED attribute | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection always-compare-med med-value keyword | |
| Tree | med-value | |
| Options | ||
| Default | off | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
strict-as boolean
| Synopsis | Compare MED only for routes from same neighbor AS | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection always-compare-med strict-as boolean | |
| Tree | strict-as | |
Description | When configured to true, the route selection process can compare the MED path attribute between routes only if they come from the same neighbor AS. When configured to false, the route selection process can compare the MED path attribute between routes even if they come from different neighbor ASs. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
as-path-ignore
| Synopsis | Enter the as-path-ignore context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection as-path-ignore | |
| Tree | as-path-ignore | |
Description | Commands in this context determine whether the AS path length is considered in the selection process for routes of the specified address families. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore AS path length for unlabeled unicast IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection as-path-ignore ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore AS path length for unlabeled unicast IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection as-path-ignore ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
l2-vpn boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore AS path length for L2-VPN routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection as-path-ignore l2-vpn boolean | |
| Tree | l2-vpn | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore AS path length for labeled-unicast IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection as-path-ignore label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore AS path length for labeled-unicast IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection as-path-ignore label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore AS path length for IPv4 multicast routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection as-path-ignore mcast-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore AS path length for IPv6 multicast routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection as-path-ignore mcast-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mvpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore AS path length for IPv4 MVPN routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection as-path-ignore mvpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | mvpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mvpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore AS path length for IPv6 MVPN routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection as-path-ignore mvpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | mvpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore AS path length for VPN IPv4 (SAFI 128) routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection as-path-ignore vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore AS path length for VPN IPv6 (SAFI 128) routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection as-path-ignore vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
compare-origin-validation-state boolean
| Synopsis | Compare RPKI origin validation state of usable routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection compare-origin-validation-state boolean | |
| Tree | compare-origin-validation-state | |
Description | When configured to true, the RPKI origin validation state is compared between BGP routes, where a Valid state is preferred over a Not-Found state, and a Not-Found state is preferred over an Invalid state. When configured to false, the RPKI origin validate state comparison is not performed as part of the BGP route selection process. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
d-path-length-ignore boolean
| Synopsis | Enable D-PATH length ignore | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection d-path-length-ignore boolean | |
| Tree | d-path-length-ignore | |
Description | When configured to true, this command, enables the router to ignore the D-PATH domain segment length during best-path selection. At the base router level (or VPRN BGP level for PE-CE routers), this command allows BGP to ignore the D-PATH domain segment length for best-path selection purposes. BGP ignores the D-PATH length when comparing two VPN routes or two IFL routes within the same RD. However, these VPN/IFL routes are processed in the main-BGP instance. At the VPRN router level, this command allows the VPRN RTM to ignore the D-PATH domain segment length for best-path selection purposes (for routes in VPRN). The user can control whether the RTM considers the D-PATH length when comparing two VPN routes with different RDs. Best-path selection for EVPN-IFF routes against other owners (for example, EVPN-IFL or IPVPN) still relies on RTM preference. When EVPN-IFF RTM preference matches the RTM preference of another BGP owner, the existing RTM selection applies and D-PATH is not considered, irrespective of the d-path-length-ignore configuration. When configured to false, this command disables the ability to ignore the D-PATH domain segment length. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
deterministic-med boolean
| Synopsis | Group paths based on AS before MED attribute comparison | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection deterministic-med boolean | |
| Tree | deterministic-med | |
Description | When configured to true, BGP groups paths from the same AS that are equal up to the MED attribute comparison and then compares the best path from each group to select the overall best path. This process ensures that the best-path selection process is deterministic in all cases. When configured to false, paths are not grouped and the overall best-path selection can depend on the order of route arrival. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ebgp-ibgp-equal
| Synopsis | Enter the ebgp-ibgp-equal context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection ebgp-ibgp-equal | |
| Tree | ebgp-ibgp-equal | |
Description | Commands in this context allow BGP to ignore the difference between EBGP and IBGP routes in selecting the best path and eligible multipaths (if multipath and ECMP are enabled) for the specified address families. The result is a form of EIBGP load-balancing in a multipath scenario. This behavior can be applied selectively to certain address families. By default, the BGP decision process prefers an EBGP learned route over an IBGP learned route. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
evpn boolean
| Synopsis | Consider EBGP and IBGP EVPN routes equal | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection ebgp-ibgp-equal evpn boolean | |
| Tree | evpn | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Consider EBGP and IBGP IPv4 routes equal | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection ebgp-ibgp-equal ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Consider EBGP and IBGP IPv6 routes equal | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection ebgp-ibgp-equal ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Consider EBGP and IBGP label-IPv4 routes equal | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection ebgp-ibgp-equal label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Consider EBGP and IBGP label-IPv6 routes equal | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection ebgp-ibgp-equal label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Consider EBGP and IBGP VPN-IPv4 routes equal | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection ebgp-ibgp-equal vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Consider EBGP and IBGP VPN-IPv6 routes equal | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection ebgp-ibgp-equal vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ignore-nh-metric boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore next-hop distance in best path selection | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection ignore-nh-metric boolean | |
| Tree | ignore-nh-metric | |
Description | When configured to true, BGP ignores the resolved distance to the BGP next hop in its route selection process. When configured to false, BGP factors the distance to the next hop into its decision process when it compares two BGP routes with the same NLRI learned from base router BGP peers (in the router context) or IP prefix learned from VPRN BGP peers (in the vprn context). | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ignore-router-id
| Synopsis | Enable the ignore-router-id context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection ignore-router-id | |
| Tree | ignore-router-id | |
Description | Commands in this context determine whether the BGP selection process ignores the BGP identifier (router ID) comparison of two EBGP paths from different EBGP peers when determining the best path for the specified address families. By default, BGP selects the path with the lower router ID when it compares two paths from EBGP peers. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
include-internal
| Synopsis | Enter the include-internal context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection ignore-router-id include-internal | |
| Tree | include-internal | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the internal address families for which the router ID values are ignored, even when comparing two IBGP paths or an EBGP and an IBGP path. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mvpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore the router IDs of MVPN-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection ignore-router-id include-internal mvpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | mvpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mvpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore the router IDs of MVPN-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection ignore-router-id include-internal mvpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | mvpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
origin-invalid-unusable boolean
| Synopsis | Deem invalid routes unusable for best-path selection | |
| Context | configure router string bgp best-path-selection origin-invalid-unusable boolean | |
| Tree | origin-invalid-unusable | |
Description | When configured to true, routes that have an RPKI origin validation state of Invalid are considered unusable by the best-path selection algorithm. These routes cannot be used for forwarding and cannot be advertised to BGP peers. When configured to false, routes with an RPKI origin validation state of Invalid are compared to other usable routes for the same prefix according to the BGP decision process. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD | |
| Context | configure router string bgp bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | When configured to true, BFD is enabled on all BGP sessions, subject to the association of those BGP sessions with IP interfaces that have BFD configurations. When configured to false, BFD is not enabled globally for all BGP sessions. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bfd-strict-mode
| Synopsis | Enter the bfd-strict-mode context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp bfd-strict-mode | |
| Tree | bfd-strict-mode | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise
| Synopsis | Enable the advertise context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp bfd-strict-mode advertise | |
| Tree | advertise | |
Description | Commands in this context configure BGP to advertise the Strict-BFD capability to peers that are within scope of this command and meet the following requirements:
When the preceding conditions are satisfied and two peers attempting to form a session both advertise the Strict-BFD capability, the BGP finite state machine in each router transitions the session state to established after the BFD session with the peer enters the up state. When unconfigured, BGP does not advertise the Strict-BFD capability to peers. | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
holdtime number
| Synopsis | Maximum time BGP waits for the BFD session to come up | |
| Context | configure router string bgp bfd-strict-mode advertise holdtime number | |
| Tree | holdtime | |
Description | This command configures the maximum time BGP waits for the BFD session to come up, provided that the Strict-BFD procedures apply to a session, and the negotiated BGP hold time is zero (no keepalives). If the negotiated BGP hold time is greater than zero, the advertised hold time is not considered. | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 30 | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
next-hop-reachability boolean
| Synopsis | Consider next hop unreachable if BFD session is down | |
| Context | configure router string bgp bfd-strict-mode next-hop-reachability boolean | |
| Tree | next-hop-reachability | |
Description | When configured to true, the router considers next-hop self routes belonging to specific address families received from a peer within scope of this command as having an unresolved next hop, provided that the following requirements are met:
The unresolved state is maintained until the BFD session state changes to up or administratively down, even if there is a resolving route or tunnel that matches the BGP next-hop address. Routes received from one peer with a BGP next-hop address equal to the address of another peer are not affected by the BFD session to the other peer. The behavior of the router when this command is true does not depend on whether Strict-BFD is used, as both features are independent. Configuring this command to true only affects routes belonging to the following address families:
When configured to false, the router does not consider next-hop self routes belonging to the preceding address families as having an unresolved next hop if the BFD session goes down. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bgp-tunnel-metric
| Synopsis | Enter the bgp-tunnel-metric context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp bgp-tunnel-metric | |
| Tree | bgp-tunnel-metric | |
Description | Commands in this context control the tunnel table metrics associated with BGP label unicast routes. | |
| Introduced | 20.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
prefer-aigp boolean
| Synopsis | Use the AIGP attribute as tunnel metric when present | |
| Context | configure router string bgp bgp-tunnel-metric prefer-aigp boolean | |
| Tree | prefer-aigp | |
Description | When configured to true, the TTM metric is based on the AIGP metric if the route has the path attribute. When the BGP-LU route is selected for installation in TTM and it is not matched by a BGP import policy entry that overrides the BGP tunnel metric action, the TTM metric of the tunnel is set to the AIGP metric value of the BGP-LU route plus the resolved cost to the BGP next-hop of the route; otherwise, the metric is set to the value in the value setting. When configured to false, the AIGP attribute is ignored for purposes to TTM metric derivation. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 20.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
prefer-med boolean
| Synopsis | Use the MED attribute as tunnel metric when present | |
| Context | configure router string bgp bgp-tunnel-metric prefer-med boolean | |
| Tree | prefer-med | |
Description | When configured to true, the TTM metric is based on the MED metric value of the BGP-LU route. When a BGP-LU route is selected for installation in TTM and is not matched by a BGP import policy entry that overrides the BGP tunnel metric action, the TTM metric of the tunnel is set to the MED metric value of the BGP-LU route with the resolved cost to the BGP next hop of the route added to it. Otherwise, the metric is set to the value configured using the value command. When configured to false, the MED attribute is ignored for TTM metric derivation. Note: prefer-aigp takes precedence over this command if the received BGP-LU has both attributes. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
value number
| Synopsis | BGP tunnel metric value | |
| Context | configure router string bgp bgp-tunnel-metric value number | |
| Tree | value | |
Description | This command configures a BGP tunnel metric for label IPv4 routes that do not have their metric set by more specific means. If a BGP-LU route is selected for installation in the TTM and there is no tunnel metric policy action that applies to the route, the TTM metric of the associated tunnel is set to this value if either:
| |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 20.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
bgp-tunnel-preference number
| Synopsis | BGP tunnel table preference | |
| Context | configure router string bgp bgp-tunnel-preference number | |
| Tree | bgp-tunnel-preference | |
Description | This command configures the tunnel table preference for BGP-LU tunnel type. The tunnel table preference applies to next-hop resolution of BGP routes for: EVPN, IPv4, IPv6, VPN-IPv4, VPN-IPv6, label-IPv4, and label-IPV6 in the tunnel table. This feature does not apply to a VPRN, VPLS, or VLL service with explicit binding to an SDP that enabled the mixed-lsp-mode option. The service manager controls and fixes the tunnel preference in such an SDP. The tunnel table preference configuration does not modify the SDP behavior, nor the services that bind to it. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 12 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
block-prefix-sid boolean
| Synopsis | Block the prefix SID attribute | |
| Context | configure router string bgp block-prefix-sid boolean | |
| Tree | block-prefix-sid | |
Description | When configured to true, all prefix SID attributes are removed from label IPv4 and label IPv6 routes when they are exchanged with EBGP and IBGP peers covered by the scope of the command. Locally-imposed prefix SID attributes are also removed. When configured to false, all prefix SID attributes associated with label IPv4 and label IPv6 routes are propagated without restriction. A change of this configuration causes the affected BGP sessions to flap. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
client-reflect boolean
| Synopsis | Allow client reflection of routes by route reflector | |
| Context | configure router string bgp client-reflect boolean | |
| Tree | client-reflect | |
Description | When configured to true, routes received from neighbors considered to be RR clients are reflected to other peers as expected. When configured to false, routes received from neighbors considered to be RR clients are not reflected to other clients. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
cluster
allow-local-fallback boolean
| Synopsis | Allow fallback to RR topology location for ORR | |
| Context | configure router string bgp cluster allow-local-fallback boolean | |
| Tree | allow-local-fallback | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows the RR to advertise the best BGP path from its own topology location when there are no reachable routes from the client's ORR location. The ORR location must be specified before this command can be set to true. When configured to false, no route is advertised to the clients when there are no reachable routes from the client's ORR location. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
cluster-id string
| Synopsis | Route reflector cluster ID | |
| Context | configure router string bgp cluster cluster-id string | |
| Tree | cluster-id | |
Description | The command specifies the cluster ID to associate with the routing instance, effectively making all IBGP peers of the routing instance RR clients. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
orr-location number
| Synopsis | Optimal route reflection location for the cluster | |
| Context | configure router string bgp cluster orr-location number | |
| Tree | orr-location | |
Description | This command configures an ORR location ID. If a cluster ID is also specified, the clients in that cluster receive routes optimal for that specific location. With optimal route reflection, the best path advertised to a client takes location ID into account. If the tie-break for best path (or Add-Paths) comes down to next-hop IGP cost, the IGP costs will be calculated relative to the specified location. In the SR OS implementation, the IGP costs from arbitrary ORR locations are calculated using OSPF, OSPFv3, IS-IS, or BGP-LS information in the TE DB. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
connect-retry number
| Synopsis | BGP connect retry timer value | |
| Context | configure router string bgp connect-retry number | |
| Tree | connect-retry | |
Description | This command configures the BGP connect retry timer. When the timer expires, BGP tries to reconnect to the configured peer. | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 120 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
convergence
| Synopsis | Enter the convergence context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp convergence | |
| Tree | convergence | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
family [family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the family list instance | |
| Context | configure router string bgp convergence family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
Description | Commands in this context configure route convergence options for a specific BGP address family, specifically, the maximum amount of time BGP waits until it advertises the routes of the address family to its BGP peers. | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Address family for which convergence selection applies | |
| Context | configure router string bgp convergence family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-wait-to-advertise number
| Synopsis | Maximum wait time before advertising routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp convergence family keyword max-wait-to-advertise number | |
| Tree | max-wait-to-advertise | |
| Range | 0 to 3600 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
min-wait-to-advertise number
| Synopsis | Minimum wait time before advertising routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp convergence min-wait-to-advertise number | |
| Tree | min-wait-to-advertise | |
| Range | 0 to 3600 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
damp-peer-oscillations
| Synopsis | Enable the damp-peer-oscillations context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp damp-peer-oscillations | |
| Tree | damp-peer-oscillations | |
Description | Commands in this context support the DampPeerOscillations FSM behavior described in section 8.1 of RFC 4271, A Border Gateway Protocol 4 (BGP-4). When unconfigured, the router does not perform peer oscillation damping and immediately transitions out of the idle state after every reset. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
error-interval number
| Synopsis | Time after a reset that the session must be error-free | |
| Context | configure router string bgp damp-peer-oscillations error-interval number | |
| Tree | error-interval | |
Description | This command sets the interval of time after a reset, during which the session must be error-free in order to reset the penalty counter and return the idle hold time to the initial wait time. | |
| Range | 0 to 2048 | |
| Default | 30 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
idle-hold-time
| Synopsis | Enter the idle-hold-time context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp damp-peer-oscillations idle-hold-time | |
| Tree | idle-hold-time | |
Description | Commands in this context configure how long a BGP peer session remains in the idle state after some type of error causes the session to reset. In the idle state, BGP does not initiate or respond to attempts to establish a new session. Repeated errors that occur in a short time period after each session reset cause longer and longer hold times in the idle state. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
initial-wait number
| Synopsis | Time session remains in idle state after stabilization | |
| Context | configure router string bgp damp-peer-oscillations idle-hold-time initial-wait number | |
| Tree | initial-wait | |
| Range | 0 to 2048 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
max-wait number
| Synopsis | Maximum session idle time after repeated instability | |
| Context | configure router string bgp damp-peer-oscillations idle-hold-time max-wait number | |
| Tree | max-wait | |
| Range | 1 to 2048 | |
| Default | 60 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
second-wait number
| Synopsis | Time that doubles after each session failure | |
| Context | configure router string bgp damp-peer-oscillations idle-hold-time second-wait number | |
| Tree | second-wait | |
Description | This command defines the hold time that doubles after each repeated session failure that occurs in a short span of time. | |
| Range | 1 to 2048 | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
damping boolean
| Synopsis | Use BGP route damping to reduce route flap | |
| Context | configure router string bgp damping boolean | |
| Tree | damping | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables route damping to reduce the number of update messages sent between BGP peers and reduce the load on peers without affecting the route convergence time for stable routes. Route damping is controlled by profiles set in route policies. If no profile is specified in the route policy, the default damping profile is used with the following parameters:
When configured to false, BGP route damping for learned routes is disabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
def-recv-evpn-encap keyword
| Synopsis | Default EVPN encapsulation type | |
| Context | configure router string bgp def-recv-evpn-encap keyword | |
| Tree | def-recv-evpn-encap | |
Description | This command specifies the encapsulation type that BGP uses when an EVPN route is received without the Encapsulation Extended Community. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | mpls | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
default-label-preference
| Synopsis | Enter the default-label-preference context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp default-label-preference | |
| Tree | default-label-preference | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ebgp number
| Synopsis | Default preference for EBGP | |
| Context | configure router string bgp default-label-preference ebgp number | |
| Tree | ebgp | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ibgp number
| Synopsis | Default preference for IBGP | |
| Context | configure router string bgp default-label-preference ibgp number | |
| Tree | ibgp | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
default-preference
| Synopsis | Enter the default-preference context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp default-preference | |
| Tree | default-preference | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ebgp number
| Synopsis | Default preference for EBGP | |
| Context | configure router string bgp default-preference ebgp number | |
| Tree | ebgp | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ibgp number
| Synopsis | Default preference for IBGP | |
| Context | configure router string bgp default-preference ibgp number | |
| Tree | ibgp | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string bgp description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
dynamic-neighbor-limit number
| Synopsis | Max dynamic BGP sessions to accept from remote peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp dynamic-neighbor-limit number | |
| Tree | dynamic-neighbor-limit | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of dynamic BGP sessions to accept from remote peers associated with the entire BGP instance. If accepting a new dynamic session causes the instance limit to be exceeded, the new session attempt is rejected and a Notification message is sent back to the remote peer. | |
| Range | 1 to 8192 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ebgp-default-reject-policy
| Synopsis | Enter the ebgp-default-reject-policy context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp ebgp-default-reject-policy | |
| Tree | ebgp-default-reject-policy | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
export boolean
| Synopsis | Enable default reject export policy for external peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp ebgp-default-reject-policy export boolean | |
| Tree | export | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
import boolean
| Synopsis | Enable default reject import policy for external peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp ebgp-default-reject-policy import boolean | |
| Tree | import | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
egress-peer-engineering
| Synopsis | Enable the egress-peer-engineering context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp egress-peer-engineering | |
| Tree | egress-peer-engineering | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of BGP egress engineering | |
| Context | configure router string bgp egress-peer-engineering admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
Description | This command administratively enables or disables egress engineering for the BGP. If enabled, peer node SIDs and peer adjacency SIDs are advertised in BGP-LS. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
enforce-first-as boolean
| Synopsis | Enforce the configured peer AS value in received routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp enforce-first-as boolean | |
| Tree | enforce-first-as | |
Description | When configured to true for an EBGP session, all routes received from an EBGP peer are checked to ensure that the most recent ASN in the AS_PATH attribute of each route matches the configured AS of the session. If there is not a match, the session is reset (if the update-fault-tolerance command in the error-handling context is set to false) or the session is left up but the route is treated as withdrawn (if update-fault-tolerance is set to true). This command does not flap an established session because it applies only to routes received after the command is issued. When configured to false, received routes are not checked for compliance with the rule. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
error-handling
| Synopsis | Enter the error-handling context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp error-handling | |
| Tree | error-handling | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
legacy-mode boolean
| Synopsis | Enable legacy-mode of BGP error handling | |
| Context | configure router string bgp error-handling legacy-mode boolean | |
| Tree | legacy-mode | |
Description | When configured to true, the BGP instance handles the BGP update error messages based on the configured update-fault-tolerance commands. If these commands are not explicitly configured, BGP error handling follows the legacy procedures described in RFC 4271, which can result in disruptive session resets. When configured to false, the BGP instance ignores the configured update-fault-tolerance commands and applies the new error handling procedures described in RFC 7606 on all sessions. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
update-fault-tolerance boolean
| Synopsis | Tolerate non-critical errors in UPDATE messages | |
| Context | configure router string bgp error-handling update-fault-tolerance boolean | |
| Tree | update-fault-tolerance | |
Description | When configured to true, non-critical errors are handled with treat-as-withdraw, attribute-discard, and other non-disruptive approaches that do not cause a session reset. Critical errors still trigger a session reset. When configured to false, most errors trigger a session reset. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
export
| Synopsis | Enable the export context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp export | |
| Tree | export | |
Description | Commands in this context specify route policies that control the handling of outbound routes transmitted to all peers. Route policies are configured in the configure policy-options context. When no export policies are specified in this context, BGP-learned routes are advertised by default and non-BGP routes are not advertised. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy (policy-expr-string | string)
| Synopsis | List of export policy names | |
| Context | configure router string bgp export policy (policy-expr-string | string) | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command specifies route policies that control the handling of outbound routes transmitted to certain peers. Each object in this command is either a policy logical expression or the name of a single policy. The objects are evaluated in the specified order to determine the modifications of each route and the final action to accept or reject the route. Only one of the objects referenced by the command can be a policy logical expression consisting of policy names (enclosed in square brackets) and logical operators (AND, OR, NOT). When no export policies are specified, BGP-learned routes are advertised by default and non-BGP routes are not advertised. | |
| String Length | 1 to 255 | |
| Max. Instances | 15 | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
|
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
extended-nh-encoding
| Synopsis | Enter the extended-nh-encoding context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp extended-nh-encoding | |
| Tree | extended-nh-encoding | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the IPv4-related address families that can receive IPv6 next hops from peers. The peers should not send such routes unless the peers receive notification of this capability. If the router receives an enabled address family route from a peer to which it did not advertise the necessary capability, the UPDATE message will be considered malformed. This causes either a session reset or treat-as-withdraw behavior depending on the error handling settings. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise encoding capability for IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp extended-nh-encoding ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise encoding capability for label-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp extended-nh-encoding label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise encoding capability for VPN-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp extended-nh-encoding vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
family
bgp-ls boolean
evpn boolean
flow-ipv4 boolean
flow-ipv6 boolean
flow-vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for FlowSpec-VPN IPv4 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp family flow-vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | flow-vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
flow-vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for FlowSpec-VPN IPv6 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp family flow-vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | flow-vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
ipv6 boolean
l2-vpn boolean
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the label-IPv4 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp family label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the label-IPv6 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp family label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the MCAST-IPv4 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp family mcast-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the MCAST-IPv6 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp family mcast-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the IPv4 VPN MCAST address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp family mcast-vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the IPv6 VPN MCAST address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp family mcast-vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mdt-safi boolean
ms-pw boolean
mvpn-ipv4 boolean
mvpn-ipv6 boolean
route-target boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise MP-BGP support for RT constraint routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp family route-target boolean | |
| Tree | route-target | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-policy-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise MP-BGP support for the SR-policy-IPv4 family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp family sr-policy-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | sr-policy-ipv4 | |
Description | This command allows the router to advertise the capability for AFI1/SAFI73, which corresponds to BGP routes that encode a segment routing policy to an IPv4 destination. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-policy-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise MP-BGP support for the SR-policy-IPv6 family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp family sr-policy-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | sr-policy-ipv6 | |
Description | This command allows the router to advertise the capability for AFI2/SAFI73, which corresponds to BGP routes that encode a segment routing policy to an IPv6 destination. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
vpn-ipv6 boolean
fast-external-failover boolean
| Synopsis | Drop external BGP session immediately when link fails | |
| Context | configure router string bgp fast-external-failover boolean | |
| Tree | fast-external-failover | |
Description | When configured to true, the router drops an external BGP session to a single-hop neighbor immediately when the local interface goes down. When configured to false, the BGP session remains up until the hold time expires. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
flowspec
validate-dest-prefix boolean
| Synopsis | Validate destination prefix in FlowSpec-IPv4/IPv6 route | |
| Context | configure router string bgp flowspec validate-dest-prefix boolean | |
| Tree | validate-dest-prefix | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables validation of received IPv4 and IPv6 FlowSpec routes that contain a destination-prefix subcomponent. A FlowSpec route with a destination-prefix subcomponent is considered invalid if both of the following are true:
An invalid route is retained in the BGP but it is not used for filtering traffic or propagated to other BGP routers. When configured to false, destination-prefix validation is disabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
validate-redirect-ip boolean
| Synopsis | Validate the redirect-to-IPv4 action in FlowSpec route | |
| Context | configure router string bgp flowspec validate-redirect-ip boolean | |
| Tree | validate-redirect-ip | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables procedures to validate the redirect-to-IPv4 action attached to FlowSpec-IPv4 routes that are received by the BGP instance. A FlowSpec-IPv4 route is considered invalid and is not installed as a filter rule if the FlowSpec-IPv4 route is deemed to have originated from a different AS than the IP route that resolves the redirection IPv4 address. The originating AS of a FlowSpec route is determined from its AS path. When configured to false, the validation check is disabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
graceful-restart
| Synopsis | Enable the graceful-restart context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp graceful-restart | |
| Tree | graceful-restart | |
Description | Commands in this context configure BGP graceful restart helper procedures for address families included in the GR capabilities of both peers. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
gr-notification boolean
| Synopsis | Perform Graceful Restart procedures | |
| Context | configure router string bgp graceful-restart gr-notification boolean | |
| Tree | gr-notification | |
Description | When configured to true, the Graceful Restart capability sent by the router indicates support for NOTIFICATION messages. If the peer also supports this capability, the session is restarted gracefully (while preserving forwarding) if either peer sends a NOTIFICATION message due to some type of event or error. When configured to false, NOTIFICATION messages are not supported. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
long-lived
| Synopsis | Enable the long-lived context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp graceful-restart long-lived | |
| Tree | long-lived | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the BGP Long-Lived Graceful-Restart (LLGR) procedures. LLGR, known informally as BGP persistence, is an extension of BGP GR that allows a session to stay down for a longer period of time. During this time, learned routes are marked and re-advertised as stale but they can continue to be used as routes of last resort. The LLGR handling of a session failure can be invoked immediately or it can be delayed until the end of the traditional GR restart window. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-stale-to-all-neighbors boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise stale routes to all BGP peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp graceful-restart long-lived advertise-stale-to-all-neighbors boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-stale-to-all-neighbors | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
advertised-stale-time number
| Synopsis | LLGR stale routes time | |
| Context | configure router string bgp graceful-restart long-lived advertised-stale-time number | |
| Tree | advertised-stale-time | |
| Range | 0 to 16777215 | |
| Default | 86400 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
family [family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the family list instance | |
| Context | configure router string bgp graceful-restart long-lived family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Family type for family-specific LLGR configuration | |
| Context | configure router string bgp graceful-restart long-lived family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertised-stale-time number
| Synopsis | LLGR stale routes time for family override | |
| Context | configure router string bgp graceful-restart long-lived family keyword advertised-stale-time number | |
| Tree | advertised-stale-time | |
| Range | 0 to 16777215 | |
| Default | 86400 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
helper-override-stale-time number
| Synopsis | Locally-configured stale routes override time | |
| Context | configure router string bgp graceful-restart long-lived family keyword helper-override-stale-time number | |
| Tree | helper-override-stale-time | |
| Range | 0 to 16777215 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
forwarding-bits-set keyword
| Synopsis | BGP LLGR forwarding-bit behavior for address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp graceful-restart long-lived forwarding-bits-set keyword | |
| Tree | forwarding-bits-set | |
Description | This command determines the setting of the F bit in the GR and LLGR capabilities advertised by the router. When the F bit is set for an address family, it indicates that the advertising router is able to preserve forwarding state for the routes of that address family across the last restart. When the session is re-established after a restart and the F bit is not set, all stale routes from the peer are immediately removed for the corresponding address family. This command allows the F bit to be set for all address families or only for non-forwarding address families (L2-VPN, route target, flow-IPv4, and flow-IPv6). | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
helper-override-restart-time number
| Synopsis | Locally-configured override for restart time | |
| Context | configure router string bgp graceful-restart long-lived helper-override-restart-time number | |
| Tree | helper-override-restart-time | |
Description | This command overrides the restart time advertised by a peer (in its GR capability) with a locally-configured value. This override applies only to AFI/SAFI that were included in the GR capability of the peer. The restart-time is always zero for AFI/SAFI not included in the GR capability. This command is useful if the local router wants to force the LLGR phase to begin after a set time for all protected AFI/SAFI. | |
| Range | 0 to 4095 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
helper-override-stale-time number
| Synopsis | Locally-configured stale routes override time | |
| Context | configure router string bgp graceful-restart long-lived helper-override-stale-time number | |
| Tree | helper-override-stale-time | |
Description | This command configures a locally-imposed LLGR stale time that overrides the long-lived stale routes time that is advertised by the router in its LLGR capability. This command applies to all AFI/SAFI in the advertised LLGR capability except for any AFI/SAFI with a family-specific override. | |
| Range | 0 to 16777215 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
without-no-export boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise LLGR stale routes to non-LLGR peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp graceful-restart long-lived without-no-export boolean | |
| Tree | without-no-export | |
Description | When configured to true, LLGR stale routes can be advertised to any peer (EBGP or IBGP) that did not signal the LLGR capability. For IBGP and confederation-EBGP peers that did not advertise the LLGR capability, the local preference attribute in the advertised stale routes is automatically set to 0. When configured to false, LLGR stale routes are not advertised to any EBGP peer that did not signal the LLGR capability. For IBGP and confederation-EBGP peers that did not advertise the LLGR capability, the local preference attribute in the advertised stale routes is automatically set to 0 and a NO_EXPORT standard community is automatically added to the routes. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
restart-time number
| Synopsis | Restart time advertised by GR capability | |
| Context | configure router string bgp graceful-restart restart-time number | |
| Tree | restart-time | |
| Range | 0 to 4095 | |
| Default | 120 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
stale-routes-time number
| Synopsis | Maximum time to maintain routes after graceful restart | |
| Context | configure router string bgp graceful-restart stale-routes-time number | |
| Tree | stale-routes-time | |
| Range | 1 to 3600 | |
| Default | 360 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
group [group-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the group list instance | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string | |
| Tree | group | |
Description | Commands in this context define BGP peer groups and their group-specific command options. The options in this context are identical to the global BGP options. Any options that are not overridden by the group-specific commands inherit the configuration settings from the BGP global level. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[group-name] string
add-paths
| Synopsis | Enable the add-paths context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths | |
| Tree | add-paths | |
Description | Commands in this context allow the add-paths node to be configured for the specified families for configuration of the BGP group or neighbor. The BGP add-paths capability allows the router to send or receive multiple paths per prefix to and from a peer. When unconfigured, command settings are inherited from a higher level BGP configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
evpn
receive boolean
send (number | keyword)
ipv4
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv4 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths ipv4 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, the router can receive multiple unlabeled IPv4 unicast routes per prefix from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per unlabeled IPv4 unicast prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths ipv4 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths per unlabeled IPv4 unicast prefix that are allowed to be advertised to ADD-PATH peers. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for unlabeled IPv4 unicast routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv6
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple routes per IPv6 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths ipv6 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple unlabeled IPv6 unicast routes per prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per unlabeled IPv6 unicast prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths ipv6 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths per unlabeled IPv4 unicast prefix that are allowed to be advertised to ADD-PATH peers. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for unlabeled IPv4 unicast routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4
| Synopsis | Enter the label-ipv4 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths label-ipv4 | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv4 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths label-ipv4 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv4 prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per labeled IPv4 unicast prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths label-ipv4 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per labeled IPv4 unicast prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for labeled IPv4 unicast routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6
| Synopsis | Enter the label-ipv6 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths label-ipv6 | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv6 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths label-ipv6 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv6 prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per labeled IPv6 unicast prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths label-ipv6 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per labeled IPv6 unicast prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for labeled IPv6 unicast routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mcast-vpn-ipv4
| Synopsis | Enter the mcast-vpn-ipv4 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv4 | |
| Tree | mcast-vpn-ipv4 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple multicast routes per IPv4 VPN prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv4 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple multicast routes per IPv4 VPN prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send number
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per multicast IPv4 VPN prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv4 send number | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per multicast IPv4 VPN prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for multicast IPv4 VPN routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-vpn-ipv6
| Synopsis | Enter the mcast-vpn-ipv6 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv6 | |
| Tree | mcast-vpn-ipv6 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple multicast routes per IPv6 VPN prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv6 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple multicast routes per IPv6 VPN prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send number
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per multicast IPv6 VPN prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv6 send number | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per multicast IPv6 VPN prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for multicast IPv6 VPN routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mvpn-ipv4
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple multicast VPN routes per IPv4 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths mvpn-ipv4 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple multicast VPN routes per IPv4 prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send number
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per multicast VPN IPv4 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths mvpn-ipv4 send number | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per multicast VPN IPv4 prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for multicast VPN IPv4 routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mvpn-ipv6
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple multicast VPN routes per IPv6 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths mvpn-ipv6 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple multicast VPN routes per IPv6 prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send number
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per multicast VPN IPv6 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths mvpn-ipv6 send number | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per multicast VPN IPv6 prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for multicast VPN IPv6 routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple routes per VPN-IPv4 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths vpn-ipv4 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple VPN-IPv4 routes per prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per VPN-IPv4 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths vpn-ipv4 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per VPN-IPv4 prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for VPN-IPv4 routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple routes per VPN-IPv6 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths vpn-ipv6 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple VPN-IPv6 routes per prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per VPN-IPv6 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string add-paths vpn-ipv6 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per VPN-IPv6 prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for VPN-IPv6 routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the BGP group | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-inactive boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise an inactive BGP route to peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string advertise-inactive boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-inactive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows an inactive BGP route to be advertised, even though it is not the most preferred route. The effect of the command on advertised unlabeled, labeled, and multicast IPv4 and IPv6 routes depends on several factors.
When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, the advertisement of inactive BGP routes to other BGP peers is disabled. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-ipv6-next-hops
| Synopsis | Enable the advertise-ipv6-next-hops context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string advertise-ipv6-next-hops | |
| Tree | advertise-ipv6-next-hops | |
Description | Commands in this context allow specified IP family routes to be advertised to IPv6 transport peers with a true IPv6 address when originated or when a configured or automatic next-hop-self action is applied. When unconfigured, command settings are inherited from a higher level BGP configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
evpn boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise EVPN route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string advertise-ipv6-next-hops evpn boolean | |
| Tree | evpn | |
Description | When configured to true, EVPN routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. When configured to false, EVPN routes are advertised with IPv4 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise IPv4 route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string advertise-ipv6-next-hops ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
Description | When configured to true, IPv4 routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. The appropriate extended NH encoding capability must also be received from the remote peer before the route can be advertised with an IPv6 address instead of the IPv4 system address as the next hop. When configured to false, IPv4 routes are advertised with IPv4 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. If the route matches a BGP export policy entry that tries to change the next hop to an IPv6 address and an appropriate extended NH encoding capability was not received by the remote peer, the route is handled as though it was rejected by the policy entry. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise label IPv4 route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string advertise-ipv6-next-hops label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
Description | When configured to true, label IPv4 routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. The appropriate extended NH encoding capability must also be received from the remote peer before the route can be advertised with an IPv6 address instead of the IPv4 system address as the next hop. When configured to false, label IPv4 routes are advertised with the system IPv4 address as the next hop to IPv6 transport peers. If the route matches a BGP export policy entry that tries to change the next hop to an IPv6 address and an appropriate extended NH encoding capability was not received by the remote peer, the route is handled as though it was rejected by the policy entry. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise label IPv6 route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string advertise-ipv6-next-hops label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
Description | When configured to true, label IPv6 routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. When configured to false, label IPv6 routes are advertised toward IPv6 transport peers with the system IPv4 address as the BGP next hop, encoded as an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise VPN IPv4 route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string advertise-ipv6-next-hops vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv4 | |
Description | When configured to true, VPN IPv4 routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. The appropriate extended NH encoding capability must also be received from the remote peer before the route can be advertised with an IPv6 address instead of the IPv4 system address as the next hop. When configured to false, VPN IPv4 routes are advertised toward IPv6 transport peers with the system IPv4 address as the BGP next hop. If the route matches a BGP export policy entry that tries to change the next hop to an IPv6 address and an appropriate extended NH encoding capability was not received by the remote peer, the route is handled as though it was rejected by the policy entry. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise VPN IPv6 route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string advertise-ipv6-next-hops vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv6 | |
Description | When configured to true, VPN IPv6 routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. When configured to false, VPN IPv6 routes are advertised toward IPv6 transport peers with the system IPv4 address as the BGP next hop, encoded as an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
aggregator-id-zero boolean
| Synopsis | Set router ID in the BGP AGGREGATOR attribute to zero | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string aggregator-id-zero boolean | |
| Tree | aggregator-id-zero | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
aigp boolean
| Synopsis | Add AIGP attribute to advertised routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string aigp boolean | |
| Tree | aigp | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables Accumulated IGP (AIGP) path attribute support with one or more BGP peers. BGP path selection among routes with an associated AIGP metric is based on the end-to-end IGP metrics of the different BGP paths, even when these BGP paths span more than one AS and IGP instance. When configured to false, the AIGP attribute is removed from advertised routes, if present, and is ignored in received routes. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
as-override boolean
| Synopsis | Replace the peer ASN with the local ASN in AS Path | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string as-override boolean | |
| Tree | as-override | |
Description | When configured to true, the advertising router's local AS replaces all occurrences of the peer AS in the AS_PATH attribute. This command should be used with caution, as it breaks BGP's loop detection mechanism. When configured to false, no AS override is performed. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
asn-4-byte boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise the use of 4-byte ASNs | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string asn-4-byte boolean | |
| Tree | asn-4-byte | |
Description | When this command inherits a value of true, the use of 4-byte ASNs is supported. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to true. When configured to false, this command disables the use of 4-byte ASNs. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-key string
| Synopsis | BGP authentication key for peers in the group | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
Description | This command configures the authentication key that must be configured on both peers. The stored format of the authentication key is based on the configure system security hash-control management-interface md-cli hash-algorithm setting. | |
| String Length | 1 to 370 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-keychain reference
| Synopsis | TCP authentication keychain for the session | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string authentication-keychain reference | |
| Tree | authentication-keychain | |
Description | This command associates the keychain to be used to authenticate the BGP session. The keychain allows the rollover of authentication keys during the lifetime of a session. | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | When configured to true, BFD is enabled on a given protocol interface where the state of the protocol interface is tied to the state of the BFD session between the local node and the remote node. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, BFD is removed from the associated protocol adjacency. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-strict-mode
| Synopsis | Enter the bfd-strict-mode context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string bfd-strict-mode | |
| Tree | bfd-strict-mode | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise
| Synopsis | Enable the advertise context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string bfd-strict-mode advertise | |
| Tree | advertise | |
Description | Commands in this context configure BGP to advertise the Strict-BFD capability to peers that are within scope of this command and meet the following requirements:
When the preceding conditions are satisfied and two peers attempting to form a session both advertise the Strict-BFD capability, the BGP finite state machine in each router transitions the session state to established after the BFD session with the peer enters the up state. When unconfigured, BGP does not advertise the Strict-BFD capability to peers. | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
holdtime number
| Synopsis | Maximum time BGP waits for the BFD session to come up | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string bfd-strict-mode advertise holdtime number | |
| Tree | holdtime | |
Description | This command configures the maximum time BGP waits for the BFD session to come up, provided that the Strict-BFD procedures apply to a session, and the negotiated BGP hold time is zero (no keepalives). If the negotiated BGP hold time is greater than zero, the advertised hold time is not considered. | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 30 | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
next-hop-reachability boolean
| Synopsis | Consider next hop unreachable if BFD session is down | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string bfd-strict-mode next-hop-reachability boolean | |
| Tree | next-hop-reachability | |
Description | When configured to true, the router considers next-hop self routes belonging to specific address families received from a peer within scope of this command as having an unresolved next hop, provided that the following requirements are met:
The unresolved state is maintained until the BFD session state changes to up or administratively down, even if there is a resolving route or tunnel that matches the BGP next-hop address. Routes received from one peer with a BGP next-hop address equal to the address of another peer are not affected by the BFD session to the other peer. The behavior of the router when this command is true does not depend on whether Strict-BFD is used, as both features are independent. Configuring this command to true only affects routes belonging to the following address families:
When configured to false, the router does not consider next-hop self routes belonging to the preceding address families as having an unresolved next hop if the BFD session goes down. | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
block-prefix-sid boolean
| Synopsis | Block the prefix SID attribute | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string block-prefix-sid boolean | |
| Tree | block-prefix-sid | |
Description | When configured to true, all prefix SID attributes are removed from all routes exchanged between EBGP and IBGP peers covered by the scope of the command. Locally-imposed prefix SID attributes are also removed. When configured to false, all prefix SID attributes are propagated without restriction. A change of this configuration causes the affected BGP sessions to flap. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
capability-negotiation boolean
| Synopsis | Enable capability negotiation | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string capability-negotiation boolean | |
| Tree | capability-negotiation | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the exchange of capabilities. When configured to false and the peering is flapped, new capabilities are not negotiated and strictly IPv4 exchanges are supported with the peer. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
client-reflect boolean
| Synopsis | Allow cluster RR to advertise routes to its clients | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string client-reflect boolean | |
| Tree | client-reflect | |
Description | When unconfigured, this command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to true. When the command inherits a value of true, client reflection of routes is enabled. When configured to false, this command disables client reflection of routes. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
cluster
allow-local-fallback boolean
| Synopsis | Allow fallback to RR topology location | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string cluster allow-local-fallback boolean | |
| Tree | allow-local-fallback | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows the RR to advertise the best BGP path from its own topology location when there are no reachable routes from the client's ORR location. The ORR location must be specified before this command can be set to true. When configured to false, no route is advertised to the client. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
cluster-id string
| Synopsis | Route reflector cluster ID | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string cluster cluster-id string | |
| Tree | cluster-id | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
orr-location number
| Synopsis | Optimal route reflection location for the cluster | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string cluster orr-location number | |
| Tree | orr-location | |
Description | This command configures an ORR location ID. If a cluster ID is also specified, the clients in that cluster receive routes optimal for that specific location. With optimal route reflection, the best path advertised to a client takes location ID into account. If the tie-break for best path (or Add-Paths) comes down to next-hop IGP cost, the IGP costs are calculated relative to the specified location. In the SR OS implementation, the IGP costs from arbitrary ORR locations are calculated using OSPF, OSPFv3, IS-IS, or BGP-LS information in the TE DB. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
connect-retry number
| Synopsis | BGP connect retry timer value | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string connect-retry number | |
| Tree | connect-retry | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
damp-peer-oscillations
| Synopsis | Enable the damp-peer-oscillations context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string damp-peer-oscillations | |
| Tree | damp-peer-oscillations | |
Description | Commands in this context specify how long a BGP peer session remains in the idle state after an error causes the session to reset. In the idle state, BGP does not initiate or respond to attempts to establish a new session. Repeated errors that occur a short time after each session reset cause longer and longer hold times in the idle state. When unconfigured, command settings are inherited from the global-level configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
error-interval number
| Synopsis | Time after a reset that the session must be error-free | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string damp-peer-oscillations error-interval number | |
| Tree | error-interval | |
Description | This command sets the interval of time after a reset, during which the session must be error-free in order to reset the penalty counter and return the idle hold time to the initial wait time. | |
| Range | 0 to 2048 | |
| Default | 30 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
idle-hold-time
| Synopsis | Enter the idle-hold-time context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string damp-peer-oscillations idle-hold-time | |
| Tree | idle-hold-time | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
initial-wait number
| Synopsis | Time session remains in idle state after stabilization | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string damp-peer-oscillations idle-hold-time initial-wait number | |
| Tree | initial-wait | |
| Range | 0 to 2048 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
max-wait number
| Synopsis | Maximum session idle time after repeated instability | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string damp-peer-oscillations idle-hold-time max-wait number | |
| Tree | max-wait | |
| Range | 1 to 2048 | |
| Default | 60 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
second-wait number
| Synopsis | Time that doubles after each repeated session failure | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string damp-peer-oscillations idle-hold-time second-wait number | |
| Tree | second-wait | |
Description | This command defines the hold time that doubles after each repeated session failure that occurs in a short span of time. | |
| Range | 1 to 2048 | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
damping boolean
def-recv-evpn-encap keyword
| Synopsis | Default EVPN encapsulation type | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string def-recv-evpn-encap keyword | |
| Tree | def-recv-evpn-encap | |
Description | This command specifies the encapsulation type that BGP uses when an EVPN route is received without the Encapsulation Extended Community. When unconfigured, the setting for this command is inherited from the BGP global-level configuration. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
default-label-preference
| Synopsis | Enter the default-label-preference context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string default-label-preference | |
| Tree | default-label-preference | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ebgp number
ibgp number
default-preference
| Synopsis | Enter the default-preference context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string default-preference | |
| Tree | default-preference | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ebgp number
ibgp number
default-route-target boolean
| Synopsis | Send default RTC route (zero prefix length) to peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string default-route-target boolean | |
| Tree | default-route-target | |
Description | When configured to true, this command sends the default RTC route (zero prefix length) toward the selected peers. When configured to false, a default RTC route is not sent. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
dynamic-neighbor
| Synopsis | Enter the dynamic-neighbor context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string dynamic-neighbor | |
| Tree | dynamic-neighbor | |
Description | Commands in this context configure dynamic BGP sessions for a peer group. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interface [interface-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the interface list instance | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string dynamic-neighbor interface string | |
| Tree | interface | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an unnumbered base router network interface for dynamic neighbors. If this interface connects to a network with other BGP routers, sessions with the other routers can be set up automatically without explicitly configuring them as BGP neighbors. The interface must be IPv6 enabled, but because the interface is considered unnumbered, it does not require an IPv4 address or a global-unicast IPv6 address. The sessions are set up using IPv6 link-local addresses. The BGP unnumbered feature supports all address families that allow IPv6 link-local BGP next-hop addresses. This includes IPv4 with the use of RFC 8950 extensions. When an interface is added to the list of dynamic-neighbor interfaces, an outgoing connection attempt is initiated toward any directly connected router on the interface that announces itself using an ICMPv6 router advertisement message. The session attempt is unsuccessful if the peer type is not EBGP, the reported AS number of the peer does not match one of the allowed values, or the maximum session limit of the interface would be exceeded. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[interface-name] string
allowed-peer-as string
| Synopsis | Allowed peer AS value or range of acceptable values | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string dynamic-neighbor interface string allowed-peer-as string | |
| Tree | allowed-peer-as | |
Description | This command specifies a singular allowed peer AS value or a range of acceptable values in the format n1..n2. All values greater than or equal to n1 and less than or equal to n2 are acceptable. For example, if the acceptable peer AS numbers are 65001 to 65005 (range) and 62100 (singular value), configure this command to use a value of [65001..65005 62100]. | |
| Max. Instances | 32 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-sessions number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of dynamic sessions allowed | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string dynamic-neighbor interface string max-sessions number | |
| Tree | max-sessions | |
Description | This command specifies the maximum number of dynamic sessions that are allowed to be set up on the interface as a result of accepting sessions from link-local addresses or initiating sessions by receiving IPv6 router advertisements. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
match
prefix [ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
[ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
allowed-peer-as string
| Synopsis | Allowed peer AS value or range of acceptable values | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string dynamic-neighbor match prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) allowed-peer-as string | |
| Tree | allowed-peer-as | |
Description | This command specifies a singular allowed peer AS value or a range of acceptable values in the format n1..n2. All values greater than or equal to n1 and less than or equal to n2 are acceptable. For example, if the acceptable peer AS numbers are 65001 to 65005 (range) and 62100 (singular value), configure this command to use a value of [65001..65005 62100]. | |
| Max. Instances | 32 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
dynamic-neighbor-limit number
| Synopsis | Maximum dynamic BGP sessions to accept from remote peer | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string dynamic-neighbor-limit number | |
| Tree | dynamic-neighbor-limit | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of dynamic BGP sessions that are accepted from remote peers associated with a specific peer group. If accepting a new dynamic session causes the group limit to be exceeded, the new session attempt is rejected and a Notification message is sent back to the remote peer. When unconfigured, the setting is inherited from the BGP global-level configuration. | |
| Range | 1 to 8192 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ebgp-default-reject-policy
| Synopsis | Enable the ebgp-default-reject-policy context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string ebgp-default-reject-policy | |
| Tree | ebgp-default-reject-policy | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
export boolean
import boolean
egress-engineering
| Synopsis | Enable the egress-engineering context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string egress-engineering | |
| Tree | egress-engineering | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of BGP egress engineering | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string egress-engineering admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
Description | This command administratively enables or disables egress engineering for the BGP. If enabled, peer node SIDs and peer adjacency SIDs are advertised in BGP-LS. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
egress-peer-engineering-label-unicast boolean
| Synopsis | Generate EPE label-unicast routes for group | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string egress-peer-engineering-label-unicast boolean | |
| Tree | egress-peer-engineering-label-unicast | |
Description | When configured to true, BGP generates a label-unicast route for each /32 or /128 prefix that corresponds to the BGP group address in the scope of the command. These routes can be advertised to other routers to recursively resolve unlabeled BGP routes for AS external destinations. They support the Egress Peer Engineering (EPE) use case. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
enforce-first-as boolean
| Synopsis | Enforce the configured peer AS value in received routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string enforce-first-as boolean | |
| Tree | enforce-first-as | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
error-handling
| Synopsis | Enter the error-handling context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string error-handling | |
| Tree | error-handling | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
update-fault-tolerance boolean
| Synopsis | Tolerate non-critical errors in UPDATE messages | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string error-handling update-fault-tolerance boolean | |
| Tree | update-fault-tolerance | |
Description | When configured to true, non-critical errors are handled with treat-as-withdraw, attribute-discard, and other non-disruptive approaches that do not cause a session reset. Critical errors still trigger a session reset. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, all errors trigger a session reset. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
export
| Synopsis | Enable the export context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string export | |
| Tree | export | |
Description | Commands in this context specify route policies that control the handling of outbound routes transmitted to certain peers. Route policies are configured in the configure policy-options context. When this context is unconfigured, the policy association for the group is inherited from the BGP global-level configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy (policy-expr-string | string)
| Synopsis | BGP export policy name | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string export policy (policy-expr-string | string) | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command specifies route policies that control the handling of outbound routes transmitted to certain peers. Each object in this command is either a policy logical expression or the name of a single policy. The objects are evaluated in the specified order to determine the modifications of each route and the final action to accept or reject the route. Only one of the objects referenced by the command can be a policy logical expression consisting of policy names (enclosed in square brackets) and logical operators (AND, OR, NOT). Policy parameters must be enclosed by at-signs (@) and may be midstring; for example, "@variable@," "start@variable@end"," @variable@end", or"start@variable@". | |
| String Length | 1 to 255 | |
| Max. Instances | 15 | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
|
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
extended-nh-encoding
| Synopsis | Enable the extended-nh-encoding context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string extended-nh-encoding | |
| Tree | extended-nh-encoding | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the address families enabled to advertise the capability to receive label IPv4 routes, VPN IPv4 routes, or IPv6 next hops from peers. The peers should not send such routes unless notification has been received of this capability. If the router receives an enabled address family route from a peer to which it did not advertise the necessary capability, the UPDATE message will be considered malformed. This causes either a session reset or treat-as-withdraw behavior depending on the error handling settings. When the context is unconfigured, command settings are inherited from the higher level BGP configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise encoding capability for label-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string extended-nh-encoding label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
family
bgp-ls boolean
evpn boolean
flow-ipv4 boolean
flow-ipv6 boolean
flow-vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for FlowSpec-VPN IPv4 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string family flow-vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | flow-vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
flow-vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for FlowSpec-VPN IPv6 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string family flow-vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | flow-vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
ipv6 boolean
l2-vpn boolean
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the label-IPv4 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string family label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the label-IPv6 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string family label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the MCAST-IPv4 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string family mcast-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the MCAST-IPv6 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string family mcast-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the IPv4 VPN MCAST address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string family mcast-vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the IPv6 VPN MCAST address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string family mcast-vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mdt-safi boolean
ms-pw boolean
mvpn-ipv4 boolean
mvpn-ipv6 boolean
route-target boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise MP-BGP support for RT constraint routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string family route-target boolean | |
| Tree | route-target | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-policy-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise MP-BGP support for the SR-policy-IPv4 family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string family sr-policy-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | sr-policy-ipv4 | |
Description | This command allows the router to advertise the capability for AFI1/SAFI73, which corresponds to BGP routes that encode a segment routing policy to an IPv4 destination. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-policy-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise MP-BGP support for the SR-policy-IPv6 family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string family sr-policy-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | sr-policy-ipv6 | |
Description | This command allows the router to advertise the capability for AFI2/SAFI73, which corresponds to BGP routes that encode a segment routing policy to an IPv6 destination. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
vpn-ipv6 boolean
fast-external-failover boolean
| Synopsis | Drop external BGP session immediately when link fails | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string fast-external-failover boolean | |
| Tree | fast-external-failover | |
Description | When this command inherits a value of true, the router drops an external BGP session on a single-hop route immediately when the local interface goes down. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to true. When configured to false, the BGP session remains up until the hold time expires. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
graceful-restart
| Synopsis | Enable the graceful-restart context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string graceful-restart | |
| Tree | graceful-restart | |
Description | Commands in this context configure BGP graceful restart helper procedures for address families included in the GR capabilities of both peers. When the context is unconfigured, the command settings are inherited from the BGP global-level configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
gr-notification boolean
| Synopsis | Perform graceful restart procedures after NOTIFICATION | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string graceful-restart gr-notification boolean | |
| Tree | gr-notification | |
Description | When configured to true, the Graceful Restart capability sent by the router indicates support for NOTIFICATION messages. If the peer also supports this capability, the session is restarted gracefully (while preserving forwarding) if either peer sends a NOTIFICATION message due to some type of event or error. When configured to false, NOTIFICATION messages are not supported. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
long-lived
| Synopsis | Enable the long-lived context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string graceful-restart long-lived | |
| Tree | long-lived | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the BGP Long-Lived Graceful-Restart (LLGR) procedures. LLGR, known informally as BGP persistence, is an extension of BGP GR that allows a session to stay down for a longer period of time. During this time, learned routes are marked and re-advertised as stale but they can continue to be used as routes of last resort. The LLGR handling of a session failure can be invoked immediately or it can be delayed until the end of the traditional GR restart window. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-stale-to-all-neighbors boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise stale routes to all BGP peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string graceful-restart long-lived advertise-stale-to-all-neighbors boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-stale-to-all-neighbors | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
advertised-stale-time number
| Synopsis | Advertised long-lived stale time for LLGR routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string graceful-restart long-lived advertised-stale-time number | |
| Tree | advertised-stale-time | |
| Range | 0 to 16777215 | |
| Default | 86400 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
family [family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the family list instance | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string graceful-restart long-lived family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Family type for family-specific LLGR configuration | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string graceful-restart long-lived family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertised-stale-time number
| Synopsis | LLGR stale routes time for family override | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string graceful-restart long-lived family keyword advertised-stale-time number | |
| Tree | advertised-stale-time | |
Description | This command configures the long-lived stale routes time that is advertised by the router in its LLGR capability. This command applies to all AFI/SAFI in the advertised LLGR capability with a family-specific override. | |
| Range | 0 to 16777215 | |
| Default | 86400 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
helper-override-stale-time number
| Synopsis | Locally-configured stale routes override time | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string graceful-restart long-lived family keyword helper-override-stale-time number | |
| Tree | helper-override-stale-time | |
Description | This command configures a locally-imposed LLGR stale time that overrides the long-lived stale routes time that is advertised by the router in its LLGR capability. This is a family-specific override value. | |
| Range | 0 to 16777216 | |
| Default | 16777216 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
forwarding-bits-set keyword
| Synopsis | BGP LLGR forwarding-bit behavior for address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string graceful-restart long-lived forwarding-bits-set keyword | |
| Tree | forwarding-bits-set | |
Description | This command determines the setting of the F bit in the GR and LLGR capabilities advertised by the router. When the F bit is set for an address family, it indicates that the advertising router is able to preserve forwarding state for the routes of that address family across the last restart. When the session is re-established after a restart and the F bit is not set, all stale routes from the peer are immediately removed for the corresponding address family. This command allows the F bit to be set for all address families or only for non-forwarding address families (L2-VPN, route target, flow-IPv4, and flow-IPv6). | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
helper-override-restart-time number
| Synopsis | Locally-configured override for restart time | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string graceful-restart long-lived helper-override-restart-time number | |
| Tree | helper-override-restart-time | |
Description | This command overrides the restart time advertised by a peer (in its GR capability) with a locally-configured value. This override applies only to AFI/SAFI that were included in the GR capability of the peer. The restart-time is always zero for AFI/SAFI not included in the GR capability. This command is useful if the local router wants to force the LLGR phase to begin after a set time for all protected AFI/SAFI. | |
| Range | 0 to 4095 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
helper-override-stale-time number
| Synopsis | Locally-configured stale routes override time | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string graceful-restart long-lived helper-override-stale-time number | |
| Tree | helper-override-stale-time | |
Description | This command configures a locally-imposed LLGR stale time that overrides the long-lived stale routes time that is advertised by the router in its LLGR capability. This command applies to all AFI/SAFI in the advertised LLGR capability except for any AFI/SAFI with a family-specific override. | |
| Range | 0 to 16777215 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
without-no-export boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise LLGR stale routes to non-LLGR peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string graceful-restart long-lived without-no-export boolean | |
| Tree | without-no-export | |
Description | When configured to true, LLGR stale routes can be advertised to any peer (EBGP or IBGP) that did not signal the LLGR capability. For IBGP and confederation-EBGP peers that did not advertise the LLGR capability, the local preference attribute in the advertised stale routes is automatically set to 0. When configured to false, LLGR stale routes are not advertised to any EBGP peer that did not signal the LLGR capability. For IBGP and confederation-EBGP peers that did not advertise the LLGR capability, the local preference attribute in the advertised stale routes is automatically set to 0 and a NO_EXPORT standard community is automatically added to the routes. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
restart-time number
| Synopsis | Restart time advertised by GR capability | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string graceful-restart restart-time number | |
| Tree | restart-time | |
| Range | 0 to 4095 | |
| Default | 300 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
stale-routes-time number
| Synopsis | Maximum time to maintain routes after graceful restart | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string graceful-restart stale-routes-time number | |
| Tree | stale-routes-time | |
| Range | 1 to 3600 | |
| Default | 360 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
hold-time
minimum-hold-time number
| Synopsis | Minimum hold time between successive messages | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string hold-time minimum-hold-time number | |
| Tree | minimum-hold-time | |
Description | This command specifies the minimum hold time that is accepted for the session. If a peer proposes a hold time lower than this value, the session attempt is rejected. When unconfigured, the command value is inherited from the BGP global-level setting. | |
| Range | 0 | 3 to 65536 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
seconds number
| Synopsis | Maximum time BGP waits between successive messages | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string hold-time seconds number | |
| Tree | seconds | |
Description | This command configures the maximum time BGP waits between successive messages (either keepalive or update) from its peer before closing the connection. Although the implementation allows setting the keepalive timer at the BGP group level times separately, the configured keepalive timer is overridden by this value under the following circumstances.
When unconfigured, the command setting is inherited from the BGP global-level configuration. | |
| Range | 0 | 3 to 65535 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
import
| Synopsis | Enable the import context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string import | |
| Tree | import | |
Description | Commands in this context specify route policies that control the handling of inbound routes received from certain peers. Route policies are configured in the configure policy-options context. When this context is unconfigured, the policy association for the group is inherited from the BGP global-level configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy (policy-expr-string | string)
| Synopsis | BGP import policy name | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string import policy (policy-expr-string | string) | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command specifies route policies that control the handling of inbound routes received from certain peers. Each object in this command is either a policy logical expression or the name of a single policy. The objects are evaluated in the specified order to determine the modifications of each route and the final action to accept or reject the route. Only one of the objects referenced by the command can be a policy logical expression consisting of policy names (enclosed in square brackets) and logical operators (AND, OR, NOT). Policy parameters must be enclosed by at-signs (@) and may be midstring; for example, "@variable@," "start@variable@end"," @variable@end", or"start@variable@". | |
| String Length | 1 to 255 | |
| Max. Instances | 15 | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
|
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
initial-send-delay-zero boolean
| Synopsis | Send BGP updates as soon as the session comes up | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string initial-send-delay-zero boolean | |
| Tree | initial-send-delay-zero | |
Description | When configured to true, BGP updates are sent as soon as the session comes up. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, BGP waits to send UPDATE messages for the minimum route advertisement time after a session is established. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
keepalive number
| Synopsis | Time after which the BGP KEEPALIVE message is sent | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string keepalive number | |
| Tree | keepalive | |
Description | This command configures the BGP keepalive timer value. A keepalive message is sent every time this timer expires. This value is generally one-third of the hold time interval configured in the hold-time seconds context. Although the implementation allows this keepalive value and the hold time interval to be independently set, under the following circumstances, the configured keepalive value is overridden by the hold time interval value:
When unconfigured, the command inherits the BGP global-level setting. | |
| Range | 0 to 21845 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-preference number
| Synopsis | Route preference for routes from labeled-unicast peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string label-preference number | |
| Tree | label-preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
link-bandwidth
| Synopsis | Enter the link-bandwidth context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth | |
| Tree | link-bandwidth | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the handling of the Link Bandwidth Extended Community attached to specific BGP routes. When all used multipaths of an IP prefix correspond to BGP routes with a Link Bandwidth EC, the datapath is programmed to use weighted ECMP across the BGP next hops in proportion to the bandwidth values. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
accept-from-ebgp
| Synopsis | Enter the accept-from-ebgp context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth accept-from-ebgp | |
| Tree | accept-from-ebgp | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth accept-from-ebgp ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth accept-from-ebgp ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in label-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth accept-from-ebgp label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in label-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth accept-from-ebgp label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in VPN-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth accept-from-ebgp vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in VPN-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth accept-from-ebgp vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
add-to-received-ebgp
| Synopsis | Enter the add-to-received-ebgp context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth add-to-received-ebgp | |
| Tree | add-to-received-ebgp | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth add-to-received-ebgp ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth add-to-received-ebgp ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in label-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth add-to-received-ebgp label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in label-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth add-to-received-ebgp label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in VPN-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth add-to-received-ebgp vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in VPN-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth add-to-received-ebgp vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
|
Platforms | All |
aggregate-used-paths
| Synopsis | Enter the aggregate-used-paths context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth aggregate-used-paths | |
| Tree | aggregate-used-paths | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth aggregate-used-paths ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth aggregate-used-paths ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in label-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth aggregate-used-paths label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in label-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth aggregate-used-paths label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in VPN-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth aggregate-used-paths vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in VPN-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth aggregate-used-paths vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send-to-ebgp
| Synopsis | Enter the send-to-ebgp context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth send-to-ebgp | |
| Tree | send-to-ebgp | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth send-to-ebgp ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth send-to-ebgp ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in label-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth send-to-ebgp label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in label-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth send-to-ebgp label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in VPN-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth send-to-ebgp vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in VPN-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string link-bandwidth send-to-ebgp vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
local-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone | interface-name)
| Synopsis | Local IP address used when communicating with BGP peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string local-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone | interface-name) | |
| Tree | local-address | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
local-as
as-number number
prepend-global-as boolean
| Synopsis | Prepend global ASN when advertising routes to BGP peer | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string local-as prepend-global-as boolean | |
| Tree | prepend-global-as | |
Description | When configured to true, the global ASN is added to the AS_PATH attribute in outbound routes sent to the peer. When configured to false, the global ASN is not included in the AS_PATH attribute. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
private boolean
| Synopsis | Hide the local ASN in sent paths learned from peering | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string local-as private boolean | |
| Tree | private | |
Description | When configured to true, the local AS number is only advertised to peers that use the local ASN for establishing BGP peering sessions. When configured to false, the local ASN is advertised to all peers, including those that can use the global ASN for establishing BGP peering sessions. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
local-preference number
| Synopsis | Default local preference if not in incoming routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string local-preference number | |
| Tree | local-preference | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
loop-detect keyword
| Synopsis | Strategy for loop detection in the AS path | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string loop-detect keyword | |
| Tree | loop-detect | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
loop-detect-threshold number
| Synopsis | Threshold for the global ASN in a received AS path | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string loop-detect-threshold number | |
| Tree | loop-detect-threshold | |
| Range | 0 to 15 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R6 | |
|
Platforms | All |
med-out (number | keyword)
min-route-advertisement number
| Synopsis | Minimum time before a prefix can be advertised to peer | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string min-route-advertisement number | |
| Tree | min-route-advertisement | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
monitor
| Synopsis | Enable the monitor context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string monitor | |
| Tree | monitor | |
Description | Commands in this context specify BMP-related configurations at the BGP group level. When this context is unconfigured, the command settings are inherited from the BGP global-level configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of BMP monitoring | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string monitor admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
all-stations boolean
| Synopsis | Send BMP messages to all configured stations | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string monitor all-stations boolean | |
| Tree | all-stations | |
Description | When configured to true, this command specifies that BMP messages are to be sent to all configured BMP monitoring stations. When configured to false, the command is not used to indicate the stations which can receive BMP messages. The station command (at the same context level) identifies the BMP stations for which BMP messages are to be sent. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
route-monitoring
| Synopsis | Enter the route-monitoring context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string monitor route-monitoring | |
| Tree | route-monitoring | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
post-policy boolean
| Synopsis | Allow post-policy route-monitoring messages to be sent | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string monitor route-monitoring post-policy boolean | |
| Tree | post-policy | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
pre-policy boolean
| Synopsis | Allow pre-policy route-monitoring messages to be sent | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string monitor route-monitoring pre-policy boolean | |
| Tree | pre-policy | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
station [station-name] reference
[station-name] reference
multihop number
multipath-eligible boolean
| Synopsis | Allow routes from group peers in multipath eligibility | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string multipath-eligible boolean | |
| Tree | multipath-eligible | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
next-hop-self boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise routes with local address as next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string next-hop-self boolean | |
| Tree | next-hop-self | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
next-hop-unchanged
| Synopsis | Enter the next-hop-unchanged context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string next-hop-unchanged | |
| Tree | next-hop-unchanged | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the IP address families that allow unchanged BGP next-hops when sending BGP routes to peers in the group. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
evpn boolean
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise label-IPv4 routes with unchanged BGP next hop | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string next-hop-unchanged label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise label-IPv6 routes with unchanged BGP next hop | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string next-hop-unchanged label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
vpn-ipv6 boolean
origin-validation
| Synopsis | Enter the origin-validation context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string origin-validation | |
| Tree | origin-validation | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
ipv6 boolean
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable support for labeled-unicast IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string origin-validation label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable support for labeled-unicast IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string origin-validation label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
outbound-route-filtering
| Synopsis | Enable the outbound-route-filtering context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string outbound-route-filtering | |
| Tree | outbound-route-filtering | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the send and receive capabilities for Outbound Route Filtering (ORF). When this context is unconfigured, the group command settings are inherited from the BGP global-level configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
extended-community
| Synopsis | Enable the extended-community context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string outbound-route-filtering extended-community | |
| Tree | extended-community | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the ORF send and receive capabilities based on Extended Communities. When this context is unconfigured, the command settings are inherited from the global-level configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
accept-orf boolean
| Synopsis | Negotiate with peer to accept BGP ORF filters | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string outbound-route-filtering extended-community accept-orf boolean | |
| Tree | accept-orf | |
Description | When configured to true, the receive capability in the BGP ORF is negotiated with a peer and ORF filters can be accepted from peers. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, the accept capability in the BGP ORF is removed and any existing ORF filters that are currently in place are cleared. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
send-orf
| Synopsis | Enable the send-orf context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string outbound-route-filtering extended-community send-orf | |
| Tree | send-orf | |
Description | Commands in this context allow BGP to negotiate the send capability in the ORF negotiation with a peer. The send capability also causes the router to send a community filter, prefix filter, or AS path filter configured as an inbound filter on the BGP session to its peer as an ORF Action ADD. When this context is unconfigured, the command settings are inherited from the BGP global-level configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
route-target [community-name] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for route-target | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string outbound-route-filtering extended-community send-orf route-target string | |
| Tree | route-target | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[community-name] string
| Synopsis | Route target community name | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string outbound-route-filtering extended-community send-orf route-target string | |
| Tree | route-target | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
passive boolean
path-mtu-discovery boolean
| Synopsis | Enable Path MTU Discovery | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string path-mtu-discovery boolean | |
| Tree | path-mtu-discovery | |
Description | When configured to true, Path MTU Discovery (PMTUD) is enabled for the associated TCP connections. When set to true, PMTUD is activated toward an IPv4 BGP neighbor and the Don’t Fragment (DF) bit is set in the IP header of all IPv4 packets sent to the peer. If any device along the path toward the peer cannot forward the packet because the IP MTU of the interface is smaller than the IP packet size, this device drops the packet and sends an ICMP or ICMPv6 error message encoding the interface MTU. When the router receives the ICMP or ICMPv6 message, it lowers the TCP maximum segment size limit from the previous value so that the IP MTU constraint can be accommodated. When configured to false and there is no TCP MSS configuration that can be associated with a BGP neighbor (in either the BGP configuration or the first hop IP interface configuration), the router advertises a value of only 1024 bytes as the TCP MSS option value, limiting received TCP segments to that size. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
peer-as number
peer-ip-tracking boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BGP peer tracking | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string peer-ip-tracking boolean | |
| Tree | peer-ip-tracking | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables BGP peer tracking. Peer tracking should be used with caution. Peer tracking can tear a session down even if the loss of connectivity turns out to be short-lived (for example, while the IGP protocol is re-converging). Next-hop tracking, which is always enabled, handles temporary connectivity issues more effectively. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, peer tracking is disabled. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
preference number
| Synopsis | Route preference for routes learned from all peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
prefix-limit [family] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix-limit list instance | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string prefix-limit keyword | |
| Tree | prefix-limit | |
Description | Commands in this context limit the number of BGP routes per address family received from a BGP peer and define the actions when crossing the configured maximum. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[family] keyword
| Synopsis | Address family to which the limit applies | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string prefix-limit keyword | |
| Tree | prefix-limit | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
hold-excess number
| Synopsis | Percentage of maximum routes to install in route table | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string prefix-limit keyword hold-excess number | |
| Tree | hold-excess | |
Description | This command specifies the percentage of maximum routes that are allowed to be installed in the route table for the configured address family. If a peer within scope of the configuration exceeds the limit, the overflow routes are held in the BGP RIB as inactive routes and are ineligible for forwarding and advertisement to other peers. If the post-import command is configured to true, only routes not rejected by import policies count toward the limit. A BGP route in an overflow state is reconsidered for activation and reinstallation when an UPDATE message is received for the route. This command is mutually exclusive with the idle-timeout and log-only commands. | |
| Range | 1 to 100 | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
idle-timeout number
| Synopsis | Time BGP peering remains idle before reconnecting | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string prefix-limit keyword idle-timeout number | |
| Tree | idle-timeout | |
Description | This command configures the time in minutes before a BGP peer is automatically re-established after reaching the prefix limit. When unconfigured, the BGP peer stays down until the operator performs a reset. This command and log-only cannot be configured simultaneously. | |
| Range | 1 to 1024 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
log-only boolean
| Synopsis | Send warning message at threshold instead of take-down | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string prefix-limit keyword log-only boolean | |
| Tree | log-only | |
Description | When configured to true, the router disables the BGP session from being taken down upon reaching the prefix limit. Instead, only a warning message is sent when the limit is reached. A warning message is also sent when the configured threshold percentage of the limit is reached. This command and idle-timeout cannot be configured simultaneously. When configured to false, the router generates a log event and takes the BGP session down upon reaching the prefix limit. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
maximum number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of routes to be learned from a peer | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string prefix-limit keyword maximum number | |
| Tree | maximum | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of BGP routes of the specified address family that can be received from a peer before administrative action is taken. When log-only is unconfigured, the BGP session is taken down whenever the limit of any family is exceeded even if the limits of the other family has not been exceeded. | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
Platforms | All |
post-import boolean
| Synopsis | Apply limit only to routes accepted by import policies | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string prefix-limit keyword post-import boolean | |
| Tree | post-import | |
Description | When configured to true, the system limits the number of routes that are accepted by import policies. Routes rejected by import policies are not counted against the configured limit. When configured to false, the system limits the number of routes to all routes received from the peer. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
threshold number
remove-private
| Synopsis | Enable the remove-private context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string remove-private | |
| Tree | remove-private | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
limited boolean
replace boolean
skip-peer-as boolean
| Synopsis | Keep private ASN if it is the same as the BGP peer ASN | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string remove-private skip-peer-as boolean | |
| Tree | skip-peer-as | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
segment-routing-v6
| Synopsis | Enable the segment-routing-v6 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string segment-routing-v6 | |
| Tree | segment-routing-v6 | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
route-advertisement
| Synopsis | Enable the route-advertisement context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string segment-routing-v6 route-advertisement | |
| Tree | route-advertisement | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
drop-routes-with-srv6-tlvs boolean
| Synopsis | Drop BGP routes with SRv6 TLVs | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string segment-routing-v6 route-advertisement drop-routes-with-srv6-tlvs boolean | |
| Tree | drop-routes-with-srv6-tlvs | |
Description | When configured to true, the router drops and does not advertise BGP routes (that belong to any address family) with SRv6 TLVs. When configured to false, the router advertises BGP routes with SRv6 TLVs. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
family [family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the family list instance | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string segment-routing-v6 route-advertisement family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | IP address type that SRv6 route attributes apply to | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string segment-routing-v6 route-advertisement family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
strip-srv6-tlvs boolean
| Synopsis | Strip SRv6 TLVs from BGP routes advertised to peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string segment-routing-v6 route-advertisement family keyword strip-srv6-tlvs boolean | |
| Tree | strip-srv6-tlvs | |
Description | When configured to true, BGP routes that belong to the address family specified using the family command are advertised to peers with SRv6 TLVs removed. Locally or remotely added SRv6 TLVs can be removed. When configured to false, SRv6 TLVs are not stripped from BGP routes advertised to peers. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
selective-label-ipv4-install boolean
| Synopsis | Enable selective download for bgp label-ipv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string selective-label-ipv4-install boolean | |
| Tree | selective-label-ipv4-install | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
send-communities
| Synopsis | Enter the send-communities context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string send-communities | |
| Tree | send-communities | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
extended boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise the Extended Communities attribute to peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string send-communities extended boolean | |
| Tree | extended | |
Description | When unconfigured, this command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to true. When this command inherits a value of true, BGP extended communities are sent to peers in the Extended Communities attribute. When configured to false, all extended communities are removed from all routes advertised to BGP peers. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
large boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise the Large Communities attribute to peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string send-communities large boolean | |
| Tree | large | |
Description | When unconfigured, this command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to true. When this command inherits a value of true, BGP large communities are sent to peers in the Large Communities attribute. When configured to false, all large communities are removed from all routes advertised to BGP peers. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
standard boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise the Communities attribute to peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string send-communities standard boolean | |
| Tree | standard | |
Description | When unconfigured, this command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to true. When this command inherits a value of true, BGP standard communities are sent to peers in the Communities attribute. When configured to false, all standard communities are removed from all routes advertised to BGP peers. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
send-default
| Synopsis | Enable the send-default context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string send-default | |
| Tree | send-default | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Export policy name | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string send-default export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
ipv6 boolean
split-horizon boolean
| Synopsis | Prevent routes being reflected back to best-route peer | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string split-horizon boolean | |
| Tree | split-horizon | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the use of split-horizon. This command prevents routes from being reflected back to a peer that sends the best route. It applies to routes of all address families and to any type of sending peer; confed-EBGP, EBGP and IBGP. Enabling the split-horizon functionality may have a detrimental impact on peer and route scaling and should only be used when absolutely necessary. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, the use of split-horizon is disabled. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
static-group boolean
| Synopsis | Use group for static peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string static-group boolean | |
| Tree | static-group | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
tcp-mss (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | TCP maximum segment size override | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string tcp-mss (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | tcp-mss | |
Description | This command configures an override for the TCP maximum segment size to use with a specific peer or set of peers (depending on the scope of the command). The configured value controls two properties of the TCP connection as follows: TCP MSS option - The router advertises the TCP MSS option value in the TCP SYN packet it sends as part of the 3-way handshake. The advertised value may be lower than the configured value, depending on the IP MTU of the first hop IP interface. The peers must abide by this value when sending TCP segments to the local router. TCP maximum segment size - The actual transmitted size may be lower than the configured value, depending on the TCP MSS option value signaled by the peers, the effect of path MTU discovery, or other factors. | |
| Range | 384 to 9746 | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
third-party-nexthop boolean
| Synopsis | Apply third-party next-hop processing to EBGP peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string third-party-nexthop boolean | |
| Tree | third-party-nexthop | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the router to send third-party next hop to EBGP peers in the same subnet as the source peer. The address family of the transport must match the address family of the route. When an IPv4 or IPv6 route is received from one EBGP peer and advertised to another EBGP peer in the same IP subnet, the BGP next hop is left unchanged. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, third-party next-hop processing is disabled and the next hop carries the IP address of the interface used to establish the TCP connection to the peer. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ttl-security number
| Synopsis | Minimum TTL value for an incoming BGP packet | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string ttl-security number | |
| Tree | ttl-security | |
Description | This command configures the minimum TTL value that BGP accepst from an incoming packet. A packet with a TTL value less than the minimum configured TTL value is discarded. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
type keyword
vpn-apply-export boolean
| Synopsis | Apply base-instance BGP export policies to VPN routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string vpn-apply-export boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-apply-export | |
Description | When configured to true, base-instance BGP export route policies are applied to VPN-IPv4/6, MVPN-IPv4/6, L2-VPN, MDT-SAFI, MCAST-VPN-IPv4, and EVPN routes. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, the export policies are not applied. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
vpn-apply-import boolean
| Synopsis | Apply base-instance BGP import policies to VPN routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp group string vpn-apply-import boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-apply-import | |
Description | When configured to true, base-instance BGP import route policies are applied to VPN-IPv4/6, MVPN-IPv4/6, L2-VPN, MDT-SAFI, MCAST-VPN-IPv4, and EVPN routes. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, the import policies are not applied. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
hold-time
minimum-hold-time number
| Synopsis | Minimum hold time between successive messages | |
| Context | configure router string bgp hold-time minimum-hold-time number | |
| Tree | minimum-hold-time | |
Description | This command specifies the minimum hold time that is accepted for the session. If a peer proposes a hold time lower than this value, the session attempt is rejected. | |
| Range | 0 | 3 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
seconds number
| Synopsis | Maximum time BGP waits between successive messages | |
| Context | configure router string bgp hold-time seconds number | |
| Tree | seconds | |
Description | This command configures the maximum time BGP waits between successive messages (either keepalive or update) from its peer before closing the connection. Although the implementation allows setting the keepalive timer at the BGP global level times separately, the configured keepalive timer is overridden by this value under the following circumstances.
| |
| Range | 0 | 3 to 65535 | |
| Default | 90 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ibgp-multipath boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IBGP multipath load balancing | |
| Context | configure router string bgp ibgp-multipath boolean | |
| Tree | ibgp-multipath | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables IBGP multipath load balancing when adding BGP routes to the route table if the route resolving the BGP next hop offers multiple next hops. When configured to false, this command disables IBGP multipath load balancing. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
import
| Synopsis | Enable the import context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp import | |
| Tree | import | |
Description | Commands in this context specify route policies that control the handling of inbound routes received from certain peers. Route policies are configured in the configure policy-options context. When no import policies are specified in this context, BGP routes are accepted by default. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy (policy-expr-string | string)
| Synopsis | BGP import policy name | |
| Context | configure router string bgp import policy (policy-expr-string | string) | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command specifies a list of objects, where each object is either a policy logical expression or the name of a single policy. The objects are evaluated in the specified order to determine the modifications of each route and the final action to accept or reject the route. Only one of the objects referenced by this command is allowed to be a policy logical expression consisting of policy names (enclosed in square brackets) and logical operators (AND, OR, NOT). Policy parameters must be enclosed by at-signs (@) and may be midstring; for example, "@variable@," "start@variable@end"," @variable@end", or"start@variable@". | |
| String Length | 1 to 255 | |
| Max. Instances | 15 | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
|
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
initial-send-delay-zero boolean
| Synopsis | Send BGP updates as soon as session comes up | |
| Context | configure router string bgp initial-send-delay-zero boolean | |
| Tree | initial-send-delay-zero | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
inter-as-vpn boolean
| Synopsis | Allow advertisement of VPN routes across AS boundaries | |
| Context | configure router string bgp inter-as-vpn boolean | |
| Tree | inter-as-vpn | |
Description | When configured to true, VPNs can exchange routes across AS boundaries, providing model B connectivity. When configured to false, ASBRs are prevented from advertising VPN routes to peers in other ASs. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
keepalive number
label-allocation
| Synopsis | Enter the label-allocation context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp label-allocation | |
| Tree | label-allocation | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6
| Synopsis | Enter the label-ipv6 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp label-allocation label-ipv6 | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
Description | This command controls the label allocation behavior for labeled unicast IPv6 routes. The label options are explicit-null and normal. | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
explicit-null boolean
| Synopsis | Apply advertised label and associated programming rules | |
| Context | configure router string bgp label-allocation label-ipv6 explicit-null boolean | |
| Tree | explicit-null | |
Description | When configured to true, this command uses the advertised label and associated programming rules on this instance of BGP. The following applies:
When configured to false, advertised label IPv6 programming rules are not used. The following applies
Changes in the value of this leaf do not cause the BGP sessions of the base router to reset. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-preference number
| Synopsis | Route preference for routes from labeled-unicast peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp label-preference number | |
| Tree | label-preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 170 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
link-state-route-export boolean
| Synopsis | Allow the export of the TED NLRI database | |
| Context | configure router string bgp link-state-route-export boolean | |
| Tree | link-state-route-export | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows BGP to export link-state information to BGP neighbors. When configured to false, link-state information is not exported. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
link-state-route-import boolean
| Synopsis | Allow the import of the TED NLRI database | |
| Context | configure router string bgp link-state-route-import boolean | |
| Tree | link-state-route-import | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the import of link-state information into the BGP-LS address family for advertisement to other BGP neighbors. When configured to false, this command disables the import of link-state information. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
local-as
as-number number
prepend-global-as boolean
| Synopsis | Prepend global AS when advertising routes to BGP peer | |
| Context | configure router string bgp local-as prepend-global-as boolean | |
| Tree | prepend-global-as | |
Description | When configured to true, the global ASN is added to the AS_PATH attribute in outbound routes sent to the peer. When configured to false, the global ASN is hidden in paths announced to the EBGP peer. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
private boolean
| Synopsis | Hide the local ASN in sent paths learned from peering | |
| Context | configure router string bgp local-as private boolean | |
| Tree | private | |
Description | When configured to true, the local ASN is hidden in paths learned from the peering. When configured to false, the local ASN is advertised to all peers, including those that can use the global ASN for establishing BGP peering sessions. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
local-preference number
| Synopsis | Default local preference if not in incoming routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp local-preference number | |
| Tree | local-preference | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
loop-detect keyword
| Synopsis | Strategy for loop detection in the AS path | |
| Context | configure router string bgp loop-detect keyword | |
| Tree | loop-detect | |
| Options | ||
| Default | ignore-loop | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
loop-detect-threshold number
| Synopsis | Threshold for the global ASN in a received AS path | |
| Context | configure router string bgp loop-detect-threshold number | |
| Tree | loop-detect-threshold | |
| Range | 0 to 15 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R6 | |
Platforms |
All |
med-out (number | keyword)
min-route-advertisement number
| Synopsis | Minimum time before a prefix can be advertised to peer | |
| Context | configure router string bgp min-route-advertisement number | |
| Tree | min-route-advertisement | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 30 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
monitor
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of BMP monitoring | |
| Context | configure router string bgp monitor admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
all-stations boolean
| Synopsis | Send BMP messages to all configured stations | |
| Context | configure router string bgp monitor all-stations boolean | |
| Tree | all-stations | |
Description | When configured to true, this command specifies that BMP messages are to be sent to all configured BMP monitoring stations. When configured to false, the command is not used to indicate the stations which can receive BMP messages. The station command (at the same context level) identifies the BMP stations for which BMP messages are to be sent. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
route-monitoring
| Synopsis | Enter the route-monitoring context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp monitor route-monitoring | |
| Tree | route-monitoring | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
post-policy boolean
| Synopsis | Allow post-policy route-monitoring messages to be sent | |
| Context | configure router string bgp monitor route-monitoring post-policy boolean | |
| Tree | post-policy | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
pre-policy boolean
| Synopsis | Allow pre-policy route-monitoring messages to be sent | |
| Context | configure router string bgp monitor route-monitoring pre-policy boolean | |
| Tree | pre-policy | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
station [station-name] reference
[station-name] reference
mp-bgp-keep boolean
| Synopsis | Keep rejected VPN-IP routes in RIB-IN | |
| Context | configure router string bgp mp-bgp-keep boolean | |
| Tree | mp-bgp-keep | |
Description | When configured to true, the RIB-IN retains all MP-BGP routes, including VPN routes rejected by import policies or not imported by any services. As a result, sending Route Refresh messages is not required when an import policy changes. When configured to false, these VPN routes are deleted from the RIB-IN. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
multihop number
| Synopsis | TTL in IP packet headers for EBGP peers multi-hops away | |
| Context | configure router string bgp multihop number | |
| Tree | multihop | |
Description | This command configures the Time to Live (TTL) value entered in the IP header of packets sent to an EBGP peer multiple hops away. This command applies only to EBGP. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
multipath
ebgp number
family [family-type] keyword
[family-type] keyword
ebgp number
| Synopsis | Maximum multipaths when best path is EBGP learned route | |
| Context | configure router string bgp multipath family keyword ebgp number | |
| Tree | ebgp | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an EBGP learned route. The limit configured using this command overrides the limit configured in the max-paths command. If the best path is an EBGP learned route, and this command is set to 1, multipaths are disabled. | |
| Range | 1 to 64 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ibgp number
| Synopsis | Maximum multipaths when best path is IBGP learned route | |
| Context | configure router string bgp multipath family keyword ibgp number | |
| Tree | ibgp | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an IBGP learned route. The limit configured using this command overrides the limit configured in the max-paths command. If the best path is an IBGP learned route and this command is set to 1, multipaths are disabled. | |
| Range | 1 to 64 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
max-paths number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI | |
| Context | configure router string bgp multipath family keyword max-paths number | |
| Tree | max-paths | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI for the IP family option specified using the family command. Consider the following when configuring this command:
| |
| Range | 1 to 64 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
restrict keyword
unequal-cost boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore differences in the next-hop cost for multipath | |
| Context | configure router string bgp multipath family keyword unequal-cost boolean | |
| Tree | unequal-cost | |
Description | When configured to true, BGP ignores differences in the next-hop cost when determining eligible multipaths. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ibgp number
max-paths number
restrict keyword
unequal-cost boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore differences in the next-hop cost for multipath | |
| Context | configure router string bgp multipath unequal-cost boolean | |
| Tree | unequal-cost | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mvpn-vrf-import-subtype-new boolean
| Synopsis | Encode the IANA value of 0x010b in advertised routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp mvpn-vrf-import-subtype-new boolean | |
| Tree | mvpn-vrf-import-subtype-new | |
Description | When configured to true, this command encodes the value of 0x010b for the type or subtype in advertised routes. When configured to false, BGP encodes the extended community type or subtype as 0x010a to preserve backwards compatibility. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
neighbor [ip-address] (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone)
[ip-address] (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone)
add-paths
| Synopsis | Enable the add-paths context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths | |
| Tree | add-paths | |
Description | Commands in this context allow the add-paths node to be configured for the specified families for configuration of the BGP group or neighbor. The BGP add-paths capability allows the router to send or receive multiple paths per prefix to and from a peer. When unconfigured, command settings are inherited from a higher level BGP configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
evpn
| Synopsis | Enter the evpn context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths evpn | |
| Tree | evpn | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the add-paths capability for EVPN routes. By default, add-paths is not enabled for EVPN routes. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
receive boolean
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per EVPN prefix to Add-Path peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths evpn send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv4 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths ipv4 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, the router can receive multiple unlabeled IPv4 unicast routes per prefix from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per unlabeled IPv4 unicast prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths ipv4 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths per unlabeled IPv4 unicast prefix that are allowed to be advertised to ADD-PATH peers. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for unlabeled IPv4 unicast routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv6
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple routes per IPv6 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths ipv6 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple unlabeled IPv6 unicast routes per prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per unlabeled IPv6 unicast prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths ipv6 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths per unlabeled IPv4 unicast prefix that are allowed to be advertised to ADD-PATH peers. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for unlabeled IPv4 unicast routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4
| Synopsis | Enter the label-ipv4 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths label-ipv4 | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv4 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths label-ipv4 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv4 prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per labeled IPv4 unicast prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths label-ipv4 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per labeled IPv4 unicast prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for labeled IPv4 unicast routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6
| Synopsis | Enter the label-ipv6 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths label-ipv6 | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv6 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths label-ipv6 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv6 prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per labeled IPv6 unicast prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths label-ipv6 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per labeled IPv6 unicast prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for labeled IPv6 unicast routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mcast-vpn-ipv4
| Synopsis | Enter the mcast-vpn-ipv4 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv4 | |
| Tree | mcast-vpn-ipv4 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple multicast routes per IPv4 VPN prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv4 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple multicast routes per IPv4 VPN prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send number
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per multicast IPv4 VPN prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv4 send number | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per multicast IPv4 VPN prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for multicast IPv4 VPN routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-vpn-ipv6
| Synopsis | Enter the mcast-vpn-ipv6 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv6 | |
| Tree | mcast-vpn-ipv6 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple multicast routes per IPv6 VPN prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv6 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple multicast routes per IPv6 VPN prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send number
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per multicast IPv6 VPN prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths mcast-vpn-ipv6 send number | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per multicast IPv6 VPN prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for multicast IPv6 VPN routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mvpn-ipv4
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple multicast VPN routes per IPv4 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths mvpn-ipv4 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple multicast VPN routes per IPv4 prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send number
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per multicast VPN IPv4 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths mvpn-ipv4 send number | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per multicast VPN IPv4 prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for multicast VPN IPv4 routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mvpn-ipv6
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple multicast VPN routes per IPv6 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths mvpn-ipv6 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple multicast VPN routes per IPv6 prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send number
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per multicast VPN IPv6 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths mvpn-ipv6 send number | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per multicast VPN IPv6 prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for multicast VPN IPv6 routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple routes per VPN-IPv4 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths vpn-ipv4 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple VPN-IPv4 routes per prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per VPN-IPv4 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths vpn-ipv4 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per VPN-IPv4 prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for VPN-IPv4 routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6
receive boolean
| Synopsis | Receive multiple routes per VPN-IPv6 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths vpn-ipv6 receive boolean | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows multiple VPN-IPv6 routes per prefix to be received from a peer. When configured to false, the ADD-PATH receive capability is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum paths per VPN-IPv6 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) add-paths vpn-ipv6 send (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | send | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of paths that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers per VPN-IPv6 prefix. The actual number of advertised routes may be less depending on the next-hop diversity requirement, other configuration options, route policies, or route advertisement rules. When not configured, ADD-PATH send capability is not enabled for VPN-IPv6 routes. | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Options | multipaths – Number of best multipaths for each NLRI | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the BGP neighbor | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-inactive boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise an inactive BGP route to peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) advertise-inactive boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-inactive | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows an inactive BGP route to be advertised, even though it is not the most preferred route. The effect of the command on advertised unlabeled, labeled, and multicast IPv4 and IPv6 routes depends on several factors.
When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the global-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, the advertisement of inactive BGP routes to other BGP peers is disabled. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-ipv6-next-hops
| Synopsis | Enable the advertise-ipv6-next-hops context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) advertise-ipv6-next-hops | |
| Tree | advertise-ipv6-next-hops | |
Description | Commands in this context allow specified IP family routes to be advertised to IPv6 transport peers with a true IPv6 address when originated or when a configured or automatic next-hop-self action is applied. When unconfigured, command settings are inherited from a higher level BGP configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
evpn boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise EVPN route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) advertise-ipv6-next-hops evpn boolean | |
| Tree | evpn | |
Description | When configured to true, EVPN routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. When configured to false, EVPN routes are advertised with IPv4 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise IPv4 route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) advertise-ipv6-next-hops ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
Description | When configured to true, IPv4 routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. The appropriate extended NH encoding capability must also be received from the remote peer before the route can be advertised with an IPv6 address instead of the IPv4 system address as the next hop. When configured to false, IPv4 routes are advertised with IPv4 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. If the route matches a BGP export policy entry that tries to change the next hop to an IPv6 address and an appropriate extended NH encoding capability was not received by the remote peer, the route is handled as though it was rejected by the policy entry. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise label IPv4 route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) advertise-ipv6-next-hops label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
Description | When configured to true, label IPv4 routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. The appropriate extended NH encoding capability must also be received from the remote peer before the route can be advertised with an IPv6 address instead of the IPv4 system address as the next hop. When configured to false, label IPv4 routes are advertised with the system IPv4 address as the next hop to IPv6 transport peers. If the route matches a BGP export policy entry that tries to change the next hop to an IPv6 address and an appropriate extended NH encoding capability was not received by the remote peer, the route is handled as though it was rejected by the policy entry. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise label IPv6 route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) advertise-ipv6-next-hops label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
Description | When configured to true, label IPv6 routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. When configured to false, label IPv6 routes are advertised toward IPv6 transport peers with the system IPv4 address as the BGP next hop, encoded as an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise VPN IPv4 route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) advertise-ipv6-next-hops vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv4 | |
Description | When configured to true, VPN IPv4 routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. The appropriate extended NH encoding capability must also be received from the remote peer before the route can be advertised with an IPv6 address instead of the IPv4 system address as the next hop. When configured to false, VPN IPv4 routes are advertised toward IPv6 transport peers with the system IPv4 address as the BGP next hop. If the route matches a BGP export policy entry that tries to change the next hop to an IPv6 address and an appropriate extended NH encoding capability was not received by the remote peer, the route is handled as though it was rejected by the policy entry. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise VPN IPv6 route with IPv6 next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) advertise-ipv6-next-hops vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv6 | |
Description | When configured to true, VPN IPv6 routes are advertised with IPv6 next-hop addresses to IPv6 transport peers. When configured to false, VPN IPv6 routes are advertised toward IPv6 transport peers with the system IPv4 address as the BGP next hop, encoded as an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
advertise-ldp-prefix boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise active /32 LDP FEC prefixes to BGP peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) advertise-ldp-prefix boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-ldp-prefix | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
aggregator-id-zero boolean
| Synopsis | Set router ID in the BGP AGGREGATOR attribute to zero | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) aggregator-id-zero boolean | |
| Tree | aggregator-id-zero | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
aigp boolean
| Synopsis | Add AIGP attribute to advertised routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) aigp boolean | |
| Tree | aigp | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables Accumulated IGP (AIGP) path attribute support with one or more BGP peers. BGP path selection among routes with an associated AIGP metric is based on the end-to-end IGP metrics of the different BGP paths, even when these BGP paths span more than one AS and IGP instance. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, the AIGP attribute is removed from advertised routes, if present, and is ignored in received routes. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
as-override boolean
| Synopsis | Replace the peer's ASN with the local ASN in AS Path | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) as-override boolean | |
| Tree | as-override | |
Description | When configured to true, the advertising router's local AS replaces all occurrences of the peer AS in the AS_PATH attribute. This command should be used with caution, as it breaks BGP's loop detection mechanism. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). This command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When configured to false, no AS override is performed. | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
asn-4-byte boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise the use of 4-byte ASNs | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) asn-4-byte boolean | |
| Tree | asn-4-byte | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-key string
| Synopsis | BGP authentication key | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
| String Length | 1 to 370 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-keychain reference
| Synopsis | TCP authentication keychain for the session | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) authentication-keychain reference | |
| Tree | authentication-keychain | |
Description | This command associates the keychain to be used to authenticate the BGP session. The keychain allows the rollover of authentication keys during the lifetime of a session. | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | When configured to true, BFD is enabled on a given protocol interface where the state of the protocol interface is tied to the state of the BFD session between the local node and the remote node. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, BFD is removed from the associated protocol adjacency. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-strict-mode
| Synopsis | Enter the bfd-strict-mode context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) bfd-strict-mode | |
| Tree | bfd-strict-mode | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise
| Synopsis | Enable the advertise context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) bfd-strict-mode advertise | |
| Tree | advertise | |
Description | Commands in this context configure BGP to advertise the Strict-BFD capability to peers that are within scope of this command and meet the following requirements:
When the preceding conditions are satisfied and two peers attempting to form a session both advertise the Strict-BFD capability, the BGP finite state machine in each router transitions the session state to established after the BFD session with the peer enters the up state. When unconfigured, BGP does not advertise the Strict-BFD capability to peers. | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
holdtime number
| Synopsis | Maximum time BGP waits for the BFD session to come up | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) bfd-strict-mode advertise holdtime number | |
| Tree | holdtime | |
Description | This command configures the maximum time BGP waits for the BFD session to come up, provided that the Strict-BFD procedures apply to a session, and the negotiated BGP hold time is zero (no keepalives). If the negotiated BGP hold time is greater than zero, the advertised hold time is not considered. | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 30 | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
next-hop-reachability boolean
| Synopsis | Consider next hop unreachable if BFD session is down | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) bfd-strict-mode next-hop-reachability boolean | |
| Tree | next-hop-reachability | |
Description | When configured to true, the router considers next-hop self routes belonging to specific address families received from a peer within scope of this command as having an unresolved next hop, provided that the following requirements are met:
The unresolved state is maintained until the BFD session state changes to up or administratively down, even if there is a resolving route or tunnel that matches the BGP next-hop address. Routes received from one peer with a BGP next-hop address equal to the address of another peer are not affected by the BFD session to the other peer.The behavior of the router when this command is true does not depend on whether Strict-BFD is used, as both features are independent. Configuring this command to true only affects routes belonging to the following address families:
When configured to false, the router does not consider next-hop self routes belonging to the preceding address families as having an unresolved next hop if the BFD session goes down. | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
block-prefix-sid boolean
| Synopsis | Block the prefix SID attribute | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) block-prefix-sid boolean | |
| Tree | block-prefix-sid | |
Description | When configured to true, all prefix SID attributes are removed from all routes exchanged between EBGP and IBGP peers covered by the scope of the command. Locally-imposed prefix SID attributes are also removed. When configured to false, all prefix SID attributes are propagated without restriction. A change of this configuration causes the affected BGP sessions to flap. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
capability-negotiation boolean
| Synopsis | Enable capability negotiation | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) capability-negotiation boolean | |
| Tree | capability-negotiation | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
client-reflect boolean
| Synopsis | Allow cluster RR to advertise routes to its clients | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) client-reflect boolean | |
| Tree | client-reflect | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
cluster
allow-local-fallback boolean
| Synopsis | Allow fallback to RR topology | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) cluster allow-local-fallback boolean | |
| Tree | allow-local-fallback | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows the RR to advertise the best BGP path from its own topology location when there are no reachable routes from the client's ORR location. The ORR location must be specified before this command can be set to true. When configured to false, this command no route is advertised to the client. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
cluster-id string
| Synopsis | Route reflector cluster ID | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) cluster cluster-id string | |
| Tree | cluster-id | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
orr-location number
| Synopsis | Optimal route reflection location for the cluster | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) cluster orr-location number | |
| Tree | orr-location | |
Description | This command configures an ORR location ID. If a cluster ID is also specified, the clients in that cluster receive routes optimal for that specific location. With optimal route reflection, the best path advertised to a client takes location ID into account. If the tie-break for best path (or Add-Paths) comes down to next-hop IGP cost, the IGP costs will be calculated relative to the specified location. In the SR OS implementation, the IGP costs from arbitrary ORR locations are calculated using OSPF, OSPFv3, IS-IS, or BGP-LS information in the TE DB. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
connect-retry number
| Synopsis | BGP connect retry timer value | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) connect-retry number | |
| Tree | connect-retry | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
damp-peer-oscillations
| Synopsis | Enable the damp-peer-oscillations context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) damp-peer-oscillations | |
| Tree | damp-peer-oscillations | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
error-interval number
| Synopsis | Time after a reset that the session must be error-free | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) damp-peer-oscillations error-interval number | |
| Tree | error-interval | |
Description | This command sets the interval of time after a reset, during which the session must be error-free in order to reset the penalty counter and return the idle hold time to the initial wait time. | |
| Range | 0 to 2048 | |
| Default | 30 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
idle-hold-time
| Synopsis | Enter the idle-hold-time context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) damp-peer-oscillations idle-hold-time | |
| Tree | idle-hold-time | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
initial-wait number
| Synopsis | Time session remains in idle state after stabilization | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) damp-peer-oscillations idle-hold-time initial-wait number | |
| Tree | initial-wait | |
| Range | 0 to 2048 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
max-wait number
| Synopsis | Maximum session idle time after repeated instability | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) damp-peer-oscillations idle-hold-time max-wait number | |
| Tree | max-wait | |
| Range | 1 to 2048 | |
| Default | 60 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
second-wait number
| Synopsis | Time that doubles after each repeated session failure | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) damp-peer-oscillations idle-hold-time second-wait number | |
| Tree | second-wait | |
Description | This command defines the hold time that doubles after each repeated session failure that occurs in a short span of time. | |
| Range | 1 to 2048 | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
damping boolean
def-recv-evpn-encap keyword
| Synopsis | Default EVPN encapsulation type | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) def-recv-evpn-encap keyword | |
| Tree | def-recv-evpn-encap | |
Description | This command specifies the encapsulation type that BGP uses when an EVPN route is received without the Encapsulation Extended Community. When unconfigured, the setting for this command is inherited from the BGP group-level configuration. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
default-label-preference
| Synopsis | Enter the default-label-preference context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) default-label-preference | |
| Tree | default-label-preference | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ebgp number
ibgp number
default-preference
| Synopsis | Enter the default-preference context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) default-preference | |
| Tree | default-preference | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ebgp number
ibgp number
default-route-target boolean
| Synopsis | Send default RTC route (zero prefix length) to peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) default-route-target boolean | |
| Tree | default-route-target | |
Description | When configured to true, this command sends the default RTC route (zero prefix length) toward the selected peers. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, a default RTC route is not sent. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ebgp-default-reject-policy
| Synopsis | Enable the ebgp-default-reject-policy context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) ebgp-default-reject-policy | |
| Tree | ebgp-default-reject-policy | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
export boolean
import boolean
egress-engineering
| Synopsis | Enable the egress-engineering context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) egress-engineering | |
| Tree | egress-engineering | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of BGP egress engineering | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) egress-engineering admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
Description | This command administratively enables or disables egress engineering for the BGP. If enabled, peer node SIDs and peer adjacency SIDs are advertised in BGP-LS. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
egress-peer-engineering-label-unicast boolean
| Synopsis | Generate EPE label-unicast routes for neighbor | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) egress-peer-engineering-label-unicast boolean | |
| Tree | egress-peer-engineering-label-unicast | |
Description | When configured to true, BGP generates a label-unicast route for the /32 or /128 prefix that corresponds to the BGP neighbor address. This route can be advertised to other routers to recursively resolve unlabeled BGP routes for AS external destinations. This supports the Egress Peer Engineering (EPE) use case. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
enforce-first-as boolean
| Synopsis | Enforce the configured peer AS value in received routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) enforce-first-as boolean | |
| Tree | enforce-first-as | |
Description | When configured to true for an EBGP session, all routes received from an EBGP peer are checked to ensure that the most recent ASN in the AS_PATH attribute of each route matches the configured AS of the session. If there is not a match, the session is reset (if the update-fault-tolerance command in the error-handling context is set to false) or the session is left up but the route is treated as withdrawn (if update-fault-tolerance is set to true). This command does not flap an established session because it applies only to routes received after the command is issued. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, received routes are not checked for compliance with the rule. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
error-handling
| Synopsis | Enter the error-handling context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) error-handling | |
| Tree | error-handling | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
update-fault-tolerance boolean
| Synopsis | Tolerate non-critical errors in UPDATE messages | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) error-handling update-fault-tolerance boolean | |
| Tree | update-fault-tolerance | |
Description | When configured to true, non-critical errors are handled with treat-as-withdraw, attribute-discard, and other non-disruptive approaches that do not cause a session reset. Critical errors still trigger a session reset. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, all errors trigger a session reset. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
export
| Synopsis | Enable the export context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) export | |
| Tree | export | |
Description | Commands in this context specify route policies that control the handling of outbound routes transmitted to certain peers. Route policies are configured in the configure policy-options context. When this context is unconfigured, the policy association for the group is inherited from the BGP global-level configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy (policy-expr-string | string)
| Synopsis | BGP export policy name | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) export policy (policy-expr-string | string) | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command specifies route policies that control the handling of outbound routes transmitted to certain peers. Each object in this command is either a policy logical expression or the name of a single policy. The objects are evaluated in the specified order to determine the modifications of each route and the final action to accept or reject the route. Only one of the objects referenced by the command can be a policy logical expression consisting of policy names (enclosed in square brackets) and logical operators (AND, OR, NOT). Policy parameters must be enclosed by at-signs (@) and may be midstring; for example, "@variable@," "start@variable@end"," @variable@end", or"start@variable@". | |
| String Length | 1 to 255 | |
| Max. Instances | 15 | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
|
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
extended-nh-encoding
| Synopsis | Enable the extended-nh-encoding context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) extended-nh-encoding | |
| Tree | extended-nh-encoding | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the address families enabled to advertise the capability to receive label IPv4 routes, VPN IPv4 routes, or IPv6 next hops from peers. The peers should not send such routes unless notification has been received of this capability. If the router receives an enabled address family route from a peer to which it did not advertise the necessary capability, the UPDATE message will be considered malformed. This causes either a session reset or treat-as-withdraw behavior depending on the error handling settings. When the context is unconfigured, command settings are inherited from the higher level BGP configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise encoding capability for label-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) extended-nh-encoding label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
family
bgp-ls boolean
evpn boolean
flow-ipv4 boolean
flow-ipv6 boolean
flow-vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for FlowSpec-VPN IPv4 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) family flow-vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | flow-vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
flow-vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for FlowSpec-VPN IPv6 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) family flow-vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | flow-vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
ipv6 boolean
l2-vpn boolean
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the label-IPv4 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) family label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the label-IPv6 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) family label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the MCAST-IPv4 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) family mcast-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the MCAST-IPv6 address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) family mcast-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the IPv4 VPN MCAST address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) family mcast-vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise support for the IPv6 VPN MCAST address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) family mcast-vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mdt-safi boolean
ms-pw boolean
mvpn-ipv4 boolean
mvpn-ipv6 boolean
route-target boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise MP-BGP support for RT constraint routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) family route-target boolean | |
| Tree | route-target | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-policy-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise MP-BGP support for the SR-policy-IPv4 family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) family sr-policy-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | sr-policy-ipv4 | |
Description | This command allows the router to advertise the capability for AFI1/SAFI73, which corresponds to BGP routes that encode a segment routing policy to an IPv4 destination. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-policy-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise MP-BGP support for the SR-policy-IPv6 family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) family sr-policy-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | sr-policy-ipv6 | |
Description | This command allows the router to advertise the capability for AFI2/SAFI73, which corresponds to BGP routes that encode a segment routing policy to an IPv6 destination. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
vpn-ipv6 boolean
fast-external-failover boolean
| Synopsis | Drop external BGP session immediately when link fails | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) fast-external-failover boolean | |
| Tree | fast-external-failover | |
Description | When this command inherits a value of true, the router drops an external BGP session on a single-hop route immediately when the local interface goes down. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to true. When configured to false, the BGP session remains up until the hold time expires. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
graceful-restart
| Synopsis | Enable the graceful-restart context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) graceful-restart | |
| Tree | graceful-restart | |
Description | Commands in this context configure BGP graceful restart helper procedures for address families included in the GR capabilities of both peers. When this context is unconfigured, the command settings are inherited from the BGP group-level configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
gr-notification boolean
| Synopsis | Perform graceful restart procedures after NOTIFICATION | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) graceful-restart gr-notification boolean | |
| Tree | gr-notification | |
Description | When configured to true, the Graceful Restart capability sent by the router indicates support for NOTIFICATION messages. If the peer also supports this capability, the session is restarted gracefully (while preserving forwarding) if either peer sends a NOTIFICATION message due to some type of event or error. When configured to false, NOTIFICATION messages are not supported. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
long-lived
| Synopsis | Enable the long-lived context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) graceful-restart long-lived | |
| Tree | long-lived | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the BGP Long-Lived Graceful-Restart (LLGR) procedures. LLGR, known informally as BGP persistence, is an extension of BGP GR that allows a session to stay down for a longer period of time. During this time, learned routes are marked and re-advertised as stale but they can continue to be used as routes of last resort. The LLGR handling of a session failure can be invoked immediately or it can be delayed until the end of the traditional GR restart window. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-stale-to-all-neighbors boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise stale routes to all BGP peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) graceful-restart long-lived advertise-stale-to-all-neighbors boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-stale-to-all-neighbors | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
advertised-stale-time number
| Synopsis | Advertised long-lived stale time for LLGR routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) graceful-restart long-lived advertised-stale-time number | |
| Tree | advertised-stale-time | |
| Range | 0 to 16777215 | |
| Default | 86400 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
family [family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the family list instance | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) graceful-restart long-lived family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Family type for family-specific LLGR configuration | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) graceful-restart long-lived family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertised-stale-time number
| Synopsis | LLGR stale routes time for family override | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) graceful-restart long-lived family keyword advertised-stale-time number | |
| Tree | advertised-stale-time | |
Description | This command configures the long-lived stale routes time that is advertised by the router in its LLGR capability. This command applies to all AFI/SAFI in the advertised LLGR capability with a family-specific override. | |
| Range | 0 to 16777215 | |
| Default | 86400 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
helper-override-stale-time number
| Synopsis | Locally-configured stale routes override time | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) graceful-restart long-lived family keyword helper-override-stale-time number | |
| Tree | helper-override-stale-time | |
Description | This command configures a locally-imposed LLGR stale time that overrides the long-lived stale routes time that is advertised by the router in its LLGR capability. This is a family-specific override value. | |
| Range | 0 to 16777216 | |
| Default | 16777216 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
forwarding-bits-set keyword
| Synopsis | BGP LLGR forwarding-bit behavior for address family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) graceful-restart long-lived forwarding-bits-set keyword | |
| Tree | forwarding-bits-set | |
Description | This command determines the setting of the F bit in the GR and LLGR capabilities advertised by the router. When the F bit is set for an address family, it indicates that the advertising router is able to preserve forwarding state for the routes of that address family across the last restart. When the session is re-established after a restart and the F bit is not set, all stale routes from the peer are immediately removed for the corresponding address family. This command allows the F bit to be set for all address families or only for non-forwarding address families (L2-VPN, route target, flow-IPv4, and flow-IPv6). | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
helper-override-restart-time number
| Synopsis | Locally-configured override for restart time | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) graceful-restart long-lived helper-override-restart-time number | |
| Tree | helper-override-restart-time | |
Description | This command overrides the restart time advertised by a peer (in its GR capability) with a locally-configured value. This override applies only to AFI/SAFI that were included in the GR capability of the peer. The restart-time is always zero for AFI/SAFI not included in the GR capability. This command is useful if the local router wants to force the LLGR phase to begin after a set time for all protected AFI/SAFI. | |
| Range | 0 to 4095 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
helper-override-stale-time number
| Synopsis | Locally-configured stale routes override time | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) graceful-restart long-lived helper-override-stale-time number | |
| Tree | helper-override-stale-time | |
Description | This command configures a locally-imposed LLGR stale time that overrides the long-lived stale routes time that is advertised by the router in its LLGR capability. This command applies to all AFI/SAFI in the advertised LLGR capability except for any AFI/SAFI with a family-specific override. | |
| Range | 0 to 16777215 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
without-no-export boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise LLGR stale routes to non-LLGR peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) graceful-restart long-lived without-no-export boolean | |
| Tree | without-no-export | |
Description | When configured to true, LLGR stale routes can be advertised to any peer (EBGP or IBGP) that did not signal the LLGR capability. For IBGP and confederation-EBGP peers that did not advertise the LLGR capability, the local preference attribute in the advertised stale routes is automatically set to 0. When configured to false, LLGR stale routes are not advertised to any EBGP peer that did not signal the LLGR capability. For IBGP and confederation-EBGP peers that did not advertise the LLGR capability, the local preference attribute in the advertised stale routes is automatically set to 0 and a NO_EXPORT standard community is automatically added to the routes. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
restart-time number
| Synopsis | Restart time advertised by GR capability | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) graceful-restart restart-time number | |
| Tree | restart-time | |
| Range | 0 to 4095 | |
| Default | 300 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
stale-routes-time number
| Synopsis | Maximum time to maintain routes after graceful restart | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) graceful-restart stale-routes-time number | |
| Tree | stale-routes-time | |
| Range | 1 to 3600 | |
| Default | 360 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
group reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | BGP peer group | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) group reference | |
| Tree | group | |
Reference | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
hold-time
minimum-hold-time number
| Synopsis | Minimum time BGP waits between successive messages | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) hold-time minimum-hold-time number | |
| Tree | minimum-hold-time | |
| Range | 0 | 3 to 65536 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
seconds number
| Synopsis | Maximum hold time between successive messages | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) hold-time seconds number | |
| Tree | seconds | |
Description | The BGP hold time specifies the maximum time BGP waits between successive messages (either keepalive or update) from its peer, before closing the connection. Even though the implementation allows setting the keepalive timer at the BGP neighbor level times separately, the configured keepalive timer is overridden by this value under the following circumstances:
When unconfigured, the command setting is inherited from the BGP group-level configuration. | |
| Range | 0 | 3 to 65535 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
import
| Synopsis | Enable the import context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) import | |
| Tree | import | |
Description | Commands in this context specify route policies that control the handling of inbound routes received from certain peers. Route policies are configured in the configure policy-options context. When this context is unconfigured, the policy association is inherited from the BGP group-level configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy (policy-expr-string | string)
| Synopsis | Names of the BGP import policies | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) import policy (policy-expr-string | string) | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command specifies route policies that control the handling of inbound routes received from certain peers. Each object in this command is either a policy logical expression or the name of a single policy. The objects are evaluated in the specified order to determine the modifications of each route and the final action to accept or reject the route. Only one of the objects referenced by the command can be a policy logical expression consisting of policy names (enclosed in square brackets) and logical operators (AND, OR, NOT). Policy parameters must be enclosed by at-signs (@) and may be midstring; for example, "@variable@," "start@variable@end"," @variable@end", or"start@variable@". | |
| String Length | 1 to 255 | |
| Max. Instances | 15 | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
|
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
initial-send-delay-zero boolean
| Synopsis | Send BGP updates as soon as the session comes up | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) initial-send-delay-zero boolean | |
| Tree | initial-send-delay-zero | |
Description | When configured to true, BGP updates are sent as soon as the session comes up. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, BGP waits to send UPDATE messages for the minimum route advertisement time after a session is established. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
keepalive number
l2vpn-cisco-interop boolean
| Synopsis | Allow translation from Cisco non-compliant NLRI format | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) l2vpn-cisco-interop boolean | |
| Tree | l2vpn-cisco-interop | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-preference number
| Synopsis | Route preference for routes from labeled-unicast peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) label-preference number | |
| Tree | label-preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
link-bandwidth
| Synopsis | Enter the link-bandwidth context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth | |
| Tree | link-bandwidth | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
accept-from-ebgp
| Synopsis | Enable the accept-from-ebgp context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth accept-from-ebgp | |
| Tree | accept-from-ebgp | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth accept-from-ebgp ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth accept-from-ebgp ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in label-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth accept-from-ebgp label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in label-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth accept-from-ebgp label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in VPN-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth accept-from-ebgp vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in VPN-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth accept-from-ebgp vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
add-to-received-ebgp
| Synopsis | Enable the add-to-received-ebgp context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth add-to-received-ebgp | |
| Tree | add-to-received-ebgp | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth add-to-received-ebgp ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth add-to-received-ebgp ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in label-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth add-to-received-ebgp label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in label-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth add-to-received-ebgp label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in VPN-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth add-to-received-ebgp vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in VPN-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth add-to-received-ebgp vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
|
Platforms | All |
aggregate-used-paths
| Synopsis | Enable the aggregate-used-paths context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth aggregate-used-paths | |
| Tree | aggregate-used-paths | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth aggregate-used-paths ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth aggregate-used-paths ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in label-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth aggregate-used-paths label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in label-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth aggregate-used-paths label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in VPN-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth aggregate-used-paths vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in VPN-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth aggregate-used-paths vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send-to-ebgp
| Synopsis | Enable the send-to-ebgp context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth send-to-ebgp | |
| Tree | send-to-ebgp | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth send-to-ebgp ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth send-to-ebgp ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in label-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth send-to-ebgp label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in label-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth send-to-ebgp label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in VPN-IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth send-to-ebgp vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Support Link Bandwidth EC in VPN-IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) link-bandwidth send-to-ebgp vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
local-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone | interface-name)
| Synopsis | Local IP address used when communicating with BGP peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) local-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone | interface-name) | |
| Tree | local-address | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
local-as
as-number number
prepend-global-as boolean
| Synopsis | Prepend global ASN when advertising routes to BGP peer | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) local-as prepend-global-as boolean | |
| Tree | prepend-global-as | |
Description | When configured to true, the global ASN is added to the AS_PATH attribute in outbound routes sent to the peer. When configured to false, the global ASN is not included in the AS_PATH attribute. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
private boolean
| Synopsis | Hide the local ASN in sent paths learned from peering | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) local-as private boolean | |
| Tree | private | |
Description | When configured to true, the local AS number is only advertised to peers that use the local ASN for establishing BGP peering sessions. When configured to false, the local ASN is advertised to all peers, including those that can use the global ASN for establishing BGP peering sessions. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
local-preference number
| Synopsis | Default local preference if not in incoming routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) local-preference number | |
| Tree | local-preference | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
loop-detect keyword
| Synopsis | Strategy for loop detection in the AS path | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) loop-detect keyword | |
| Tree | loop-detect | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
loop-detect-threshold number
| Synopsis | Threshold for the global ASN in a received AS path | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) loop-detect-threshold number | |
| Tree | loop-detect-threshold | |
| Range | 0 to 15 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R6 | |
|
Platforms | All |
med-out (number | keyword)
min-route-advertisement number
| Synopsis | Minimum interval between successive prefix updates | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) min-route-advertisement number | |
| Tree | min-route-advertisement | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
monitor
| Synopsis | Enable the monitor context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) monitor | |
| Tree | monitor | |
Description | Commands in this context specify BMP-related configurations at the BGP neighbor level. When this context is unconfigured, the command settings are inherited from the BGP group-level configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of BMP monitoring | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) monitor admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
all-stations boolean
| Synopsis | Send BMP messages to all configured stations | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) monitor all-stations boolean | |
| Tree | all-stations | |
Description | When configured to true, this command specifies that BMP messages are to be sent to all configured BMP monitoring stations. When configured to false, the command is not used to indicate the stations which can receive BMP messages. The station command (at the same context level) identifies the BMP stations for which BMP messages are to be sent. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
route-monitoring
| Synopsis | Enter the route-monitoring context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) monitor route-monitoring | |
| Tree | route-monitoring | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
post-policy boolean
| Synopsis | Allow post-policy route-monitoring messages to be sent | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) monitor route-monitoring post-policy boolean | |
| Tree | post-policy | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
pre-policy boolean
| Synopsis | Allow pre-policy route-monitoring messages to be sent | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) monitor route-monitoring pre-policy boolean | |
| Tree | pre-policy | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
station [station-name] reference
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for station | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) monitor station reference | |
| Tree | station | |
Description | This command configures the set of BMP monitoring stations for which BMP messages are to be sent. | |
| Max. Instances | 8 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[station-name] reference
multihop number
multipath-eligible boolean
| Synopsis | Allow routes from this peer in multipath eligibility | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) multipath-eligible boolean | |
| Tree | multipath-eligible | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
next-hop-self boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise routes with local address as next-hop address | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) next-hop-self boolean | |
| Tree | next-hop-self | |
Description | When configured to true, this command configures BGP to advertise routes to members of a group using a local address of the BGP instance as the BGP next-hop address. Note that this command is set without exception, regardless of the route source (EBGP or IBGP) or its family. When used with VPN-IPv4 and VPN-IPv6 routes, the configure router bgp rr-vpn-forwarding command should also be configured. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, protocol standard behavior is applied to determine whether to set next-hop-self in advertised routes. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
next-hop-unchanged
| Synopsis | Enable the next-hop-unchanged context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) next-hop-unchanged | |
| Tree | next-hop-unchanged | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the IP address families where the next hop remains unchanged when sending BGP routes to peers of the neighbor. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
evpn boolean
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise label-IPv4 routes with unchanged BGP next hop | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) next-hop-unchanged label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise label-IPv6 routes with unchanged BGP next hop | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) next-hop-unchanged label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
vpn-ipv6 boolean
origin-validation
| Synopsis | Enable the origin-validation context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) origin-validation | |
| Tree | origin-validation | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
ipv6 boolean
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable support for labeled-unicast IPv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) origin-validation label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable support for labeled-unicast IPv6 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) origin-validation label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
outbound-route-filtering
| Synopsis | Enable the outbound-route-filtering context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) outbound-route-filtering | |
| Tree | outbound-route-filtering | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the send and receive capabilities for Outbound Route Filtering (ORF). When this context is unconfigured, the command settings are inherited from the BGP group-level configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
extended-community
| Synopsis | Enable the extended-community context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) outbound-route-filtering extended-community | |
| Tree | extended-community | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the ORF send and receive capabilities based on Extended Communities. When this context is unconfigured, the command settings are inherited from the group-level configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
accept-orf boolean
| Synopsis | Negotiate with peer to accept BGP ORF filters | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) outbound-route-filtering extended-community accept-orf boolean | |
| Tree | accept-orf | |
Description | When configured to true, the receive capability in the BGP ORF is negotiated with a peer and ORF filters can be accepted from peers. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, the accept capability in the BGP ORF is removed and any existing ORF filters that are currently in place are cleared. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
send-orf
| Synopsis | Enable the send-orf context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) outbound-route-filtering extended-community send-orf | |
| Tree | send-orf | |
Description | Commands in this context allow BGP to negotiate the send capability in the ORF negotiation with a peer. The send capability also causes the router to send a community filter, prefix filter, or AS path filter configured as an inbound filter on the BGP session to its peer as an ORF Action ADD. When this context is unconfigured, the command settings are inherited from the BGP group-level configuration. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
route-target [community-name] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for route-target | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) outbound-route-filtering extended-community send-orf route-target string | |
| Tree | route-target | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[community-name] string
| Synopsis | Route target community name | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) outbound-route-filtering extended-community send-orf route-target string | |
| Tree | route-target | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
passive boolean
path-mtu-discovery boolean
| Synopsis | Enable path MTU discovery | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) path-mtu-discovery boolean | |
| Tree | path-mtu-discovery | |
Description | When configured to true, Path MTU Discovery (PMTUD) is enabled for the associated TCP connections. When set to true, PMTUD is activated toward an IPv4 BGP neighbor and the Don’t Fragment (DF) bit is set in the IP header of all IPv4 packets sent to the peer. If any device along the path toward the peer cannot forward the packet because the IP MTU of the interface is smaller than the IP packet size, this device drops the packet and sends an ICMP or ICMPv6 error message encoding the interface MTU. When the router receives the ICMP or ICMPv6 message, it lowers the TCP maximum segment size limit from the previous value so that the IP MTU constraint can be accommodated. When PMTUD is configured to false and there is no TCP MSS configuration that can be associated with a BGP neighbor (in either the BGP configuration or the first hop IP interface configuration), the router advertises a value of only 1024 bytes as the TCP MSS option value, limiting received TCP segments to that size. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
peer-as number
| Synopsis | Peer AS number | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) peer-as number | |
| Tree | peer-as | |
Description | This command configures the autonomous system number for the peer. The peer AS number must be configured for each configured peer. For EBGP peers, the peer AS number configured must be different from the autonomous system number configured for this router under the global level since the peer will be in a different autonomous system than this router. For IBGP peers, the peer AS number must be the same as the autonomous system number of this router configured under the global level. | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
peer-creation-type keyword
| Synopsis | Peer creation type | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) peer-creation-type keyword | |
| Tree | peer-creation-type | |
| Options | ||
| Default | static | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
peer-ip-tracking boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BGP peer tracking | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) peer-ip-tracking boolean | |
| Tree | peer-ip-tracking | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables BGP peer tracking. Peer tracking should be used with caution. Peer tracking can tear a session down even if the loss of connectivity turns out to be short-lived (for example, while the IGP protocol is re-converging). Next-hop tracking, which is always enabled, handles temporary connectivity issues more effectively. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, peer tracking is disabled. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
preference number
| Synopsis | Route preference for routes learned from all peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
Description | This command configures the route preference for routes learned from the configured peers. The lower the preference value, the higher the chance of the route being the active route. The router assigns BGP routes the highest default preference as compared to routes that are direct, static or learned via MPLS or OSPF. When unconfigured, the command setting is inherited from the group-level configuration. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
prefix-limit [family] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix-limit list instance | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) prefix-limit keyword | |
| Tree | prefix-limit | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[family] keyword
| Synopsis | Address family to which the limit applies | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) prefix-limit keyword | |
| Tree | prefix-limit | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
hold-excess number
| Synopsis | Percentage of maximum routes to install in route table | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) prefix-limit keyword hold-excess number | |
| Tree | hold-excess | |
Description | This command specifies the percentage of maximum routes that are allowed to be installed in the route table for the configured address family. If a peer within scope of the configuration exceeds the limit, the overflow routes are held in the BGP RIB as inactive routes and are ineligible for forwarding and advertisement to other peers. If the post-import command is configured to true, only routes not rejected by import policies count toward the limit. A BGP route in an overflow state is reconsidered for activation and reinstallation when an UPDATE message is received for the route. This command is mutually exclusive with the idle-timeout and log-only commands. | |
| Range | 1 to 100 | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
idle-timeout number
| Synopsis | Time which BGP peering remains idle before reconnecting | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) prefix-limit keyword idle-timeout number | |
| Tree | idle-timeout | |
Description | This command defines the idle time after an administrative take-down before BGP re-establishes a session and reconnects to a peer. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value from the group-level configuration. | |
| Range | 1 to 1024 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
log-only boolean
maximum number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of routes to be learned from a peer | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) prefix-limit keyword maximum number | |
| Tree | maximum | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of BGP routes than can be received from a peer before administrative action is taken. | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
Platforms | All |
post-import boolean
| Synopsis | Apply limit only to routes accepted by import policies | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) prefix-limit keyword post-import boolean | |
| Tree | post-import | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
threshold number
remove-private
| Synopsis | Enable the remove-private context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) remove-private | |
| Tree | remove-private | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
limited boolean
replace boolean
skip-peer-as boolean
| Synopsis | Keep private ASN if it is the same as the BGP peer ASN | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) remove-private skip-peer-as boolean | |
| Tree | skip-peer-as | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
segment-routing-v6
| Synopsis | Enable the segment-routing-v6 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) segment-routing-v6 | |
| Tree | segment-routing-v6 | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
route-advertisement
| Synopsis | Enable the route-advertisement context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) segment-routing-v6 route-advertisement | |
| Tree | route-advertisement | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
drop-routes-with-srv6-tlvs boolean
| Synopsis | Drop BGP routes with SRv6 TLVs | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) segment-routing-v6 route-advertisement drop-routes-with-srv6-tlvs boolean | |
| Tree | drop-routes-with-srv6-tlvs | |
Description | When configured to true, the router drops and does not advertise BGP routes (that belong to any address family) with SRv6 TLVs. When configured to false, the router advertises BGP routes with SRv6 TLVs. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
family [family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the family list instance | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) segment-routing-v6 route-advertisement family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | IP address type that SRv6 route attributes apply to | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) segment-routing-v6 route-advertisement family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
strip-srv6-tlvs boolean
| Synopsis | Strip SRv6 TLVs from BGP routes advertised to peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) segment-routing-v6 route-advertisement family keyword strip-srv6-tlvs boolean | |
| Tree | strip-srv6-tlvs | |
Description | When configured to true, BGP routes that belong to the address family specified using the family command are advertised to peers with SRv6 TLVs removed. Locally or remotely added SRv6 TLVs can be removed. When configured to false, SRv6 TLVs are not stripped from BGP routes advertised to peers. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
selective-label-ipv4-install boolean
| Synopsis | Enable selective download for BGP label-ipv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) selective-label-ipv4-install boolean | |
| Tree | selective-label-ipv4-install | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
send-communities
| Synopsis | Enter the send-communities context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) send-communities | |
| Tree | send-communities | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
extended boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise the Extended Communities attribute to peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) send-communities extended boolean | |
| Tree | extended | |
Description | When unconfigured, this command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to true. When this command inherits a value of true, BGP extended communities are sent to peers in the Extended Communities attribute. When configured to false, all extended communities are removed from all routes advertised to BGP peers. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
large boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise the Large Communities attribute to peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) send-communities large boolean | |
| Tree | large | |
Description | When unconfigured, this command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to true. When this command inherits a value of true, BGP large communities are sent to peers in the Large Communities attribute. When configured to false, all large communities are removed from all routes advertised to BGP peers. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
standard boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise the Communities attribute to peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) send-communities standard boolean | |
| Tree | standard | |
Description | When unconfigured, this command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to true. When this command inherits a value of true, BGP standard communities are sent to peers in the Communities attribute. When configured to false, all standard communities are removed from all routes advertised to BGP peers. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
send-default
| Synopsis | Enable the send-default context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) send-default | |
| Tree | send-default | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Export policy name | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) send-default export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
ipv6 boolean
split-horizon boolean
| Synopsis | Prevent routes being reflected back to best-route peer | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) split-horizon boolean | |
| Tree | split-horizon | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the use of split-horizon. This command prevents routes from being reflected back to a peer that sends the best route. It applies to routes of all address families and to any type of sending peer; confed-EBGP, EBGP and IBGP. Enabling the split-horizon functionality may have a detrimental impact on peer and route scaling and should only be used when absolutely necessary. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, the use of split-horizon is disabled. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
tcp-mss (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | TCP maximum segment size override | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) tcp-mss (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | tcp-mss | |
Description | This command configures an override for the TCP maximum segment size to use with a specific peer or set of peers (depending on the scope of the command). The configured value controls two properties of the TCP connection as follows: TCP MSS option - The router advertises the TCP MSS option value in the TCP SYN packet it sends as part of the 3-way handshake. The advertised value may be lower than the configured value, depending on the IP MTU of the first hop IP interface. The peers must abide by this value when sending TCP segments to the local router. TCP maximum segment size - The actual transmitted size may be lower than the configured value, depending on the TCP MSS option value signaled by the peers, the effect of path MTU discovery, or other factors. | |
| Range | 384 to 9746 | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
third-party-nexthop boolean
| Synopsis | Apply third-party next-hop processing to EBGP peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) third-party-nexthop boolean | |
| Tree | third-party-nexthop | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ttl-security number
| Synopsis | Minimum TTL value for an incoming BGP packet | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) ttl-security number | |
| Tree | ttl-security | |
Description | This command configures the minimum TTL value that BGP will accept from an incoming packet. A packet with a TTL value less than the minimum configured TTL value is discarded. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the group-level setting. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
type keyword
vpn-apply-export boolean
| Synopsis | Apply base-instance BGP export policies to VPN routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) vpn-apply-export boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-apply-export | |
Description | When configured to true, base-instance BGP export route policies are applied to VPN-IPv4/6, MVPN-IPv4/6, L2-VPN, MDT-SAFI, MCAST-VPN-IPv4, and EVPN routes. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, the export policies are not applied. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
vpn-apply-import boolean
| Synopsis | Apply base-instance BGP import policies to VPN routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) vpn-apply-import boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-apply-import | |
Description | When configured to true, base-instance BGP import route policies are applied to VPN-IPv4/6, MVPN-IPv4/6, L2-VPN, MDT-SAFI, MCAST-VPN-IPv4, and EVPN routes. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value of the group-level setting (true or false). The command cannot be explicitly configured to false. When this command inherits a value of false, the import policies are not applied. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
neighbor-trust
| Synopsis | Enter the neighbor-trust context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor-trust | |
| Tree | neighbor-trust | |
Description | Commands in this context enable a label security feature at an inter-AS boundary for the specified IP families. This label security feature allows the configuration of a router, acting in a PE or in an ASBR role, to accept packets of VPN-IP or EVPN prefixes only from direct EBGP neighbors to which it advertised a service label. The untrusted state identifies the participating interfaces. The router supports a maximum of 15 network interfaces that can participate in this feature. At a high level, BGP tracks each direct EBGP neighbor over an untrusted interface and to which it sent a prefix label. For each of those prefixes, BGP programs a bit map in the ILM record that indicates, on a per-untrusted interface basis, whether the matching received packets must be forwarded or dropped. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
evpn boolean
| Synopsis | Enable inter-AS label security for the EVPN family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor-trust evpn boolean | |
| Tree | evpn | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable inter-AS label security for the VPN-IPv4 family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor-trust vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable inter-AS label security for the VPN-IPv6 family | |
| Context | configure router string bgp neighbor-trust vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
next-hop-resolution
| Synopsis | Enter the next-hop-resolution context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution | |
| Tree | next-hop-resolution | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
allow-unresolved-leaking boolean
| Synopsis | Allow unresolved BGP routes to be leaked to VPRN routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution allow-unresolved-leaking boolean | |
| Tree | allow-unresolved-leaking | |
Description | When configured to true, this command instructs BGP in the base router instance to allow its routes to be leaked to other (VPRN) BGP instances even if the routes to be leaked do not have a BGP next-hop that can be resolved by the base instance. When configured to false, VPRN cannot import a route. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
labeled-routes
| Synopsis | Enter the labeled-routes context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes | |
| Tree | labeled-routes | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
allow-static boolean
| Synopsis | Allow static routes to resolve BGP next-hop | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes allow-static boolean | |
| Tree | allow-static | |
Description | When configured to true, the BGP next-hop of label-IPv4, label-IPv6, VPN-IPv4, and VPN-IPv6 routes received from any EBGP or IBGP peer can be resolved using static routes, except for static default routes (0/0 and ::/0). A static route is less preferred than a local or interface route for resolving the BGP next-hop of labeled route but is more preferred than other IGP routes or tunnels. When configured to false, BGP next-hop resolution using static routes is not allowed. A label-IPv4 or label-IPv6 route can be resolved by a static blackhole route, even when this command is configured to false, but only if the static blackhole route is the longest prefix match (LPM) static route for the BGP next-hop address. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
rr-use-route-table boolean
| Synopsis | Use RTM to resolve BGP next-hop if TTM resolution fails | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes rr-use-route-table boolean | |
| Tree | rr-use-route-table | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables BGP to perform a lookup of IGP routes in the route table to resolve the BGP next-hop of label-IPv4 and label-IPv6 routes. This is useful for a Route Reflector (RR) that does not participate in tunnel signaling protocols such as LDP and RSVP and therefore, does not have tunnels to resolve the BGP next-hops of label-unicast routes. Disable route table installation (via the route-table-install command) before setting this command to true; otherwise, forwarding of label routes resolved in this way will be incorrect. When configured to false, RTM next-hop resolution is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
transport-tunnel
| Synopsis | Enter the transport-tunnel context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel | |
| Tree | transport-tunnel | |
Description | Commands in this context configure options for the next-hop resolution of BGP labeled routes (VPN-IP and labeled-unicast) using tunnels in TTM. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
family [family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the family list instance | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Address family type for tunnel selection | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
allow-flex-algo-fallback boolean
| Synopsis | Enable flexible algorithm fallback | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword allow-flex-algo-fallback boolean | |
| Tree | allow-flex-algo-fallback | |
Description | When configured to true, a BGP router with a Flex-Algorithm action configured (via the configure policy-options policy-statement entry action flex-algo command) can resolve to a tunnel with algorithm 0 if no target Flex-Algorithm tunnel is available. When configured to false, the BGP router can resolve only to the intended Flex-Algorithm tunnel, which may cause traffic loss if no corresponding Flex-Algorithm tunnel is available. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
enforce-strict-tunnel-tagging boolean
| Synopsis | Consider only LSPs with an admin-tag for next hop | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword enforce-strict-tunnel-tagging boolean | |
| Tree | enforce-strict-tunnel-tagging | |
Description | When configured to true, the system only considers LSPs marked with an administrative tag for next-hop resolution. Untagged LSPs are not considered. When configured to false, matching admin-tagged RSVP or SR-TE LSPs are used in preference to other LSP types, whether tagged or untagged. If no eligible RSVP or SR-TE LSP exists, the system falls back to using tagged LSPs that are not explicitly excluded by a route admin tag policy and untagged LSPs of other types. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
resolution keyword
| Synopsis | Resolution mode for binding BGP routes to tunnel types | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword resolution keyword | |
| Tree | resolution | |
| Options | ||
| Default | filter | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
resolution-filter
| Synopsis | Enter the resolution-filter context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter | |
| Tree | resolution-filter | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bgp boolean
| Synopsis | Use BGP tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter bgp boolean | |
| Tree | bgp | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the selection of BGP tunneling for next-hop resolution and specifies the IPv4 tunnels created by receiving BGP label-unicast IPv4 routes for /32 IPv4 prefixes. When configured to false, BGP tunneling for next-hop resolution is not enabled. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ldp boolean
| Synopsis | Use LDP tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter ldp boolean | |
| Tree | ldp | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the selection of LDP tunneling for next-hop resolution and specifies the LDP tunnels in the tunnel table corresponding to /32 IPv4 FECs and /128 IPv6 FECs. When configured to false, LDP tunneling for next-hop resolution is not enabled. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mpls-fwd-policy boolean
| Synopsis | Use MPLS forwarding policy for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter mpls-fwd-policy boolean | |
| Tree | mpls-fwd-policy | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
rib-api boolean
| Synopsis | Use RIB API gRPC service for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter rib-api boolean | |
| Tree | rib-api | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
rsvp boolean
| Synopsis | Use RSVP tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter rsvp boolean | |
| Tree | rsvp | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the selection of RSVP tunneling for next-hop resolution and specifies RSVP tunnels in a tunnel table to IPv4 destinations. This option allows BGP to use the best metric RSVP LSP to the address of the BGP next hop. This address can correspond to the system interface or to another loopback interface of the remote BGP router. In the case of multiple RSVP LSPs with the same lowest metric, BGP selects the LSP with the lowest tunnel ID. When configured to false, this command disables the selection of RSVP tunneling for next-hop resolution. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-isis boolean
| Synopsis | Use IS-IS SR tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter sr-isis boolean | |
| Tree | sr-isis | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the selection of the Segment Routing (SR) tunnel type programmed by an IS-IS instance in the TTM for next-hop resolution of BGP routes and labeled routes. This command allows BGP to use the segment-routing tunnel in the tunnel table submitted by the lowest preference IS-IS instance or, in case of a tie, the lowest numbered IS-IS instance. When configured to false, the SR tunnel type programmed by an IS-IS instance in the TTM for next-hop resolution is not enabled for selection. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-ospf boolean
| Synopsis | Use OSPF SR tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter sr-ospf boolean | |
| Tree | sr-ospf | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the selection of the Segment Routing (SR) tunnel type programmed by an OSPF instance in the TTM for next-hop resolution of BGP routes and labeled routes. This command allows BGP to use the segment routing tunnel in the tunnel table submitted by the lowest preference OSPF instance or, in case of a tie, the lowest numbered OSPF instance. When configured to false, the SR tunnel type programmed by an OSPF instance in the TTM for next-hop resolution is not enabled for selection. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-ospf3 boolean
| Synopsis | Use OSPFv3 SR tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter sr-ospf3 boolean | |
| Tree | sr-ospf3 | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the selection of the IPv6 Segment Routing (SR) tunnel type programmed by an OSPFv3 instance in the TTMv6 for next-hop resolution of BGP routes and labeled routes. This command allows BGP to use the segment routing tunnel in the tunnel table submitted by the lowest preference OSPFv3 instance or, in case of a tie, the lowest numbered OSPFv3 instance. When configured to false, the SR tunnel type programmed by an OSPFv3 instance in the TTM for next-hop resolution is not enabled for selection. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R6 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-policy boolean
| Synopsis | Use SR policies for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter sr-policy boolean | |
| Tree | sr-policy | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the use of segment routing policies to resolve the BGP next hop of certain BGP routes (depending on the context). The segment routing policies that are considered are statically configured in the local router or learned by BGP routes (AFI 1/SAFI 73). For a BGP route to be resolved by an SR policy, the highest numbered color extended community attached to BGP route must match the color of the SR policy. Next hop resolution of VPN-IP routes by SR policies is not supported. When configured to false, segment routing policies are not enabled for next-hop resolution. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-te boolean
| Synopsis | Use SR-TE tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter sr-te boolean | |
| Tree | sr-te | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the selection of the Segment Routing (SR) tunnel type programmed by a traffic engineered (TE) instance in the TTM for next-hop resolution. In the case of multiple SR-TE tunnels with the same lowest metric, BGP selects the tunnel with the lowest tunnel ID. When configured to false, the SR tunnel type programmed by a TE instance in the TTM for next-hop resolution is not enabled for selection. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
udp boolean
| Synopsis | Use MPLS over UDP tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter udp boolean | |
| Tree | udp | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
use-bgp-routes
| Synopsis | Enter the use-bgp-routes context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes use-bgp-routes | |
| Tree | use-bgp-routes | |
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6-explicit-null boolean
| Synopsis | Use BGP routes to resolve address family routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes use-bgp-routes label-ipv6-explicit-null boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6-explicit-null | |
Description | When configured to true, a labeled IPv6 route with the explicit-null label can be resolved by other routes, and also by unlabeled IPv4 routes and unlabeled IPv6 routes that are resolved by static routes, interface routes, or tunnels. Up to four levels of recursive resolution are supported when the top route is a labeled IPv6 route with an explicit-null label. When disabled, a labeled IPv6 route cannot be resolved by other labeled IPv6 routes. A labeled IPv6 route with a regular label (not explicit-null) is never resolved by other labeled IPv6 routes. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
policy reference
| Synopsis | Policy that filters routes for BGP next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
shortcut-tunnel
| Synopsis | Enter the shortcut-tunnel context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel | |
| Tree | shortcut-tunnel | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the tunnel types that can be used to resolve unlabeled IPv4 and IPv6 BGP routes. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
family [family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the family list instance | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Address family type for shortcut tunnel selection | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
allow-flex-algo-fallback boolean
| Synopsis | Enable flexible algorithm fallback | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword allow-flex-algo-fallback boolean | |
| Tree | allow-flex-algo-fallback | |
Description | When configured to true, a BGP router with a Flex-Algorithm action configured (via the configure policy-options policy-statement entry action flex-algo command) can resolve to a tunnel with algorithm 0 if no target Flex-Algorithm tunnel is available. When configured to false, the BGP router can resolve only to the intended Flex-Algorithm tunnel, which may cause traffic loss if no corresponding Flex-Algorithm tunnel is available. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
disallow-igp boolean
| Synopsis | Do not perform route table lookup to resolve BGP route | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword disallow-igp boolean | |
| Tree | disallow-igp | |
Description | When configured to true, no attempt is made to resolve the IPv4 or IPv6 BGP route using route table lookup if no resolving tunnel can be found in the tunnel table. When configured to false, route table lookup can be performed if no resolving tunnel is found in the tunnel table. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
enforce-strict-tunnel-tagging boolean
| Synopsis | Consider only LSPs with an admin-tag for next hop | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword enforce-strict-tunnel-tagging boolean | |
| Tree | enforce-strict-tunnel-tagging | |
Description | When configured to true, the system only considers LSPs marked with an administrative tag for next-hop resolution. Untagged LSPs are not considered. When configured to false, matching admin-tagged RSVP or SR-TE LSPs are used in preference to other LSP types, whether tagged or untagged. If no eligible RSVP or SR-TE LSP exists, the system falls back to using tagged LSPs that are not explicitly excluded by a route admin tag policy and untagged LSPs of other types. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
resolution keyword
| Synopsis | Resolution mode for binding BGP routes to tunnel types | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword resolution keyword | |
| Tree | resolution | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
resolution-filter
| Synopsis | Enter the resolution-filter context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter | |
| Tree | resolution-filter | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bgp boolean
| Synopsis | Use BGP tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter bgp boolean | |
| Tree | bgp | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the selection of BGP tunneling for next-hop resolution and specifies the IPv4 tunnels created by receiving BGP label-unicast IPv4 routes for /32 IPv4 prefixes. When configured to false, BGP tunneling for next-hop resolution is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ldp boolean
| Synopsis | Use LDP tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter ldp boolean | |
| Tree | ldp | |
Description | When configured to true, BGP selects the LDP FEC that is the longest prefix match to the BGP next-hop address. When configured to false, LDP tunneling for next-hop resolution is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mpls-fwd-policy boolean
| Synopsis | Use MPLS forwarding policy for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter mpls-fwd-policy boolean | |
| Tree | mpls-fwd-policy | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
rib-api boolean
| Synopsis | Use RIB API gRPC service for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter rib-api boolean | |
| Tree | rib-api | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
rsvp boolean
| Synopsis | Use RSVP tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter rsvp boolean | |
| Tree | rsvp | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the selection of RSVP tunneling for next-hop resolution and specifies RSVP tunnels in a tunnel table to IPv4 destinations. This option allows BGP to use the best metric RSVP LSP to the address of the BGP next hop. This address can correspond to the system interface or to another loopback interface of the remote BGP router. In the case of multiple RSVP LSPs with the same lowest metric, BGP selects the LSP with the lowest tunnel ID. When configured to false, this command disables the selection of RSVP tunneling for next-hop resolution. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-isis boolean
| Synopsis | Use IS-IS SR tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter sr-isis boolean | |
| Tree | sr-isis | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the selection of the Segment Routing (SR) tunnel type programmed by an IS-IS instance in the TTM for next-hop resolution of BGP routes and labeled routes. This command allows BGP to use the segment-routing tunnel in the tunnel table submitted by the lowest preference IS-IS instance or, in case of a tie, the lowest numbered IS-IS instance. When configured to false, the SR tunnel type programmed by an IS-IS instance in the TTM for next-hop resolution is not enabled for selection. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-ospf boolean
| Synopsis | Use OSPF SR tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter sr-ospf boolean | |
| Tree | sr-ospf | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the selection of the Segment Routing (SR) tunnel type programmed by an OSPF instance in the TTM for next-hop resolution of BGP routes and labeled routes. This command allows BGP to use the segment routing tunnel in the tunnel table submitted by the lowest preference OSPF instance or, in case of a tie, the lowest numbered OSPF instance. When configured to false, the SR tunnel type programmed by an OSPF instance in the TTM for next-hop resolution is not enabled for selection. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-ospf3 boolean
| Synopsis | Use OSPFv3 SR tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter sr-ospf3 boolean | |
| Tree | sr-ospf3 | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the selection of the IPv6 Segment Routing (SR) tunnel type programmed by an OSPFv3 instance in the TTMv6 for next-hop resolution of BGP routes and labeled routes. This command allows BGP to use the segment routing tunnel in the tunnel table submitted by the lowest preference OSPFv3 instance or, in case of a tie, the lowest numbered OSPFv3 instance. When configured to false, the SR tunnel type programmed by an OSPFv3 instance in the TTM for next-hop resolution is not enabled for selection. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R6 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-policy boolean
| Synopsis | Use SR policies for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter sr-policy boolean | |
| Tree | sr-policy | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the use of segment routing policies to resolve the BGP next hop of certain BGP routes (depending on the context). The segment routing policies that are considered are statically configured in the local router or learned by BGP routes (AFI 1/SAFI 73). For a BGP route to be resolved by an SR policy, the highest numbered color extended community attached to BGP route must match the color of the SR policy. When configured to false, segment routing policies are not enabled for next-hop resolution. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-te boolean
| Synopsis | Use SR-TE tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family keyword resolution-filter sr-te boolean | |
| Tree | sr-te | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the selection of the Segment Routing (SR) tunnel type programmed by a traffic engineered (TE) instance in the TTM for next-hop resolution. In the case of multiple SR-TE tunnels with the same lowest metric, BGP selects the tunnel with the lowest tunnel ID. When configured to false, the SR tunnel type programmed by a TE instance in the TTM for next-hop resolution is not enabled for selection. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
use-bgp-routes boolean
| Synopsis | Use BGP routes to resolve BGP next hops | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution use-bgp-routes boolean | |
| Tree | use-bgp-routes | |
Description | This command enables the use of BGP routes to resolve BGP next hops. When this command is enabled, any unlabeled IPv4 or IPv6 BGP route received from a VPRN BGP peer becomes resolvable by up to four other BGP routes in order to resolve the route to a VPRN IP interface. A VPRN BGP route is not resolvable by another VPRN BGP route or by a BGP-VPN route. This command also allows unlabeled IPv4 or IPv6 BGP routes leaked from the GRT with unresolved next hops (in the GRT) to be resolvable by BGP-VPN routes (of the VPRN). | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
use-leaked-routes
| Synopsis | Enter the use-leaked-routes context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution use-leaked-routes | |
| Tree | use-leaked-routes | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
static boolean
| Synopsis | Use leaked static routes to resolve BGP next hop | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution use-leaked-routes static boolean | |
| Tree | static | |
Description | When configured to true, the router allows any non-leaked unlabeled unicast IPv4 or IPv6 route in the BGP RIB to be resolved by a leaked static route with direct next hops. A BGP route resolved this way cannot resolve other routes (including BGP routes) and cannot be redistributed into non-BGP protocols, such as IGP. When configured to false, the router prevents the use of leaked static routes to resolve BGP routes. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-family-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policy to filter routes for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution vpn-family-policy reference | |
| Tree | vpn-family-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 20.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
weighted-ecmp boolean
| Synopsis | Use weighted ECMP for next-hop tunnel selection for 6PE | |
| Context | configure router string bgp next-hop-resolution weighted-ecmp boolean | |
| Tree | weighted-ecmp | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables weighted ECMP for next-hop tunnel selection for 6PE. When weighted ECMP is enabled, the RSVP-TE tunnel used to forward 6PE packets to the ECMP next hop that is chosen according to the outcome of the hash on the packet at the normalized load-balancing weight of the tunnel. When configured to false, weighted ECMP is disabled for next-hop tunnel selection for 6PE. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
optimal-route-reflection
| Synopsis | Enter the optimal-route-reflection context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp optimal-route-reflection | |
| Tree | optimal-route-reflection | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
location [location-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the location list instance | |
| Context | configure router string bgp optimal-route-reflection location number | |
| Tree | location | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the location ID for the route reflector. A BGP neighbor can be associated with a location if it is a route-reflector client. Up to three IPv4 addresses and three IPv6 addresses can be specified per location. If the TE DB is unable find a node in its topology database that matches a primary address of the location, it tries to find a node matching a secondary address. If this attempt also fails, the TE DB tries to find a node matching a tertiary address. The IP addresses specified for a location should be topologically “close” to a set of clients that should all receive the same optimal path for that location. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[location-id] number
| Synopsis | Optimal route reflection location ID | |
| Context | configure router string bgp optimal-route-reflection location number | |
| Tree | location | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
primary-ip-address string
| Synopsis | Primary IPv4 address of the reference location for ORR | |
| Context | configure router string bgp optimal-route-reflection location number primary-ip-address string | |
| Tree | primary-ip-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
primary-ipv6-address string
| Synopsis | Primary IPv6 address of the reference location for ORR | |
| Context | configure router string bgp optimal-route-reflection location number primary-ipv6-address string | |
| Tree | primary-ipv6-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
secondary-ip-address string
| Synopsis | Secondary IPv4 address of reference location for ORR | |
| Context | configure router string bgp optimal-route-reflection location number secondary-ip-address string | |
| Tree | secondary-ip-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
secondary-ipv6-address string
| Synopsis | Secondary IPv6 address of reference location for ORR | |
| Context | configure router string bgp optimal-route-reflection location number secondary-ipv6-address string | |
| Tree | secondary-ipv6-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
tertiary-ip-address string
| Synopsis | Tertiary IPv4 address of the reference location for ORR | |
| Context | configure router string bgp optimal-route-reflection location number tertiary-ip-address string | |
| Tree | tertiary-ip-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
tertiary-ipv6-address string
| Synopsis | Tertiary IPv6 address of the reference location for ORR | |
| Context | configure router string bgp optimal-route-reflection location number tertiary-ipv6-address string | |
| Tree | tertiary-ipv6-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
spf-wait
| Synopsis | Enter the spf-wait context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp optimal-route-reflection spf-wait | |
| Tree | spf-wait | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the interval between consecutive SPF calculations performed by the TE DB in support of BGP optimal route reflection. The time components implement an exponential back-off algorithm. . | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
initial-wait number
| Synopsis | Initial SPF calculation delay after a topology change | |
| Context | configure router string bgp optimal-route-reflection spf-wait initial-wait number | |
| Tree | initial-wait | |
| Range | 1 to 300 | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
max-wait number
second-wait number
| Synopsis | Delay between first and second SPF calculation | |
| Context | configure router string bgp optimal-route-reflection spf-wait second-wait number | |
| Tree | second-wait | |
| Range | 1 to 300 | |
| Default | 15 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
outbound-route-filtering
| Synopsis | Enable the outbound-route-filtering context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp outbound-route-filtering | |
| Tree | outbound-route-filtering | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the send and receive capabilities for Outbound Route Filtering (ORF). When unconfigured, the ORF capabilities are not enabled. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
extended-community
| Synopsis | Enable the extended-community context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp outbound-route-filtering extended-community | |
| Tree | extended-community | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the ORF send and receive capabilities based on Extended Communities. When this context is unconfigured, the ORF capabilities for Extended Communities is not enabled. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
accept-orf boolean
| Synopsis | Negotiate with peer to accept BGP ORF filters | |
| Context | configure router string bgp outbound-route-filtering extended-community accept-orf boolean | |
| Tree | accept-orf | |
Description | When configured to true, the receive capability in the BGP ORF is negotiated with a peer and ORF filters can be accepted from peers. When configured to false, the accept capability in the BGP ORF is removed and any existing ORF filters that are currently in place are cleared. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send-orf
| Synopsis | Enable the send-orf context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp outbound-route-filtering extended-community send-orf | |
| Tree | send-orf | |
Description | Commands in this context allow BGP to negotiate the send capability in the ORF negotiation with a peer. The send capability also causes the router to send a community filter, prefix filter, or AS path filter configured as an inbound filter on the BGP session to its peer as an ORF Action ADD. When this context in unconfigured, ORF send capability is not enabled. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
route-target [community-name] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for route-target | |
| Context | configure router string bgp outbound-route-filtering extended-community send-orf route-target string | |
| Tree | route-target | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[community-name] string
| Synopsis | Route target community name | |
| Context | configure router string bgp outbound-route-filtering extended-community send-orf route-target string | |
| Tree | route-target | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
override-tunnel-elc boolean
| Synopsis | Enable entropy label capability on BGP tunnels | |
| Context | configure router string bgp override-tunnel-elc boolean | |
| Tree | override-tunnel-elc | |
Description | When configured to true, this command renders all far ends for BGP tunnels as entropy-label-capable, regardless of any received capability signaling. This ensures that the entropy label will be inserted on BGP tunnels in the absence of capability signaling support by the far end. This is a system-wide configuration, since efficient entropy label operation requires that all LSRs in a network support entropy labels. This command should be used with care, particularly in inter-AS use cases, as entropy label capability may differ between domains. When configured to false, this command disables all far ends for BGP tunnels as entropy-label-capable. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
path-mtu-discovery boolean
| Synopsis | Enable Path MTU Discovery | |
| Context | configure router string bgp path-mtu-discovery boolean | |
| Tree | path-mtu-discovery | |
Description | When configured to true, Path MTU Discovery (PMTUD) is activated toward an IPv4 BGP neighbor. The Don't Fragment (DF) bit is set in the IP header of all IPv4 packets sent to the peer. If any device along the path toward the peer cannot forward the packet because the IP MTU of the interface is smaller than the IP packet size, the device drops the packet and sends an ICMP or ICMPv6 error message encoding the interface MTU. When the router receives the ICMP or ICMPv6 message, it lowers the TCP maximum segment size limit from the previous value to accomodate the IP MTU constraint. When configured to false, PMTUD is disabled and there is no TCP MSS configuration to associate with a BGP neighbor (in either the BGP configuration or the first-hop IP interface configuration). The router advertises a TCP MSS option of only 1024 bytes, limiting the received TCP segments to that size. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
peer-ip-tracking boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BGP peer tracking | |
| Context | configure router string bgp peer-ip-tracking boolean | |
| Tree | peer-ip-tracking | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
peer-tracking-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policy for BGP peer tracking on router instance | |
| Context | configure router string bgp peer-tracking-policy reference | |
| Tree | peer-tracking-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the name of a policy statement to use with the BGP peer-tracking function on BGP sessions where peer tracking is enabled. When unconfigured, the default peer-tracking policy allows any type of route to match the neighbor IP address except aggregate routes and LDP shortcut routes. Peer tracking should be used with caution. The peer-tracking policy should only permit one of direct-interface or direct routes to be advertised to a BGP peer. Advertising both routes causes the best route to oscillate. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
preference number
| Synopsis | Route preference for routes learned from all peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
Description | This command configures the route preference for routes learned from the configured peers. The lower the preference value, the higher the chance of the route being the active route. The router assigns BGP routes the highest default preference as compared to routes that are direct, static or learned via MPLS or OSPF. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 170 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
purge-timer number
| Synopsis | Maximum time before stale routes are purged | |
| Context | configure router string bgp purge-timer number | |
| Tree | purge-timer | |
Description | This command configures the maximum time before stale routes are purged. When a route refresh request is sent to a peer for VPN-IP routes received from that peer (in the RIB-IN), the routes are set to stale and the purge timer is started. If the routes are not updated (refreshed) before the purge timer expires, the routes are removed. | |
| Range | 1 to 60 | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
rapid-update
| Synopsis | Enter the rapid-update context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rapid-update | |
| Tree | rapid-update | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the address families that are configured to support the rapid update functionality. The rapid update functionality overrides the remaining time on a peer's MRAI timer and immediately sends routes belonging the specified address families (and all other pending updates) to the peers receiving these routes. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
evpn boolean
| Synopsis | Include EVPN address family routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rapid-update evpn boolean | |
| Tree | evpn | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
l2-vpn boolean
| Synopsis | Include L2 VPN address family routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rapid-update l2-vpn boolean | |
| Tree | l2-vpn | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Include labeled IPv4 address family routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rapid-update label-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Include labeled IPv6 address family routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rapid-update label-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Include multicast VPN IPv4 address family routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rapid-update mcast-vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Include multicast VPN IPv6 address family routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rapid-update mcast-vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mdt-safi boolean
| Synopsis | Include MDT SAFI address family routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rapid-update mdt-safi boolean | |
| Tree | mdt-safi | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mvpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Include MVPN IPv4 address family routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rapid-update mvpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | mvpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mvpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Include MVPN IPv6 address family routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rapid-update mvpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | mvpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Include VPN IPv4 address family routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rapid-update vpn-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Include VPN IPv6 address family routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rapid-update vpn-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
rapid-withdrawal boolean
| Synopsis | Send BGP withdrawal UPDATE messages immediately | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rapid-withdrawal boolean | |
| Tree | rapid-withdrawal | |
Description | When configured to true, UPDATE messages containing withdrawn NLRI are sent immediately to a peer without waiting for the MRAI timer to expire. UPDATE messages containing reachable NLRI continue to wait for the MRAI timer to expire, or for a rapid update trigger. When configured to false, withdrawal processing continues with the normal behavior. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
remove-private
| Synopsis | Enable the remove-private context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp remove-private | |
| Tree | remove-private | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
limited boolean
| Synopsis | Remove private ASNs up to first public ASN encountered | |
| Context | configure router string bgp remove-private limited boolean | |
| Tree | limited | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
replace boolean
| Synopsis | Replace private ASN with global ASN before advertising | |
| Context | configure router string bgp remove-private replace boolean | |
| Tree | replace | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
skip-peer-as boolean
| Synopsis | Keep private ASN if AS-PATH contains eBGP peer's ASN | |
| Context | configure router string bgp remove-private skip-peer-as boolean | |
| Tree | skip-peer-as | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
rib-management
| Synopsis | Enter the rib-management context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management | |
| Tree | rib-management | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4
| Synopsis | Enter the ipv4 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management ipv4 | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
leak-import
| Synopsis | Enter the leak-import context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management ipv4 leak-import | |
| Tree | leak-import | |
Description | Commands in this context specify route policies that control the importation of leak-eligible routes from the BGP RIB of another routing instance into the unlabeled-IPv4 RIB of the base router. To leak a route from one routing instance to another, the origin and destination RIB types must be the same; for example, it is not possible to leak a route from an unlabeled-IPv4 RIB of a VPRN into the labeled-IPv4 RIB of the base router. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy (policy-expr-string | string)
| Synopsis | Leak import policy name | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management ipv4 leak-import policy (policy-expr-string | string) | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command specifies one or more leak import policies. Policy names are limited to 64 characters except for the first policy. Only one object can be a policy logical expression consisting of policy names (enclosed in square brackets) and logical operators (AND, OR, NOT). | |
| String Length | 1 to 255 | |
| Max. Instances | 15 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
route-table-import
| Synopsis | Enter the route-table-import context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management ipv4 route-table-import | |
| Tree | route-table-import | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy-name reference
| Synopsis | Name of policy that controls route importation into RIB | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management ipv4 route-table-import policy-name reference | |
| Tree | policy-name | |
Description | This command specifies the name of a policy that controls the importation of active routes from the IP route table into one of the BGP RIBs. When this command is configured, routes dropped or rejected by the policy are not installed in the associated RIB. Rejected routes cannot be advertised to BGP peers associated with the RIB, but they can still be used to resolve BGP next hops of routes in that RIB. If the active route for a prefix is rejected by the policy, the best BGP route for that prefix in the BGP RIB can be advertised to peers as though it is used. Aggregate routes are always imported into each RIB, independent of the specified policy. Route modifications specified in the actions of the policy are ignored and have no effect on the imported routes. When unconfigured, or if the command refers to an empty policy, all non-BGP routes from the IP route table are imported into the applicable RIB. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv6
| Synopsis | Enter the ipv6 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management ipv6 | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
leak-import
| Synopsis | Enter the leak-import context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management ipv6 leak-import | |
| Tree | leak-import | |
Description | Commands in this context specify route policies that control the importation of leak-eligible routes from the BGP RIB of another routing instance into the unlabeled-IPv6 RIB of the base router. To leak a route from one routing instance to another, the origin and destination RIB types must be the same; for example, it is not possible to leak a route from an unlabeled-IPv4 RIB of a VPRN into the labeled-IPv4 RIB of the base router. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy (policy-expr-string | string)
| Synopsis | Leak import policy name | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management ipv6 leak-import policy (policy-expr-string | string) | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command specifies one or more leak import policies. Policy names are limited to 64 characters except for the first policy. Only one object can be a policy logical expression consisting of policy names (enclosed in square brackets) and logical operators (AND, OR, NOT). | |
| String Length | 1 to 255 | |
| Max. Instances | 15 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
route-table-import
| Synopsis | Enter the route-table-import context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management ipv6 route-table-import | |
| Tree | route-table-import | |
Description | This command enables the context to specify the name of a route to control the importation of active routes from the IP route table into one of the BGP RIBs. If this command is configured, then routes dropped or rejected by the configured policy are not installed in the associated RIB. Rejected routes cannot be advertised to BGP peers associated with the RIB, but they can still be used to resolve BGP next hops of routes in that RIB. If the active route for a prefix is rejected by this command then the best BGP route for that prefix in the BGP RIB can be advertised to peers as though it is used. Aggregate routes are always imported into each RIB, independent of this command's policy. Route modifications specified in the actions of this command's policy are ignored and have no effect on the imported routes. If this command is not configured, or if the command refers to an empty policy, all non-BGP routes from the IP route table are imported into the applicable RIB. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy-name reference
| Synopsis | Name of policy that controls route importation into RIB | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management ipv6 route-table-import policy-name reference | |
| Tree | policy-name | |
Description | This command specifies the name of a policy that controls the importation of active routes from the IP route table into one of the BGP RIBs. When this command is configured, routes dropped or rejected by the policy are not installed in the associated RIB. Rejected routes cannot be advertised to BGP peers associated with the RIB, but they can still be used to resolve BGP next hops of routes in that RIB. If the active route for a prefix is rejected by the policy, the best BGP route for that prefix in the BGP RIB can be advertised to peers as though it is used. Aggregate routes are always imported into each RIB, independent of the specified policy. Route modifications specified in the actions of the policy are ignored and have no effect on the imported routes. When unconfigured, or if the command refers to an empty policy, all non-BGP routes from the IP route table are imported into the applicable RIB. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label-ipv4
| Synopsis | Enter the label-ipv4 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management label-ipv4 | |
| Tree | label-ipv4 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
leak-import
| Synopsis | Enter the leak-import context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management label-ipv4 leak-import | |
| Tree | leak-import | |
Description | Commands in this context specify route policies that control the importation of leak-eligible routes from the BGP RIB of another routing instance into the labeled-IPv4 RIB of the base router. To leak a route from one routing instance to another, the origin and destination RIB types must be the same; for example, it is not possible to leak a route from an unlabeled-IPv4 RIB of a VPRN into the labeled-IPv4 RIB of the base router. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy (policy-expr-string | string)
| Synopsis | Leak import policy name | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management label-ipv4 leak-import policy (policy-expr-string | string) | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command specifies one or more leak import policies. Policy names are limited to 64 characters except for the first policy. Only one object can be a policy logical expression consisting of policy names (enclosed in square brackets) and logical operators (AND, OR, NOT). | |
| String Length | 1 to 255 | |
| Max. Instances | 15 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
route-table-import
| Synopsis | Enter the route-table-import context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management label-ipv4 route-table-import | |
| Tree | route-table-import | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy-name reference
| Synopsis | Name of policy that controls route importation into RIB | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management label-ipv4 route-table-import policy-name reference | |
| Tree | policy-name | |
Description | This command specifies the name of a policy that controls the importation of active routes from the IP route table into one of the BGP RIBs. When this command is configured, routes dropped or rejected by the policy are not installed in the associated RIB. Rejected routes cannot be advertised to BGP peers associated with the RIB, but they can still be used to resolve BGP next hops of routes in that RIB. If the active route for a prefix is rejected by the policy, the best BGP route for that prefix in the BGP RIB can be advertised to peers as though it is used. Aggregate routes are always imported into each RIB, independent of the specified policy. Route modifications specified in the actions of the policy are ignored and have no effect on the imported routes. When unconfigured, or if the command refers to an empty policy, all non-BGP routes from the IP route table are imported into the applicable RIB. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label-ipv6
| Synopsis | Enter the label-ipv6 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management label-ipv6 | |
| Tree | label-ipv6 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
route-table-import
| Synopsis | Enter the route-table-import context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management label-ipv6 route-table-import | |
| Tree | route-table-import | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy-name reference
| Synopsis | Name of policy that controls route importation into RIB | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rib-management label-ipv6 route-table-import policy-name reference | |
| Tree | policy-name | |
Description | This command specifies the name of a policy that controls the importation of active routes from the IP route table into one of the BGP RIBs. When this command is configured, routes dropped or rejected by the policy are not installed in the associated RIB. Rejected routes cannot be advertised to BGP peers associated with the RIB, but they can still be used to resolve BGP next hops of routes in that RIB. If the active route for a prefix is rejected by the policy, the best BGP route for that prefix in the BGP RIB can be advertised to peers as though it is used. Aggregate routes are always imported into each RIB, independent of the specified policy. Route modifications specified in the actions of the policy are ignored and have no effect on the imported routes. When unconfigured, or if the command refers to an empty policy, all non-BGP routes from the IP route table are imported into the applicable RIB. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
route-table-install boolean
| Synopsis | Install all IPv4 and IPv6 BGP routes in FIB and RTM | |
| Context | configure router string bgp route-table-install boolean | |
| Tree | route-table-install | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
route-target-list [community-name] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for route-target-list | |
| Context | configure router string bgp route-target-list string | |
| Tree | route-target-list | |
Description | This command specifies a route target to be accepted from or advertised to peers. This command is only applicable if the router is a route-reflector server. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[community-name] string
| Synopsis | Route target community name | |
| Context | configure router string bgp route-target-list string | |
| Tree | route-target-list | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
router-id string
| Synopsis | Router ID for the BGP instance in the AS | |
| Context | configure router string bgp router-id string | |
| Tree | router-id | |
Description | This command specifies the router ID to be used with the BGP instance. Changing the BGP router ID on an active BGP instance causes the BGP instance to restart with the new router ID. When an SR OS is configured with an IPv6-only BOF and no IPv4 system interface address, explicitly-defined IPv4 router IDs are required for BGP as there is no mechanism to derive the router ID from an IPv6 system interface address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rr-vpn-forwarding boolean
| Synopsis | Allow route reflector to forward VPN-IP routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp rr-vpn-forwarding boolean | |
| Tree | rr-vpn-forwarding | |
Description | When configured to true, the route reflector resolves VPN-IPv4 and VPN-IPv6 routes, sets itself as the next hop, and generates new labels for all the resolved routes. During this process, all received VPN-IP routes, regardless of route target, are imported into the dummy VRF, where the BGP next hops are resolved. The routes are resolved to next-hop-self, and BGP allocates new VPRN service-label values for the routes, which are then advertised to peers. The transport-tunnel command under the configure router bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes context determines what types of tunnels are eligible to resolve the next hops. If a received VPN-IP route from IBGP peer X is resolved and selected as the best path so that it can be re-advertised to an IBGP peer Y, and the BGP next-hop is modified toward peer Y (by using the next-hop-self command in Y’s group or neighbor context or by using a next-hop action in an export policy applied to Y), BGP allocates a new VPRN service label value for the route, signals that new label value to Y, and programs the IOM to do the corresponding label swap operation. The supported combinations of X and Y are outlined below:
When configured to false, the routes are re-advertised without signaling new VPRN labels, even if the BGP next hop is changed. Nokia recommends setting this command to false for scaling and convergence reasons. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
segment-routing
| Synopsis | Enter the segment-routing context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing | |
| Tree | segment-routing | |
Description | Commands in this context configure options related to BGP segment routing (including prefix SID support). | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of segment routing | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
prefix-sid-range
| Synopsis | Enable the prefix-sid-range context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing prefix-sid-range | |
| Tree | prefix-sid-range | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
global
| Synopsis | Allow label allocation from entire SRBG space | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing prefix-sid-range global | |
| Tree | global | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: global or (max-index and start-label). | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-index number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Last label value available in contiguous range | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing prefix-sid-range max-index number | |
| Tree | max-index | |
| Range | 0 to 524287 | |
| Default | 1 | |
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: global or (max-index and start-label). | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
start-label number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | First label value available in a contiguous range | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing prefix-sid-range start-label number | |
| Tree | start-label | |
| Range | 0 to 524287 | |
| Default | 0 | |
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: global or (max-index and start-label). | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
segment-routing-v6
| Synopsis | Enable the segment-routing-v6 context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing-v6 | |
| Tree | segment-routing-v6 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
family [family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the family list instance | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing-v6 family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
Description | Commands in this context configure family-specific behavior for processing prefix SID attributes containing SRv6 TLVs. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | IP address type that SRv6 route attributes apply to | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing-v6 family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
add-srv6-tlvs
| Synopsis | Enable the add-srv6-tlvs context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing-v6 family keyword add-srv6-tlvs | |
| Tree | add-srv6-tlvs | |
Description | Commands in this context configure locator information for the family. When a locator is specified for the family, a family route that is redistributed from another protocol is advertised to BGP peers with a prefix SID attribute containing an SRv6 TLV. The commands also have the effect of adding a prefix SID attribute with SRv6 TLV to BGP routes received from other peers without the SRv6 TLV and propagating to other peers with next-hop-self applied. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
locator-name reference
| Synopsis | SRv6 locator name | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing-v6 family keyword add-srv6-tlvs locator-name reference | |
| Tree | locator-name | |
Reference | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
micro-segment-locator-name reference
| Synopsis | Micro-segment SRv6 locator name | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing-v6 family keyword add-srv6-tlvs micro-segment-locator-name reference | |
| Tree | micro-segment-locator-name | |
Description | This command adds a prefix SID attribute containing an SRv6 TLV to routes that belong to the family and that are redistributed from another protocol to BGP. This command also adds a prefix SID attribute with SRv6 TLV to BGP routes that are received from other peers without the SRv6 TLV and that are propagated to other peers with next-hop-self applied. | |
Reference | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
ignore-received-srv6-tlvs boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore SRv6 TLVs for received routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing-v6 family keyword ignore-received-srv6-tlvs boolean | |
| Tree | ignore-received-srv6-tlvs | |
Description | When configured to true, if a route of the family is received with a prefix SID attribute carrying an SRv6 TLV, the SRv6 TLV is ignored and the route resolution is based on the BGP next-hop only. When configured to false, if a route of the family is received with a prefix SID attribute carrying an SRv6 TLV, the SRv6 TLV is processed. Such a route is resolved only if its BGP next-hop is reachable and the locator prefix is reachable. The datapath programming and IGP cost to reach the next-hop (used by the BGP decision process) is based on the route to the locator prefix. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
resolution keyword
| Synopsis | Resolution options for routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing-v6 family keyword resolution keyword | |
| Tree | resolution | |
| Options | ||
| Default | route-table | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
upa-trigger
| Synopsis | Enter the upa-trigger context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing-v6 family keyword upa-trigger | |
| Tree | upa-trigger | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the UPA trigger handling for the next hop. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
next-hop keyword
| Synopsis | Action taken when an UPA is received for a next hop | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing-v6 family keyword upa-trigger next-hop keyword | |
| Tree | next-hop | |
Description | This command specifies the action the router takes when checking the Network Layer Reachability Information (NLRI) next hop in the routing table for a matching UPA entry using the longest prefix match (LPM). frr - Enable BGP FRR when UPA is received | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
source-address string
| Synopsis | Source address used in SRv6 packet | |
| Context | configure router string bgp segment-routing-v6 source-address string | |
| Tree | source-address | |
Description | When configured, this command specifies the source IPv6 address used in the SA field of the outer IPv6 header of the SRv6 encapsulated packet. When not configured, the source IPv6 address is inherited from the configuration of the global default address in the router "base" segment-routing segment-routing-v6 source-address context. A source IPv6 address must be configured in this context or in the base router context. The system does not check if the address entered is a valid local address. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
selective-label-ip keyword
| Synopsis | Label IP routes installed for local use on NHS router | |
| Context | configure router string bgp selective-label-ip keyword | |
| Tree | selective-label-ip | |
Description | This command enables selective installation of labeled unicast routes for resolution by local services and IP shortcuts on a labeled unicast Next-hop=self router. This command is supported for labeled unicast for both IPv4 and IPv6 routes. The no-install option installs labeled IP routes that are required by services. This option conserves labeled route table space in addition to RTM table space on BGP-LU next-hop-self route reflectors. The route-table-install-only option ensures that the labeled unicast routes are installed in the RTM in full. When no-install is specified, the download of labeled unicast routes for NHLFE resolution by services continues. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
selective-label-ip-prioritization boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BGP selective prioritization for labeled routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp selective-label-ip-prioritization boolean | |
| Tree | selective-label-ip-prioritization | |
Description | When this command is set to true, every labeled IPv4 and IPv6 route that is received and potentially usable by a local service is automatically prioritized for fast control plane reconvergence. When the reachability of a BGP next-hop changes, the labeled IPv4 and IPv6 routes are updated into the route table first, along with other routes manually tagged as high priority by import policies. A /32 or /128 labeled unicast route (and associated BGP-LU tunnel) is determined to be potentially usable by a local service if one of the following conditions applies:
When this command is set to false, selective-label IP prioritization for BGP is not used. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
selective-label-ipv4-install boolean
| Synopsis | Enable selective download for BGP label-ipv4 routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp selective-label-ipv4-install boolean | |
| Tree | selective-label-ipv4-install | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send-communities
| Synopsis | Enter the send-communities context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp send-communities | |
| Tree | send-communities | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
extended boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise the Extended Communities attribute to peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp send-communities extended boolean | |
| Tree | extended | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
large boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise the Large Communities attribute to peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp send-communities large boolean | |
| Tree | large | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
standard boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise the Communities attribute to peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp send-communities standard boolean | |
| Tree | standard | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
send-default
| Synopsis | Enter the send-default context | |
| Context | configure router string bgp send-default | |
| Tree | send-default | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Export policy name | |
| Context | configure router string bgp send-default export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IPv4 family type | |
| Context | configure router string bgp send-default ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IPv6 family type | |
| Context | configure router string bgp send-default ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
split-horizon boolean
| Synopsis | Prevent routes being reflected back to best-route peer | |
| Context | configure router string bgp split-horizon boolean | |
| Tree | split-horizon | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the use of split-horizon. This command prevents routes from being reflected back to a peer that sends the best route. It applies to routes of all address families and to any type of sending peer; confed-EBGP, EBGP and IBGP. Enabling the split-horizon functionality may have a detrimental impact on peer and route scaling and should only be used when absolutely necessary. When configured to false, the use of split-horizon is disabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-policy-import boolean
| Synopsis | Import all segment routing policies into the BGP RIB | |
| Context | configure router string bgp sr-policy-import boolean | |
| Tree | sr-policy-import | |
Description | When configured to true, statically-configured non-local segment routing policies from the segment routing database are imported into the BGP RIB so that they can be advertised as originated routes toward BGP peers supporting segment routing policies (sr-policy-ipv4 IP family type). When configured to false, the SR policies are not imported into the BGP RIB. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
subconfed-vpn-forwarding boolean
| Synopsis | Allow subconfed route resolution, next hop and labels | |
| Context | configure router string bgp subconfed-vpn-forwarding boolean | |
| Tree | subconfed-vpn-forwarding | |
Description | When this is set to true, the base router BGP instance retains all received VPN-IPv4 and VPN-IPv6 routes, including those with route targets not matching any VRF import policy of any locally configured VPRN. In addition, when the base router BGP is configured to apply a next-hop-self command to a peer of any type (EBGP, IBGP, or confed-EBGP), VPN-IPv4 and VPN-IPv6 routes are advertised to the peer with a new BGP label, next hop, and label-swap forwarding entry. These behaviors described above are applied when the enable-inter-as-vpn or enable-rr-vpn-forwarding commands are enabled in the configure router bgp context, in the same BGP instance. This applies regardless of whether the base router has a confederation configuration. When this command is set to false, subconfederation VPN forwarding is not used. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
tcp-mss number
| Synopsis | TCP maximum segment size override | |
| Context | configure router string bgp tcp-mss number | |
| Tree | tcp-mss | |
Description | This command configures an override for the TCP maximum segment size to use with a specific peer or set of peers (depending on the scope of the command). The configured value controls two properties of the TCP connection as follows: TCP MSS option - The router advertises the TCP MSS option value in the TCP SYN packet it sends as part of the 3-way handshake. The advertised value may be lower than the configured value, depending on the IP MTU of the first hop IP interface. The peers must abide by this value when sending TCP segments to the local router. TCP maximum segment size - The actual transmitted size may be lower than the configured value, depending on the TCP MSS option value signaled by the peers, the effect of path MTU discovery, or other factors. | |
| Range | 384 to 9746 | |
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
third-party-nexthop boolean
| Synopsis | Apply third-party next-hop processing to EBGP peers | |
| Context | configure router string bgp third-party-nexthop boolean | |
| Tree | third-party-nexthop | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the router to send third-party next hop to EBGP peers in the same subnet as the source peer. The address family of the transport must match the address family of the route. When an IPv4 or IPv6 route is received from one EBGP peer and advertised to another EBGP peer in the same IP subnet, the BGP next hop is left unchanged. When configured to false, third-party next-hop processing is disabled and the next hop carries the IP address of the interface used to establish the TCP connection to the peer. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-apply-export boolean
| Synopsis | Apply base-instance BGP export policies to VPN routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp vpn-apply-export boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-apply-export | |
Description | When configured to true, base-instance BGP export route policies are applied to VPN-IPv4/6, MVPN-IPv4/6, L2-VPN, MDT-SAFI, MCAST-VPN-IPv4, and EVPN routes. When configured to false, the export policies are not applied. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vpn-apply-import boolean
| Synopsis | Apply base-instance import route policies to VPN routes | |
| Context | configure router string bgp vpn-apply-import boolean | |
| Tree | vpn-apply-import | |
Description | When configured to true, base-instance BGP import route policies are applied to VPN-IPv4/6, MVPN-IPv4/6, L2-VPN, MDT-SAFI, MCAST-VPN-IPv4, and EVPN routes. When configured to false, the import policies are not applied. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bier
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of BIER | |
| Context | configure router string bier admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness keyword
| Synopsis | BIER next-hops with BFD enabled | |
| Context | configure router string bier bfd-liveness keyword | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
| Options | ||
| Max. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
fast-reroute boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BIER Fast Reroute | |
| Context | configure router string bier fast-reroute boolean | |
| Tree | fast-reroute | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
template [template-name] string
[template-name] string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the BIER template | |
| Context | configure router string bier template string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
sub-domain [start] number end number
| Synopsis | Enter the sub-domain list instance | |
| Context | configure router string bier template string sub-domain number end number | |
| Tree | sub-domain | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[start] number
| Synopsis | Lower bound of sub-domain range | |
| Context | configure router string bier template string sub-domain number end number | |
| Tree | sub-domain | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
end number
| Synopsis | Upper bound of sub-domain range | |
| Context | configure router string bier template string sub-domain number end number | |
| Tree | sub-domain | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bfr-id number
multi-topology keyword
| Synopsis | Multi-topology for the sub-domain | |
| Context | configure router string bier template string sub-domain number end number multi-topology keyword | |
| Tree | multi-topology | |
| Options | ||
| Default | ipv4-unicast | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
prefix string
| Synopsis | IP address used as BFR prefix | |
| Context | configure router string bier template string sub-domain number end number prefix string | |
| Tree | prefix | |
Description | This command specifies the IP address to be used as the BFR prefix. The prefix can be a loopback interface or system IP address. | |
| Default | 0.0.0.0 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
class-forwarding boolean
| Synopsis | Allow class-based forwarding over IGP shortcuts | |
| Context | configure router string class-forwarding boolean | |
| Tree | class-forwarding | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables class-based forwarding (CBF) over IGP shortcuts. Weighted ECMP, at the transport-tunnel level of BGP prefixes over IGP shortcuts, and the CBF feature on a per-BGP next-hop basis are mutually exclusive. When configured to false, class-based forwarding (CBF) over IGP shortcuts is disabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
confederation
| Synopsis | Enter the confederation context | |
| Context | configure router string confederation | |
| Tree | confederation | |
Description | Commands in this context configure members that are to be part of a confederation. Creating confederation autonomous systems within as AS can be used to reduce the number of IBGP sessions required within an AS. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
confed-as-num number
| Synopsis | Confederation AS number | |
| Context | configure router string confederation confed-as-num number | |
| Tree | confed-as-num | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
members [as-number] number
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for members | |
| Context | configure router string confederation members number | |
| Tree | members | |
| Max. Instances | 256 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[as-number] number
| Synopsis | Confederation member AS number | |
| Context | configure router string confederation members number | |
| Tree | members | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
dhcp-server
| Synopsis | Enter the dhcp-server context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server | |
| Tree | dhcp-server | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
dhcpv4 [name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the dhcpv4 list instance | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string | |
| Tree | dhcpv4 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[name] string
| Synopsis | DHCP server name | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string | |
| Tree | dhcpv4 | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the DHCP server | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
failover
| Synopsis | Enter the failover context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string failover | |
| Tree | failover | |
Description | Commands in this context define DHCP failover where two DHCP servers manage the same pool of addresses, enabling them to share the load to assign leases for pool and provide backup for each in the event of network outages. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the failover mechanism | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string failover admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ignore-mclt-on-takeover boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore maximum client lead during takeover from partner | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover boolean | |
| Tree | ignore-mclt-on-takeover | |
Description | When configured to true, the remote IP address range can be taken over immediately when the intercommunication link enters the PARTNER-DOWN state, without having to wait for the MCLT to expire. When configured to false, the DHCP lease time for new clients is restricted to the MCLT during a failure. For existing clients, the lease time is gradually reduced over time to the MCLT by consecutive DHCP renewals. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-client-lead-time number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum time that DHCP server can extend client's lease | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string failover maximum-client-lead-time number | |
| Tree | maximum-client-lead-time | |
Description | This command configures the maximum client lead time (MCLT), which is the maximum time that a DHCP server can extend the client's lease time beyond the lease time currently known by the DHCP partner node. In dual-homed environments, the initial lease time for all DHCP clients is restricted to the MCLT by default. Consecutive DHCP renewals can extend the lease time beyond the MCLT. | |
| Range | 600 to 86399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 600 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
partner-down-delay number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Delay to prevent lease duplication during link failure | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string failover partner-down-delay number | |
| Tree | partner-down-delay | |
Description | This command configures the interval before a failed intercommunication link transitions from the COMM-INT state to the PARTNER-DOWN state. This delay prevents IP lease duplication during link failure by not allowing new IP addresses to be assigned from the remote IP address range. This timer is intended to provide the operator with enough time to remedy the failed situation and avoid duplication of IP addresses and prefixes during the failure. | |
| Range | 0 to 86399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 86399 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
peer [address] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the peer list instance | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string failover peer reference | |
| Tree | peer | |
Description | Commands in this context define the peer-related parameters for DHCP failover. DHCP leases can be synchronized at the level of the DHCP server or pool. The pair of synchronizing servers or pools is identified by a tag. The synchronization information is carried over the Multi-Chassis Synchronization (MCS) link between the two peers. The MCS link is a logical IP or MPLS link. MCS runs over TCP port 45067, using either data traffic or keepalives to detect failure on the communication link between the two nodes. In the absence of any MCS data traffic for more than 0.5 seconds, MCS sends its own keepalive to the peer. If a reply is not received within 3 seconds, MCS declares its operational state as down and the DB sync state as out-of-sync. MCS consequently notifies its clients, including the DHCP server. It can take up to 3 seconds before the DHCP client realizes that the inter-chassis link has failed. The link failure does not necessarily imply the same failed state for the access links. It is possible, although unlikely, that both access links are operational while the inter-chassis communication link is broken. In this case, the two redundant nodes can become isolated from each other in the network. For this reason, it is important that the MCS link be highly redundant. | |
| Max. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[address] reference
| Synopsis | IP address of the failover peer | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string failover peer reference | |
| Tree | peer | |
Reference | configure redundancy multi-chassis peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sync-tag string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Tag that identifies synchronizing server or pool pairs | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string failover peer reference sync-tag string | |
| Tree | sync-tag | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
startup-wait-time number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Time between initialization and assuming active role | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string failover startup-wait-time number | |
| Tree | startup-wait-time | |
Description | This command configures a delay that avoids transient issues during the initialization process. During startup wait time, each failover peer waits after the initialization process before assuming the active role for the prefix designated as local or remote. | |
| Range | 60 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 120 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
force-renews boolean
| Synopsis | Send FORCERENEW messages to force renewals of leases | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string force-renews boolean | |
| Tree | force-renews | |
Description | When configured to true, FORCERENEW messages are enabled for DHCP. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
lease-hold
| Synopsis | Enter the lease-hold context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string lease-hold | |
| Tree | lease-hold | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
additional-scenarios
| Synopsis | Enter the additional-scenarios context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string lease-hold additional-scenarios | |
| Tree | additional-scenarios | |
Description | Commands in this context configure additional types of leases or triggers that cause the system to hold up leases. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
internal-lease-ipsec boolean
| Synopsis | Apply the lease hold timer to local IPsec clients | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string lease-hold additional-scenarios internal-lease-ipsec boolean | |
| Tree | internal-lease-ipsec | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
solicited-release boolean
| Synopsis | Apply lease hold timer for solicited releases | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string lease-hold additional-scenarios solicited-release boolean | |
| Tree | solicited-release | |
Description | This command enables the server to hold up a lease even for a solicited release, for example, when the server receives a normal DHCP release message. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time number
| Synopsis | Lease hold time | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string lease-hold time number | |
| Tree | time | |
| Range | 1 to 631152000 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pool [pool-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the pool list instance | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string | |
| Tree | pool | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a DHCP address pool on the router. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[pool-name] string
| Synopsis | DHCP server pool name | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string | |
| Tree | pool | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
failover
| Synopsis | Enter the failover context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string failover | |
| Tree | failover | |
Description | Commands in this context define DHCP failover where two DHCP servers manage the same pool of addresses, enabling them to share the load to assign leases for pool and provide backup for each in the event of network outages. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the failover mechanism | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string failover admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ignore-mclt-on-takeover boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore maximum client lead during takeover from partner | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover boolean | |
| Tree | ignore-mclt-on-takeover | |
Description | When configured to true, the remote IP address range can be taken over immediately when the intercommunication link enters the PARTNER-DOWN state, without having to wait for the MCLT to expire. When configured to false, the DHCP lease time for new clients is restricted to the MCLT during a failure. For existing clients, the lease time is gradually reduced over time to the MCLT by consecutive DHCP renewals. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-client-lead-time number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum time that DHCP server can extend client's lease | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string failover maximum-client-lead-time number | |
| Tree | maximum-client-lead-time | |
Description | This command configures the maximum client lead time (MCLT), which is the maximum time that a DHCP server can extend the client's lease time beyond the lease time currently known by the DHCP partner node. In dual-homed environments, the initial lease time for all DHCP clients is restricted to the MCLT by default. Consecutive DHCP renewals can extend the lease time beyond the MCLT. | |
| Range | 600 to 86399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 600 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
partner-down-delay number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Delay to prevent lease duplication during link failure | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string failover partner-down-delay number | |
| Tree | partner-down-delay | |
Description | This command configures the interval before a failed intercommunication link transitions from the COMM-INT state to the PARTNER-DOWN state. This delay prevents IP lease duplication during link failure by not allowing new IP addresses to be assigned from the remote IP address range. This timer is intended to provide the operator with enough time to remedy the failed situation and avoid duplication of IP addresses and prefixes during the failure. | |
| Range | 0 to 86399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 86399 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
peer [address] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the peer list instance | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string failover peer reference | |
| Tree | peer | |
Description | Commands in this context configure peer-related parameters for DHCP failover. DHCP leases can be synchronized at the level of the DHCP server or pool. The pair of synchronizing servers or pools is identified by a tag. The synchronization information is carried over the Multi-Chassis Synchronization (MCS) link between the two peers. The MCS link is a logical IP or MPLS link. MCS runs over TCP port 45067, using either data traffic or keepalives to detect failure on the communication link between the two nodes. In the absence of any MCS data traffic for more than 0.5 seconds, MCS sends its own keepalive to the peer. If a reply is not received within 3 seconds, MCS declares its operational state as down and the DB sync state as out-of-sync. MCS consequently notifies its clients, including the DHCP server. It can take up to 3 seconds before the DHCP client realizes that the inter-chassis link has failed. The link failure does not necessarily imply the same failed state for the access links. It is possible, although unlikely, that both access links are operational while the inter-chassis communication link is broken. In this case, the two redundant nodes can become isolated from each other in the network. For this reason, it is important that the MCS link be highly redundant. | |
| Max. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[address] reference
| Synopsis | IP address of the failover peer | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string failover peer reference | |
| Tree | peer | |
Reference | configure redundancy multi-chassis peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sync-tag string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Tag that identifies synchronizing server or pool pairs | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string failover peer reference sync-tag string | |
| Tree | sync-tag | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
startup-wait-time number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Time between initialization and assuming active role | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string failover startup-wait-time number | |
| Tree | startup-wait-time | |
Description | This command configures a delay that avoids transient issues during the initialization process. During startup wait time, each failover peer waits after the initialization process before assuming the active role for the prefix designated as local or remote. | |
| Range | 60 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 120 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
max-lease-time number
| Synopsis | Maximum lease time | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string max-lease-time number | |
| Tree | max-lease-time | |
| Range | 10 to 315446399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 864000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
min-lease-time number
| Synopsis | Minimum lease time | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string min-lease-time number | |
| Tree | min-lease-time | |
| Range | 10 to 315446399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 600 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
minimum-free
| Synopsis | Enter the minimum-free context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string minimum-free | |
| Tree | minimum-free | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the minimum number of free addresses in this pool. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
absolute number
| Synopsis | Minimum number of free addresses in this pool or subnet | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string minimum-free absolute number | |
| Tree | absolute | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Default | 1 | |
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: absolute or percent. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
event-when-depleted boolean
| Synopsis | Generate notification when addresses are depleted | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string minimum-free event-when-depleted boolean | |
| Tree | event-when-depleted | |
Description | When configured to true, a system-generated event is generated when all available addresses in the pool or subnet of a local DHCP server are depleted. When configured to false, no action is taken when all available addresses in the pool or subnet of a local DHCP server are depleted. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
percent number
| Synopsis | Minimum free addresses as a percentage | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string minimum-free percent number | |
| Tree | percent | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Default | 1 | |
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: absolute or percent. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
nak-non-matching-subnet boolean
| Synopsis | Send NAK if no match for request address pool range | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string nak-non-matching-subnet boolean | |
| Tree | nak-non-matching-subnet | |
Description | When configured to true, a NAK response when the local DHCPv4 server receives a DHCP request with option 50 (the client is trying to request a previously allocated message). If the address-allocation algorithm uses a pool that does not contain the requested address, the system returns the DHCP NAK. When configured to false or unconfigured, the system drops the DHCP packet. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
offer-time number
| Synopsis | Time interval during which a DHCP offer remains valid | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string offer-time number | |
| Tree | offer-time | |
| Range | 10 to 600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 60 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
options
option [number] (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Enter the option list instance | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string options option (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | option | |
Description | This command configures DHCP options at the pool level. The pool options can be overruled by the value of the same option in the local user database. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[number] (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | DHCP option to send identification strings to client | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string options option (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | option | |
| Range | 1 to 254 | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ascii-string string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as an ASCII string | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string options option (number | keyword) ascii-string string | |
| Tree | ascii-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 127 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, duration, empty, hex-string, ipv4-address, or netbios-node-type. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
duration number
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as time duration | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string options option (number | keyword) duration number | |
| Tree | duration | |
| Range | 10 to 315446399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, duration, empty, hex-string, ipv4-address, or netbios-node-type. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
empty
| Synopsis | Remove DHCP option from configuration | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string options option (number | keyword) empty | |
| Tree | empty | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, duration, empty, hex-string, ipv4-address, or netbios-node-type. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
hex-string string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as hexadecimal string | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string options option (number | keyword) hex-string string | |
| Tree | hex-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 256 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, duration, empty, hex-string, ipv4-address, or netbios-node-type. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ipv4-address string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as a list of IPv4 addresses | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string options option (number | keyword) ipv4-address string | |
| Tree | ipv4-address | |
| Max. Instances | 4 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, duration, empty, hex-string, ipv4-address, or netbios-node-type. This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
netbios-node-type keyword
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as a NetBIOS node type | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string options option (number | keyword) netbios-node-type keyword | |
| Tree | netbios-node-type | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, duration, empty, hex-string, ipv4-address, or netbios-node-type. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
subnet [ipv4-prefix] string
[ipv4-prefix] string
address-range [start] string end string
| Synopsis | Enter the address-range list instance | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string address-range string end string | |
| Tree | address-range | |
Description | This command configures the range of IP addresses to be served from the pool subnet. The range includes all the IP addresses between the specified start and end addresses, other than specifically excluded addresses. The start and end addresses must be unique within the subnet. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[start] string
| Synopsis | Lower bound of the IP address range | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string address-range string end string | |
| Tree | address-range | |
Description | This command specifies the start of a range of IP addresses that are excluded from the pool of IP addresses in this subnet. | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end string
| Synopsis | Upper bound of the IP address range | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string address-range string end string | |
| Tree | address-range | |
Description | This command specifies the end of a range of IP addresses that are excluded from the pool of IP addresses in this subnet. | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
failover-control-type keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Failover control type for this range | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string address-range string end string failover-control-type keyword | |
| Tree | failover-control-type | |
| Options | ||
| Default | local | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
drain boolean
| Synopsis | Prevent new lease assignment from this subnet | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string drain boolean | |
| Tree | drain | |
Description | When configured to true, new leases cannot be assigned and existing leases are kept up until they are released. When configured to false, the subnet is active and new leases can be assigned. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
exclude-addresses [start] string end string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for exclude-addresses | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string exclude-addresses string end string | |
| Tree | exclude-addresses | |
Description | This command configures an IP address to be excluded from the pool of IP addresses in the subnet. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[start] string
| Synopsis | Lower bound of the IP address range | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string exclude-addresses string end string | |
| Tree | exclude-addresses | |
Description | This command specifies the start of a range of IP addresses that are excluded from the pool of IP addresses in this subnet. | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end string
| Synopsis | Upper bound of the IP address range | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string exclude-addresses string end string | |
| Tree | exclude-addresses | |
Description | This command specifies the end of a range of IP addresses that are excluded from the pool of IP addresses in this subnet. | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-declined number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of declined addresses allowed | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string maximum-declined number | |
| Tree | maximum-declined | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 64 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
minimum-free
| Synopsis | Enter the minimum-free context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string minimum-free | |
| Tree | minimum-free | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the minimum number of free addresses in this pool. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
absolute number
| Synopsis | Minimum number of free addresses in this pool or subnet | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string minimum-free absolute number | |
| Tree | absolute | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Default | 1 | |
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: absolute or percent. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
event-when-depleted boolean
| Synopsis | Generate notification when addresses are depleted | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string minimum-free event-when-depleted boolean | |
| Tree | event-when-depleted | |
Description | When configured to true, a system-generated event is generated when all available addresses in the pool or subnet of a local DHCP server are depleted. When configured to false, no action is taken when all available addresses in the pool or subnet of a local DHCP server are depleted. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
percent number
| Synopsis | Minimum free addresses as a percentage | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string minimum-free percent number | |
| Tree | percent | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Default | 1 | |
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: absolute or percent. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
options
option [number] (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Enter the option list instance | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string options option (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | option | |
Description | This command configures DHCP options at the pool subnet level. The options can be overruled by the value of the same option in the local user database. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[number] (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | DHCP option to send identification strings to client | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string options option (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | option | |
| Range | 1 to 254 | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ascii-string string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as an ASCII string | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string options option (number | keyword) ascii-string string | |
| Tree | ascii-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 127 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, duration, empty, hex-string, ipv4-address, or netbios-node-type. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
duration number
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as time | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string options option (number | keyword) duration number | |
| Tree | duration | |
| Range | 10 to 315446399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, duration, empty, hex-string, ipv4-address, or netbios-node-type. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
empty
| Synopsis | Empty DHCP option | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string options option (number | keyword) empty | |
| Tree | empty | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, duration, empty, hex-string, ipv4-address, or netbios-node-type. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
hex-string string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as hexadecimal string | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string options option (number | keyword) hex-string string | |
| Tree | hex-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 256 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, duration, empty, hex-string, ipv4-address, or netbios-node-type. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ipv4-address string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as a list of IPv4 addresses | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string options option (number | keyword) ipv4-address string | |
| Tree | ipv4-address | |
| Max. Instances | 4 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, duration, empty, hex-string, ipv4-address, or netbios-node-type. This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
netbios-node-type keyword
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as a NetBIOS node type | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool string subnet string options option (number | keyword) netbios-node-type keyword | |
| Tree | netbios-node-type | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, duration, empty, hex-string, ipv4-address, or netbios-node-type. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pool-selection
| Synopsis | Enter the pool-selection context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool-selection | |
| Tree | pool-selection | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
use-gi-address
| Synopsis | Enable the use-gi-address context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool-selection use-gi-address | |
| Tree | use-gi-address | |
Description | Commands in this context configure gateway interface (GI) address matching. When configured, the pool can be used for address matching even if a subnet is not found. If the local user database name is not used, addresses are provided only by GI. If a user must be blocked from getting an address, the server maps to a local user database and configures the user with no address. A pool can include multiple subnets. Since the GI is shared by multiple subnets in a subscriber interface, the pool can provide IP addresses from any of the subnets included when the GI is matched to one of its subnets. This allows a pool to be created that represents a sub-net. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
scope keyword
| Synopsis | GI address-matching scope | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool-selection use-gi-address scope keyword | |
| Tree | scope | |
| Options | ||
| Default | subnet | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
use-pool-from-client
| Synopsis | Enable the use-pool-from-client context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool-selection use-pool-from-client | |
| Tree | use-pool-from-client | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
delimiter string
| Synopsis | Delimiter to combine primary and secondary pool names | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string pool-selection use-pool-from-client delimiter string | |
| Tree | delimiter | |
Description | This command configures a single ASCII character that separates the pool names in DHCP vendor-specific option 82, which identifies the address pool to be used for this client. | |
| String Length | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
user-db reference
| Synopsis | Local user database for authentication | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string user-db reference | |
| Tree | user-db | |
Reference | configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
user-identification keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | User identification method for the DHCP server | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string user-identification keyword | |
| Tree | user-identification | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
dhcpv6 [name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the dhcpv6 list instance | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string | |
| Tree | dhcpv6 | |
Description | Commands in this context configure DHCPv6 parameters. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[name] string
| Synopsis | DHCP server name | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string | |
| Tree | dhcpv6 | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the DHCP server | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
auto-provisioned boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Auto-provision the pools of this server | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string auto-provisioned boolean | |
| Tree | auto-provisioned | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
defaults
| Synopsis | Enter the defaults context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string defaults | |
| Tree | defaults | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
options
option [number] (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Enter the option list instance | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string defaults options option (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | option | |
Description | This command configures DHCP options at the pool level. The pool options defined here can be overruled by the value of the same option in the local user database. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[number] (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | DHCP option to send as identification string | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string defaults options option (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | option | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ascii-string string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as an ASCII string | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string defaults options option (number | keyword) ascii-string string | |
| Tree | ascii-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 127 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
domain-string string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as a domain name | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string defaults options option (number | keyword) domain-string string | |
| Tree | domain-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 127 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
duration number
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as time | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string defaults options option (number | keyword) duration number | |
| Tree | duration | |
| Range | 10 to 315446399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
empty
| Synopsis | Empty DHCP option | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string defaults options option (number | keyword) empty | |
| Tree | empty | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
hex-string string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as hexadecimal string | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string defaults options option (number | keyword) hex-string string | |
| Tree | hex-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 256 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ipv6-address string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as a list of IPv6 addresses | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string defaults options option (number | keyword) ipv6-address string | |
| Tree | ipv6-address | |
| Max. Instances | 4 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
preferred-lifetime number
| Synopsis | Time this lease remains preferred | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string defaults preferred-lifetime number | |
| Tree | preferred-lifetime | |
Description | This command configures the preferred lifetime of the IPv6 lease address or prefix. When the preferred lifetime expires, any derived addresses are deprecated. The preferred lifetime must be less than or equal to the valid lifetime. Each address or prefix assigned to the client has associated preferred and valid lifetimes specified by the address assignment authority (such as the DHCP server, RADIUS, or ESM). To request an extension of the lifetimes assigned to an address, the client sends a renew message to the addressing authority. The authority sends a reply message to the client with the new lifetimes, allowing the client to continue to use the address/prefix without interruption. The lifetimes are transmitted from the addressing authority to the client in the identity association (IA) option at the top level of the message (not the address or prefix level). | |
| Range | 300 to 315446399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 3600 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rebind-time number
| Synopsis | Rebind time for the lease | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string defaults rebind-time number | |
| Tree | rebind-time | |
Description | This command configures the rebind time, known as T2, at which the client contacts the addressing authority to extend the lifetimes of its leases. The IP addressing authority (such as the DHCP server, RADIUS, or ESM) controls the time for extending lifetimes on assigned addresses/prefixes through the T1 and T2 parameters assigned to an identity association (IA). At renew time, T1, the client initiates a renew or reply message exchange to extend the lifetimes of any addresses in the IA. The client includes an IA option with all addresses or prefixes currently assigned to the IA in its renew message. Recommended values for T1 and T2 are 0.5 and 0.8 times the shortest preferred lifetime of the addresses or prefixes in the IA that the addressing authority is willing to extend, respectively. The configured rebind timer value should always be less than or equal to the rebind timer. The T1 and T2 values are carried in the IPV6 address option in the IA. | |
| Range | 0 to 1209600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 2880 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
renew-time number
| Synopsis | Renew time for the lease | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string defaults renew-time number | |
| Tree | renew-time | |
Description | This command configures the renew time, known as T1, at which the client makes a transition to the lease-renewal state. The IP addressing authority (such as the DHCP server, RADIUS, or ESM) controls the time for extending lifetimes on assigned addresses/prefixes through the T1 and T2 parameters assigned to an identity association (IA). At renew time, T1, the client initiates a renew/reply message exchange to extend the lifetimes of any addresses in the IA. The client includes an IA option with all addresses/prefixes currently assigned to the IA in its renew message. Recommended values for T1 and T2 are 0.5 and 0.8 times the shortest preferred lifetime of the addresses or prefixes in the IA that the addressing authority is willing to extend, respectively. The configured renew timer value should always be shorter than or equal to the rebind timer. The T1 and T2 values are carried in the IPV6 address option in the IA. | |
| Range | 0 to 604800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 1800 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
valid-lifetime number
| Synopsis | Time for the lease to remain valid | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string defaults valid-lifetime number | |
| Tree | valid-lifetime | |
Description | This command configures a valid lifetime for a DHCPv6 lease address or prefix. The valid lifetime is the length of time an address and prefix remains in the valid state. The valid lifetime must be greater than or equal to the preferred lifetime. When the valid lifetime expires, the address and prefix becomes invalid and must not be used in communications. RFC 2461 recommends a default value of 30 days. Each address and prefix assigned to the client has associated preferred and valid lifetimes specified by the address assignment authority (such as the DHCP server, RADIUS, or ESM). To request an extension of the lifetimes assigned to an address, the client sends a renew message to the addressing authority. The authority sends a reply message to the client with the new lifetimes, allowing the client to continue to use the address and prefix without interruption. The lifetimes are transmitted from the addressing authority to the client in the identity association (IA) option at the top level of the message (not the address or prefix level). | |
| Range | 300 to 315446399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 86400 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
failover
| Synopsis | Enter the failover context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string failover | |
| Tree | failover | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the failover mechanism | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string failover admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ignore-mclt-on-takeover boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore maximum client lead during takeover from partner | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover boolean | |
| Tree | ignore-mclt-on-takeover | |
Description | When configured to true, the remote IP address range can be taken over immediately when the intercommunication link enters the PARTNER-DOWN state, without having to wait for the MCLT to expire. When configured to false, the DHCP lease time for new clients is restricted to the MCLT during a failure. For existing clients, the lease time is gradually reduced over time to the MCLT by consecutive DHCP renewals. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-client-lead-time number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum time that DHCP server can extend client's lease | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string failover maximum-client-lead-time number | |
| Tree | maximum-client-lead-time | |
Description | This command configures the maximum client lead time (MCLT), which is the maximum time that a DHCP server can extend the client's lease time beyond the lease time currently known by the DHCP partner node. In dual-homed environments, the initial lease time for all DHCP clients is restricted to the MCLT by default. Consecutive DHCP renewals can extend the lease time beyond the MCLT. | |
| Range | 600 to 86399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 600 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
partner-down-delay number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Delay to prevent lease duplication during link failure | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string failover partner-down-delay number | |
| Tree | partner-down-delay | |
Description | This command configures the interval before a failed intercommunication link transitions from the COMM-INT state to the PARTNER-DOWN state. This delay prevents IP lease duplication during link failure by not allowing new IP addresses to be assigned from the remote IP address range. This timer is intended to provide the operator with enough time to remedy the failed situation and avoid duplication of IP addresses and prefixes during the failure. | |
| Range | 0 to 86399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 86399 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
peer [address] reference
[address] reference
| Synopsis | IP address of the failover peer | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string failover peer reference | |
| Tree | peer | |
Reference | configure redundancy multi-chassis peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sync-tag string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Tag that identifies synchronizing server or pool pairs | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string failover peer reference sync-tag string | |
| Tree | sync-tag | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
startup-wait-time number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Time between initialization and assuming active role | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string failover startup-wait-time number | |
| Tree | startup-wait-time | |
Description | This command configures a delay that avoids transient issues during the initialization process. During startup wait time, each failover peer waits after the initialization process before assuming the active role for the prefix designated as local or remote. | |
| Range | 60 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 120 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
ignore-rapid-commit boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore Rapid Commit option | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string ignore-rapid-commit boolean | |
| Tree | ignore-rapid-commit | |
Description | When configured to true, the server ignores the Rapid Commit option sent by the client and uses the regular message exchange. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
interface-id-mapping boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Map hosts within interface-to-prefix combinations | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string interface-id-mapping boolean | |
| Tree | interface-id-mapping | |
Description | When configured to true, this command specifies an interface-mapping method that uses a combination of unique /64 prefixes and interface IDs. A /64 prefix is allocated to each interface ID, and all clients with the same interface ID are assigned an address from the prefix. This method is used for bridging clients in the same local loop and SAP, so that sharing the prefix allows communication to stay local. For SLAAC-based assignment, downstream neighbor discovery is automatically enabled to resolve the assigned address. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
lease-hold
| Synopsis | Enter the lease-hold context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string lease-hold | |
| Tree | lease-hold | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
additional-scenarios
| Synopsis | Enter the additional-scenarios context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string lease-hold additional-scenarios | |
| Tree | additional-scenarios | |
Description | Commands in this context configure additional types of leases or triggers that cause the system to hold up leases. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
internal-lease-ipsec boolean
| Synopsis | Apply the lease hold timer to local IPsec clients | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string lease-hold additional-scenarios internal-lease-ipsec boolean | |
| Tree | internal-lease-ipsec | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
solicited-release boolean
| Synopsis | Apply lease hold timer for solicited releases | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string lease-hold additional-scenarios solicited-release boolean | |
| Tree | solicited-release | |
Description | This command enables the server to hold up a lease even for a solicited release, for example, when the server receives a normal DHCP release message. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
time number
| Synopsis | Lease hold time | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string lease-hold time number | |
| Tree | time | |
| Range | 1 to 631152000 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
lease-query boolean
| Synopsis | Handle and reply to lease query messages | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string lease-query boolean | |
| Tree | lease-query | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pool [pool-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the pool list instance | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string | |
| Tree | pool | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[pool-name] string
| Synopsis | DHCP server pool name | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string | |
| Tree | pool | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
delegated-prefix
| Synopsis | Enter the delegated-prefix context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string delegated-prefix | |
| Tree | delegated-prefix | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
length number
| Synopsis | Prefix length for pool if unspecified by client | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string delegated-prefix length number | |
| Tree | length | |
| Range | 48 to 127 | |
| Default | 64 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum number
| Synopsis | Maximum delegated prefix length for this pool | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string delegated-prefix maximum number | |
| Tree | maximum | |
| Range | 48 to 127 | |
| Default | 64 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
minimum number
| Synopsis | Minimum delegated prefix length for this pool | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string delegated-prefix minimum number | |
| Tree | minimum | |
| Range | 48 to 127 | |
| Default | 48 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
exclude-prefix [ipv6-prefix] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for exclude-prefix | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string exclude-prefix string | |
| Tree | exclude-prefix | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[ipv6-prefix] string
| Synopsis | IPv6 prefix to be excluded from available pool prefixes | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string exclude-prefix string | |
| Tree | exclude-prefix | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
failover
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the failover mechanism | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string failover admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ignore-mclt-on-takeover boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore maximum client lead during takeover from partner | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string failover ignore-mclt-on-takeover boolean | |
| Tree | ignore-mclt-on-takeover | |
Description | When configured to true, the remote IP address range can be taken over immediately when the intercommunication link enters the PARTNER-DOWN state, without having to wait for the MCLT to expire. When configured to false, the DHCP lease time for new clients is restricted to the MCLT during a failure. For existing clients, the lease time is gradually reduced over time to the MCLT by consecutive DHCP renewals. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-client-lead-time number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum time that DHCP server can extend client's lease | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string failover maximum-client-lead-time number | |
| Tree | maximum-client-lead-time | |
Description | This command configures the maximum client lead time (MCLT), which is the maximum time that a DHCP server can extend the client's lease time beyond the lease time currently known by the DHCP partner node. In dual-homed environments, the initial lease time for all DHCP clients is restricted to the MCLT by default. Consecutive DHCP renewals can extend the lease time beyond the MCLT. | |
| Range | 600 to 86399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 600 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
partner-down-delay number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Delay to prevent lease duplication during link failure | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string failover partner-down-delay number | |
| Tree | partner-down-delay | |
Description | This command configures the interval before a failed intercommunication link transitions from the COMM-INT state to the PARTNER-DOWN state. This delay prevents IP lease duplication during link failure by not allowing new IP addresses to be assigned from the remote IP address range. This timer is intended to provide the operator with enough time to remedy the failed situation and avoid duplication of IP addresses and prefixes during the failure. | |
| Range | 0 to 86399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 86399 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
peer [address] reference
[address] reference
| Synopsis | IP address of the failover peer | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string failover peer reference | |
| Tree | peer | |
Reference | configure redundancy multi-chassis peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sync-tag string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Tag that identifies synchronizing server or pool pairs | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string failover peer reference sync-tag string | |
| Tree | sync-tag | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
startup-wait-time number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Time between initialization and assuming active role | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string failover startup-wait-time number | |
| Tree | startup-wait-time | |
Description | This command configures a delay that avoids transient issues during the initialization process. During startup wait time, each failover peer waits after the initialization process before assuming the active role for the prefix designated as local or remote. | |
| Range | 60 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 120 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
options
option [number] (number | keyword)
[number] (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | DHCP option to send as identification string | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string options option (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | option | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ascii-string string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as an ASCII string | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string options option (number | keyword) ascii-string string | |
| Tree | ascii-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 127 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
domain-string string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as a domain name | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string options option (number | keyword) domain-string string | |
| Tree | domain-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 127 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
duration number
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as time | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string options option (number | keyword) duration number | |
| Tree | duration | |
| Range | 10 to 315446399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
empty
| Synopsis | Empty DHCP option | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string options option (number | keyword) empty | |
| Tree | empty | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
hex-string string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as hexadecimal string | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string options option (number | keyword) hex-string string | |
| Tree | hex-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 256 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ipv6-address string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as a list of IPv6 addresses | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string options option (number | keyword) ipv6-address string | |
| Tree | ipv6-address | |
| Max. Instances | 4 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
prefix [ipv6-prefix] string
[ipv6-prefix] string
drain boolean
failover-control-type keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Failover control type for this range | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string failover-control-type keyword | |
| Tree | failover-control-type | |
| Options | ||
| Default | local | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
options
option [number] (number | keyword)
[number] (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | DHCP option to send as identification string | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string options option (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | option | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ascii-string string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as an ASCII string | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string options option (number | keyword) ascii-string string | |
| Tree | ascii-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 127 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
domain-string string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as a domain name | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string options option (number | keyword) domain-string string | |
| Tree | domain-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 127 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
duration number
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as time | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string options option (number | keyword) duration number | |
| Tree | duration | |
| Range | 10 to 315446399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
empty
| Synopsis | Empty DHCP option | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string options option (number | keyword) empty | |
| Tree | empty | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
hex-string string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as hexadecimal string | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string options option (number | keyword) hex-string string | |
| Tree | hex-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 256 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ipv6-address string
| Synopsis | DHCP option specified as a list of IPv6 addresses | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string options option (number | keyword) ipv6-address string | |
| Tree | ipv6-address | |
| Max. Instances | 4 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: ascii-string, domain-string, duration, empty, hex-string, or ipv6-address. This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
preferred-lifetime number
| Synopsis | Time this lease remains preferred | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string preferred-lifetime number | |
| Tree | preferred-lifetime | |
Description | This command configures the preferred lifetime of the IPv6 lease address or prefix. When the preferred lifetime expires, any derived addresses are deprecated. The preferred lifetime must be less than or equal to the valid lifetime. Each address or prefix assigned to the client has associated preferred and valid lifetimes specified by the address assignment authority (such as the DHCP server, RADIUS, or ESM). To request an extension of the lifetimes assigned to an address, the client sends a renew message to the addressing authority. The authority sends a reply message to the client with the new lifetimes, allowing the client to continue to use the address/prefix without interruption. The lifetimes are transmitted from the addressing authority to the client in the identity association (IA) option at the top level of the message (not the address or prefix level). | |
| Range | 300 to 315446399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 3600 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
prefix-length-threshold [prefix-length] number
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix-length-threshold list instance | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string prefix-length-threshold number | |
| Tree | prefix-length-threshold | |
| Max. Instances | 8 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[prefix-length] number
| Synopsis | Delegated prefix length for pool thresholds | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string prefix-length-threshold number | |
| Tree | prefix-length-threshold | |
| Range | 1 to 128 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
absolute number
| Synopsis | Minimum number of free prefixes for this prefix length | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string prefix-length-threshold number absolute number | |
| Tree | absolute | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: absolute or percent. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
event-when-depleted boolean
| Synopsis | Generate a notification when this pool is depleted | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string prefix-length-threshold number event-when-depleted boolean | |
| Tree | event-when-depleted | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
percent number
| Synopsis | Minimum percentage of free prefixes for prefix length | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string prefix-length-threshold number percent number | |
| Tree | percent | |
| Range | 1 to 100 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: absolute or percent. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
prefix-type
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix-type context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string prefix-type | |
| Tree | prefix-type | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pd boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Allocate IA-PD prefixes from this prefix pool | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string prefix-type pd boolean | |
| Tree | pd | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
wan-host boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Allocate IA-NA or SLAAC prefixes from this prefix pool | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string prefix-type wan-host boolean | |
| Tree | wan-host | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
rebind-time number
| Synopsis | Rebind time for the lease | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string rebind-time number | |
| Tree | rebind-time | |
Description | This command configures the rebind time, known as T2, at which the client contacts the addressing authority to extend the lifetimes of its leases. The IP addressing authority (such as the DHCP server, RADIUS, or ESM) controls the time for extending lifetimes on assigned addresses/prefixes through the T1 and T2 parameters assigned to an identity association (IA). At renew time, T1, the client initiates a renew or reply message exchange to extend the lifetimes of any addresses in the IA. The client includes an IA option with all addresses or prefixes currently assigned to the IA in its renew message. Recommended values for T1 and T2 are 0.5 and 0.8 times the shortest preferred lifetime of the addresses or prefixes in the IA that the addressing authority is willing to extend, respectively. The configured rebind timer value should always be less than or equal to the rebind timer. The T1 and T2 values are carried in the IPV6 address option in the IA. | |
| Range | 0 to 1209600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 2880 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
renew-time number
| Synopsis | Renew time for the lease | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string renew-time number | |
| Tree | renew-time | |
Description | This command configures the renew time, known as T1, at which the client makes a transition to the lease-renewal state. The IP addressing authority (such as the DHCP server, RADIUS, or ESM) controls the time for extending lifetimes on assigned addresses/prefixes through the T1 and T2 parameters assigned to an identity association (IA). At renew time, T1, the client initiates a renew/reply message exchange to extend the lifetimes of any addresses in the IA. The client includes an IA option with all addresses/prefixes currently assigned to the IA in its renew message. Recommended values for T1 and T2 are 0.5 and 0.8 times the shortest preferred lifetime of the addresses or prefixes in the IA that the addressing authority is willing to extend, respectively. The configured renew timer value should always be shorter than or equal to the rebind timer. The T1 and T2 values are carried in the IPV6 address option in the IA. | |
| Range | 0 to 604800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 1800 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
valid-lifetime number
| Synopsis | Time for the lease to remain valid | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix string valid-lifetime number | |
| Tree | valid-lifetime | |
Description | This command configures a valid lifetime for a DHCPv6 lease address or prefix. The valid lifetime is the length of time an address and prefix remains in the valid state. The valid lifetime must be greater than or equal to the preferred lifetime. When the valid lifetime expires, the address and prefix becomes invalid and must not be used in communications. RFC 2461 recommends a default value of 30 days. Each address and prefix assigned to the client has associated preferred and valid lifetimes specified by the address assignment authority (such as the DHCP server, RADIUS, or ESM). To request an extension of the lifetimes assigned to an address, the client sends a renew message to the addressing authority. The authority sends a reply message to the client with the new lifetimes, allowing the client to continue to use the address and prefix without interruption. The lifetimes are transmitted from the addressing authority to the client in the identity association (IA) option at the top level of the message (not the address or prefix level). | |
| Range | 300 to 315446399 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 86400 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
prefix-length-threshold [prefix-length] number
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix-length-threshold list instance | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix-length-threshold number | |
| Tree | prefix-length-threshold | |
| Max. Instances | 8 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[prefix-length] number
| Synopsis | Delegated prefix length for pool thresholds | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix-length-threshold number | |
| Tree | prefix-length-threshold | |
| Range | 1 to 128 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
event-when-depleted boolean
| Synopsis | Generate a notification when this pool is depleted | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix-length-threshold number event-when-depleted boolean | |
| Tree | event-when-depleted | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
minimum-free-percent number
| Synopsis | Percentage of free prefixes for this prefix length | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool string prefix-length-threshold number minimum-free-percent number | |
| Tree | minimum-free-percent | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pool-selection
| Synopsis | Enter the pool-selection context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool-selection | |
| Tree | pool-selection | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
use-link-address
| Synopsis | Enable the use-link-address context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool-selection use-link-address | |
| Tree | use-link-address | |
Description | This command configures the local pool selection for DHCPv6 address or prefix assignment to use the link address. When configured, the selected pool contains a prefix covering the link address. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
scope keyword
| Synopsis | Scope of the IP address selection | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool-selection use-link-address scope keyword | |
| Tree | scope | |
| Options | ||
| Default | subnet | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
use-pool-from-client
| Synopsis | Enable the use-pool-from-client context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool-selection use-pool-from-client | |
| Tree | use-pool-from-client | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
delimiter string
| Synopsis | Delimiter to combine primary and secondary pool names | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string pool-selection use-pool-from-client delimiter string | |
| Tree | delimiter | |
Description | This command configures a single ASCII character that separates the pool names in DHCP vendor-specific option 82, which identifies the address pool to be used for this client. | |
| String Length | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
server-id
| Synopsis | Enter the server-id context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string server-id | |
| Tree | server-id | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
duid-enterprise
| Synopsis | Enter the duid-enterprise context | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string server-id duid-enterprise | |
| Tree | duid-enterprise | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: duid-enterprise or duid-link-local. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ascii-string string
| Synopsis | DUID enterprise server ID specified as an ASCII string | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string server-id duid-enterprise ascii-string string | |
| Tree | ascii-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 58 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ascii-string or hex-string. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
hex-string string
| Synopsis | DUID enterprise server ID specified as a hex string | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string server-id duid-enterprise hex-string string | |
| Tree | hex-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 118 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ascii-string or hex-string. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
duid-link-local
| Synopsis | Derive DUID server ID from a system link-layer address | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string server-id duid-link-local | |
| Tree | duid-link-local | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: duid-enterprise or duid-link-local. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
user-identification keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | User identification method for the DHCP server | |
| Context | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string user-identification keyword | |
| Tree | user-identification | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
dns
redirect-vprn
| Synopsis | Enter the redirect-vprn context | |
| Context | configure router string dns redirect-vprn | |
| Tree | redirect-vprn | |
Description | Commands in this context configure DNS resolution of all packets through the VPRN DNS server. The VPRN DNS server must be configured before using the commands in this context. If the VPRN DNS server is not configured, all packet resolution fails. | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
service [service-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the service list instance | |
| Context | configure router string dns redirect-vprn service reference | |
| Tree | service | |
| Max. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[service-name] reference
preference number
| Synopsis | Service preference | |
| Context | configure router string dns redirect-vprn service reference preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ecmp number
| Synopsis | Maximum equal-cost routes for routing table instance | |
| Context | configure router string ecmp number | |
| Tree | ecmp | |
Description | This command configures ECMP and defines the number of routes for path sharing. ECMP can be used only for routes learned with the same preference and the same protocol. If available ECMP routes at the best preference exceed the maximum ECMP routes allowed, the system selects the route using the following criteria:
| |
| Range | 1 to 64 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
entropy-label boolean
| Synopsis | Use entropy label | |
| Context | configure router string entropy-label boolean | |
| Tree | entropy-label | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the use of entropy labels. The entropy label and indicator (EL/ELI) are inserted on relevant packets. Applicable packets are those for which at least one LSP in the stack at the far end has advertised the entropy-label capability. These LSPs are in LDP or RSVP tunnels used by an IGP or BGP shortcut. If the tunnel is of type RSVP, the entropy-label capability must also be enabled under the configure router mpls or configure router mpls lsp context. This command also results in other traffic that is forwarded over an LDP or RSVP LSP for which this router is the LER, and for which there is no explicit service endpoint on this router, to have the EL/ELI enabled, subject to the LSP far-end advertising entropy-label-capability. An example of such traffic includes packets arriving on a stitched LDP LSP forwarded over an RSVP LSP. The entropy label and the hash label features are mutually exclusive. The entropy label cannot be configured on a spoke SDP or service where the hash label feature has already been configured. When configured to false, the use of entropy labels is disabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
fib-priority keyword
| Synopsis | FIB priority for VPRN BGP routes | |
| Context | configure router string fib-priority keyword | |
| Tree | fib-priority | |
| Options | ||
| Default | standard | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
fib-telemetry boolean
| Synopsis | Collect extra state information | |
| Context | configure router string fib-telemetry boolean | |
| Tree | fib-telemetry | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
firewall
domain [name] string
[name] string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the firewall domain | |
| Context | configure router string firewall domain string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dhcpv6-server
| Synopsis | Enter the dhcpv6-server context | |
| Context | configure router string firewall domain string dhcpv6-server | |
| Tree | dhcpv6-server | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
name string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | DHCPv6 server name | |
| Context | configure router string firewall domain string dhcpv6-server name string | |
| Tree | name | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
router-instance string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Router name | |
| Context | configure router string firewall domain string dhcpv6-server router-instance string | |
| Tree | router-instance | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
nat-group reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | NAT group for this domain | |
| Context | configure router string firewall domain string nat-group reference | |
| Tree | nat-group | |
Reference | ||
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: nat-group or wlan-gw-group. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
prefix [ip-prefix] string
[ip-prefix] string
| Synopsis | IP prefix and prefix length for the domain firewall | |
| Context | configure router string firewall domain string prefix string | |
| Tree | prefix | |
Description | This command configures a prefix for which firewall functionality applies within the domain. Prefixes cannot be shared or duplicated across multiple domains in the same routing context. A domain can contain multiple prefixes. | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string firewall domain string prefix string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
wlan-gw-group reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | WLAN GW group used for NAT | |
| Context | configure router string firewall domain string wlan-gw-group reference | |
| Tree | wlan-gw-group | |
Reference | configure isa wlan-gw-group number | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: nat-group or wlan-gw-group. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
flowspec
| Synopsis | Enter the flowspec context | |
| Context | configure router string flowspec | |
| Tree | flowspec | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of flowspec routes, or rules, that can be entered in the auto-created embedded filter, fSpec-X. Flowspec filter entries are placed in an ingress IP filter policy in this router from the filter range between the configured offset plus 1 (embedding offset plus 1) and the value of this command (embedding offset plus ip-filter-max-size or ipv6-filter-max-size). The sum of the maximum-size value and the highest offset in any IP filter that embeds flowspec rules from this routing instance (excluding filters that embed at offset 262143) must not exceed 262143. The maximum size can be adjusted up or down at any time. If the current number of flowspec rules is greater than the new maximum, the extra rules are removed immediately but retained in the BGP RIB. If the limit is increased, new rules are embedded only as they are received in new BGP updates. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
filter-cam-type keyword
| Synopsis | Filter policy type for FlowSpec embedding | |
| Context | configure router string flowspec filter-cam-type keyword | |
| Tree | filter-cam-type | |
Description | This command specifies the filter type that is required to embed FlowSpec entries. The filter type defines the match criteria that are available in the filter policy. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | normal | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ip-filter-max-size number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of flowspec rule entries in IPv4 filter | |
| Context | configure router string flowspec ip-filter-max-size number | |
| Tree | ip-filter-max-size | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of IPv4 flowspec routes, or rules, that can be entered in the auto-created embedded filter, fSpec-X. Flowspec filter entries embedded in a filter policy in this routing instance will use filter entries from the range between the embedding offset and (offset + ip-filter-max-size – 1). The sum of the maximum-size value and the highest offset in any IPv4 filter that embeds IPv4 flowspec rules from this routing instance (excluding filters that embed at offset 262143) must not exceed 262143. The maximum size can be adjusted up or down at any time. If the current number of IPv4 flowspec rules is greater than the new maximum, the extra rules are removed immediately but retained in the BGP RIB. If the limit is increased, new rules are programmed only as they are received in new BGP updates. | |
| Range | 0 to 262143 | |
| Default | 512 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ipv6-filter-max-size number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of flowspec rule entries in IPv6 filter | |
| Context | configure router string flowspec ipv6-filter-max-size number | |
| Tree | ipv6-filter-max-size | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of IPv6 flowspec routes or rules that can be embedded into an ingress IPv6 filter policy for a specified routing instance. Flowspec filter entries embedded in a filter policy in this routing instance will use filter entries from the range between the embedding offset and (offset + ip-filter-max-size – 1). The sum of the maximum-size value and the highest offset in any IPv6 filter that embeds IPv6 flowspec rules from this routing instance (excluding filters that embed at offset 262143) must not exceed 262143. The maximum size can be adjusted up or down at any time. If the current number of IPv6 flowspec rules is greater than the new maximum, the extra rules are removed immediately but retained in the BGP RIB. If the limit is increased, new rules are programmed only as they are received in new BGP updates. | |
| Range | 0 to 262143 | |
| Default | 512 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
gtm
mvpn boolean
provider-tunnel
| Synopsis | Enter the provider-tunnel context | |
| Context | configure router string gtm provider-tunnel | |
| Tree | provider-tunnel | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
inclusive
| Synopsis | Enter the inclusive context | |
| Context | configure router string gtm provider-tunnel inclusive | |
| Tree | inclusive | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rsvp
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of P2MP RSVP as provider tunnel | |
| Context | configure router string gtm provider-tunnel inclusive rsvp admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsp-template reference
| Synopsis | LSP template name | |
| Context | configure router string gtm provider-tunnel inclusive rsvp lsp-template reference | |
| Tree | lsp-template | |
Reference | configure router string mpls lsp-template string | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
selective
| Synopsis | Enter the selective context | |
| Context | configure router string gtm provider-tunnel selective | |
| Tree | selective | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
data-delay-interval number
| Synopsis | Delay before a PBR switches traffic to selective tunnel | |
| Context | configure router string gtm provider-tunnel selective data-delay-interval number | |
| Tree | data-delay-interval | |
| Range | 3 to 180 | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
data-threshold
| Synopsis | Enter the data-threshold context | |
| Context | configure router string gtm provider-tunnel selective data-threshold | |
| Tree | data-threshold | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group-prefix [ip-group-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Enter the group-prefix list instance | |
| Context | configure router string gtm provider-tunnel selective data-threshold group-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | group-prefix | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-group-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Multicast group-prefix | |
| Context | configure router string gtm provider-tunnel selective data-threshold group-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | group-prefix | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
pe-threshold-add number
| Synopsis | Number of receiver PBRs to create S-PMSI | |
| Context | configure router string gtm provider-tunnel selective data-threshold group-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) pe-threshold-add number | |
| Tree | pe-threshold-add | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 65535 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
pe-threshold-delete number
| Synopsis | Number of receiver PBRs to delete S-PMSI | |
| Context | configure router string gtm provider-tunnel selective data-threshold group-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) pe-threshold-delete number | |
| Tree | pe-threshold-delete | |
| Range | 2 to 65535 | |
| Default | 65535 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
threshold number
| Synopsis | Threshold for a group prefix | |
| Context | configure router string gtm provider-tunnel selective data-threshold group-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) threshold number | |
| Tree | threshold | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967294 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
|
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
maximum-p2mp-spmsi number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of RSVP P2MP or LDP P2MP S-PMSI tunnels | |
| Context | configure router string gtm provider-tunnel selective maximum-p2mp-spmsi number | |
| Tree | maximum-p2mp-spmsi | |
| Range | 1 to 4000 | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
rsvp
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of P2MP RSVP as provider tunnel | |
| Context | configure router string gtm provider-tunnel selective rsvp admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsp-template reference
| Synopsis | LSP template name | |
| Context | configure router string gtm provider-tunnel selective rsvp lsp-template reference | |
| Tree | lsp-template | |
Reference | configure router string mpls lsp-template string | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
gtp
s11
interface [interface-name] reference
[interface-name] reference
apn-policy reference
| Synopsis | Access point name policy for the S11 interface | |
| Context | configure router string gtp s11 interface reference apn-policy reference | |
| Tree | apn-policy | |
Reference | configure subscriber-mgmt gtp apn-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
peer-profile-map
| Synopsis | Enter the peer-profile-map context | |
| Context | configure router string gtp s11 peer-profile-map | |
| Tree | peer-profile-map | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
prefix [peer-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
[peer-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
peer-profile reference
| Synopsis | GTP peer profile associated with the address prefix | |
| Context | configure router string gtp s11 peer-profile-map prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) peer-profile reference | |
| Tree | peer-profile | |
Reference | configure subscriber-mgmt gtp peer-profile string | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
upf-data-endpoint
| Synopsis | Enable the upf-data-endpoint context | |
| Context | configure router string gtp upf-data-endpoint | |
| Tree | upf-data-endpoint | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a GTP - User Plane (GTP-U) endpoint used by BNG CUPS FWA sessions. | |
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
fpe reference
| Synopsis | FPE used to encapsulate and decapsulate GTP-U traffic | |
| Context | configure router string gtp upf-data-endpoint fpe reference | |
| Tree | fpe | |
Reference | configure fwd-path-ext fpe number | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
interface reference
uplink
apn string
pdn-type keyword
peer-profile-map
| Synopsis | Enter the peer-profile-map context | |
| Context | configure router string gtp uplink peer-profile-map | |
| Tree | peer-profile-map | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
prefix [peer-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
[peer-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
peer-profile reference
| Synopsis | GTP peer profile associated with the address prefix | |
| Context | configure router string gtp uplink peer-profile-map prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) peer-profile reference | |
| Tree | peer-profile | |
Reference | configure subscriber-mgmt gtp peer-profile string | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
icmp-tunneling boolean
| Synopsis | Allow tunneling of ICMP reply packets over MPLS LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string icmp-tunneling boolean | |
| Tree | icmp-tunneling | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
igmp
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of IGMP | |
| Context | configure router string igmp admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference
| Synopsis | Enter the forwarding-group-interface list instance | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference | |
| Tree | forwarding-group-interface | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
forwarding-service string
| Synopsis | Forwarding service for the subscriber interface | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference | |
| Tree | forwarding-group-interface | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
group-interface-name reference
| Synopsis | Group interface name | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference | |
| Tree | forwarding-group-interface | |
Reference | configure service vprn string subscriber-interface string group-interface string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of IGMP | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Import policy that filters IGMP packets | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Description | This command configures the IGMP import policy, or filter, for an interface subscriber or a group interface. An IGMP filter is also known as a black or white list, and it is defined as a router policy option. When redirection is applied, only the import policy from the subscriber is in effect. The import policy under the group interface is applicable only for IGMP states received directly on the SAP (AN in IGMP proxy mode). | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-number-group-sources number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of group sources for this interface | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference maximum-number-group-sources number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-group-sources | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of group sources for which IGMP or MLD can have local receiver information based on received IGMP or MLD reports on this interface. When this configuration is changed dynamically to a lower value than the currently accepted number of group sources, the group sources that are already accepted are not deleted. Only new group sources are not allowed. | |
| Range | 1 to 32000 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-number-groups number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of groups for this interface | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference maximum-number-groups number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-groups | |
| Range | 1 to 16000 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-number-sources number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of sources that are allowed per group | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference maximum-number-sources number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-sources | |
| Range | 1 to 1000 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mcac
| Synopsis | Enter the mcac context | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference mcac | |
| Tree | mcac | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
bandwidth
| Synopsis | Enter the bandwidth context | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference mcac bandwidth | |
| Tree | bandwidth | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mandatory (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Pre-reserved bandwidth for all mandatory channels | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference mcac bandwidth mandatory (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | mandatory | |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 | |
| Options | ||
| Default | unlimited | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
total (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum allowed bandwidth | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference mcac bandwidth total (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | total | |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 | |
| Options | ||
| Default | unlimited | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
interface-policy reference
| Synopsis | Name of multicast CAC interface policy | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference mcac interface-policy reference | |
| Tree | interface-policy | |
Reference | configure mcac interface-policy string | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
policy reference
| Synopsis | Multicast CAC policy name | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference mcac policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command configures the name of the global channel bandwidth definition policy that is used for (H)MCAC and HQoS adjustment. Within the scope of HQoS adjustment, the channel definition policy under the group interface is used if redirection is unconfigured. In this case, the HQoS adjustment can be applied to IPoE subscribers in per-SAP replication mode. If redirection is configured, the channel bandwidth definition policy applied under the Layer 3 redirected interface is in effect. Hierarchical MCAC (HMCAC) is supported on two levels simultaneously:
In HMCAC, the subscriber is checked against its bandwidth limits first, then against the bandwidth limits of the redirected or group interface. If redirection is configured but the policy is referenced only under the group interface, no admission control is executed (HMCAC or MCAC). | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
query-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between two consecutive host-query messages | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference query-interval number | |
| Tree | query-interval | |
| Range | 2 to 1024 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
query-last-member-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between group-specific query messages | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference query-last-member-interval number | |
| Tree | query-last-member-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1023 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
query-response-interval number
| Synopsis | Time to wait for a response to the host-query messages | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference query-response-interval number | |
| Tree | query-response-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1023 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
query-source-address string
| Synopsis | Source address for IGMP queries | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference query-source-address string | |
| Tree | query-source-address | |
Description | This command configures the query source IP address for the group interface. This IP address overrides the source IP address configured at the router level. | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
router-alert-check boolean
| Synopsis | Enable router alert checking for IGMP or MLD messages | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference router-alert-check boolean | |
| Tree | router-alert-check | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sub-hosts-only boolean
| Synopsis | Allow IGMP traffic from known hosts only | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference sub-hosts-only boolean | |
| Tree | sub-hosts-only | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
subnet-check boolean
| Synopsis | Allow subnet checking | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference subnet-check boolean | |
| Tree | subnet-check | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
version keyword
| Synopsis | IGMP protocol version | |
| Context | configure router string igmp forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference version keyword | |
| Tree | version | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
group-if-query-source-address string
| Synopsis | Default query-source address for all group interfaces | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-if-query-source-address string | |
| Tree | group-if-query-source-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group-interface [group-interface-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the group-interface list instance | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference | |
| Tree | group-interface | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[group-interface-name] reference
| Synopsis | Group interface name | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference | |
| Tree | group-interface | |
Reference | configure service ies string subscriber-interface string group-interface string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of IGMP | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Import policy that filters IGMP packets | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Description | This command configures the IGMP import policy, or filter, for an interface subscriber or a group interface. An IGMP filter is also known as a black or white list, and it is defined as a router policy option. When redirection is applied, only the import policy from the subscriber is in effect. The import policy under the group interface is applicable only for IGMP states received directly on the SAP (AN in IGMP proxy mode). | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-number-group-sources number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of group sources for this interface | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference maximum-number-group-sources number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-group-sources | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of group sources for which IGMP or MLD can have local receiver information based on received IGMP or MLD reports on this interface. When this configuration is changed dynamically to a lower value than the currently accepted number of group sources, the group sources that are already accepted are not deleted. Only new group sources are not allowed. | |
| Range | 1 to 32000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-number-groups number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of groups for this interface | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference maximum-number-groups number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-groups | |
| Range | 1 to 16000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-number-sources number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of sources that are allowed per group | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference maximum-number-sources number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-sources | |
| Range | 1 to 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mcac
| Synopsis | Enter the mcac context | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference mcac | |
| Tree | mcac | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
bandwidth
mandatory (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Pre-reserved bandwidth for all mandatory channels | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference mcac bandwidth mandatory (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | mandatory | |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 | |
| Options | ||
| Default | unlimited | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
total (number | keyword)
interface-policy reference
| Synopsis | Name of multicast CAC interface policy | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference mcac interface-policy reference | |
| Tree | interface-policy | |
Reference | configure mcac interface-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
policy reference
| Synopsis | Multicast CAC policy name | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference mcac policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command configures the name of the global channel bandwidth definition policy that is used for (H)MCAC and HQoS adjustment. Within the scope of HQoS adjustment, the channel definition policy under the group interface is used if redirection is unconfigured. In this case, the HQoS adjustment can be applied to IPoE subscribers in per-SAP replication mode. If redirection is configured, the channel bandwidth definition policy applied under the Layer 3 redirected interface is in effect. Hierarchical MCAC (HMCAC) is supported on two levels simultaneously:
In HMCAC, the subscriber is checked against its bandwidth limits first, then against the bandwidth limits of the redirected or group interface. If redirection is configured but the policy is referenced only under the group interface, no admission control is executed (HMCAC or MCAC). | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
query-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between two consecutive host-query messages | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference query-interval number | |
| Tree | query-interval | |
| Range | 2 to 1024 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
query-last-member-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between group-specific query messages | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference query-last-member-interval number | |
| Tree | query-last-member-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1023 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
query-response-interval number
| Synopsis | Time to wait for a response to the host-query messages | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference query-response-interval number | |
| Tree | query-response-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1023 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
query-source-address string
| Synopsis | Source address for IGMP queries | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference query-source-address string | |
| Tree | query-source-address | |
Description | This command configures the query source IP address for the group interface. This IP address overrides the source IP address configured at the router level. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
router-alert-check boolean
| Synopsis | Enable router alert checking for IGMP or MLD messages | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference router-alert-check boolean | |
| Tree | router-alert-check | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sub-hosts-only boolean
| Synopsis | Allow IGMP traffic from known hosts only | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference sub-hosts-only boolean | |
| Tree | sub-hosts-only | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
subnet-check boolean
| Synopsis | Allow subnet checking | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference subnet-check boolean | |
| Tree | subnet-check | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
version keyword
| Synopsis | IGMP protocol version | |
| Context | configure router string igmp group-interface reference version keyword | |
| Tree | version | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
interface [ip-interface-name] string
[ip-interface-name] string
| Synopsis | IP interface name | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string | |
| Tree | interface | |
Description | This command configures the interface name, which must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for the context. If the IP interface name does not exist or does not have an IP address configured, an error message is returned. If the IP interface exists in a different area, it is moved to this area. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of IGMP | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Import policy that filters IGMP packets | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Description | This command configures the IGMP import policy, or filter, for an interface subscriber or a group interface. An IGMP filter is also known as a black or white list, and it is defined as a router policy option. When redirection is applied, only the import policy from the subscriber is in effect. The import policy under the group interface is applicable only for IGMP states received directly on the SAP (AN in IGMP proxy mode). | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
maximum-number-group-sources number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of group sources for this interface | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string maximum-number-group-sources number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-group-sources | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of group sources for which IGMP or MLD can have local receiver information based on received IGMP or MLD reports on this interface. When this configuration is changed dynamically to a lower value than the currently accepted number of group sources, the group sources that are already accepted are not deleted. Only new group sources are not allowed. | |
| Range | 1 to 32000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
maximum-number-groups number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of groups for this interface | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string maximum-number-groups number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-groups | |
| Range | 1 to 16000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
maximum-number-sources number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of sources that are allowed per group | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string maximum-number-sources number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-sources | |
| Range | 1 to 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcac
bandwidth
mandatory (number | keyword)
total (number | keyword)
interface-policy reference
| Synopsis | Name of multicast CAC interface policy | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string mcac interface-policy reference | |
| Tree | interface-policy | |
Reference | configure mcac interface-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mc-constraints
| Synopsis | Enter the mc-constraints context | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string mcac mc-constraints | |
| Tree | mc-constraints | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
level [level-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the level list instance | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string mcac mc-constraints level number | |
| Tree | level | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the amount of bandwidth available within a given bundle for MC traffic for a specified level. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[level-id] number
bandwidth number
number-down [number-lag-port-down] number
| Synopsis | Enter the number-down list instance | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string mcac mc-constraints number-down number | |
| Tree | number-down | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the number of ports down along with level for the MCAC policy on the interface. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[number-lag-port-down] number
| Synopsis | Number of ports that are down in this LAG link | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string mcac mc-constraints number-down number | |
| Tree | number-down | |
| Range | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
level number
| Synopsis | Level ID to associate with number of down LAG ports | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string mcac mc-constraints number-down number level number | |
| Tree | level | |
Description | This command specifies the bandwidth for a given level. Level 1 has the highest priority and level 8 has the lowest priority. | |
| Range | 1 to 8 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
use-lag-port-weight boolean
| Synopsis | Use LAG port weight in calculating MCAC constraints | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string mcac mc-constraints use-lag-port-weight boolean | |
| Tree | use-lag-port-weight | |
Description | When configured to true, port weight is used when determining available bandwidth per level when LAG ports go down or come up. This command is required for proper operation on mixed port-speed LAGs and can also be used for unmixed port-speed LAGs. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
policy reference
| Synopsis | Multicast CAC policy name | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string mcac policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command configures the name of the global channel bandwidth definition policy that is used for (H)MCAC and HQoS adjustment. Within the scope of HQoS adjustment, the channel definition policy under the group interface is used if redirection is unconfigured. In this case, the HQoS adjustment can be applied to IPoE subscribers in per-SAP replication mode. If redirection is configured, the channel bandwidth definition policy applied under the Layer 3 redirected interface is in effect. Hierarchical MCAC (HMCAC) is supported on two levels simultaneously:
In HMCAC, the subscriber is checked against its bandwidth limits first, then against the bandwidth limits of the redirected or group interface. If redirection is configured but the policy is referenced only under the group interface, no admission control is executed (HMCAC or MCAC). | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
query-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between two consecutive host-query messages | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string query-interval number | |
| Tree | query-interval | |
| Range | 2 to 1024 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
query-last-member-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between group-specific query messages | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string query-last-member-interval number | |
| Tree | query-last-member-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1023 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
query-response-interval number
| Synopsis | Time to wait for a response to the host-query messages | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string query-response-interval number | |
| Tree | query-response-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1023 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
redundant-mcast boolean
| Synopsis | Use interface as a redundant-pair member for multicast | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string redundant-mcast boolean | |
| Tree | redundant-mcast | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
router-alert-check boolean
| Synopsis | Enable router alert checking for IGMP or MLD messages | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string router-alert-check boolean | |
| Tree | router-alert-check | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ssm-translate
| Synopsis | Enter the ssm-translate context | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string ssm-translate | |
| Tree | ssm-translate | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a group range that is translated to SSM (S,G) entries. If a static entry needs to be created, it is translated from an IGMPv1 or v2 request to an SSM join message. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group-range start string end string
| Synopsis | Enter the group-range list instance | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string ssm-translate group-range start string end string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the range of IP addresses that is translated to SSM (S,G) entries. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
start string
| Synopsis | Lower bound of the IP address group range | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string ssm-translate group-range start string end string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
end string
| Synopsis | Upper bound of the IP address group range | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string ssm-translate group-range start string end string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
source [source-address] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for source | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string ssm-translate group-range start string end string source string | |
| Tree | source | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[source-address] string
| Synopsis | Source IP address of multicast channel sending data | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string ssm-translate group-range start string end string source string | |
| Tree | source | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
Platforms | All |
static
group [group-address] string
| Synopsis | Enter the group list instance | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string static group string | |
| Tree | group | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a static multicast group as either a starg (*,G), or one or more SSM (S,G) records. IGMP static group memberships are used to test multicast forwarding without a receiver host. When a static IGMP group is configured, data is forwarded to an interface without receiving membership reports from host members. When the group entries are configured on point-to-point links that connect routers to a rendezvous point (RP), the static IGMP group entries do not generate join messages toward the RP. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[group-address] string
| Synopsis | Group address of static IGMP multicast channel | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string static group string | |
| Tree | group | |
Description | This command configures an address that receives data on an interface. The IP address must be unique for each static group. | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
source [source-address] string
[source-address] string
starg
group-range start string end string step string
| Synopsis | Enter the group-range list instance | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string static group-range start string end string step string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the ranges of IP addresses for the static groups. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
start string
| Synopsis | IP address for the start of the static group range | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string static group-range start string end string step string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
end string
| Synopsis | IP address for the end of the static group range | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string static group-range start string end string step string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
step string
| Synopsis | Step interval in the group-range address | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string static group-range start string end string step string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
| MD-CLI Default | 0.0.0.1 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
source [source-address] string
[source-address] string
starg
subnet-check boolean
| Synopsis | Allow subnet checking | |
| Context | configure router string igmp interface string subnet-check boolean | |
| Tree | subnet-check | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
version keyword
query-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between two consecutive host-query messages | |
| Context | configure router string igmp query-interval number | |
| Tree | query-interval | |
Description | This command configures the timing of the host-query messages that solicit group membership information. The messages are sent to the all-systems multicast group address, 224.0.0.1. | |
| Range | 2 to 1024 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 125 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
query-last-member-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between group-specific query messages | |
| Context | configure router string igmp query-last-member-interval number | |
| Tree | query-last-member-interval | |
Description | This command configures the timing of the query-message interval, defining the interval for leave-group messages among others. The lower the interval that is configured, the faster the detection of the loss of the last member of a group. | |
| Range | 1 to 1023 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
query-response-interval number
| Synopsis | Time to wait for a response to the host-query messages | |
| Context | configure router string igmp query-response-interval number | |
| Tree | query-response-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1023 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
robust-count number
| Synopsis | Number of retries after expected message loss | |
| Context | configure router string igmp robust-count number | |
| Tree | robust-count | |
Description | This command configures the level of expected packet loss on a subnet. If a subnet anticipates losses, this value can be increased. | |
| Range | 2 to 10 | |
| Default | 2 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ssm-translate
| Synopsis | Enter the ssm-translate context | |
| Context | configure router string igmp ssm-translate | |
| Tree | ssm-translate | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a group range that is translated to SSM (S,G) entries. If a static entry needs to be created, it is translated from an IGMPv1 or v2 request to an SSM join message. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group-range start string end string
| Synopsis | Enter the group-range list instance | |
| Context | configure router string igmp ssm-translate group-range start string end string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the range of IP addresses that is translated to SSM (S,G) entries. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
start string
| Synopsis | Lower bound of the IP address group range | |
| Context | configure router string igmp ssm-translate group-range start string end string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
end string
| Synopsis | Upper bound of the IP address group range | |
| Context | configure router string igmp ssm-translate group-range start string end string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
source [source-address] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for source | |
| Context | configure router string igmp ssm-translate group-range start string end string source string | |
| Tree | source | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[source-address] string
| Synopsis | Source IP address of multicast channel sending data | |
| Context | configure router string igmp ssm-translate group-range start string end string source string | |
| Tree | source | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
Platforms | All |
tunnel-interface
| Synopsis | Enter the tunnel-interface context | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface | |
| Tree | tunnel-interface | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ldp-p2mp-root [p2mp-id] reference sender-address reference
| Synopsis | Enter the ldp-p2mp-root list instance | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-root reference sender-address reference | |
| Tree | ldp-p2mp-root | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the LDP parameters for the IGMP P2MP LSP tunnel. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[p2mp-id] reference
| Synopsis | RSVP P2MP LSP ID | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-root reference sender-address reference | |
| Tree | ldp-p2mp-root | |
Reference | configure router string tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-root number sender-address string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
sender-address reference
| Synopsis | System address of the ingress LER for the P2MP RSVP LSP | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-root reference sender-address reference | |
| Tree | ldp-p2mp-root | |
Reference | configure router string tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-root number sender-address string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of IGMP | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-root reference sender-address reference admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
static
| Synopsis | Enter the static context | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-root reference sender-address reference static | |
| Tree | static | |
Description | Commands in this context configure static multicast receiver hosts on a tunnel interface associated with an RSVP P2MP LSP. When a static IGMP group is configured, data is forwarded to an interface without receiving membership reports from host members. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group [group-address] string
| Synopsis | Enter the group list instance | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-root reference sender-address reference static group string | |
| Tree | group | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a static multicast group as either a starg (*,G), or one or more SSM (S,G) records. Static multicast group joins can be assigned to a tunnel interface associated with an RSVP P2MP LSP. A given <*,G> or <S,G> can only be associated with a single tunnel interface. A multicast packet which is received on an interface and which succeeds the RPF check for the source address will be replicated and forwarded to all OIFs which correspond to the branches of the P2MP LSP. The packet is sent on each OIF with the label stack indicated in the NHLFE of this OIF. The packets will also be replicated and forwarded natively on all OIFs which have received IGMP or PIM joins for this <S,G>. The multicast packet can be received over a PIM or IGMP interface which can be an IES interface, a spoke SDP terminated IES interface, or a network interface. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[group-address] string
| Synopsis | Group address of static IGMP multicast channel | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-root reference sender-address reference static group string | |
| Tree | group | |
Description | This command configures an address that receives data on an interface. The IP address must be unique for each static group. | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
source [source-address] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for source | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-root reference sender-address reference static group string source string | |
| Tree | source | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: source or starg. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[source-address] string
| Synopsis | Source IP address of multicast channel sending data | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-root reference sender-address reference static group string source string | |
| Tree | source | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
Platforms | All |
starg
| Synopsis | Add a starg (*,G) address entry for the group range | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-root reference sender-address reference static group string starg | |
| Tree | starg | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: source or starg. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
Platforms | All |
rsvp-p2mp-root [lsp-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the rsvp-p2mp-root list instance | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-root reference | |
| Tree | rsvp-p2mp-root | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the RSVP parameters for the IGMP P2MP LSP tunnel. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[lsp-name] reference
| Synopsis | LSP name for the RSVP P2MP LSP | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-root reference | |
| Tree | rsvp-p2mp-root | |
Reference | configure router string tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-root string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of IGMP | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-root reference admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
static
| Synopsis | Enter the static context | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-root reference static | |
| Tree | static | |
Description | Commands in this context configure static multicast receiver hosts on a tunnel interface associated with an RSVP P2MP LSP. When a static IGMP group is configured, data is forwarded to an interface without receiving membership reports from host members. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group [group-address] string
| Synopsis | Enter the group list instance | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-root reference static group string | |
| Tree | group | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[group-address] string
| Synopsis | Group address of static IGMP multicast channel | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-root reference static group string | |
| Tree | group | |
Description | This command configures an address that receives data on an interface. The IP address must be unique for each static group. | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
source [source-address] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for source | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-root reference static group string source string | |
| Tree | source | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: source or starg. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[source-address] string
| Synopsis | Source IP address of multicast channel sending data | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-root reference static group string source string | |
| Tree | source | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
Platforms | All |
starg
| Synopsis | Add a starg (*,G) address entry for the group range | |
| Context | configure router string igmp tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-root reference static group string starg | |
| Tree | starg | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: source or starg. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
Platforms | All |
interface [interface-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the interface list instance | |
| Context | configure router string interface string | |
| Tree | interface | |
Description | Commands in this context create a logical IP routing or unnumbered MPLS-TP interface. An IP address, port, or system can then be associated with the IP interface. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[interface-name] string
| Synopsis | Router interface name | |
| Context | configure router string interface string | |
| Tree | interface | |
Description | This command specifies the name of the router interface. When a user enters a new name, the system creates a new logical interface and the context changes to that interface for more command processing. When an existing interface name is entered, the user enters the router interface context for editing and configuration. Nokia recommends using names that are meaningful and unique to remove ambiguity when displaying the state associated with IP interfaces either via show commands or model-driven interfaces. See "Router configuration overview" in the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR Router Configuration Guide for more information about the interface name. | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
cflowd-parameters
| Synopsis | Enter the cflowd-parameters context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string cflowd-parameters | |
| Tree | cflowd-parameters | |
Description | Commands in this context configure cflowd parameters for the associated IP interfaces. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
sampling [sampling-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the sampling list instance | |
| Context | configure router string interface string cflowd-parameters sampling keyword | |
| Tree | sampling | |
Description | Commands in this context configure cflowd sampling behavior, which configures the collection of traffic flow samples for analysis for this IP interface. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[sampling-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Traffic sampling type | |
| Context | configure router string interface string cflowd-parameters sampling keyword | |
| Tree | sampling | |
Description | This command configures the type of traffic to be sampled on the associated IP interface. | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
direction keyword
| Synopsis | Direction of traffic for cflowd sampling | |
| Context | configure router string interface string cflowd-parameters sampling keyword direction keyword | |
| Tree | direction | |
Description | This command configures the direction in which sampling occurs on the associated IP interfaces. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | ingress-only | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
sample-profile (keyword | number)
| Synopsis | Sample profile ID | |
| Context | configure router string interface string cflowd-parameters sampling keyword sample-profile (keyword | number) | |
| Tree | sample-profile | |
Description | This command defines the sampling rate profile associated with this interface. | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
type keyword
| Synopsis | Type of cflowd analysis | |
| Context | configure router string interface string cflowd-parameters sampling keyword type keyword | |
| Tree | type | |
Description | This command configures the cflowd sampling type on the associated IP interface. | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
cpu-protection reference
| Synopsis | CPU protection policy ID for the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string cpu-protection reference | |
| Tree | cpu-protection | |
Description | This command assigns an existing CPU protection policy to the associated interface. For these interface types, the per-source rate limit is not applicable. If no CPU-protection policy is assigned to an interface, the default policy is used to limit the overall rate. | |
Reference | configure system security cpu-protection policy number | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR-7/12/12e, 7750 SR-7s, 7750 SR-14s, 7950 XRS |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string interface string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
dist-cpu-protection reference
| Synopsis | DCP policy name for interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string dist-cpu-protection reference | |
| Tree | dist-cpu-protection | |
Description | This command configures a Distributed CPU Protection (DCP) policy for the associated IP interface or SAP. The user can only assign a valid created DCP policy to a SAP or network interface (this rule does not apply to templates such as an MSAP policy). If the operator does not assign a DCP policy to a router interface, the system uses the default network DCP policy. See "Distributed CPU protection" in the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR System Management Guide for more information. | |
Reference | configure system security dist-cpu-protection policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
egress
filter
| Synopsis | Enter the filter context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string egress filter | |
| Tree | filter | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the names of the egress IPv4 and IPv6 network filter policies for the interface. Filter policies control packet forwarding and dropping based on IP match criteria. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ip reference
ipv6 reference
eth-cfm
mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number
| Synopsis | Enter the mep list instance | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number | |
| Tree | mep | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an 802.1ag Maintenance Endpoint (MEP) instance. | |
| Max. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
md-admin-name reference
| Synopsis | Maintenance Domain (MD) name | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number | |
| Tree | mep | |
Reference | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
ma-admin-name reference
| Synopsis | Maintenance Association (MA) name | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number | |
| Tree | mep | |
Reference | configure eth-cfm domain string association string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
mep-id number
| Synopsis | Maintenance Endpoint (MEP) ID | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number | |
| Tree | mep | |
| Range | 1 to 8191 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the MEP | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
alarm-notification
| Synopsis | Enter the alarm-notification context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number alarm-notification | |
| Tree | alarm-notification | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the Fault Notification Generator (FNG) time values to raise an alarm or reset the CCM defect alarm. Use these timers for network management processes. The timers are not tied into delaying the notification to the fault management system on the network element and do not affect fault propagation mechanisms. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
fng-alarm-time number
| Synopsis | Time that must expire before an FNG alarm is raised | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number alarm-notification fng-alarm-time number | |
| Tree | fng-alarm-time | |
| Range | 250 | 500 | 1000 | |
| Units | centiseconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
fng-reset-time number
| Synopsis | Time that must expire before an FNG alarm is reset | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number alarm-notification fng-reset-time number | |
| Tree | fng-reset-time | |
| Range | 250 | 500 | 1000 | |
| Units | centiseconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
ccm boolean
| Synopsis | Generate CCM messages | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number ccm boolean | |
| Tree | ccm | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
ccm-ltm-priority number
| Synopsis | Priority of CCM and LTM messages transmitted by the MEP | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number ccm-ltm-priority number | |
| Tree | ccm-ltm-priority | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
| Default | 7 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
ccm-padding-size number
| Synopsis | Number of octets of padding to insert in CCM packets | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number ccm-padding-size number | |
| Tree | ccm-padding-size | |
Description | This command sets the byte size of the optional Data TLV to be included in the ETH-CC PDU. This command increases the size of the ETH-CC PDU by the configured value. The base size of the ETH-CC PDU, including the Interface Status TLV and Port Status TLV, is 83 bytes not including the Layer 2 encapsulation. CCM padding is not supported when the CCM interval (configured through configure eth-cfm domain association ccm-interval) is less than 1 second. | |
| Range | 3 to 1500 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
ccm-tlv-ignore keyword
| Synopsis | TLV to ignore on reception | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number ccm-tlv-ignore keyword | |
| Tree | ccm-tlv-ignore | |
Description | This command configures the receiving MEP to ignore the specified TLVs in the CCM PDU. The ignored TLVs are reported as absent and have no impact on the MEP state machine. When unconfigured, the MEP processes all the recognized TLVs. | |
| Options | ||
| Max. Instances | 2 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
collect-lmm-fc-stats
| Synopsis | Enter the collect-lmm-fc-stats context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number collect-lmm-fc-stats | |
| Tree | collect-lmm-fc-stats | |
Description | Commands in this context configure per forwarding class (FC) LMM information collection. The commands fc-in-profile and fc in this context are mutually exclusive. The commands apply to either profile-aware or profile-unaware FCs respectively. This command and the collect-lmm-stats command are mutually exclusive when there is entity resource contention. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
fc keyword
| Synopsis | Forwarding class name for profile-unaware counter | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number collect-lmm-fc-stats fc keyword | |
| Tree | fc | |
Description | This command configures individual counters for the specified FCs without regard for profile. The system includes all countable packets that match a configured FC, regardless of profile, in this counter. An FC specified as part of this command and for this specific context cannot be specified as a profile-aware FC using the fc-in-profile command under the collect-lmm-fc-stats context. When this command is reentered, a differential is performed. Omitted FCs stop counting, newly added FCs start counting, and unchanged FCs continue to count. | |
| Options | ||
| Max. Instances | 8 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
fc-in-profile keyword
| Synopsis | Forwarding class name for profile-aware counter | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number collect-lmm-fc-stats fc-in-profile keyword | |
| Tree | fc-in-profile | |
Description | This command configures individual counters for the specified FCs with regard to profile. The system includes all countable packets that match a configured FC and that are deemed to be in-profile in this counter. An FC specified as part of this command and for this specific context cannot be specified as a profile-unaware FC using the fc command under the collect-lmm-fc-stats context. When this command is reentered, a differential is performed. Omitted FCs stop counting, newly added FCs start counting, and unchanged FCs continue to count. | |
| Options | ||
| Max. Instances | 8 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
collect-lmm-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Collect statistics for loss measurement message tests | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number collect-lmm-stats boolean | |
| Tree | collect-lmm-stats | |
Description | When configured to true, the router instantiates the statistical counter to transmit and receive packets for the LAG facility MEP bindings. The show eth-cfm collect-lmm-stats command displays entities that have been enabled to collect transit and receive counters. When configured to false, the router does not instantiate the counter and the LMM PDU associated with the MEP does not populate the counters in the packet. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
eth-test
| Synopsis | Enable the eth-test context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number eth-test | |
| Tree | eth-test | |
Description | Commands in this context configure information used by the Ethernet Test (ETH-TST) packet. The commands must be configured on both the sender and the receiver nodes. The test packets are used with the oam eth-cfm eth-test command. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
bit-error-threshold number
| Synopsis | Lowest priority defect allowed to generate fault alarm | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number eth-test bit-error-threshold number | |
| Tree | bit-error-threshold | |
| Range | 0 to 11840 | |
| Units | bit errors | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
test-pattern
| Synopsis | Enter the test-pattern context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number eth-test test-pattern | |
| Tree | test-pattern | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the test pattern for the ETH-TST frames. The pattern does not have to be the same on the sender and the receiver. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
crc-tlv boolean
| Synopsis | Generate a CRC checksum | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number eth-test test-pattern crc-tlv boolean | |
| Tree | crc-tlv | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
pattern keyword
| Synopsis | Test pattern for Ethernet Test frames | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number eth-test test-pattern pattern keyword | |
| Tree | pattern | |
Description | This command specifies the test pattern of the Ethernet Test (ETH-TST) frames. This does not have to be configured the same on the sender and the receiver. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | all-zeros | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
facility-fault boolean
| Synopsis | Allow the facility MEP to generate a network action | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number facility-fault boolean | |
| Tree | facility-fault | |
Description | When configured to true, the system facility MEP responds to a fault with a network-actionable function instead of just reporting the defect condition. When configured to false, the system monitors transmissions and reports fault conditions. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
grace
| Synopsis | Enter the grace context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number grace | |
| Tree | grace | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the Nokia ETH-CFM Grace function and the ITU-T Y.1731 Ethernet Expected Default (ETH-ED) function. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
eth-ed
| Synopsis | Enter the eth-ed context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number grace eth-ed | |
| Tree | eth-ed | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the ITU-T Y.1731 ETH-ED function. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
max-rx-defect-window number
| Synopsis | Maximum received ETH-ED expected defect window duration | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number grace eth-ed max-rx-defect-window number | |
| Tree | max-rx-defect-window | |
| Range | 1 to 86400 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
priority number
| Synopsis | Transmission priority for ETH-ED PDUs | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number grace eth-ed priority number | |
| Tree | priority | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
rx-eth-ed boolean
| Synopsis | Receive and process ETH-ED ITU-T Y.1731 PDUs on the MEP | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number grace eth-ed rx-eth-ed boolean | |
| Tree | rx-eth-ed | |
Description | This command enables the reception and processing of the ITU-T Y.1731 ETH-ED PDU on the MEP. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
tx-eth-ed boolean
| Synopsis | Transmit ETH-ED PDUs from the MEP | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number grace eth-ed tx-eth-ed boolean | |
| Tree | tx-eth-ed | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
eth-vsm-grace
| Synopsis | Enter the eth-vsm-grace context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number grace eth-vsm-grace | |
| Tree | eth-vsm-grace | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the Nokia ETH-CFM Grace function. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
rx-eth-vsm-grace boolean
| Synopsis | Receive and process Nokia ETH-CFM Grace PDU on the MEP | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number grace eth-vsm-grace rx-eth-vsm-grace boolean | |
| Tree | rx-eth-vsm-grace | |
Description | When configured to true, the router enables the Nokia Grace function, which is a vendor-specific PDU that informs MEP peers that the local node may be entering a period of expected defect. When configured to false, the router disables the Nokia Grace function. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
tx-eth-vsm-grace boolean
| Synopsis | Transmit ETH-ED PDUs from the MEP | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number grace eth-vsm-grace tx-eth-vsm-grace boolean | |
| Tree | tx-eth-vsm-grace | |
Description | When configured to true, the router can transmit the Nokia ETH-CFM Grace PDU from the MEP when a system soft reset notification is received for one or more cards. The Nokia Grace function is a vendor-specific PDU that informs MEP peers that the local node may be entering a period of expected defect. The operator must configure the configure system eth-cfm grace command to instruct the system that the node is capable of transmitting expected-defect windows to peers. The system can only transmit one form of ETH-CFM grace (Nokia ETH-CFM Grace or ITU-T Y.1731 ETH-ED). When configured to false, the router disables the transmission of the Nokia ETH-CFM Grace PDU from the MEP. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
lbm-svc-act-responder boolean
| Synopsis | Process service activation streams in ETH-CFM LBM | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number lbm-svc-act-responder boolean | |
| Tree | lbm-svc-act-responder | |
Description | When configured to true, the router enables the MEP to process service activation streams encapsulated in ETH-CFM LBM frames that are directed to it. When configured to false, this command reverts to MEP LBM standard processing. There is interaction between this command and the tools perform service id loopback eth command. Nokia recommends that either the lbm-svc act-responder or the tools perform service id loopback eth command be used within a service. If both commands must be configured, and the target reflection point is the MAC Swap Loopback function, the inbound stream of data must not include ETH-CFM traffic that is equal to or lower than the domain level of any configured MEP that would otherwise extract and process the ETH-CFM message. See "Promiscuous ETH-LBM mode of operation" in the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR Services Overview Guide for more information. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
low-priority-defect keyword
| Synopsis | Lowest priority defect for fault alarm generation | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number low-priority-defect keyword | |
| Tree | low-priority-defect | |
Description | This command specifies the lowest priority defect that generates a fault alarm and also configures the fault state of the MEP that causes a network reaction. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | mac-rem-err-xcon | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
mac-address string
| Synopsis | MAC address of the MEP | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number mac-address string | |
| Tree | mac-address | |
Description | This command specifies the MAC address of the MEP. When unconfigured, the MAC address of the port (if the MEP is on a SAP) or the MAC address of a bridge (if the MEP is on a spoke) is used. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
one-way-delay-threshold number
| Synopsis | Threshold time limit for the one-way delay test | |
| Context | configure router string interface string eth-cfm mep md-admin-name reference ma-admin-name reference mep-id number one-way-delay-threshold number | |
| Tree | one-way-delay-threshold | |
| Range | 0 to 600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
external-reference
| Synopsis | Enter the external-reference context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string external-reference | |
| Tree | external-reference | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the external reference used to map a Nokia vendor-specific configuration and the OpenConfig state. | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
openconfig
| Synopsis | Enter the openconfig context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string external-reference openconfig | |
| Tree | openconfig | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the OpenConfig reference key used to map a Nokia vendor-specific configuration and the OpenConfig state. | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
subinterface number
| Synopsis | Reference to the subinterface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string external-reference openconfig subinterface number | |
| Tree | subinterface | |
Description | This command configures the subinterface used to map a Nokia vendor-specific configuration and the OpenConfig state. This command configures the ability to query the OpenConfig state through NETCONF, gRPC, and the MD-CLI from any configuration mode, without having to add any OpenConfig model configuration. As part of the configuration, a user must also add a port to the Layer 3 interface. | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
flavor keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Network interface flavor | |
| Context | configure router string interface string flavor keyword | |
| Tree | flavor | |
| Options | regular – Regular network interface pdn – PDN interface unnumbered-mpls-tp – Unnumbered MPLS-TP interface | |
| Default | regular | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
gre-termination boolean
| Synopsis | Terminate GRE packets on primary subnet of interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string gre-termination boolean | |
| Tree | gre-termination | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
hold-time
ipv4
down
| Synopsis | Enter the down context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string hold-time ipv4 down | |
| Tree | down | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the down hold timer, which specifies the delay before activating the associated interface. The delay is invoked whenever the system attempts to bring the associated IP interface up, unless an operator configures the init-only command. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
init-only boolean
| Synopsis | Apply delay only at interface configuration or reboot | |
| Context | configure router string interface string hold-time ipv4 down init-only boolean | |
| Tree | init-only | |
Description | This command applies a delay only when the IP interface is first configured or after a system reboot. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
seconds number
up
| Synopsis | Enter the up context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string hold-time ipv4 up | |
| Tree | up | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the up hold timer, which specifies the delay before deactivation of the associated interface. The delay is invoked whenever the system attempts to bring the associated IP interface down. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
seconds number
ipv6
down
| Synopsis | Enter the down context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string hold-time ipv6 down | |
| Tree | down | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the down hold timer, which specifies the delay before activation of the associated interface. The delay is invoked whenever the system attempts to bring the associated IP interface up, unless an operator configures the init-only command. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
init-only boolean
| Synopsis | Apply delay only at interface configuration or reboot | |
| Context | configure router string interface string hold-time ipv6 down init-only boolean | |
| Tree | init-only | |
Description | When configured to true, the system applies a delay only when the IP interface is first configured or after a system reboot. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
seconds number
up
| Synopsis | Enter the up context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string hold-time ipv6 up | |
| Tree | up | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the up hold timer, which specifies the delay before deactivation of the associated interface. The delay is invoked whenever the system attempts to bring the associated IP interface down. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
seconds number
if-attribute
| Synopsis | Enter the if-attribute context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute | |
| Tree | if-attribute | |
Description | Commands in this context configure attributes of the IP interface. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-group reference
| Synopsis | Administrative group name for the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute admin-group reference | |
| Tree | admin-group | |
Description | This command specifies the administrative group membership to an interface. The configured administrative group membership is applied in all levels or areas the interface is participating in. The same interface cannot have different memberships in different levels or areas. | |
Reference | configure routing-options if-attribute admin-group string | |
| Max. Instances | 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
delay
| Synopsis | Enter the delay context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute delay | |
| Tree | delay | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
delay-selection keyword
| Synopsis | Delay source advertised by IGP for the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute delay delay-selection keyword | |
| Tree | delay-selection | |
| Options | ||
| Default | static-preferred | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
dynamic
| Synopsis | Enter the dynamic context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute delay dynamic | |
| Tree | dynamic | |
Description | Commands in this context configure dynamic link delay measurement options for the interface. | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
measurement-template reference
| Synopsis | Link delay measurement template for the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute delay dynamic measurement-template reference | |
| Tree | measurement-template | |
Reference | configure test-oam link-measurement measurement-template string | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
twamp-light
| Synopsis | Enter the twamp-light context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute delay dynamic twamp-light | |
| Tree | twamp-light | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
ipv4
| Synopsis | Enter the ipv4 context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute delay dynamic twamp-light ipv4 | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of IPv4 TWAMP Light packets | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute delay dynamic twamp-light ipv4 admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
Description | This command specifies the administrative state of the IPv4 encapsulated TWAMP Light measurement packets. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
destination string
| Synopsis | TWAMP Light measurement packet destination IPv4 address | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute delay dynamic twamp-light ipv4 destination string | |
| Tree | destination | |
Description | This command specifies the unicast destination address to be associated with the IPv4 TWAMP Light measurement packet. | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
source string
| Synopsis | TWAMP Light measurement packets source IPv4 address | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute delay dynamic twamp-light ipv4 source string | |
| Tree | source | |
Description | This command specifies the unicast source address to be associated with the IPv4 TWAMP Light measurement packet. | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
ipv6
| Synopsis | Enter the ipv6 context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute delay dynamic twamp-light ipv6 | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of IPv6 TWAMP Light packets | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute delay dynamic twamp-light ipv6 admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
destination string
| Synopsis | TWAMP Light measurement packet destination IPv6 address | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute delay dynamic twamp-light ipv6 destination string | |
| Tree | destination | |
Description | This command specifies the unicast destination address to be associated with the IPv6 TWAMP Light measurement packet. Globally routable and Link Local addressing is supported. | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
source string
| Synopsis | TWAMP Light measurement packets source IPv6 address | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute delay dynamic twamp-light ipv6 source string | |
| Tree | source | |
Description | This command specifies the unicast source address to be associated with the IPv6 TWAMP Light measurement packet. Globally routable and Link Local addressing is supported. | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
static number
| Synopsis | Unidirectional link delay static information | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute delay static number | |
| Tree | static | |
Description | This command configures the unidirectional link delay. By default there is no configured delay, and the link delay metric TLV is pruned in the IGP. | |
| Range | 1 to 16777214 | |
| Units | microseconds | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
srlg-group [name] reference
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for srlg-group | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute srlg-group reference | |
| Tree | srlg-group | |
Description | Commands in this context add a list entry for a Shared Risk Link Group (SRLG) that can be associated with an IP or MPLS interface to tag IP or MPLS interfaces that share a specific outcome with the same identifier. For example, an SRLG group identifier could represent all links that use separate fibers but are carried in the same fiber conduit. The name and identifier of each SRLG group must be configured locally on each router before the user configures the SRLG membership of an interface. A maximum of 1024 SRLGs can be configured per system. The user can apply SRLGs to an IES, VPRN, network IP, or MPLS interface. A maximum of 64 SRLGs can be applied to an interface. See "Shared Risk Link Groups" in the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR MPLS Guide for more information about SRLGs. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[name] reference
| Synopsis | SRLG name | |
| Context | configure router string interface string if-attribute srlg-group reference | |
| Tree | srlg-group | |
Reference | configure routing-options if-attribute srlg-group string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ingress
| Synopsis | Enter the ingress context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ingress | |
| Tree | ingress | |
Description | Commands in this context configure ingress network filter policies for the IP interface. If an ingress filter is not defined, the system performs no filtering. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
destination-class-lookup boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BGP destination class lookup | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ingress destination-class-lookup boolean | |
| Tree | destination-class-lookup | |
Description | When configured to true, the router performs a destination class lookup. This command is supported on FP3-based cards and later and is used in combination with the destination-class match criterion for an IP filter policy to filter egress traffic based on BGP destination classes. When configured to false, destination class lookup is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
filter
| Synopsis | Enter the filter context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ingress filter | |
| Tree | filter | |
Description | Commands in this context associate an IP filter policy with an IP interface. Filter policies control packet forwarding and dropping based on IP match criteria. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ip reference
ipv6 reference
policy-accounting reference
| Synopsis | Policy accounting template applied to the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ingress policy-accounting reference | |
| Tree | policy-accounting | |
Reference | configure routing-options policy-accounting policy-acct-template string | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
ingress-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Collect ingress statistics | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ingress-stats boolean | |
| Tree | ingress-stats | |
Description | When configured to true, the router configures the collection of IPv4 and IPv6 offered packets and octets. This only applies to IP statistics, not to uRPF statistics. Octet statistics for IPv4 and IPv6 bytes at IP interfaces include the Layer 2 frame overhead. When configured to false, the router does not collect the statistics. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ip-mtu number
| Synopsis | Interface IP MTU | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ip-mtu number | |
| Tree | ip-mtu | |
Description | This command configures the IP maximum transmission unit (MTU) for the associated router IP interface. The operational IP MTU used for the interface is based on the configured IP MTU and the port MTU of the port bound to this interface; that is, the operational MTU is set to the lesser of the values configured by this command and the port MTU value less the Ethernet header size. If the interface supports IPv6 packets, this command must be set to at least 1280, in accordance with RFC 2460 Internet Protocol, Version 6 (IPv6) Specification. | |
| Range | 512 to 9786 | |
| Units | bytes | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ipsec
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of IPsec secured interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
ip-exception reference
| Synopsis | IP exception filter | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ip-exception reference | |
| Tree | ip-exception | |
Description | This command configures the IP exception filter for the secured interface. All ingress traffic matching the specified filter bypasses IPsec processing. | |
Reference | configure filter ip-exception string | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
ipsec-tunnel [name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the ipsec-tunnel list instance | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string | |
| Tree | ipsec-tunnel | |
Description | Commands in this context configure IPsec tunnels used to secure traffic forwarded over the interface. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
[name] string
| Synopsis | IPsec tunnel name | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string | |
| Tree | ipsec-tunnel | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the IPsec tunnel | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
bfd
bfd-designate boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Designate IPsec tunnel to carry BFD traffic | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string bfd bfd-designate boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-designate | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | VSR | |
bfd-liveness
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable the bfd-liveness context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string bfd bfd-liveness | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a BFD session to provide a heart-beat mechanism for a specified IPsec tunnel. There can be only one BFD session assigned to any given IPsec tunnel, but there can be multiple IPsec tunnels using the same BFD session. BFD controls the state of the association tunnel. If the BFD session goes down, the system brings down the associated non-designated IPsec tunnel. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
dest-ip string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Destination address used for the BFD session | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string bfd bfd-liveness dest-ip string | |
| Tree | dest-ip | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
interface string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Name of the interface used by the BFD session | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string bfd bfd-liveness interface string | |
| Tree | interface | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
service-name string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Administrative service name | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string bfd bfd-liveness service-name string | |
| Tree | service-name | |
Description | This command configures the name of the service where BFD traffic is forwarded to. | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
clear-df-bit boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Reset the DF bit to 0 in all payload IP packets | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string clear-df-bit boolean | |
| Tree | clear-df-bit | |
Description | When configured to true, the DF bit is set to 0 in all payload IP packets associated with the IPsec tunnel, before any potential fragmentation occurs. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | VSR | |
copy-traffic-class-upon-decapsulation boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable traffic class copy upon decapsulation | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string copy-traffic-class-upon-decapsulation boolean | |
| Tree | copy-traffic-class-upon-decapsulation | |
Description | When configured to true, the system copies the traffic class from the outer tunnel IP packet header to the payload IP packet header in the decapsulating direction (public to private). | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | VSR | |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
encapsulated-ip-mtu number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum size of the encapsulated tunnel packet | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string encapsulated-ip-mtu number | |
| Tree | encapsulated-ip-mtu | |
Description | This command specifies the maximum size of the encapsulated tunnel packet to the IPsec tunnel, the IP tunnel, or the dynamic tunnels terminated on the IPsec Gateway. If the encapsulated IPv4 or IPv6 tunnel packet exceeds this value, the system fragments the packet. | |
| Range | 512 to 9000 | |
| Units | bytes | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms |
VSR | |
icmp-generation
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the icmp-generation context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string icmp-generation | |
| Tree | icmp-generation | |
Description | Commands in this context configure settings for ICMPv4 message generation. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
frag-required
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the frag-required context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string icmp-generation frag-required | |
| Tree | frag-required | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes for sending generated ICMP Destination Unreachable "fragmentation needed and DF set" messages (type 3, code 4) back to the source, if the received size of the IPv4 packet on the private side exceeds the private MTU size. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
admin-state keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Administrative state of sending ICMP messages | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string icmp-generation frag-required admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
Description | This command configures the administrative state of sending ICMP Destination Unreachable "fragmentation needed, DF set" messages (type 3, code 4) messages to the source if the received size of the IPv4 packet on the private side exceeds the private MTU size. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
interval number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Interval for sending ICMP messages | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string icmp-generation frag-required interval number | |
| Tree | interval | |
Description | This command configures the interval for sending ICMP Destination Unreachable "fragmentation needed, DF set" messages (type 3, code 4). | |
| Range | 1 to 60 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
message-count number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum number of ICMP messages that can be sent | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string icmp-generation frag-required message-count number | |
| Tree | message-count | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of ICMP Destination Unreachable "fragmentation needed, DF set" messages (type 3, code 4) that can be sent during the configured interval. | |
| Range | 10 to 1000 | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms |
VSR | |
icmp6-generation
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the icmp6-generation context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string icmp6-generation | |
| Tree | icmp6-generation | |
Description | Commands in this context configure settings for ICMPv6 message generation. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
packet-too-big
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the packet-too-big context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string icmp6-generation packet-too-big | |
| Tree | packet-too-big | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the parameters to send ICMPv6 PTB (Packet Too Big) messages on the private side. The system sends PTB messages if a received IPv6 packet on the private side is greater than 1280 bytes and it exceeds the private MTU of the tunnel. The private MTU for the tunnel is configured via the configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel ip-mtu command for the interface. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
admin-state keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Administrative state of Packet Too Big message sends | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string icmp6-generation packet-too-big admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
interval number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Interval for sending Packet Too Big messages | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string icmp6-generation packet-too-big interval number | |
| Tree | interval | |
| Range | 1 to 60 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
message-count number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum number of ICMPv6 PTB messages that can be sent | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string icmp6-generation packet-too-big message-count number | |
| Tree | message-count | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of PTB messages that can be sent during the configured interval. | |
| Range | 10 to 1000 | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms |
VSR | |
ip-mtu number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Private MTU of the IPsec tunnel | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string ip-mtu number | |
| Tree | ip-mtu | |
Description | This command specifies the private MTU of the IPsec tunnel. The private MTU is used to determine the need for fragmentation before encapsulation of the payload packet. | |
| Range | 512 to 9000 | |
| Units | bytes | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms |
VSR | |
key-exchange
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the key-exchange context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange | |
| Tree | key-exchange | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
dynamic
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable the dynamic context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange dynamic | |
| Tree | dynamic | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: dynamic or manual. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
auto-establish boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Attempt to establish a phase 1 exchange automatically | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange dynamic auto-establish boolean | |
| Tree | auto-establish | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | VSR | |
cert
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the cert context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange dynamic cert | |
| Tree | cert | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of the dynamic keying certificate. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
cert-profile reference
| Synopsis | Certificate profile name | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange dynamic cert cert-profile reference | |
| Tree | cert-profile | |
Reference | configure ipsec cert-profile string | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
status-verify
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the status-verify context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange dynamic cert status-verify | |
| Tree | status-verify | |
Description | Commands in this context configure attributes of Certificate Status Verification (CSV). | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
default-result keyword
| Synopsis | Default result for Certificate Status Verification | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange dynamic cert status-verify default-result keyword | |
| Tree | default-result | |
Description | This command specifies the default certificate revocation status result to use when all configured CSV methods fail to return a result. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | revoked | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
primary keyword
| Synopsis | Primary method of CSV to verify the revocation status | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange dynamic cert status-verify primary keyword | |
| Tree | primary | |
Description | This command configures the primary method of Certificate Status Verification (CSV) that is used to verify the revocation status of the certificate of the peer. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | crl | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
secondary keyword
| Synopsis | Secondary method used to verify certificate revocation | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange dynamic cert status-verify secondary keyword | |
| Tree | secondary | |
Description | This command specifies the secondary method of Certificate Status Verification (CSV) that is used to verify the revocation status of the peer certificate. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | VSR |
trust-anchor-profile reference
| Synopsis | Trust anchor profile name | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange dynamic cert trust-anchor-profile reference | |
| Tree | trust-anchor-profile | |
Reference | configure ipsec trust-anchor-profile string | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
id
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the id context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange dynamic id | |
| Tree | id | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the local ID used for IDi or IDr for IKEv2 negotiation. The default behavior depends on the local authentication method as follows:
| |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
fqdn string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | FQDN used as the local ID IKE type | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange dynamic id fqdn string | |
| Tree | fqdn | |
| String Length | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: fqdn, ipv4, or ipv6. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
ipv4 string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | IPv4 as the local ID type | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange dynamic id ipv4 string | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: fqdn, ipv4, or ipv6. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
ipv6 (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | IPv6 used as the local IKE ID type | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange dynamic id ipv6 (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: fqdn, ipv4, or ipv6. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
ike-policy reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | IKE policy ID | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange dynamic ike-policy reference | |
| Tree | ike-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the ID of the IKE policy used for IKE negotiation. The ipsec-transport-mode-profile configuration only supports IKEv2. | |
Reference | configure ipsec ike-policy number | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
ipsec-transform reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | IPsec transform IDs used by the dynamic key | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange dynamic ipsec-transform reference | |
| Tree | ipsec-transform | |
Description | This command specifies IPsec transform IDs used for CHILD_SA negotiation. | |
Reference | configure ipsec ipsec-transform number | |
| Max. Instances | 4 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | VSR | |
pre-shared-key string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Pre-shared key for authentication | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange dynamic pre-shared-key string | |
| Tree | pre-shared-key | |
| String Length | 1 to 115 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
manual
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable the manual context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange manual | |
| Tree | manual | |
Description | Commands in this context configure settings for manually configured security associations for the IPsec tunnel. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: dynamic or manual. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
keys [security-association] number direction keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the keys list instance | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange manual keys number direction keyword | |
| Tree | keys | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the security association list for the tunnel. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
[security-association] number
| Synopsis | SA entry ID | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange manual keys number direction keyword | |
| Tree | keys | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
direction keyword
| Synopsis | Direction of the IPsec tunnel | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange manual keys number direction keyword | |
| Tree | keys | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
authentication-key string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Key used for the authentication algorithm | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange manual keys number direction keyword authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
| String Length | 1 to 130 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
encryption-key string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Key used for the encryption algorithm | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange manual keys number direction keyword encryption-key string | |
| Tree | encryption-key | |
| String Length | 1 to 66 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
ipsec-transform reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Transform entry used by manual SAs | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange manual keys number direction keyword ipsec-transform reference | |
| Tree | ipsec-transform | |
Reference | configure ipsec ipsec-transform number | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
spi number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | SPI of inbound and outbound packets | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string key-exchange manual keys number direction keyword spi number | |
| Tree | spi | |
Description | This command specifies the Security Parameter Index (SPI) used to look up the instruction to verify and decrypt the incoming IPsec packets when the direction is inbound. When the direction is outbound, the SPI is used in the encoding of the outgoing packets. The remote node can use the SPI to look up the instruction to verify and decrypt the packet. | |
| Range | 256 to 16383 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
local-gateway-address-override (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Local IPsec tunnel endpoint address | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string local-gateway-address-override (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | local-gateway-address-override | |
Description | This command configures the local IPsec tunnel endpoint address. This overrides the default endpoint address, which is the interface address. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
max-history-key-records
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the max-history-key-records context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string max-history-key-records | |
| Tree | max-history-key-records | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the settings for recording historical IPsec keys. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
esp number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum number of recent records | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string max-history-key-records esp number | |
| Tree | esp | |
| Range | 1 to 48 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | VSR | |
ike number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum number of historical IKE key records | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string max-history-key-records ike number | |
| Tree | ike | |
| Range | 1 to 3 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | VSR | |
pmtu-discovery-aging number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Aging out time of the learned path MTU | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string pmtu-discovery-aging number | |
| Tree | pmtu-discovery-aging | |
Description | This command configures the temporary public and private MTU expiration time. The temporary MTU is used for MTU propagation. | |
| Range | 900 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 900 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
private-sap number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Private SAP ID | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string private-sap number | |
| Tree | private-sap | |
| Range | 0 to 4094 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
private-service string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Private service name | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string private-service string | |
| Tree | private-service | |
Description | This command configures the private service name. If unconfigured, the private service is the service where the secured interface resides. | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
private-tcp-mss-adjust number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | TCP maximum segment size (MSS) adjustment | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string private-tcp-mss-adjust number | |
| Tree | private-tcp-mss-adjust | |
Description | This command specifies the TCP MSS to adjust for the tunnel on the private side. When configured, the system may use the value to update the MSS option in the received TCP SYN packet on the private side. | |
| Range | 512 to 9000 | |
| Units | bytes | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms |
VSR | |
propagate-pmtu-v4 boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable propagation of the path MTU to IPv4 hosts | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string propagate-pmtu-v4 boolean | |
| Tree | propagate-pmtu-v4 | |
Description | When configured to true, the system propagates the path MTU learned from the public side to the private side (IPv4 hosts). | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | VSR | |
propagate-pmtu-v6 boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable propagation of the path MTU to IPv6 hosts | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string propagate-pmtu-v6 boolean | |
| Tree | propagate-pmtu-v6 | |
Description | When configured to true, the system propagates the path MTU learned from the public side to the private side (IPv6 hosts). | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | VSR | |
public-tcp-mss-adjust (number | keyword)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | TCP maximum segment size (MSS) on the public network | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string public-tcp-mss-adjust (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | public-tcp-mss-adjust | |
Description | This command configures the MSS for the TCP traffic in an IPsec tunnel that is sent from the public network to the private network. The system may use this value to adjust or insert the MSS option in the TCP SYN packet. | |
| Range | 512 to 9000 | |
| Units | bytes | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms |
VSR | |
remote-gateway-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Remote IPsec tunnel endpoint address | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string remote-gateway-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | remote-gateway-address | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
replay-window number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Anti-replay window size | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string replay-window number | |
| Tree | replay-window | |
Description | This command specifies the size of an IPsec anti-replay window. If unconfigured, IPsec anti-replay is disabled. | |
| Range | 32 | 64 | 128 | 256 | 512 | |
| Units | packets | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | VSR | |
security-policy
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the security-policy context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string security-policy | |
| Tree | security-policy | |
Description | Commands in this context specify a security policy used by the tunnel. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
id number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Security policy ID for use by the tunnel | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string security-policy id number | |
| Tree | id | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
strict-match boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable strict match of the security policy entry | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipsec-tunnel string security-policy strict-match boolean | |
| Tree | strict-match | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables strict match of the security policy entry. When a CREATE_CHILD exchange request is received for a static IPsec tunnel, and this request is not a rekey request, ISA matches the received TSi and TSr with the configured security policy. This can be a match only when a received TS (in TSi or TSr) address range matches exactly with the subnet in a security policy entry. If there is no match, the setup fails, and TS_UNACCEPTABLE is sent. If there is a match, but there is an existing CHILD_SA for the matched security policy, the setup fails, and NO_PROPOSAL_CHOSEN is sent. If there is a match, and there is not a CHILD_SA for the matched entry, the subnet is sent in the matched security policy entry as TSi and TSr, and the CHILD_SA is created. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | VSR | |
ipv6-exception reference
| Synopsis | IPv6 filter exception used to bypass encryption | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec ipv6-exception reference | |
| Tree | ipv6-exception | |
Description | This command specifies the IPv6 filter exception for an IPsec-secured IPv6 interface. When an IPv6 filter exception is added, clear text packets that match the exception criteria in the IPv6 filter exception can ingress the interface, even when IPsec is enabled on the interface. | |
Reference | configure filter ipv6-exception string | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
public-sap number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Public SAP ID | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec public-sap number | |
| Tree | public-sap | |
| Range | 0 to 4094 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
tunnel-group reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Tunnel group ID | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipsec tunnel-group reference | |
| Tree | tunnel-group | |
Reference | configure isa tunnel-group number | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR | |
ipv4
allow-directed-broadcasts boolean
| Synopsis | Forward directed broadcasts | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 allow-directed-broadcasts boolean | |
| Tree | allow-directed-broadcasts | |
Description | When configured to true, the router forwards packets received on a local router interface to the subnet broadcast address of another IP interface. When configured to false, this router does not allow directed broadcasts and the packets are discarded. Allowing directed broadcasts is a well-known mechanism used for denial-of-service attacks. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bfd
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of BFD sessions | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 bfd admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
echo-receive number
| Synopsis | Minimum echo interval over this interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 bfd echo-receive number | |
| Tree | echo-receive | |
| Range | 100 to 100000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
multiplier number
| Synopsis | Number of consecutive BFD messages missed from the peer | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 bfd multiplier number | |
| Tree | multiplier | |
Description | This command configures the number of missed messages before the BFD session state is changed to down and the upper-level protocol is notified of the fault. A multiplier of less than 3 should not be used in production environments. | |
| Range | 1 to 20 | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
receive number
| Synopsis | BFD receive interval over this interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 bfd receive number | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | This command specifies the receive interval for the BFD session. On the 7750 SR, this command can only be configured to a value less than 100 when the type command is configured to cpm-np. | |
| Range | 10 to 100000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
transmit-interval number
| Synopsis | BFD transmit interval over this interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 bfd transmit-interval number | |
| Tree | transmit-interval | |
Description | This command configures the transmit intervals. On the 7750 SR, this command can only be configured to a value less than 100 when the type command is configured to cpm-np. | |
| Range | 10 to 100000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
type keyword
| Synopsis | Local termination point for the BFD session | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 bfd type keyword | |
| Tree | type | |
Description | This command sets the local termination point for the BFD session to allow for fast timers down to 10 ms granularity. The options to specify where the BFD session runs are:
| |
| Options | ||
| Default | auto | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
dhcp
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of DHCP | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
gi-address string
| Synopsis | GI address for the DHCP relay | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp gi-address string | |
| Tree | gi-address | |
Description | This command configures the GI address to distinguish between the different subscriber interfaces (and potentially group interfaces) defined when the router functions as a DHCP relay. By default, the GI address used in the relayed DHCP packet is the primary IP address of a normal IES interface. Specifying the GI address allows the user to choose a secondary address. For group interfaces, a GI address must be specified under the group interface DHCP context or subscriber interface DHCP context for DHCP to function. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
option-82
| Synopsis | Enter the option-82 context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp option-82 | |
| Tree | option-82 | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the processing required when the router receives a DHCP request that already has an Option 82 field in the packet. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
action keyword
circuit-id
| Synopsis | Enter the circuit-id context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp option-82 circuit-id | |
| Tree | circuit-id | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ascii-tuple
| Synopsis | Use the ASCII-encoded tuple for the circuit ID | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp option-82 circuit-id ascii-tuple | |
| Tree | ascii-tuple | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ascii-tuple, if-name, ifindex, none, port-id, or vlan-ascii-tuple. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
if-name
ifindex
none
port-id
vlan-ascii-tuple
| Synopsis | Include the VLAN ID and dot1p bits in the ASCII tuple | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp option-82 circuit-id vlan-ascii-tuple | |
| Tree | vlan-ascii-tuple | |
Description | When configured, the router includes the VLAN ID and dot1p bits with the ASCII-tuple information. This only occurs on dot1q and QinQ-encapsulated ports. When the Option 82 bits are stripped, dot1p bits are copied to the Ethernet header of the outgoing packet. When unconfigured, the router leaves the circuit ID sub-option of the DHCP packet empty. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ascii-tuple, if-name, ifindex, none, port-id, or vlan-ascii-tuple. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
remote-id
| Synopsis | Enter the remote-id context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp option-82 remote-id | |
| Tree | remote-id | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the remote IP sub-option of the DHCP packet with the identity of the remote host end (typically the DHCP client). | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ascii-string string
| Synopsis | User-defined ASCII string for the remote ID | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp option-82 remote-id ascii-string string | |
| Tree | ascii-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ascii-string, mac, or none. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mac
none
vendor-specific-option
| Synopsis | Enter the vendor-specific-option context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp option-82 vendor-specific-option | |
| Tree | vendor-specific-option | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the Nokia Vendor-Specific Option (VSO) of the DHCP packet. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
client-mac-address boolean
| Synopsis | Send the MAC address in the VSO | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp option-82 vendor-specific-option client-mac-address boolean | |
| Tree | client-mac-address | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
pool-name boolean
port-id boolean
service-id boolean
| Synopsis | Send the service ID in the Vendor Specific Option | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp option-82 vendor-specific-option service-id boolean | |
| Tree | service-id | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
string string
system-id boolean
python-policy reference
| Synopsis | Python policy name | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp python-policy reference | |
| Tree | python-policy | |
Description | This command associates a Python policy name with the interface. | |
Reference | configure python python-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
relay-plain-bootp boolean
| Synopsis | Relay plain BOOTP messages | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp relay-plain-bootp boolean | |
| Tree | relay-plain-bootp | |
Description | When configured to true, the system relays plain BOOTP messages. When configured to false, the system considers the plain BOOTP packets as malformed DHCP packets; therefore, the system does not relay the messages. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
release-include-gi-address boolean
| Synopsis | Include gateway IP address in DHCP Release messages | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp release-include-gi-address boolean | |
| Tree | release-include-gi-address | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
server string
| Synopsis | IP addresses for DHCP server requests | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp server string | |
| Tree | server | |
Description | This command configures a list of servers that this interface forwards requests to. The operator can enter the list of servers as either IP addresses or fully qualified domain names. The operator must specify at least one server specified for DHCP relay to work. If there are multiple servers, the system forwards the request to all the servers in the list. | |
| Max. Instances | 8 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
src-ip-addr keyword
| Synopsis | Type of source address to use for DHCP relay | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp src-ip-addr keyword | |
| Tree | src-ip-addr | |
| Options | ||
| Default | auto | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
trusted boolean
| Synopsis | Relay untrusted packets | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 dhcp trusted boolean | |
| Tree | trusted | |
Description | When configured to true, the router enables the trusted mode on the interface. When enabled, the relay agent changes the existing GI address (of the request) to the ingress interface, and forwards the request. A DHCP request that contains a GI address of 0.0.0.0 and an Option 82 field in the packet is discarded unless it arrives on a trusted circuit. This behavior only applies if the Relay Agent Information Option action is to keep the existing information. When the Option 82 field is replaced by the relay agent, the original Option 82 information is lost, and there is no reason to enable the trusted option. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
icmp
mask-reply boolean
| Synopsis | Allow responses to ICMP mask requests on the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 icmp mask-reply boolean | |
| Tree | mask-reply | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
param-problem
| Synopsis | Enter the param-problem context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 icmp param-problem | |
| Tree | param-problem | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the settings for ICMP Parameter Problem messages generated by the interface. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of sent Parameter Problem messages | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 icmp param-problem admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
number number
seconds number
redirects
| Synopsis | Enter the redirects context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 icmp redirects | |
| Tree | redirects | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the settings for ICMP redirect messages generated by the interface. The system sends ICMP redirect messages to alert the sending node that a more optimal route is available on another router on the same subnetwork. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of sending ICMP redirect messages | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 icmp redirects admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
number number
seconds number
ttl-expired
| Synopsis | Enter the ttl-expired context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 icmp ttl-expired | |
| Tree | ttl-expired | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the settings for ICMP TTL expired messages generated by the interface. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of sending TTL expired messages | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 icmp ttl-expired admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
number number
seconds number
unreachables
| Synopsis | Enter the unreachables context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 icmp unreachables | |
| Tree | unreachables | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the settings for ICMP host and network destination unreachable messages generated by the interface. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of sending unreachable messages | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 icmp unreachables admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
number number
seconds number
ip-helper-address string
| Synopsis | IP address of the target UDP broadcast gateway | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 ip-helper-address string | |
| Tree | ip-helper-address | |
Description | This command configures the redirection of broadcast UDP packets received on the associated interface to the specified helper gateway address, and then to the gateway. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
local-dhcp-server reference
| Synopsis | DHCP server for the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 local-dhcp-server reference | |
| Tree | local-dhcp-server | |
Reference | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv4 string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neighbor-discovery
| Synopsis | Enter the neighbor-discovery context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 neighbor-discovery | |
| Tree | neighbor-discovery | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
learn-unsolicited boolean
| Synopsis | Learn new entries from any received NA message | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 neighbor-discovery learn-unsolicited boolean | |
| Tree | learn-unsolicited | |
Description | When configured to true, the router can learn neighbor entries from received unsolicited Neighbor Advertisement (NA) messages, with or without the solicited (S) flag set. The command can be enabled for global addresses, link-local addresses, or for both. When configured to false, the router follows standard behavior for learning neighbor entries.
| |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
limit
| Synopsis | Enter the limit context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 neighbor-discovery limit | |
| Tree | limit | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the maximum number of dynamic neighbor entries that can be learned on the interface When the number of entries reaches the threshold (the configured percentage) of this limit, the system sends an SNMP trap. When the limit is exceeded, the system learns no new entries until an entry expires and traffic to these destinations is dropped. Already learned entries are refreshed. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
log-only boolean
max-entries number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of entries learned on an IP interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 neighbor-discovery limit max-entries number | |
| Tree | max-entries | |
| Range | 0 to 524288 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
threshold number
local-proxy-arp boolean
| Synopsis | Enable local proxy ARP on interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 neighbor-discovery local-proxy-arp boolean | |
| Tree | local-proxy-arp | |
Description | When configured to true, the router enables local proxy ARP on the interface. When configured to false, the router does not respond to ARP requests for addresses on the same subnet. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
proactive-refresh boolean
| Synopsis | Send a single refresh message before entry timeout | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 neighbor-discovery proactive-refresh boolean | |
| Tree | proactive-refresh | |
Description | When configured to true, the router always sends a refresh message 30 seconds before the timeout of the entry (a single refresh message with no retries). When configured to false, the router marks an entry as stale 30 seconds before age-out, and the router only sends an ARP request to refresh the entry if the IOM receives traffic that uses it. Then, the IOM asks the ARP application to send a refresh message. With ARP proactive refresh enabled, the ARP module sends a refresh message regardless of the IOM receiving traffic. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
proxy-arp-policy reference
| Synopsis | Proxy ARP policy name | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 neighbor-discovery proxy-arp-policy reference | |
| Tree | proxy-arp-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
remote-proxy-arp boolean
| Synopsis | Enable remote proxy ARP on the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 neighbor-discovery remote-proxy-arp boolean | |
| Tree | remote-proxy-arp | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
retry-timer number
| Synopsis | ARP retry interval | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 neighbor-discovery retry-timer number | |
| Tree | retry-timer | |
| Range | 1 to 300 | |
| Units | deciseconds | |
| Default | 50 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
static-neighbor [ipv4-address] string
| Synopsis | Enter the static-neighbor list instance | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 neighbor-discovery static-neighbor string | |
| Tree | static-neighbor | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a static ARP entry that associates an IP address with a MAC address for the core router instance. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ipv4-address] string
| Synopsis | IPv4 address that corresponds to the physical address | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 neighbor-discovery static-neighbor string | |
| Tree | static-neighbor | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mac-address string
| Synopsis | MAC address for the static neighbor | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 neighbor-discovery static-neighbor string mac-address string | |
| Tree | mac-address | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
static-neighbor-unnumbered
| Synopsis | Enable the static-neighbor-unnumbered context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 neighbor-discovery static-neighbor-unnumbered | |
| Tree | static-neighbor-unnumbered | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the static ARP MAC for an unnumbered interface. This entry overrides the dynamic ARP entry on the unnumbered interface. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mac-address string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | MAC address for the static neighbor | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 neighbor-discovery static-neighbor-unnumbered mac-address string | |
| Tree | mac-address | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
timeout number
| Synopsis | Timeout for an ARP entry learned on the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 neighbor-discovery timeout number | |
| Tree | timeout | |
Description | This command configures the minimum time an ARP entry learned on the IP interface is stored in the ARP table. ARP entries are automatically refreshed when an ARP request or gratuitous ARP is seen by an IP host. Otherwise, the ARP entry is aged from the ARP table. | |
| Range | 0 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 14400 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
primary
address string
broadcast keyword
| Synopsis | Broadcast address format | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 primary broadcast keyword | |
| Tree | broadcast | |
Description | This command overrides the default broadcast address that the IP interface uses when sourcing IP broadcasts. This command does not affect the type of broadcasts the IP interface can receive. The IP interface can receive either the local broadcast or the valid subnet broadcast address sent by a host. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | host-ones | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
gre-termination boolean
| Synopsis | Enable GRE termination | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 primary gre-termination boolean | |
| Tree | gre-termination | |
Description | When configured to true, the router terminates MPLS-over-GRE and IP-over-GRE packets for destination IP addresses from a user-defined subnet. The user defines a subnet for the termination of GRE packets by executing this command on a numbered network IP interface or a loopback interface. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | VSR |
prefix-length number
| Synopsis | IPv4 address prefix length | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 primary prefix-length number | |
| Tree | prefix-length | |
| Range | 0 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
track-srrp number
| Synopsis | SRRP instance whose state is tracked on this IP address | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 primary track-srrp number | |
| Tree | track-srrp | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
qos-route-lookup keyword
| Synopsis | IP address for QoS route lookup for ingress IP packets | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 qos-route-lookup keyword | |
| Tree | qos-route-lookup | |
Description | This command specifies the IP address type used for QPPB enabled per-packet QoS handling (in terms of FC and priority). When using QPPB, routes are associated with a QoS treatment (FC and optionally priority) through either explicit configuration or the route policy. If an IPv4 or IPv6 packet arrives on an interface where the configuration of this command applies to the packet, the QoS treatment of the packet is based on the route that matched the destination IP address or the route that matched the source IP address. See "Enabling QPPB on an IP interface" in the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR Router Configuration Guide for more information about QPPB. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
secondary [address] string
[address] string
broadcast keyword
| Synopsis | Broadcast address format | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 secondary string broadcast keyword | |
| Tree | broadcast | |
Description | This command overrides the default broadcast address that the IP interface uses when sourcing IP broadcasts. This command does not affect the type of broadcasts the IP interface can receive. The IP interface can receive either the local broadcast or the valid subnet broadcast address sent by a host. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | host-ones | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
igp-inhibit boolean
| Synopsis | Disable the running IGP from recognizing secondary IP | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 secondary string igp-inhibit boolean | |
| Tree | igp-inhibit | |
Description | When configured to true, the running IGP does not recognize the secondary IP address as a local interface. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
prefix-length number
| Synopsis | IPv4 address prefix length | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 secondary string prefix-length number | |
| Tree | prefix-length | |
| Range | 0 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
track-srrp number
| Synopsis | SRRP instance whose state is tracked on this IP address | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 secondary string track-srrp number | |
| Tree | track-srrp | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
tcp-mss number
unnumbered
| Synopsis | Enter the unnumbered context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 unnumbered | |
| Tree | unnumbered | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an IP interface as an unnumbered interface and specify the IP address to use for the interface. An operator can configure unnumbered interfaces to conserve IP addresses. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ip-address string
| Synopsis | IP address to associate with unnumbered IP interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 unnumbered ip-address string | |
| Tree | ip-address | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-address, ip-int-name, or system. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ip-int-name string
| Synopsis | Unnumbered IP interface name | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 unnumbered ip-int-name string | |
| Tree | ip-int-name | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-address, ip-int-name, or system. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
system
urpf-check
| Synopsis | Enable the urpf-check context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 urpf-check | |
| Tree | urpf-check | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ignore-default boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore default routes when performing a uRPF check | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 urpf-check ignore-default boolean | |
| Tree | ignore-default | |
Description | When configured to true, the router ignores default routes while performing a uRPF check to determine the validity of incoming packets. When configured to false, default routes are considered eligible. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mode keyword
vrrp [virtual-router-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the vrrp list instance | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number | |
| Tree | vrrp | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a VRRP virtual router instance. A virtual router is defined by its Virtual Router Identifier (VRID) and a set of IP addresses. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[virtual-router-id] number
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of VRRP | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
Description | The command determines the administrative state of non-owner virtual router instances. Non-owner virtual router instances can be administratively disabled. This allows the termination of VRRP participation in the virtual router and stops all routing and other access capabilities with regards to the virtual router IP addresses. Disabling the virtual router instance provides a mechanism to maintain the virtual routers without causing false backup or master state changes. When disabled, no VRRP advertisement messages are generated and all received VRRP advertisement messages are silently discarded with no processing. Whenever the administrative or operational state of a virtual router instance transitions, a log message is generated. An owner virtual router context does not use this command. To administratively disable an owner virtual router instance, use the admin-state command within the parent IP interface node which administratively disables the IP interface. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-key string
| Synopsis | Password for simple text authentication | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
Description | This command optionally assigns a simple text password authentication key to generate master VRRP advertisement messages and validate received VRRP advertisement messages. If this command is re-executed with a different password key defined, the new key immediately replaces the old key. This command may be executed at any time. | |
| String Length | 1 to 38 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
backup string
| Synopsis | Virtual router IP addresses for the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number backup string | |
| Tree | backup | |
Description | This command associates virtual router IP addresses with those of the parental IP interface. This command has two different functions based on whether it is being executed on an owner or non-owner virtual router instance. Non-owner virtual router instances create a routable IP interface address that is operationally dependent on the virtual router instance mode (master or backup). This command, when executed on an owner virtual router instance, does not create a routable IP interface address; it simply defines the existing IP addresses of the parental IP interface that are advertised by the virtual router instance. For owner virtual router instances, this command defines the IP addresses that are advertised within VRRP advertisement messages. This communicates the IP addresses that the master is advertising to backup virtual routers receiving the messages. The specified unicast-ipv4-address must be equal to one of the existing IP addresses in the parental IP interface (primary or secondary) or this command fails. See "Owner and non-owner VRRP" in the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR Router Configuration Guide for more information about owner and non-owner virtual router instances. | |
| Max. Instances | 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness
| Synopsis | Enable the bfd-liveness context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number bfd-liveness | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | Commands in this context assign a Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session to a specific VRRP or SRRP instance. This BFD session provides a heartbeat mechanism that speeds up the transition of the standby VRRP router to an active state. If the associated BFD session fails, the VRRP routers immediately send a VRRP advertisement message. In addition, the standby VRRP routers transition to a master state to speed up convergence. The VRRP election process takes place based on the advertisement messages sent by all VRRP routers. Only one BFD session can be assigned to any VRRP or SRRP instance, but multiple SRRP or VRRP sessions can use the same BFD session. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
dest-ip string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Destination IP address to use for BFD session | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number bfd-liveness dest-ip string | |
| Tree | dest-ip | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
interface-name string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Name of the interface running BFD | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number bfd-liveness interface-name string | |
| Tree | interface-name | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
service-name string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Administrative service name | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number bfd-liveness service-name string | |
| Tree | service-name | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
init-delay number
| Synopsis | VRRP initialization delay timer | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number init-delay number | |
| Tree | init-delay | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
mac string
| Synopsis | Virtual MAC address to use in ARP responses | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number mac string | |
| Tree | mac | |
Description | This command sets an explicit MAC address for the virtual router instance that overrides the VRRP default derived from the VRID. Changing the default MAC address is useful when an existing HSRP or other non-VRRP default MAC is in use by the IP hosts that use the virtual router IP address. Many hosts do not monitor unessential ARPs and continue to use the cached non-VRRP MAC address after the virtual router becomes master of the host’s gateway address. Additionally, this command sets the MAC address used in ARP responses when the virtual router instance is master. Routing of IP packets with unicast-mac-address as the destination MAC is also enabled. The MAC must be the same for all virtual routers participating as a virtual router or indeterminate connectivity by the attached IP hosts results. All VRRP advertisement messages are transmitted with unicast-mac-address as the source MAC. An operator can execute this command at any time and it takes effect immediately. When the virtual router MAC on a master virtual router instance changes, a gratuitous ARP is immediately sent with a VRRP advertisement message. If the virtual router instance is disabled or operating as a backup, the gratuitous ARP and VRRP advertisement messages are not sent. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
master-int-inherit boolean
| Synopsis | Allow master instance to dictate the master down timer | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number master-int-inherit boolean | |
| Tree | master-int-inherit | |
Description | When configured to true, the virtual router instance inherits the advertisement interval timer of the master VRRP router, which backup routers use to calculate the master down timer. When configured to false, the locally configured message interval must match the master's VRRP advertisement message advertisement interval field value or the message is discarded. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
message-interval number
| Synopsis | Interval for sending VRRP advertisement messages | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number message-interval number | |
| Tree | message-interval | |
Description | This command configures the administrative advertisement message timer used by the master virtual router instance to send VRRP advertisement messages. The backup master down timer is derived from the value configured using this command. The usage of this command varies for non-owner virtual router instances, depending on the state of the virtual router (master or backup) and the state of the master-int-inherit command:
| |
| Range | 1 to 2559 | |
| Units | deciseconds | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
monitor-oper-group reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | VRRP instance to follow a specified operational group | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number monitor-oper-group reference | |
| Tree | monitor-oper-group | |
Description | This command configures VRRP to associate with an operational group. When associated, VRRP notifies the operational group of its state changes so that other protocols can monitor it to provide a redundancy mechanism. When VRRP is the master router, the operational group is up and the operational group is down for all other VRRP states. | |
Reference | configure service oper-group string | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
ntp-reply boolean
| Synopsis | Allow processing of NTP requests | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number ntp-reply boolean | |
| Tree | ntp-reply | |
Description | When configured to true, the router redirects NTP requests to the VRRP virtual IP address. This behavior only applies to the router acting as the master VRRP router. When configured to false, the router does not process NTP requests. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
oper-group reference
| Synopsis | Operational group name associated with the VRRP | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number oper-group reference | |
| Tree | oper-group | |
Description | This command configures an operational group to associate with the VRRP. When associated, VRRP notifies the operational group of its state changes so that other protocols can monitor it to provide a redundancy mechanism. When VRRP is the master router (MR), the operational group is up. The operational group is down for all other VRRP states. | |
Reference | configure service oper-group string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
owner boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Designate the virtual router instance as owner | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number owner boolean | |
| Tree | owner | |
Description | When configured to true, the router designates this virtual router instance as the owner of the virtual router IP addresses. Therefore, this virtual router becomes responsible for forwarding packets sent to the virtual router IP addresses. The owner also assumes the role of master virtual router. When configured to false, this virtual router instance is designated as a non-owner. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
passive boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Suppress the processing of VRRP advertisement messages | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number passive boolean | |
| Tree | passive | |
Description | When configured to true, the router identifies this virtual router instance as passive; and therefore the owner of the virtual router IP addresses. A passive virtual router instance does not transmit or receive VRRP advertisement messages and is always in either the master state (if the interface is operationally up) or the init state (if the interface is operationally down). When configured to false, this virtual router instance is not identified as passive, meaning that it transmits and receives VRRP advertisement messages. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
ping-reply boolean
| Synopsis | Allow non-owner master to reply to ICMP echo requests | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number ping-reply boolean | |
| Tree | ping-reply | |
Description | When configured to true, the router allows the non-owner master to reply to ICMP echo requests directed at the IP addresses of the virtual router instance. Any routed interface can receive the ping request. Ping must not have been disabled at the management security level (either on the parental IP interface or on the Ping source host address). When configured to false, ICMP echo requests sent to non-owner master virtual IP addresses are silently discarded. Non-owner backup virtual routers never respond to ICMP echo requests, regardless of the configuration of this command. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
policy reference
| Synopsis | VRRP priority control policy | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command configures a VRRP priority control policy to associate with the virtual router instance. VRRP priority control policies can override or adjust the base priority value of the virtual router instance, depending on events or conditions within the chassis. An operator can associate a policy with more than one virtual router instance. The priority events within the policy either override or diminish the base priority set with the priority command. As priority events clear in the policy, the in-use priority can eventually be restored to the base priority value. For non-owner virtual router instances, if this command is not executed, the base priority is used as the in-use priority. | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
preempt boolean
| Synopsis | Allow the VRRP to override an existing non-owner master | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number preempt boolean | |
| Tree | preempt | |
Description | When configured to true, this virtual router instance overrides any non-owner master with an in-use message priority value less than the in-use priority value of this virtual router. When configured to false, this virtual router only becomes master if the master down timer expires before a VRRP advertisement message is received from another virtual router. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
priority number
| Synopsis | Base priority for the VRRP | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number priority number | |
| Tree | priority | |
Description | This command configures the base router priority for the virtual router instance, which defines the selection order of the virtual router in the master election process. The in-use priority is derived from the base priority. However, the in-use priority is modified by optional VRRP priority control policies. An operator can use VRRP priority control policies to either override or adjust the base priority value depending on events or conditions within the chassis. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ssh-reply boolean
| Synopsis | Allow the non-owner master to reply to SSH requests | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number ssh-reply boolean | |
| Tree | ssh-reply | |
Description | When configured to true, the router allows the non-owner master to reply to SSH requests directed at the IP addresses of the virtual router instance. Any routed interface can receive the SSH request. SSH cannot be disabled at the management security level (either on the parental IP interface or on the SSH source host address). When configure to false, SSH requests to non-owner master virtual IP addresses are silently discarded. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
standby-forwarding boolean
| Synopsis | Allow standby router to forward traffic | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number standby-forwarding boolean | |
| Tree | standby-forwarding | |
Description | When configured to true, the standby router forwards all traffic. When configured to false, the standby router cannot forward traffic sent to the MAC address of the virtual router. However, the standby router still forwards traffic sent to its own MAC address. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
telnet-reply boolean
| Synopsis | Allow non-owner master to reply to Telnet requests | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number telnet-reply boolean | |
| Tree | telnet-reply | |
Description | When configured to true, the router allows the non-owner master to reply to Telnet requests directed at the IP addresses of the virtual router instance. Any routed interface can receive Telnet requests. Telnet cannot be disabled at the management security level (either on the parental IP interface or on the Telnet source host address). When configured to false, the router silently discards Telnet requests sent to non-owner master virtual IP addresses. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
traceroute-reply boolean
| Synopsis | Allow non-owner master to reply to traceroute requests | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv4 vrrp number traceroute-reply boolean | |
| Tree | traceroute-reply | |
Description | When configured to true, the router allows a non-owner master to reply to traceroute requests directed to the IP addresses of the virtual router instance. When configured to false, the router silently discards traceroute requests sent to non-owner master virtual IP addresses. Traceroute must not have been disabled at the management security level (either on the parental IP interface or the source host address). | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6
address [ipv6-address] string
[ipv6-address] string
duplicate-address-detection boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable Duplicate Address Detection | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 address string duplicate-address-detection boolean | |
| Tree | duplicate-address-detection | |
Description | When configured to true, the router enables Duplicate Address Detection (DAD). When configured to false, the router disables DAD and sets the address to preferred, even if there is a duplicated address. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
eui-64 boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Form IPv6 address from prefix and 64-bit interface ID | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 address string eui-64 boolean | |
| Tree | eui-64 | |
Description | When configured to true, the router forms a complete IPv6 address from the supplied prefix and 64-bit interface identifier. The 64-bit interface identifier is derived from the MAC address on Ethernet interfaces. For interfaces without a MAC address, for example POS interfaces, use the base MAC address of the chassis. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
prefix-length number
| Synopsis | IPv6 address prefix length | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 address string prefix-length number | |
| Tree | prefix-length | |
| Range | 4 to 128 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
primary-preference number
| Synopsis | Index assigned to the IPv6 address of the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 address string primary-preference number | |
| Tree | primary-preference | |
Description | This command assigns a primary preference index to an IPv6 address of the interface to enforce the order in which the address is used by control plane protocols and applications that require a fixed address of the interface, such as LDP and Segment Routing. In cases where a fixed address is required when originating packets from the interface, the IPv6 address with the lowest primary preference index is selected. If the selected address is removed, the next IPv6 address with the next lowest primary preference index is selected. If this index is not specified for the IPv6 address, the system assigns the next available index value to the address. The address index space is unique across all addresses of a given interface. | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
track-srrp number
| Synopsis | SRRP ID whose state is tracked on this IP address | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 address string track-srrp number | |
| Tree | track-srrp | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of BFD sessions | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 bfd admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
echo-receive number
| Synopsis | Minimum echo interval over this interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 bfd echo-receive number | |
| Tree | echo-receive | |
| Range | 100 to 100000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
multiplier number
| Synopsis | Number of consecutive BFD messages missed from the peer | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 bfd multiplier number | |
| Tree | multiplier | |
Description | This command configures the number of missed messages before the BFD session state is changed to down and the upper-level protocol is notified of the fault. A multiplier of less than 3 should not be used in production environments. | |
| Range | 1 to 20 | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
receive number
| Synopsis | BFD receive interval over this interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 bfd receive number | |
| Tree | receive | |
Description | This command specifies the receive interval for the BFD session. On the 7750 SR, this command can only be configured to a value less than 100 when the type command is configured to cpm-np. | |
| Range | 10 to 100000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
transmit-interval number
| Synopsis | BFD transmit interval over this interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 bfd transmit-interval number | |
| Tree | transmit-interval | |
Description | This command configures the transmit intervals. On the 7750 SR, this command can only be configured to a value less than 100 when the type command is configured to cpm-np. | |
| Range | 10 to 100000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
type keyword
| Synopsis | Local termination point for the BFD session | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 bfd type keyword | |
| Tree | type | |
Description | This command sets the local termination point for the BFD session to allow for fast timers down to 10 ms granularity. The options to specify where the BFD session runs are:
| |
| Options | ||
| Default | auto | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
duplicate-address-detection boolean
| Synopsis | Enable Duplicate Address Detection | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 duplicate-address-detection boolean | |
| Tree | duplicate-address-detection | |
Description | When configured to true, the router enables Duplicate Address Detection (DAD) on the interface. When configured to false, the router disables DAD on a per-interface basis. This prevents the router from performing a DAD check on the interface. All IPv6 addresses on an interface with DAD disabled, immediately enter a preferred state, without checking for uniqueness on the interface. This is useful for interfaces that enter a looped state during troubleshooting and are operationally disabled when the loop is detected, requiring manual intervention to clear the DAD violation. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
forward-ipv4-packets boolean
| Synopsis | Forward unencapsulated IPv4 packets | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 forward-ipv4-packets boolean | |
| Tree | forward-ipv4-packets | |
Description | When configured to true, the router can use an IPv6-only interface, with no configured IPv4 addresses, to forward IPv4 packets that originate or terminate locally. The interface reports that its IPv4 operational state is up if its IPv6 operational state is up. Not all protocols observe the interface as up from an IPv4 perspective. This command mostly supports BGP routing use cases; see RFC 5549 for details. When configured to false, the router prevents IPv4 packets from being forwarded if there are no configured IPv4 subnets. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
icmp6
packet-too-big
| Synopsis | Enter the packet-too-big context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 icmp6 packet-too-big | |
| Tree | packet-too-big | |
Description | Commands in this context configure limiting the number of ICMPv6 Packet Too Big messages. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of Packet Too Big message sends | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 icmp6 packet-too-big admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
number number
seconds number
param-problem
| Synopsis | Enter the param-problem context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 icmp6 param-problem | |
| Tree | param-problem | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of Parameter Problem message sends | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 icmp6 param-problem admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
number number
seconds number
redirects
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of Redirect message sends | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 icmp6 redirects admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
number number
seconds number
time-exceeded
| Synopsis | Enter the time-exceeded context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 icmp6 time-exceeded | |
| Tree | time-exceeded | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of Time Exceeded message sends | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 icmp6 time-exceeded admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
number number
seconds number
unreachables
| Synopsis | Enter the unreachables context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 icmp6 unreachables | |
| Tree | unreachables | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of Unreachable message sends | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 icmp6 unreachables admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
number number
seconds number
link-local-address
| Synopsis | Enter the link-local-address context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 link-local-address | |
| Tree | link-local-address | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the IPv6 link-local address that is used as a virtual SRRP IPv6 address by the master SRRP node. This address is sent in the Router Advertisements initiated by the master SRRP node. Clients use this address as IPv6 default-gateway. Both SRRP nodes, master and backup, must be configured with the same link-local address. Only one link-local address is allowed per interface. Caution: Removing a manually configured link-local address may impact routing protocols or static routes that have a dependency on that address. Nokia does not recommend removing a link-local address when there are active IPv6 subscriber hosts on an IES or VPRN interface. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
address string
duplicate-address-detection boolean
| Synopsis | Enable Duplicate Address Detection | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 link-local-address duplicate-address-detection boolean | |
| Tree | duplicate-address-detection | |
Description | When configured to true, the router enables Duplicate Address Detection (DAD) on the interface. When configured to false, the router disables DAD and sets the address to preferred, even if there is a duplicated address. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
local-dhcp-server reference
| Synopsis | DHCP server for the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 local-dhcp-server reference | |
| Tree | local-dhcp-server | |
Description | This command instantiates a local DHCP server. A local DHCP server can serve multiple interfaces but is limited to the routing context in which it was created. | |
Reference | configure router string dhcp-server dhcpv6 string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
neighbor-discovery
| Synopsis | Enter the neighbor-discovery context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery | |
| Tree | neighbor-discovery | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
learn-unsolicited keyword
| Synopsis | Type of entries learned from unsolicited NA messages | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery learn-unsolicited keyword | |
| Tree | learn-unsolicited | |
Description | This command enables the ability to learn neighbor entries out of received unsolicited Neighbor Advertisement (NA) messages, with or without the solicited flag set. When unconfigured, the router follows standard RFC 4861 behavior for learning of neighbor entries. The neighbor is put in the stale state. This is the standard RFC behavior. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
limit
| Synopsis | Enter the limit context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery limit | |
| Tree | limit | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the maximum amount of dynamic IPv6 neighbor entries that can be learned on an IP interface. When the number of dynamic neighbor entries reaches the configured percentage of this limit the system sends an SNMP trap. When the limit is exceeded, no new entries are learned until an entry expires and traffic to these destinations is dropped. Entries that have already been learned are refreshed. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
log-only boolean
| Synopsis | Generate log entries when limit is reached | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery limit log-only boolean | |
| Tree | log-only | |
Description | When configured to true, the router sends the warning message at the specified threshold percentage or upon exceeding the specified limit. Entries that exceed the limit are learned. When configured to false, the router does not send the warning message. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
max-entries number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of entries learned on an IP interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery limit max-entries number | |
| Tree | max-entries | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of entries that can be learned on an IP interface. When unconfigured, no maximum limit is imposed. | |
| Range | 0 to 102400 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
threshold number
local-proxy-nd boolean
| Synopsis | Enable local proxy neighbor discovery on the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery local-proxy-nd boolean | |
| Tree | local-proxy-nd | |
Description | When configured to true, the router enables local proxy neighbor discovery on the interface and replies to neighbor solicitation requests when both the hosts are on the same subnet. In this case, ICMP redirects are disabled. When configured to false, the router disables local proxy neighbor discovery on the interface and does not reply to neighbor solicitation requests if both the hosts are on the same subnet. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
proactive-refresh keyword
| Synopsis | Proactive refresh of neighbor entries | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery proactive-refresh keyword | |
| Tree | proactive-refresh | |
Description | This command enables a proactive refresh of the neighbor entries. After the stale timer expires, the router sends an NUD message to the host (regardless of the existence of traffic to the IP address on the IOM), so the entry can be refreshed or removed. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
proxy-nd-policy reference
| Synopsis | Proxy Neighbor Discovery policy name for the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery proxy-nd-policy reference | |
| Tree | proxy-nd-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
reachable-time number
| Synopsis | Neighbor reachability detection timer | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery reachable-time number | |
| Tree | reachable-time | |
| Range | 30 to 3600 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
secure-nd
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of Secure Neighbor Discovery | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery secure-nd admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
allow-unsecured-msgs boolean
| Synopsis | Accept unsecured messages | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery secure-nd allow-unsecured-msgs boolean | |
| Tree | allow-unsecured-msgs | |
Description | When configured to true, the router accepts unsecured messages. When Secure Neighbor Discovery (SeND) is enabled, only secure messages are accepted. When configured to false, the router disables the acceptance of unsecured messages. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
public-key-min-bits number
| Synopsis | Minimum acceptable key length for public keys in CGA | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery secure-nd public-key-min-bits number | |
| Tree | public-key-min-bits | |
| Range | 512 to 1024 | |
| Default | 1024 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
security-parameter number
| Synopsis | Security parameter used in the generation of a CGA | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery secure-nd security-parameter number | |
| Tree | security-parameter | |
| Range | 0 to 1 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
stale-time number
| Synopsis | Time a Neighbor Discovery cache entry remains stale | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery stale-time number | |
| Tree | stale-time | |
| Range | 60 to 65535 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
static-neighbor [ipv6-address] string
| Synopsis | Enter the static-neighbor list instance | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery static-neighbor string | |
| Tree | static-neighbor | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an IPv6-to-MAC address mapping on the interface. Use this command if a directly attached IPv6 node does not support ICMPv6 neighbor discovery, or for some reason, a static address must be used. This command can only be used on Ethernet media. The IPv6 address must be on the subnet that was configured from the IPv6 address or a link-local-address commands. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ipv6-address] string
| Synopsis | IPv6 address corresponding to the physical address | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery static-neighbor string | |
| Tree | static-neighbor | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mac-address string
| Synopsis | MAC address for the static neighbor | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 neighbor-discovery static-neighbor string mac-address string | |
| Tree | mac-address | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
qos-route-lookup keyword
| Synopsis | IP address for QoS route lookup for ingress IP packets | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 qos-route-lookup keyword | |
| Tree | qos-route-lookup | |
Description | This command specifies the IP address type used for QPPB enabled per-packet QoS handling (in terms of FC and priority). When using QPPB, routes are associated with a QoS treatment (FC and optionally priority) through either explicit configuration or the route policy. If an IPv4 or IPv6 packet arrives on an interface where the configuration of this command applies to the packet, the QoS treatment of the packet is based on the route that matched the destination IP address or the route that matched the source IP address. See "Enabling QPPB on an IP interface" in the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR Router Configuration Guide for more information about QPPB. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
tcp-mss number
urpf-check
| Synopsis | Enable the urpf-check context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 urpf-check | |
| Tree | urpf-check | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ignore-default boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore default route when performing a uRPF check | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 urpf-check ignore-default boolean | |
| Tree | ignore-default | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mode keyword
vrrp [virtual-router-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the vrrp list instance | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number | |
| Tree | vrrp | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a VRRP virtual router instance. A virtual router is defined by its virtual router identifier (VRID) and a set of IP addresses. | |
| Max. Instances | 4 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[virtual-router-id] number
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of VRRP | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
Description | The command determines the administrative state of non-owner virtual router instances. Non-owner virtual router instances can be administratively disabled. This allows the termination of VRRP participation in the virtual router and stops all routing and other access capabilities with regards to the virtual router IP addresses. Disabling the virtual router instance provides a mechanism to maintain the virtual routers without causing false backup or master state changes. When disabled, no VRRP advertisement messages are generated and all received VRRP advertisement messages are silently discarded with no processing. Whenever the administrative or operational state of a virtual router instance transitions, a log message is generated. An owner virtual router context does not use this command. To administratively disable an owner virtual router instance, use the admin-state command within the parent IP interface node which administratively disables the IP interface. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
backup string
| Synopsis | Virtual router IP addresses for the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number backup string | |
| Tree | backup | |
Description | This command associates router IPv6 virtual router IP addresses with those of the parental IP interface. This command has two different functions based on whether it is being executed on an owner or non-owner virtual router instance. Non-owner virtual router instance create a routable IP interface address that is operationally dependent on the virtual router instance mode (master or backup). This command, when executed on an owner virtual router instance, does not create a routable IP interface address; it simply defines the existing IP addresses of the parental IP interface that are advertised by the virtual router instance. For owner virtual router instances, this command defines the IP addresses that are advertised within VRRP advertisement messages. This communicates the IP addresses that the master is representing to backup virtual routers receiving the messages. The specified IPv6 address must be equal to one of the existing parental IP addresses in the parental IP interface (primary or secondary) or this command fails. See "Owner and non-owner VRRP" in the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR Router Configuration Guide for more information about owner and non-owner virtual router instances. | |
| Max. Instances | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness
| Synopsis | Enable the bfd-liveness context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number bfd-liveness | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | Commands in this context assign a bidirectional forwarding detect (BFD) session to a specific VRRP or SRRP instance. This BFD session provides a heartbeat mechanism for use in speeding up the transition of the standby VRRP router to an active state. If the associated BFD session fails, the VRRP routers immediately send a VRRP Advertisement message. In addition, the standby VRRP routers transition to a Master state to speed convergence. The normal VRRP election process takes place based on the Advertisement messages sent by all VRRP routers. There can be only one BFD session assigned to any specific VRRP or SRRP instance, but there can be multiple SRRP or VRRP sessions using the same BFD session. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
dest-ip (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Destination address for the BFD session | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number bfd-liveness dest-ip (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | dest-ip | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
interface-name string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Name of the interface running BFD | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number bfd-liveness interface-name string | |
| Tree | interface-name | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
service-name string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Administrative service name | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number bfd-liveness service-name string | |
| Tree | service-name | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
init-delay number
| Synopsis | VRRP initialization delay timer | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number init-delay number | |
| Tree | init-delay | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
mac string
| Synopsis | Virtual MAC address to use in ARP responses | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number mac string | |
| Tree | mac | |
Description | This command sets an explicit MAC address for the virtual router instance that overrides the VRRP default derived from the VRID. Changing the default MAC address is useful when an existing HSRP or other non-VRRP default MAC is in use by the IP hosts that use the virtual router IP address. Many hosts do not monitor unessential ARPs and continue to use the cached non-VRRP MAC address after the virtual router becomes master of the host’s gateway address. Additionally, this command sets the MAC address used in ARP responses when the virtual router instance is master. Routing of IP packets with unicast-mac-address as the destination MAC is also enabled. The MAC must be the same for all virtual routers participating as a virtual router or indeterminate connectivity by the attached IP hosts results. All VRRP advertisement messages are transmitted with unicast-mac-address as the source MAC. An operator can execute this command at any time and it takes effect immediately. When the virtual router MAC on a master virtual router instance changes, a gratuitous ARP is immediately sent with a VRRP advertisement message. If the virtual router instance is disabled or operating as a backup, the gratuitous ARP and VRRP advertisement messages are not sent. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
master-int-inherit boolean
| Synopsis | Allow master instance to dictate the master down timer | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number master-int-inherit boolean | |
| Tree | master-int-inherit | |
Description | When configured to true, the virtual router instance inherits the advertisement interval timer of the master VRRP router, which backup routers use to calculate the master down timer. When configured to false, the locally configured message interval must match the master's VRRP advertisement message advertisement interval field value or the message is discarded. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
message-interval number
| Synopsis | Interval for sending VRRP advertisement messages | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number message-interval number | |
| Tree | message-interval | |
Description | This command configures the administrative advertisement message timer used by the master virtual router instance to send VRRP advertisement messages. The backup master down timer is derived from the value configured using this command. The use of this command varies for non-owner virtual router instances, depending on the state of the virtual router (master or backup) and the state of the master-int-inherit command:
| |
| Range | 10 to 4095 | |
| Units | centiseconds | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
monitor-oper-group reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | VRRP instance to follow a specified operational group | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number monitor-oper-group reference | |
| Tree | monitor-oper-group | |
Description | This command configures VRRP to associate with an operational group. When associated, VRRP notifies the operational group of its state changes so that other protocols can monitor it to provide a redundancy mechanism. When VRRP is the master router, the operational group is up and the operational group is down for all other VRRP states. | |
Reference | configure service oper-group string | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
ntp-reply boolean
| Synopsis | Allow processing of NTP requests | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number ntp-reply boolean | |
| Tree | ntp-reply | |
Description | When configured to true, the router redirects NTP requests to the VRRP virtual IP address. This behavior only applies to the router acting as the master VRRP router. When configured to false, the router does not process NTP requests. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
oper-group reference
| Synopsis | Operational group name associated with the VRRP | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number oper-group reference | |
| Tree | oper-group | |
Description | This command configures an operational group to associate with the VRRP. When associated, VRRP notifies the operational group of its state changes so that other protocols can monitor it to provide a redundancy mechanism. When VRRP is the master router (MR), the operational group is up. The operational group is down for all other VRRP states. | |
Reference | configure service oper-group string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
owner boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Designate the virtual router instance as owner | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number owner boolean | |
| Tree | owner | |
Description | When configured to true, the router designates this virtual router instance as the owner of the virtual router IP addresses. Therefore, this virtual router becomes responsible for forwarding packets sent to the virtual router IP addresses. The owner also assumes the role of master virtual router. When configured to false, this virtual router instance is designated as a non-owner. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
passive boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Suppress the processing of VRRP advertisement messages | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number passive boolean | |
| Tree | passive | |
Description | When configured to true, the router identifies this virtual router instance as passive; and therefore the owner of the virtual router IP addresses. A passive virtual router instance does not transmit or receive VRRP advertisement messages and is always in either the master state (if the interface is operationally up) or the init state (if the interface is operationally down). When configured to false, this virtual router instance is not identified as passive, meaning that it transmits and receives VRRP advertisement messages. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
ping-reply boolean
| Synopsis | Allow non-owner master to reply to ICMP echo requests | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number ping-reply boolean | |
| Tree | ping-reply | |
Description | When configured to true, the router allows the non-owner master to reply to ICMP echo requests directed at the IP addresses of the virtual router instance. Any routed interface can receive the ping request. Ping must not have been disabled at the management security level (either on the parental IP interface or on the Ping source host address). When configured to false, ICMP echo requests sent to non-owner master virtual IP addresses are silently discarded. Non-owner backup virtual routers never respond to ICMP echo requests, regardless of the configuration of this command. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
policy reference
| Synopsis | VRRP priority control policy | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command configures a VRRP priority control policy to associate with the virtual router instance. VRRP priority control policies can override or adjust the base priority value of the virtual router instance, depending on events or conditions within the chassis. An operator can associate a policy with more than one virtual router instance. The priority events within the policy either override or diminish the base priority set with the priority command. As priority events clear in the policy, the in-use priority can eventually be restored to the base priority value. For non-owner virtual router instances, if this command is not executed, the base priority is used as the in-use priority. | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
preempt boolean
| Synopsis | Allow the VRRP to override an existing non-owner master | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number preempt boolean | |
| Tree | preempt | |
Description | When configured to true, this virtual router instance overrides any non-owner master with an in-use message priority value less than the in-use priority value of this virtual router. When configured to false, this virtual router only becomes master if the master down timer expires before a VRRP advertisement message is received from another virtual router. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
priority number
| Synopsis | Base priority for the VRRP | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number priority number | |
| Tree | priority | |
Description | This command configures the base router priority for the virtual router instance, which defines the selection order of the virtual router in the master election process. The in-use priority is derived from the base priority. However, the in-use priority is modified by optional VRRP priority control policies. An operator can use VRRP priority control policies to either override or adjust the base priority value depending on events or conditions within the chassis. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
standby-forwarding boolean
| Synopsis | Allow standby router to forward traffic | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number standby-forwarding boolean | |
| Tree | standby-forwarding | |
Description | When configured to true, the standby router forwards all traffic. When configured to false, the standby router cannot forward traffic sent to the MAC address of the virtual router. However, the standby router still forwards traffic sent to its own MAC address. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
telnet-reply boolean
| Synopsis | Allow non-owner master to reply to Telnet requests | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number telnet-reply boolean | |
| Tree | telnet-reply | |
Description | When configured to true, the router allows the non-owner master to reply to Telnet requests directed at the IP addresses of the virtual router instance. Any routed interface can receive Telnet requests. Telnet cannot be disabled at the management security level (either on the parental IP interface or on the Telnet source host address). When configured to false, the router silently discards Telnet requests sent to non-owner master virtual IP addresses. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
traceroute-reply boolean
| Synopsis | Allow non-owner master to reply to traceroute requests | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ipv6 vrrp number traceroute-reply boolean | |
| Tree | traceroute-reply | |
Description | When configured to true, the router allows a non-owner master to reply to traceroute requests directed to the IP addresses of the virtual router instance. When configured to false, the router silently discards traceroute requests sent to non-owner master virtual IP addresses. Traceroute must not have been disabled at the management security level (either on the parental IP interface or the source host address). | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
lag
link-map-profile number
| Synopsis | LAG link map profile for a SAP or network interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string lag link-map-profile number | |
| Tree | link-map-profile | |
Description | This command assigns a preconfigured LAG link map profile to a SAP or network interface configured on a LAG or a PW port that exists on a LAG. After an operator assigns a LAG link map profile, the system rehashes the SAP or network interface egress traffic over the LAG as required by the new configuration. If the LAG link map profile for a SAP or network interface is deleted, the system reverts back to per-flow hashing. | |
| Range | 1 to 64 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
per-link-hash
| Synopsis | Enter the per-link-hash context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string lag per-link-hash | |
| Tree | per-link-hash | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
class number
weight number
ldp-sync-timer
| Synopsis | Enter the ldp-sync-timer context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ldp-sync-timer | |
| Tree | ldp-sync-timer | |
Description | Commands in this context set associated parameters for the synchronization of an IGP and LDP. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
end-of-lib boolean
| Synopsis | Terminate LDP synchronization timer | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ldp-sync-timer end-of-lib boolean | |
| Tree | end-of-lib | |
Description | This command configures the system to terminate the LDP synchronization timer early for a specific session to an LDP peer, if the IGP interface receives LDP End-of-LIB Typed Wildcard FEC messages for every FEC type negotiated. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
seconds number
| Synopsis | Time interval for the LDP synchronization timer | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ldp-sync-timer seconds number | |
| Tree | seconds | |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
load-balancing
| Synopsis | Enter the load-balancing context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string load-balancing | |
| Tree | load-balancing | |
Description | Commands in this context configure interface per-flow load-balancing options that apply to traffic that enters this interface and that egresses over a LAG or ECMP. This is a per-interface setting. Load-balancing options enabled on the interface level overwrite options that can also be enabled on the system level. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
flow-label-load-balancing boolean
| Synopsis | Enable flow label load balancing | |
| Context | configure router string interface string load-balancing flow-label-load-balancing boolean | |
| Tree | flow-label-load-balancing | |
Description | When configured to true, the router enables load balancing in ECMP and LAG based on the output of a hash performed on the triplet (SA, DA, flow label) in the header of an IPv6 packet received on an IES, VPRN, R-VPLS, CSC, or network interface. When configured to false, the router disables load balancing in ECMP and LAG. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ip-load-balancing keyword
| Synopsis | IP load-balancing algorithm | |
| Context | configure router string interface string load-balancing ip-load-balancing keyword | |
| Tree | ip-load-balancing | |
Description | This command specifies whether to include the source address, destination address, or both in LAG or ECMP hash on IP interfaces. Additionally, when the l4-load-balancing command is enabled, this command also includes the source or destination port in the hash inputs. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | both | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
lsr-load-balancing keyword
| Synopsis | LSR load-balancing algorithm | |
| Context | configure router string interface string load-balancing lsr-load-balancing keyword | |
| Tree | lsr-load-balancing | |
Description | This command specifies whether the IP header is used in the LAG and ECMP LSR hashing algorithm. This is the per-interface setting. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
spi-load-balancing boolean
| Synopsis | Enable SPI use in hashing | |
| Context | configure router string interface string load-balancing spi-load-balancing boolean | |
| Tree | spi-load-balancing | |
Description | When configured to true, the router uses the Security Parameter Index (SPI) in hashing for ESP and AH encrypted IPv4 and IPv6 traffic. This is a per-interface setting. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
teid-load-balancing boolean
| Synopsis | Enable use of TEID in hashing | |
| Context | configure router string interface string load-balancing teid-load-balancing boolean | |
| Tree | teid-load-balancing | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
loopback
| Synopsis | Use interface as a loopback interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string loopback | |
| Tree | loopback | |
Description | When configured, this interface is used as a loopback interface. This command and the vas-if-type command are mutually exclusive. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: loopback or port. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mac string
| Synopsis | MAC address of the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string mac string | |
| Tree | mac | |
Description | This command assigns a specific MAC address to an IP interface. Only one MAC address can be assigned to an IP interface. When multiple mac commands are entered, the last command overwrites the previous command. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mac-accounting boolean
| Synopsis | Enable MAC accounting functionality | |
| Context | configure router string interface string mac-accounting boolean | |
| Tree | mac-accounting | |
Description | When configured to true, the router enables MAC accounting functionality. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
network-domains
| Synopsis | Enter the network-domains context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string network-domains | |
| Tree | network-domains | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
network-domain [domain-name] reference
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for network-domain | |
| Context | configure router string interface string network-domains network-domain reference | |
| Tree | network-domain | |
Description | Commands in this context assign an interface to a network domain. The router then takes the network domain into account during SAP ingress queue allocation for VPLS SAP. The network domain association can only be done in the base routing context. An operator can associate a network domain with an interface without a physical port being specified, but the configuration has no effect until a corresponding port, or LAG, is defined. Single interfaces can be associated with multiple network domains. | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[domain-name] reference
| Synopsis | Network domain name | |
| Context | configure router string interface string network-domains network-domain reference | |
| Tree | network-domain | |
Reference | configure router string network-domains network-domain string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
port (port-and-encap | keyword)
| Synopsis | Port to bind to this interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string port (port-and-encap | keyword) | |
| Tree | port | |
Description | This command creates an association between a logical IP interface and a physical port. An operator can also associate an interface with the system (loopback address). | |
| String Length | 1 to 45 | |
| Options | ||
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: loopback or port. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ptp-hw-assist
| Synopsis | Enter the ptp-hw-assist context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ptp-hw-assist | |
| Tree | ptp-hw-assist | |
Description | Commands in this context enable the port-based timestamping assist of PTP packets at the physical interface. This capability is supported on specific hardware. The command may be blocked if not all hardware has the required level of support. Only one interface per physical port can have port-based timestamping assist enabled. This feature cannot be enabled if the physical port supporting the interface is configured as a PTP port. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the PTP timestamping assist | |
| Context | configure router string interface string ptp-hw-assist admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
qos
| Synopsis | Enter the qos context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string qos | |
| Tree | qos | |
Description | Commands in this context associate a network QoS policy with a network IP interface. Only one network QoS policy can be associated with an IP interface at one time. Attempts to associate a second QoS policy return an error. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
egress-instance number
| Synopsis | Port egress queue group instance for this interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string qos egress-instance number | |
| Tree | egress-instance | |
Description | This command specifies which instance to associate with this specific network IP interface since multiple instances of the same egress queue-group can be applied to the same port. | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
egress-port-redirect-group reference
| Synopsis | QoS queue group name | |
| Context | configure router string interface string qos egress-port-redirect-group reference | |
| Tree | egress-port-redirect-group | |
Description | This command configures the egress queue group used for all egress forwarding-class redirections specified within the network QoS policy ID. The specified queue group name must exist as an egress queue group applied to the egress context of the port associated with the IP interface. | |
Reference | configure qos queue-group-templates egress queue-group string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ingress-fp-redirect-group reference
| Synopsis | Forwarding plane queue group policy for the interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string qos ingress-fp-redirect-group reference | |
| Tree | ingress-fp-redirect-group | |
Description | This command configures the ingress queue-group used for all ingress forwarding-class redirections specified within the network QoS policy ID. The specified queue group name must exist as an ingress queue group applied to the ingress context of the forwarding plane associated with the IP interface. | |
Reference | configure qos queue-group-templates ingress queue-group string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ingress-instance number
| Synopsis | Forwarding plane ingress queue group for this interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string qos ingress-instance number | |
| Tree | ingress-instance | |
Description | This command configures which instance to associate with this specific network IP interface. An operator can apply multiple instances of the same ingress queue group to the same forwarding plane. | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
network-policy reference
| Synopsis | Network policy name associated with a network interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string qos network-policy reference | |
| Tree | network-policy | |
Description | This command associates an existing network policy name with the IP interface. | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
strip-label boolean
| Synopsis | Strip all MPLS labels before PBR processing | |
| Context | configure router string interface string strip-label boolean | |
| Tree | strip-label | |
Description | When configured to true, the router forces packets to be stripped of all (maximum 5) MPLS labels before the packets are handed over for possible filter (PBR) processing. This command is supported on:
| |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
tos-marking-state keyword
| Synopsis | TOS marking state | |
| Context | configure router string interface string tos-marking-state keyword | |
| Tree | tos-marking-state | |
Description | This command configures the ToS marking state. This command is used to alter the default trusted state to a non-trusted state. When configured to trusted or default, the ToS field is not remarked by egress network IP interfaces unless the egress network IP interface has the remark-trusted state set, in which case the egress network interface treats all VPRN and network IP interfaces as untrusted. When configured to untrusted, all egress network IP interfaces remark IP packets received on the network interface according to the egress marking defintions on each network interface. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | trusted | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
untrusted
| Synopsis | Enable the untrusted context | |
| Context | configure router string interface string untrusted | |
| Tree | untrusted | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the untrusted state for a network IP interface. The untrusted state identifies the participating interfaces in the label security feature for prefixes of a VPN family at an inter-AS boundary. The router supports a maximum of 15 network interfaces that can participate in this feature. The user normally applies this command to an inter-AS interface. PIP keeps track of the untrusted status of each interface. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
default-forwarding keyword
| Synopsis | Default action for selective ILM | |
| Context | configure router string interface string untrusted default-forwarding keyword | |
| Tree | default-forwarding | |
Description | This command specifies the default forwarding behavior of labeled packets received on this interface. This command sets the default behavior for an untrusted interface in the datapath and for all ILMs. When enabling the label security for VPN IPv4 or VPN IPv6 prefixes, BGP programs the data path to provide an exception to the normal way of forwarding away from the default for those VPRN ILMs. When the default behavior is to forward packets, the router checks labeled packets in the normal way against the table of programmed ILMs to decide if packets are dropped or forwarded in a GRT, a VRF, or a L2 service context. When the specified behavior is to drop packets, all labeled packets received on the interface are automatically dropped. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | forward | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
urpf-selected-vprns boolean
| Synopsis | Enable uRPF checking of incoming traffic on interface | |
| Context | configure router string interface string urpf-selected-vprns boolean | |
| Tree | urpf-selected-vprns | |
Description | When configured to true, the router performs uRPF checks of incoming traffic on the network interface for the following:
When configured to false, the router performs uRPF checks for all ingress traffic on the network interface (associated with the base router and all VPRNs) based on the IPv4 and IPv6 urpf-check command configuration options of the network interface. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vas-if-type keyword
| Synopsis | VAS interface type | |
| Context | configure router string interface string vas-if-type keyword | |
| Tree | vas-if-type | |
Description | This command configures the type of a Value Added Service (VAS) facing interface. This command and loopback command | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipsec
multi-chassis-shunt-interface [name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the multi-chassis-shunt-interface list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec multi-chassis-shunt-interface string | |
| Tree | multi-chassis-shunt-interface | |
Description | This command configures the multi-chassis shunting interface name for the peer. | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[name] string
| Synopsis | Multi-chassis shunt interface name | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec multi-chassis-shunt-interface string | |
| Tree | multi-chassis-shunt-interface | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
next-hop
| Synopsis | Enter the next-hop context | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec multi-chassis-shunt-interface string next-hop | |
| Tree | next-hop | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the next hop for shunting over the interface. | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
multi-chassis-shunting-profile [name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the multi-chassis-shunting-profile list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec multi-chassis-shunting-profile string | |
| Tree | multi-chassis-shunting-profile | |
| Max. Instances | 64 | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[name] string
| Synopsis | Multi-chassis shunting profile name | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec multi-chassis-shunting-profile string | |
| Tree | multi-chassis-shunting-profile | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
peer [ip-address] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the peer list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec multi-chassis-shunting-profile string peer reference | |
| Tree | peer | |
| Max. Instances | 3 | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[ip-address] reference
| Synopsis | Peer address | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec multi-chassis-shunting-profile string peer reference | |
| Tree | peer | |
Reference | configure redundancy multi-chassis peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
multi-chassis-shunt-interface reference
| Synopsis | Multi-chassis shunt interface | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec multi-chassis-shunting-profile string peer reference multi-chassis-shunt-interface reference | |
| Tree | multi-chassis-shunt-interface | |
Description | This command configures the shunting interface name for the peer. | |
Reference | configure router string ipsec multi-chassis-shunt-interface string | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
security-policy [id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the security-policy list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec security-policy number | |
| Tree | security-policy | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
[id] number
| Synopsis | IPsec security policy ID | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec security-policy number | |
| Tree | security-policy | |
| Range | 1 to 32768 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
entry [entry-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the entry list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec security-policy number entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
[entry-id] number
| Synopsis | IPsec security policy entry ID | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec security-policy number entry number | |
| Tree | entry | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
local-ip
| Synopsis | Enter the local-ip context | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec security-policy number entry number local-ip | |
| Tree | local-ip | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the local (from the VPN) IPv4 prefix/mask for the policy entry. The system evaluates the local IP as the source IP when traffic is examined in the direction of the flows from private to public and as the destination IP when traffic flows from public to private. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
address string
any boolean
local-ipv6
| Synopsis | Enter the local-ipv6 context | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec security-policy number entry number local-ipv6 | |
| Tree | local-ipv6 | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the local (from the VPN) IPv6 prefix/mask for the policy entry. The system evaluates the local IP as the source IP when traffic is examined in the direction of the flows from private to public and as the destination IP when traffic flows from public to private. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
address string
| Synopsis | Destination IPv6 address of the aggregate route | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec security-policy number entry number local-ipv6 address string | |
| Tree | address | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: address or any. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
any boolean
| Synopsis | Use any IP address | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec security-policy number entry number local-ipv6 any boolean | |
| Tree | any | |
| Default | false | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: address or any. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
remote-ip
| Synopsis | Enter the remote-ip context | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec security-policy number entry number remote-ip | |
| Tree | remote-ip | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the remote (from the tunnel) IP prefix/mask for the policy entry. The system evaluates the remote IP as the source IP when traffic flows public to private and as the destination IP when traffic flows from private to public. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
address string
any boolean
remote-ipv6
| Synopsis | Enter the remote-ipv6 context | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec security-policy number entry number remote-ipv6 | |
| Tree | remote-ipv6 | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the remote (from the tunnel) IPv6 prefix/mask for the policy entry. The system evaluates the remote IP as the source IP when traffic flows from public to private and as the destination IP when traffic flows from private to public. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
address string
| Synopsis | Destination IPv6 address of the aggregate route | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec security-policy number entry number remote-ipv6 address string | |
| Tree | address | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: address or any. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
any boolean
| Synopsis | Use any IP address | |
| Context | configure router string ipsec security-policy number entry number remote-ipv6 any boolean | |
| Tree | any | |
| Default | false | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: address or any. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
ipv6
neighbor-discovery
| Synopsis | Enter the neighbor-discovery context | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 neighbor-discovery | |
| Tree | neighbor-discovery | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
reachable-time number
| Synopsis | Neighbor reachability detection timer | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 neighbor-discovery reachable-time number | |
| Tree | reachable-time | |
| Range | 30 to 3600 | |
| Default | 30 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
stale-time number
| Synopsis | Neighbor discovery cache entry stale time | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 neighbor-discovery stale-time number | |
| Tree | stale-time | |
| Range | 60 to 65535 | |
| Default | 14400 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
router-advertisement
| Synopsis | Enter the router-advertisement context | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement | |
| Tree | router-advertisement | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
dns-options
| Synopsis | Enable the dns-options context | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement dns-options | |
| Tree | dns-options | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rdnss-lifetime (keyword | number)
| Synopsis | Maximum time over which the RDNSS address is valid | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement dns-options rdnss-lifetime (keyword | number) | |
| Tree | rdnss-lifetime | |
Description | This command specifies the maximum time that the RDNSS address is used for name resolution by the client. | |
| Range | 0 | 4 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | infinite | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
server string
| Synopsis | RAs that are forwarded to IPv6 DNS servers | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement dns-options server string | |
| Tree | server | |
| Max. Instances | 4 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interface [ip-int-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the interface list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string | |
| Tree | interface | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-int-name] string
| Synopsis | Router interface name | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string | |
| Tree | interface | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of router advertisement | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
current-hop-limit number
| Synopsis | Hop limit advertised in RA messages | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string current-hop-limit number | |
| Tree | current-hop-limit | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Default | 64 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
dns-options
| Synopsis | Enable the dns-options context | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string dns-options | |
| Tree | dns-options | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
include-rdnss boolean
| Synopsis | Include the RDNSS option in the RA | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string dns-options include-rdnss boolean | |
| Tree | include-rdnss | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
rdnss-lifetime (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum time over which the RDNSS address 25 is valid | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string dns-options rdnss-lifetime (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | rdnss-lifetime | |
| Range | 0 | 4 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
server string
| Synopsis | RAs that are forwarded to IPv6 DNS servers | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string dns-options server string | |
| Tree | server | |
| Max. Instances | 4 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
managed-configuration boolean
| Synopsis | Set the managed address configuration flag | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string managed-configuration boolean | |
| Tree | managed-configuration | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
max-advertisement-interval number
| Synopsis | Maximum time between sending advertisement messages | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string max-advertisement-interval number | |
| Tree | max-advertisement-interval | |
| Range | 4 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 600 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
min-advertisement-interval number
| Synopsis | Minimum interval between router advertisement messages | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string min-advertisement-interval number | |
| Tree | min-advertisement-interval | |
| Range | 3 to 1350 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 200 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mtu number
nd-router-preference keyword
| Synopsis | Default router preference for Router Advertisements | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string nd-router-preference keyword | |
| Tree | nd-router-preference | |
Description | This command configures the default router preference for Router Advertisements (RAs) and allows IPv6 hosts to discover and select a default gateway address by listening to RAs. This feature provides basic traffic engineering functionality for host devices. When this command is applied, the router advertises the respective router preference to the connected host to assist in its selection of the most appropriate default gateway on a link. This extension is backward compatible, both for routers (setting the router preference bits) and hosts (interpreting the router preference bits). These bits are ignored by hosts that do not implement the RFC 4191 functionality by configuring this command. Similarly, hosts that do not implement the RFC 4191 functionality interpret the values sent by devices that do not implement the RFC 4191 extension as a medium preference. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | medium | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
other-stateful-configuration boolean
| Synopsis | Set the other configuration flag | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string other-stateful-configuration boolean | |
| Tree | other-stateful-configuration | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
prefix [ipv6-prefix] string
[ipv6-prefix] string
autonomous boolean
| Synopsis | Set the autonomous flag value | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string prefix string autonomous boolean | |
| Tree | autonomous | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
on-link boolean
preferred-lifetime (keyword | number)
| Synopsis | Remaining time that the prefix remains preferred | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string prefix string preferred-lifetime (keyword | number) | |
| Tree | preferred-lifetime | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967294 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 604800 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
valid-lifetime (keyword | number)
| Synopsis | Remaining time in which the prefix is still valid | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string prefix string valid-lifetime (keyword | number) | |
| Tree | valid-lifetime | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967294 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 2592000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
reachable-time number
| Synopsis | Time the router is reachable by other hosts or nodes | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string reachable-time number | |
| Tree | reachable-time | |
| Range | 0 to 3600000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
retransmit-time number
| Synopsis | Time to advertise neighbor advertisement messages | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string retransmit-time number | |
| Tree | retransmit-time | |
| Range | 0 to 1800000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
router-lifetime number
| Synopsis | Lifetime value in neighbor advertisement messages | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string router-lifetime number | |
| Tree | router-lifetime | |
| Range | 0 | 4 to 9000 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 1800 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
use-virtual-mac boolean
| Synopsis | Use VRRP virtual MAC address for advertisement message | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6 router-advertisement interface string use-virtual-mac boolean | |
| Tree | use-virtual-mac | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6-te-router-id
| Synopsis | Enter the ipv6-te-router-id context | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6-te-router-id | |
| Tree | ipv6-te-router-id | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interface reference
| Synopsis | Network IP interface name to obtain IP address | |
| Context | configure router string ipv6-te-router-id interface reference | |
| Tree | interface | |
Description | This command specifies the interface name from which to obtain the IP address to use as the IPv6 TE Router ID. This router ID uniquely identifies the router to other routers as IPv6 TE capable in an IGP TE domain. IS-IS advertises this information using the IPv6 TE Router ID TLV. | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
isa-service-chaining
| Synopsis | Enable the isa-service-chaining context | |
| Context | configure router string isa-service-chaining | |
| Tree | isa-service-chaining | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
nat-group [id] number
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for nat-group | |
| Context | configure router string isa-service-chaining nat-group number | |
| Tree | nat-group | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[id] number
| Synopsis | ISA NAT group/ISA WLAN GW group ID for the EVPN pools | |
| Context | configure router string isa-service-chaining nat-group number | |
| Tree | nat-group | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
vxlan-vtep-range
| Synopsis | Enable the vxlan-vtep-range context | |
| Context | configure router string isa-service-chaining vxlan-vtep-range | |
| Tree | vxlan-vtep-range | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | End address of the VXLAN VTEP range | |
| Context | configure router string isa-service-chaining vxlan-vtep-range end (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | end | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Start address of the VXLAN VTEP range | |
| Context | configure router string isa-service-chaining vxlan-vtep-range start (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | start | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
isis [isis-instance] number
[isis-instance] number
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the IS-IS instance | |
| Context | configure router string isis number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-passive-only boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise prefixes that belong to passive interfaces | |
| Context | configure router string isis number advertise-passive-only boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-passive-only | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
advertise-router-capability keyword
| Synopsis | Router capabilities advertisement to neighbors | |
| Context | configure router string isis number advertise-router-capability keyword | |
| Tree | advertise-router-capability | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
advertise-tunnel-link boolean
| Synopsis | Allow use of forwarding adjacency | |
| Context | configure router string isis number advertise-tunnel-link boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-tunnel-link | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
all-l1isis string
| Synopsis | Destination MAC address for all L1 IS-IS routers | |
| Context | configure router string isis number all-l1isis string | |
| Tree | all-l1isis | |
| Default | 01:80:C2:00:00:14 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
all-l2isis string
| Synopsis | Destination MAC address for all L2 IS-IS routers | |
| Context | configure router string isis number all-l2isis string | |
| Tree | all-l2isis | |
| Default | 01:80:C2:00:00:15 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
area-address string
| Synopsis | Area address portion of the NSAP address | |
| Context | configure router string isis number area-address string | |
| Tree | area-address | |
| String Length | 2 to 38 | |
| Max. Instances | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
authentication-check boolean
| Synopsis | Perform authentication check to reject mismatch PDUs | |
| Context | configure router string isis number authentication-check boolean | |
| Tree | authentication-check | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
authentication-key string
| Synopsis | Authentication key to verify PDUs sent from neighbors | |
| Context | configure router string isis number authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
| String Length | 1 to 366 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-keychain reference
| Synopsis | Keychain used to sign and authenticate | |
| Context | configure router string isis number authentication-keychain reference | |
| Tree | authentication-keychain | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-type keyword
| Synopsis | Authentication type | |
| Context | configure router string isis number authentication-type keyword | |
| Tree | authentication-type | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
csnp-authentication boolean
| Synopsis | Authenticate individual IS-IS packets of the CSNP type | |
| Context | configure router string isis number csnp-authentication boolean | |
| Tree | csnp-authentication | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
database-export
| Synopsis | Enable the database-export context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number database-export | |
| Tree | database-export | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bgp-ls-identifier
| Synopsis | Enable the bgp-ls-identifier context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number database-export bgp-ls-identifier | |
| Tree | bgp-ls-identifier | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
value number
| Synopsis | BGP-LS identifier sent in the BGP-LS NLRI | |
| Context | configure router string isis number database-export bgp-ls-identifier value number | |
| Tree | value | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
igp-identifier number
| Synopsis | Unique ID of the IGP instance in the BGP-LS NLRI | |
| Context | configure router string isis number database-export igp-identifier number | |
| Tree | igp-identifier | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 18446744073709551615 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
default-route-tag number
| Synopsis | Route tag for the default route | |
| Context | configure router string isis number default-route-tag number | |
| Tree | default-route-tag | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
entropy-label
| Synopsis | Enter the entropy-label context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number entropy-label | |
| Tree | entropy-label | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
override-tunnel-elc boolean
| Synopsis | Enable override of received ELC advertisements | |
| Context | configure router string isis number entropy-label override-tunnel-elc boolean | |
| Tree | override-tunnel-elc | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
export-limit
| Synopsis | Enable the export-limit context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number export-limit | |
| Tree | export-limit | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
log-percent number
| Synopsis | Export limit before warning and SNMP notification sent | |
| Context | configure router string isis number export-limit log-percent number | |
| Tree | log-percent | |
| Range | 1 to 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
number number
| Synopsis | Maximum routes or prefixes exported from route table | |
| Context | configure router string isis number export-limit number number | |
| Tree | number | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Export policies that determine exported routes | |
| Context | configure router string isis number export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Description | This command configures export routing policies for the routes exported from the routing table to IS-IS. If the export policy is undefined, the system does not export non IS-IS routes from the routing table manager to IS-IS. If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. If the aggregate command is also configured in the configure router context, the aggregation is applied before the export policy is applied. Routing policies are created in the configure router policy-options context. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
flexible-algorithms
| Synopsis | Enter the flexible-algorithms context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number flexible-algorithms | |
| Tree | flexible-algorithms | |
Description | Commands in this context configure IS-IS parameters for flexible algorithm participation. | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of flexible algorithm support | |
| Context | configure router string isis number flexible-algorithms admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
Description | This command specifies the administrative state of the support of flexible algorithm IGP LSDB extensions. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-admin-group keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative group TLV to advertise | |
| Context | configure router string isis number flexible-algorithms advertise-admin-group keyword | |
| Tree | advertise-admin-group | |
Description | This command configures the type of Administrative Group TLV the router advertises as an IGP link attribute. This command is configured for this IGP instance. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | prefer-ag | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
flex-algo [flex-algo-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the flex-algo list instance | |
| Context | configure router string isis number flexible-algorithms flex-algo number | |
| Tree | flex-algo | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an IS-IS flexible algorithm. When flexible algorithm is configured in an IS-IS instance, the IS-IS instance is configured for all levels (Level 1 and Level 2). | |
| Max. Instances | 7 | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[flex-algo-id] number
| Synopsis | Flexible algorithm ID | |
| Context | configure router string isis number flexible-algorithms flex-algo number | |
| Tree | flex-algo | |
| Range | 128 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise reference
| Synopsis | Flexible Algorithm Definition advertisement | |
| Context | configure router string isis number flexible-algorithms flex-algo number advertise reference | |
| Tree | advertise | |
Description | This command enables the advertisement of a locally configured Flexible Algorithm Definition (FAD). The winning FAD that a router uses must be consistent with the winning FAD on all other routers, which avoids routing loops and traffic blackholing. The winning FAD is selected using a tiebreaker algorithm that first selects the highest advertised FAD priority followed by the highest system ID. | |
Reference | configure routing-options flexible-algorithm-definitions flex-algo string | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
loopfree-alternate
| Synopsis | Enable the loopfree-alternate context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number flexible-algorithms flex-algo number loopfree-alternate | |
| Tree | loopfree-alternate | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
micro-loop-avoidance
| Synopsis | Enable the micro-loop-avoidance context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number flexible-algorithms flex-algo number micro-loop-avoidance | |
| Tree | micro-loop-avoidance | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
participate boolean
| Synopsis | Allow participation in the Flexible Algorithm | |
| Context | configure router string isis number flexible-algorithms flex-algo number participate boolean | |
| Tree | participate | |
Description | When configured to true, the router advertises the capability to participate in a flexible algorithm within the IS-IS Router Capability TLV. A router only advertises participation when the winning FAD can be supported, which includes segment routing support. When configured to false, flexible algorithm participation is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
graceful-restart
| Synopsis | Enable the graceful-restart context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number graceful-restart | |
| Tree | graceful-restart | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
helper-mode boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the Graceful Restart helper for IS-IS | |
| Context | configure router string isis number graceful-restart helper-mode boolean | |
| Tree | helper-mode | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
hello-authentication boolean
| Synopsis | Authenticate Hello type IS-IS protocol packets | |
| Context | configure router string isis number hello-authentication boolean | |
| Tree | hello-authentication | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
hello-padding keyword
| Synopsis | IS-IS Hello message padding | |
| Context | configure router string isis number hello-padding keyword | |
| Tree | hello-padding | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ignore-attached-bit boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore attached bit on received Layer 1 LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string isis number ignore-attached-bit boolean | |
| Tree | ignore-attached-bit | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ignore-lsp-errors boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore LSP packets with errors | |
| Context | configure router string isis number ignore-lsp-errors boolean | |
| Tree | ignore-lsp-errors | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ignore-narrow-metric boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore links with narrow metrics | |
| Context | configure router string isis number ignore-narrow-metric boolean | |
| Tree | ignore-narrow-metric | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
igp-shortcut
| Synopsis | Enter the igp-shortcut context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number igp-shortcut | |
| Tree | igp-shortcut | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of RSVP-TE or SR-TE shortcut | |
| Context | configure router string isis number igp-shortcut admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
allow-sr-over-srte boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable SR over SR-TE LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string isis number igp-shortcut allow-sr-over-srte boolean | |
| Tree | allow-sr-over-srte | |
Description | When configured to true, the router only allows SR-MPLS SRv4 and SRv6 IGP shortcuts to use SR-TE LSPs with allow-sr-over-srte explicitly enabled with an adjacency SID as top SID in the SR-TE LSP. IPv4 and IPv6 addresses can use all available SR-TE LSPs as IGP shortcuts regardless of the explicit allow-sr-over-srte configuration. Under ECMP, when this command is configured to true, preference is given to the SR-TE LSPs with allow-sr-over-srte explicitly configured over the LSPs that do not have allow-sr-over-srte configured. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
tunnel-next-hop
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the tunnel-next-hop context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop | |
| Tree | tunnel-next-hop | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
family [family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the family list instance | |
| Context | configure router string isis number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Address family type for tunnel next hop | |
| Context | configure router string isis number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
resolution keyword
| Synopsis | Resolution mode for IGP shortcut tunnels | |
| Context | configure router string isis number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword resolution keyword | |
| Tree | resolution | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
resolution-filter
| Synopsis | Enter the resolution-filter context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword resolution-filter | |
| Tree | resolution-filter | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rsvp boolean
| Synopsis | Use RSVP tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string isis number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword resolution-filter rsvp boolean | |
| Tree | rsvp | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-te boolean
| Synopsis | Use SR-TE tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string isis number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword resolution-filter sr-te boolean | |
| Tree | sr-te | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
iid-tlv boolean
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Import policy names for routes from IGP to route table | |
| Context | configure router string isis number import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interface [interface-name] string
[interface-name] string
adjacency-set [id] reference
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for adjacency-set | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string adjacency-set reference | |
| Tree | adjacency-set | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[id] reference
| Synopsis | Adjacency set ID | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string adjacency-set reference | |
| Tree | adjacency-set | |
Reference | configure router string isis number segment-routing adjacency-set number | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the IS-IS interface | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness
| Synopsis | Enter the bfd-liveness context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string bfd-liveness | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | Commands in this context enable the use of bidirectional forwarding (BFD) to control IPv4 and IPv6 adjacencies. Enabling BFD on an IPv4 or IPv6 protocol interface ties the protocol interface state to the BFD session state between the local and remote nodes. BFD must be enabled on the applicable IP interface. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4
include-bfd-tlv boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IS-IS BFD TLVs on the interface | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string bfd-liveness ipv4 include-bfd-tlv boolean | |
| Tree | include-bfd-tlv | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6
include-bfd-tlv boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IS-IS BFD TLVs on the interface | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string bfd-liveness ipv6 include-bfd-tlv boolean | |
| Tree | include-bfd-tlv | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
csnp-interval number
| Synopsis | Time interval between successive CSN PDUs sent | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string csnp-interval number | |
| Tree | csnp-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
default-instance boolean
| Synopsis | Allow non-MI capable router to establish an adjacency | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string default-instance boolean | |
| Tree | default-instance | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
flex-algo [flex-algo-id] number
[flex-algo-id] number
ipv4-node-sid
| Synopsis | Enable the ipv4-node-sid context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string flex-algo number ipv4-node-sid | |
| Tree | ipv4-node-sid | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
index number
label number
ipv6-node-sid
| Synopsis | Enable the ipv6-node-sid context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string flex-algo number ipv6-node-sid | |
| Tree | ipv6-node-sid | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
index number
label number
hello-authentication boolean
| Synopsis | Authenticate Hello type IS-IS protocol packets | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string hello-authentication boolean | |
| Tree | hello-authentication | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
hello-authentication-key string
| Synopsis | Authentication key or hash string for Hello PDUs | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string hello-authentication-key string | |
| Tree | hello-authentication-key | |
| String Length | 1 to 366 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
hello-authentication-keychain reference
| Synopsis | Authentication keychain to use for the session | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string hello-authentication-keychain reference | |
| Tree | hello-authentication-keychain | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
hello-authentication-type keyword
| Synopsis | Hello authentication type | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string hello-authentication-type keyword | |
| Tree | hello-authentication-type | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
hello-padding keyword
| Synopsis | Padding on IS-IS Hello packets | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string hello-padding keyword | |
| Tree | hello-padding | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
interface-type keyword
| Synopsis | Interface type to broadcast, point-to-point, or to be default | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string interface-type keyword | |
| Tree | interface-type | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ipv4-adjacency-sid
| Synopsis | Enable the ipv4-adjacency-sid context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string ipv4-adjacency-sid | |
| Tree | ipv4-adjacency-sid | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label number
ipv4-multicast boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IPv4 multicast routing for the interface | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string ipv4-multicast boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4-multicast | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv4-node-sid
| Synopsis | Enable the ipv4-node-sid context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string ipv4-node-sid | |
| Tree | ipv4-node-sid | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
clear-n-flag boolean
| Synopsis | Clear the node-sid flag (N-flag) | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string ipv4-node-sid clear-n-flag boolean | |
| Tree | clear-n-flag | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
index number
label number
ipv6-adjacency-sid
| Synopsis | Enable the ipv6-adjacency-sid context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string ipv6-adjacency-sid | |
| Tree | ipv6-adjacency-sid | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label number
ipv6-multicast boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IPv6 multicast routing for the interface | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string ipv6-multicast boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6-multicast | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6-node-sid
| Synopsis | Enable the ipv6-node-sid context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string ipv6-node-sid | |
| Tree | ipv6-node-sid | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
clear-n-flag boolean
| Synopsis | Clear the node-sid flag (N-flag) | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string ipv6-node-sid clear-n-flag boolean | |
| Tree | clear-n-flag | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
index number
label number
ipv6-unicast boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IPv6 unicast routing for the interface | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string ipv6-unicast boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6-unicast | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
level [level-number] keyword
[level-number] keyword
hello-authentication-key string
| Synopsis | Authentication key for Hello PDUs | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string level keyword hello-authentication-key string | |
| Tree | hello-authentication-key | |
Description | This command configures the authentication key (password) for Hello PDUs. Both the Hello authentication key and the Hello authentication type on a segment must match. If both IS-IS and Hello authentication are configured, Hello messages are validated using Hello authentication. If only IS-IS authentication is configured, it is used to authenticate all IS-IS (including Hello) protocol PDUs. | |
| String Length | 1 to 366 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
hello-authentication-keychain reference
| Synopsis | Authentication keychain to use for the session | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string level keyword hello-authentication-keychain reference | |
| Tree | hello-authentication-keychain | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
hello-authentication-type keyword
| Synopsis | Hello authentication enabled on the context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string level keyword hello-authentication-type keyword | |
| Tree | hello-authentication-type | |
Description | This command enables Hello authentication at the level context. Both the Hello authentication key and the Hello authentication type on a segment must match. The Hello authentication-key statement must also be included. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
hello-interval number
| Synopsis | Interval between Hello messages sent on this level | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string level keyword hello-interval number | |
| Tree | hello-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 20000 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 9 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
hello-multiplier number
| Synopsis | Hello messages missed from neighbor before router declares adjacency down | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string level keyword hello-multiplier number | |
| Tree | hello-multiplier | |
| Range | 2 to 100 | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
hello-padding keyword
| Synopsis | Padding on IS-IS Hello packets | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string level keyword hello-padding keyword | |
| Tree | hello-padding | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ipv4-multicast-metric number
| Synopsis | IS-IS interface metric applied for IPv4 multicast | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string level keyword ipv4-multicast-metric number | |
| Tree | ipv4-multicast-metric | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv6-multicast-metric number
| Synopsis | IS-IS interface metric applied for IPv6 multicast | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string level keyword ipv6-multicast-metric number | |
| Tree | ipv6-multicast-metric | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv6-unicast-metric number
| Synopsis | IS-IS interface metric applied for IPv6 unicast | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string level keyword ipv6-unicast-metric number | |
| Tree | ipv6-unicast-metric | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
metric number
passive boolean
priority number
sd-offset number
sf-offset number
level-capability keyword
| Synopsis | IS-IS levels for this interface | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string level-capability keyword | |
| Tree | level-capability | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 1/2 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
load-balancing-weight number
| Synopsis | Load balancing weight | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string load-balancing-weight number | |
| Tree | load-balancing-weight | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
loopfree-alternate
| Synopsis | Enter the loopfree-alternate context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string loopfree-alternate | |
| Tree | loopfree-alternate | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
exclude boolean
policy-map
| Synopsis | Enable the policy-map context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string loopfree-alternate policy-map | |
| Tree | policy-map | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
route-nh-template reference
| Synopsis | Route next hop policy template name | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string loopfree-alternate policy-map route-nh-template reference | |
| Tree | route-nh-template | |
Reference | configure routing-options route-next-hop-policy template string | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
lsp-pacing-interval number
| Synopsis | Interval for sending LSPs from interface | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string lsp-pacing-interval number | |
| Tree | lsp-pacing-interval | |
| Range | 0 to 65535 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mesh-group
| Synopsis | Enable the mesh-group context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string mesh-group | |
| Tree | mesh-group | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
blocked
value number
passive boolean
retransmit-interval number
| Synopsis | Minimum time between LSP PDU retransmissions on point-to-point interface | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string retransmit-interval number | |
| Tree | retransmit-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
sid-protection boolean
| Synopsis | Allow adjacency SID protection by LFA and remote LFA | |
| Context | configure router string isis number interface string sid-protection boolean | |
| Tree | sid-protection | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
tag number
ipv4-multicast-routing keyword
| Synopsis | IS-IS topology for IPv4 multicast routing | |
| Context | configure router string isis number ipv4-multicast-routing keyword | |
| Tree | ipv4-multicast-routing | |
| Options | ||
| Default | native | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv4-routing boolean
| Synopsis | Support IPv4 routing for IS-IS instance | |
| Context | configure router string isis number ipv4-routing boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4-routing | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6-multicast-routing keyword
| Synopsis | Topology to populate the IPv6 multicast RTM | |
| Context | configure router string isis number ipv6-multicast-routing keyword | |
| Tree | ipv6-multicast-routing | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv6-routing keyword
| Synopsis | Routing topology for IPv6 | |
| Context | configure router string isis number ipv6-routing keyword | |
| Tree | ipv6-routing | |
| Options | ||
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ldp-over-rsvp boolean
| Synopsis | Allow LDP over RSVP processing | |
| Context | configure router string isis number ldp-over-rsvp boolean | |
| Tree | ldp-over-rsvp | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ldp-sync boolean
level [level-number] keyword
[level-number] keyword
advertise-router-capability boolean
| Synopsis | Allow router advertisement capabilities | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword advertise-router-capability boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-router-capability | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
authentication-key string
| Synopsis | Authentication key to verify PDUs sent on the interface | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
Description | This command sets the authentication key used to verify PDUs sent by neighboring routers on the interface. Neighboring routers use passwords to authenticate PDUs sent from an interface. For authentication to work, both the authentication key and the authentication type on a segment must match. The authentication-type command must also be included. | |
| String Length | 1 to 366 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-keychain reference
| Synopsis | Keychain used to sign and authenticate | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword authentication-keychain reference | |
| Tree | authentication-keychain | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-type keyword
| Synopsis | Authentication type to be used | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword authentication-type keyword | |
| Tree | authentication-type | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bier
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of BIER | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword bier admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
template reference
csnp-authentication boolean
| Synopsis | Enable authentication of CSNP IS-IS protocol packets | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword csnp-authentication boolean | |
| Tree | csnp-authentication | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
database-export-exclude boolean
| Synopsis | Exclude IGP link-state information of a specific IS-IS level from being exported into extended TE-DB | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword database-export-exclude boolean | |
| Tree | database-export-exclude | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
default-ipv4-multicast-metric number
| Synopsis | Default metric for IPv4 unicast | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword default-ipv4-multicast-metric number | |
| Tree | default-ipv4-multicast-metric | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
default-ipv6-multicast-metric number
| Synopsis | Default metric for IPv6 unicast | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword default-ipv6-multicast-metric number | |
| Tree | default-ipv6-multicast-metric | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
default-ipv6-unicast-metric number
| Synopsis | Default metric for IPv6 unicast | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword default-ipv6-unicast-metric number | |
| Tree | default-ipv6-unicast-metric | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
default-metric number
| Synopsis | Default metric | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword default-metric number | |
| Tree | default-metric | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
external-preference number
| Synopsis | External route preference for IS-IS level | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword external-preference number | |
| Tree | external-preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
hello-authentication boolean
| Synopsis | Authenticate Hello type IS-IS protocol packets | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword hello-authentication boolean | |
| Tree | hello-authentication | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
hello-padding keyword
| Synopsis | Padding on IS-IS Hello packets | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword hello-padding keyword | |
| Tree | hello-padding | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
loopfree-alternate-exclude boolean
| Synopsis | Exclude interface participating in specific IS-IS level in SPF LFA computation | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword loopfree-alternate-exclude boolean | |
| Tree | loopfree-alternate-exclude | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
lsp-mtu-size number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element requires the admin-state of the parent element to be toggled manually for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | LSP MTU size | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword lsp-mtu-size number | |
| Tree | lsp-mtu-size | |
| Range | 490 to 9778 | |
| Units | bytes | |
| Default | 1492 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
preference number
| Synopsis | External route preference at level | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
psnp-authentication boolean
| Synopsis | Enable authentication on PSNP IS-IS protocol packets | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword psnp-authentication boolean | |
| Tree | psnp-authentication | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
wide-metrics-only boolean
| Synopsis | Use wide metrics advertisements in the LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level keyword wide-metrics-only boolean | |
| Tree | wide-metrics-only | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
level-capability keyword
| Synopsis | Routing level for instance | |
| Context | configure router string isis number level-capability keyword | |
| Tree | level-capability | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 1/2 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
link-group [link-group-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the link-group list instance | |
| Context | configure router string isis number link-group string | |
| Tree | link-group | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[link-group-name] string
| Synopsis | Link group name for the IS-IS protocol | |
| Context | configure router string isis number link-group string | |
| Tree | link-group | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string isis number link-group string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
level [level-number] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the level list instance | |
| Context | configure router string isis number link-group string level keyword | |
| Tree | level | |
| Max. Instances | 2 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[level-number] keyword
| Synopsis | ISIS protocol level number | |
| Context | configure router string isis number link-group string level keyword | |
| Tree | level | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv4-multicast-metric-offset number
| Synopsis | Offset value for the IPv4 multicast address family | |
| Context | configure router string isis number link-group string level keyword ipv4-multicast-metric-offset number | |
| Tree | ipv4-multicast-metric-offset | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4-unicast-metric-offset number
| Synopsis | Offset value for the IPv4 unicast address family | |
| Context | configure router string isis number link-group string level keyword ipv4-unicast-metric-offset number | |
| Tree | ipv4-unicast-metric-offset | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv6-multicast-metric-offset number
| Synopsis | Offset value for the IPv6 multicast address family | |
| Context | configure router string isis number link-group string level keyword ipv6-multicast-metric-offset number | |
| Tree | ipv6-multicast-metric-offset | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv6-unicast-metric-offset number
| Synopsis | Offset value for the IPv6 unicast address family | |
| Context | configure router string isis number link-group string level keyword ipv6-unicast-metric-offset number | |
| Tree | ipv6-unicast-metric-offset | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
member [interface-name] reference
[interface-name] reference
oper-members number
| Synopsis | Minimum number of operational links | |
| Context | configure router string isis number link-group string level keyword oper-members number | |
| Tree | oper-members | |
| Range | 1 to 8 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
revert-members number
| Synopsis | Minimum number of operational links to return link group to normal state and remove offsets | |
| Context | configure router string isis number link-group string level keyword revert-members number | |
| Tree | revert-members | |
| Range | 1 to 8 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
loopfree-alternate
| Synopsis | Enable the loopfree-alternate context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number loopfree-alternate | |
| Tree | loopfree-alternate | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
augment-route-table boolean
| Synopsis | Attach remote LFA information to RTM entries | |
| Context | configure router string isis number loopfree-alternate augment-route-table boolean | |
| Tree | augment-route-table | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables IS-IS to attach remote LFA-specific information to RTM entries for use by protocols such as LDP. When configured to false, rLFA-specific information is not added to RTM entries. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
exclude
| Synopsis | Enter the exclude context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number loopfree-alternate exclude | |
| Tree | exclude | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
prefix-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policy to exclude prefixes from LFA SPF calculation | |
| Context | configure router string isis number loopfree-alternate exclude prefix-policy reference | |
| Tree | prefix-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the name of the policy for the prefixes to exclude from the LFA SPF calculation. An excluded prefix is not included in LFA calculation regardless of its priority. The prefix tag is, however, used in the main SPF. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
multi-homed-prefix
| Synopsis | Enable the multi-homed-prefix context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number loopfree-alternate multi-homed-prefix | |
| Tree | multi-homed-prefix | |
Description | Commands in this context enable multihomed prefix LFA for IS-IS routes (IP FRR), SR-ISIS tunnels, and SRv6-ISIS tunnels. This feature uses the multihomed prefix model described in RFC 8518 to compute a backup IP next hop using an alternate ABR or ASBR for external prefixes and to an alternate router owner for local anycast prefixes. This feature further enhances the multihomed prefix backup path calculation beyond RFC 8518 with the addition of repair tunnels that make use of a PQ node or a P-Q set to reach the alternate exit ABR or ASBR of external prefixes or the alternate owner router of intra-area anycast prefixes. The computed IP next hop-based backup path is added to IS-IS routes of external /32 prefixes or /128 prefixes and intra-area /32 or /128 anycast prefixes in the RTM if the prefix is not protected by the base LFA or if the user set leaf preference command option is configured to all. The user must enable the configure routing-options ip-fast-reroute command to have these backup paths programmed into the FIB in the datapath. The computed IP next hop or repair tunnel-based backup path is also programmed for:
As a result, an SR-TE LSP, an SR-MPLS policy, or an SRv6 policy which uses an SR-ISIS SID or an SRv6-ISIS SID of those same prefixes in its configured or computed SID list benefits from the multihomed prefix LFA protection. Once the IP next-hop based multihomed prefix LFA is enabled, the extensions to compute an SR-TE repair tunnel for the multihomed prefix LFA in the case of SR-ISIS and SRv6-ISIS are automatically enabled if the user also enabled TI-LFA or Remote LFA. The computation reuses the SID list of the primary path or of the TI-LFA or Remote LFA backup path of the alternate ABR or ASBR or alternate owner router. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
preference keyword
| Synopsis | Multihomed prefix LFA backup path preference | |
| Context | configure router string isis number loopfree-alternate multi-homed-prefix preference keyword | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
remote-lfa
| Synopsis | Enable the remote-lfa context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number loopfree-alternate remote-lfa | |
| Tree | remote-lfa | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-pq-cost number
| Synopsis | Maximum cost of destination node during reverse SPF calculation | |
| Context | configure router string isis number loopfree-alternate remote-lfa max-pq-cost number | |
| Tree | max-pq-cost | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 4261412864 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
node-protect
| Synopsis | Enable the node-protect context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number loopfree-alternate remote-lfa node-protect | |
| Tree | node-protect | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
max-pq-nodes number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of PQ nodes found in the LFA SPFs | |
| Context | configure router string isis number loopfree-alternate remote-lfa node-protect max-pq-nodes number | |
| Tree | max-pq-nodes | |
| Range | 1 to 32 | |
| Default | 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
ti-lfa
| Synopsis | Enable the ti-lfa context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number loopfree-alternate ti-lfa | |
| Tree | ti-lfa | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the Topology-Independent Loop-Free Alternate (TI-LFA) algorithm used in the LFA Shortest Path First (SPF) calculation for this IS-IS instance. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-sr-frr-labels number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of labels the TI-LFA backup path can use | |
| Context | configure router string isis number loopfree-alternate ti-lfa max-sr-frr-labels number | |
| Tree | max-sr-frr-labels | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of labels allowed in the segment list of the TI-LFA repair tunnel. A higher value results in better coverage by TI-LFA at the expense of increased packet encapsulation overhead. The TI-LFA algorithm uses this value to limit the search for the Q-node from the P-node on the post-convergence path. | |
| Range | 0 to 3 | |
| Default | 2 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
max-srv6-frr-sids number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of SIDs the TI-LFA backup path can use | |
| Context | configure router string isis number loopfree-alternate ti-lfa max-srv6-frr-sids number | |
| Tree | max-srv6-frr-sids | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of SRv6 SIDs allowed in the segment list of the TI-LFA repair tunnel. A higher value results in better coverage by TI-LFA at the expense of increased packet encapsulation overhead. The TI-LFA algorithm uses this value to limit the search for the Q-node from the P-node on the post-convergence path | |
| Range | 0 to 3 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
node-protect
| Synopsis | Enable the node-protect context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number loopfree-alternate ti-lfa node-protect | |
| Tree | node-protect | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R5 | |
Platforms | All |
lsp-lifetime number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element requires the admin-state of the parent element to be toggled manually for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Amount of time during which an LSP is considered valid | |
| Context | configure router string isis number lsp-lifetime number | |
| Tree | lsp-lifetime | |
| Range | 350 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 1200 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime number
| Synopsis | Minimum value for the Remaining Lifetime of an LSP | |
| Context | configure router string isis number lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime number | |
| Tree | lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime | |
| Range | 350 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
lsp-mtu-size number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element requires the admin-state of the parent element to be toggled manually for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | LSP MTU size | |
| Context | configure router string isis number lsp-mtu-size number | |
| Tree | lsp-mtu-size | |
| Range | 490 to 9778 | |
| Units | bytes | |
| Default | 1492 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
lsp-refresh
| Synopsis | Enter the lsp-refresh context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number lsp-refresh | |
| Tree | lsp-refresh | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
half-lifetime boolean
| Synopsis | Set the refresh interval to always be half the LSP lifetime | |
| Context | configure router string isis number lsp-refresh half-lifetime boolean | |
| Tree | half-lifetime | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
interval number
| Synopsis | Refresh timer interval | |
| Context | configure router string isis number lsp-refresh interval number | |
| Tree | interval | |
| Range | 150 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 600 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mru-mismatch-detection boolean
| Synopsis | Enable detection of MRU mismatch | |
| Context | configure router string isis number mru-mismatch-detection boolean | |
| Tree | mru-mismatch-detection | |
Description | When configured to true, this command verifies that the received IS-IS Hello (IIH) packet size does not exceed the configured maximum port MTU size. The received IIH packet is dropped when its size exceeds the maximum port MTU size. When configured to false, the IS-IS router instance will not drop oversized IIH packets. By default, FP-based hardware can receive oversized packets but it will not originate them. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
multi-topology
| Synopsis | Enable the multi-topology context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number multi-topology | |
| Tree | multi-topology | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4-multicast boolean
| Synopsis | Support IPv4 topology (MT3) | |
| Context | configure router string isis number multi-topology ipv4-multicast boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4-multicast | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6-multicast boolean
| Synopsis | Support IPv6 topology (MT4) | |
| Context | configure router string isis number multi-topology ipv6-multicast boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6-multicast | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6-unicast boolean
| Synopsis | Support multi-topology TLVs | |
| Context | configure router string isis number multi-topology ipv6-unicast boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6-unicast | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
multicast-import
| Synopsis | Enter the multicast-import context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number multicast-import | |
| Tree | multicast-import | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Submit IPv4 routes into the multicast RPF of the RTM | |
| Context | configure router string isis number multicast-import ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Submit IPv6 routes into the multicast RPF of the RTM | |
| Context | configure router string isis number multicast-import ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
overload
max-metric boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise transit links with maximum metric instead of setting overload bit | |
| Context | configure router string isis number overload max-metric boolean | |
| Tree | max-metric | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
overload-export-external boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise the external routes when router is in overloaded | |
| Context | configure router string isis number overload-export-external boolean | |
| Tree | overload-export-external | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
overload-export-interlevel boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise the inter-level routes when router is overloaded | |
| Context | configure router string isis number overload-export-interlevel boolean | |
| Tree | overload-export-interlevel | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
overload-fib-error-notify-only
| Synopsis | Enable the overload-fib-error-notify-only context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number overload-fib-error-notify-only | |
| Tree | overload-fib-error-notify-only | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the IS-IS router to send a notification when an overload condition occurs while programming the FIB, instead of advertising the overload condition of the router in the IS-IS LSP. Note: Nokia recommends being careful using this command. When you configure the router not to advertise the IS-IS overload state in the IS-IS LSP, other routers are not instructed to take the overloaded router out of the IS-IS forwarding topology and this will cause suboptimal forwarding and non-deterministic behavior on the overloaded router. To avoid changing the default IS-IS overflow behavior, leave this command disabled. When this command is configured, the IS-IS router enters a suboptimal state where it sends only a notification trap; transit traffic can still use the router in this state. The IS-IS router tracks the segment routing prefix SIDs where FIB programming failed. With the retry command configured, the router retries programming the segment routing prefix SIDs in the FIB using this tracked information. When this command is not configured, during normal operation, the system may force the router to enter an overload state because of a lack of FIB resources. In this state, the router is used to terminate traffic and is not used to transit traffic. | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
retry number
| Synopsis | Time to retry programming failed entries in the FIB | |
| Context | configure router string isis number overload-fib-error-notify-only retry number | |
| Tree | retry | |
Description | This command configures the time the router uses to retry programming the failed entries in the FIB. The overload-fib-error-notify-only command must be configured to use the retry timer. The removal of the overload-fib-error-notify-only configuration causes the system to program the failed entries in the FIB by triggering an immediate SPF. | |
| Range | 10 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
overload-include-locators boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise SRv6 locators if IS-IS instance overloads | |
| Context | configure router string isis number overload-include-locators boolean | |
| Tree | overload-include-locators | |
Description | When configured to true, if the IS-IS instance goes into overload (because of resource depletion or manual configuration), the router includes SRv6 locators when it advertises links and prefixes with max-metric. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
overload-on-boot
| Synopsis | Enable the overload-on-boot context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number overload-on-boot | |
| Tree | overload-on-boot | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-metric boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise transit links with maximum metric instead of setting overload bit | |
| Context | configure router string isis number overload-on-boot max-metric boolean | |
| Tree | max-metric | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
timeout number
| Synopsis | Time during which the router operates in overload state after reboot | |
| Context | configure router string isis number overload-on-boot timeout number | |
| Tree | timeout | |
| Range | 60 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
poi-tlv boolean
prefix-attributes-tlv boolean
| Synopsis | Use IS-IS Prefix Attributes TLV to exchange extended IPv4 and IPv6 reachability information | |
| Context | configure router string isis number prefix-attributes-tlv boolean | |
| Tree | prefix-attributes-tlv | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
prefix-limit
| Synopsis | Enable the prefix-limit context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number prefix-limit | |
| Tree | prefix-limit | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
limit number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of prefixes for IS-IS instance | |
| Context | configure router string isis number prefix-limit limit number | |
| Tree | limit | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
log-only boolean
| Synopsis | Send warning message when the prefix limit is reached | |
| Context | configure router string isis number prefix-limit log-only boolean | |
| Tree | log-only | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
overload-timeout (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Time in overload state when prefix limit is reached | |
| Context | configure router string isis number prefix-limit overload-timeout (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | overload-timeout | |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | forever | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
warning-threshold number
| Synopsis | Threshold value to trigger a warning message to be sent | |
| Context | configure router string isis number prefix-limit warning-threshold number | |
| Tree | warning-threshold | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
prefix-unreachable
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix-unreachable context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number prefix-unreachable | |
| Tree | prefix-unreachable | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
maximum-number-upas number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of UPAs the router can advertise | |
| Context | configure router string isis number prefix-unreachable maximum-number-upas number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-upas | |
Description | This command configures a limit for the number of UPAs the router can advertise. If overrun, a system log is generated and additional UPAs are not advertised. | |
| Range | 1 to 8192 | |
| Default | 32 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
process-received-upa boolean
| Synopsis | Process received UPA | |
| Context | configure router string isis number prefix-unreachable process-received-upa boolean | |
| Tree | process-received-upa | |
Description | When configured to true, the router enables processing of received UPAs from other routers. Received UPAs are inserted into the unicast routing table as unreachable prefixes. When configured on an Area Boundary Router (ABR), received UPAs are inserted into the unreachable prefix table and redistributed into the other areas. When configured to false, received UPAs are ignored by the router. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
upa-lifetime number
| Synopsis | Time during which a UPA is advertised | |
| Context | configure router string isis number prefix-unreachable upa-lifetime number | |
| Tree | upa-lifetime | |
| Range | 30 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 180 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
upa-metric number
| Synopsis | Metric to an advertised UPA | |
| Context | configure router string isis number prefix-unreachable upa-metric number | |
| Tree | upa-metric | |
| Range | 4261412865 to 4294967294 | |
| Default | 4261412865 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
psnp-authentication boolean
| Synopsis | Authenticate individual IS-IS protocol packets of partial sequence number PDU (PSNP) type | |
| Context | configure router string isis number psnp-authentication boolean | |
| Tree | psnp-authentication | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
reference-bandwidth number
| Synopsis | Reference bandwidth for bandwidth relative costing | |
| Context | configure router string isis number reference-bandwidth number | |
| Tree | reference-bandwidth | |
| Range | 1 to 18446744073709551615 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
rib-priority
| Synopsis | Enter the rib-priority context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number rib-priority | |
| Tree | rib-priority | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
high
| Synopsis | Enter the high context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number rib-priority high | |
| Tree | high | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
prefix-list reference
| Synopsis | List used to select routes processed at higher priority through OSPF route calculation process | |
| Context | configure router string isis number rib-priority high prefix-list reference | |
| Tree | prefix-list | |
Reference | configure policy-options prefix-list string | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: prefix-list or tag. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
tag number
router-id string
segment-routing
| Synopsis | Enter the segment-routing context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing | |
| Tree | segment-routing | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adj-sid-hold (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Adjacency SID hold time | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing adj-sid-hold (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | adj-sid-hold | |
Description | This command configures a timer to hold the ILM or LTN of an adjacency SID following a failure of the adjacency. When an adjacency to a neighbor fails, the following procedure is followed for both an LFA protected and the LFA unprotected SID of this adjacency in SR-MPLS. An adjacency can have both types of SIDs assigned by configuration. An LFA protected adjacency SID is eligible for LFA protection, however, the following procedure applies even if an LFA backup is not programmed at the time of the failure. An LFA unprotected adjacency SID is not eligible for LFA protection.
| |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 15 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adjacency-set [id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the adjacency-set list instance | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing adjacency-set number | |
| Tree | adjacency-set | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[id] number
| Synopsis | Identifier for specified adjacency set | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing adjacency-set number | |
| Tree | adjacency-set | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise the adjacency set when all links terminate on the same neighboring node | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing adjacency-set number advertise boolean | |
| Tree | advertise | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
family keyword
| Synopsis | Address family for the adjacency set | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing adjacency-set number family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Options | ||
| Default | ipv4 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
parallel boolean
| Synopsis | Require all members of the adjacency set to terminate on the same neighboring node | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing adjacency-set number parallel boolean | |
| Tree | parallel | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sid
| Synopsis | Enable the sid context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing adjacency-set number sid | |
| Tree | sid | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label number
| Synopsis | Adjacency SID label | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing adjacency-set number sid label number | |
| Tree | label | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adjacency-sid
| Synopsis | Enter the adjacency-sid context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing adjacency-sid | |
| Tree | adjacency-sid | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
allocate-dual-sids boolean
| Synopsis | Allocate dual adjacency SIDs per interface | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing adjacency-sid allocate-dual-sids boolean | |
| Tree | allocate-dual-sids | |
Description | When configured to true, the router supports two SR-MPLS adjacency SIDs per interface. A protected and unprotected adjacency SID is instantiated and advertised. If an SR-MPLS adjacency SID already exists, an additional complementary (protected or unprotected) adjacency SID is created on the interface. When configured to false, the router disables the support of two SR-MPLS adjacency SIDs per interface. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of segment routing | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
class-forwarding boolean
| Synopsis | Allow CBF with ECMP over RSVP-TE LSPs as IGP shortcuts | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing class-forwarding boolean | |
| Tree | class-forwarding | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables Class-Based Forwarding (CBF) with ECMP for SR-ISIS resolved to RSVP-TE LSPs as IGP shortcuts. For CBF with ECMP to be effective, a class forwarding policy must be defined, as well as FC to set associations and RSVP-TE LSPs to set associations. When configured to false, CBF over IGP shortcuts is disabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
egress-statistics
| Synopsis | Enter the egress-statistics context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing egress-statistics | |
| Tree | egress-statistics | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adj-set boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the allocation of statistics on adjacency sets | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing egress-statistics adj-set boolean | |
| Tree | adj-set | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the allocation of statistic indices to each adjacency set. All adjacencies of a set share the same statistics index. If a statistics index is not available at allocation time, the allocation fails and the system retries the allocation. The system generates a log on the first fail and a log on the final successful allocation. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
adj-sid boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the allocation of statistics on adjacency SIDs | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing egress-statistics adj-sid boolean | |
| Tree | adj-sid | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the allocation of statistic indexes to each programmed NHLFE corresponding to Adjacency SIDs (local and received by means of IGP advertisement). All NHLFEs associated to a given SID share the same index. If a statistics index is not available at allocation time, the allocation fails and the system retries the allocation. The system generates a log on the first fail and a log on the final successful allocation. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
node-sid boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the allocation of statistics on node SIDs | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing egress-statistics node-sid boolean | |
| Tree | node-sid | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
entropy-label boolean
| Synopsis | Enable processing of received ELC signaled in the IGP | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing entropy-label boolean | |
| Tree | entropy-label | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
export-tunnel-table keyword
| Synopsis | Tunnel table export policies to export tunneled routes | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing export-tunnel-table keyword | |
| Tree | export-tunnel-table | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ingress-statistics
| Synopsis | Enter the ingress-statistics context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing ingress-statistics | |
| Tree | ingress-statistics | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adj-set boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the allocation of statistics on adjacency sets | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing ingress-statistics adj-set boolean | |
| Tree | adj-set | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the allocation of statistic indices to each adjacency set. All adjacencies of a set share the same statistics index. If a statistics index is not available at allocation time, the allocation fails and the system retries the allocation. The system generates a log on the first fail and a log on the final successful allocation. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
adj-sid boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the allocation of statistics on adjacency SIDs | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing ingress-statistics adj-sid boolean | |
| Tree | adj-sid | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the allocation of statistic indexes to each programmed NHLFE corresponding to Adjacency SIDs (local and received by means of IGP advertisement). All NHLFEs associated to a given SID share the same index. If a statistics index is not available at allocation time, the allocation fails and the system retries the allocation. The system generates a log on the first fail and a log on the final successful allocation. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
node-sid boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the allocation of statistics on node SIDs | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing ingress-statistics node-sid boolean | |
| Tree | node-sid | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mapping-server
| Synopsis | Enter the mapping-server context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing mapping-server | |
| Tree | mapping-server | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the IS-IS mapping server | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing mapping-server admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
node-sid-map [sid-index] number
| Synopsis | Enter the node-sid-map list instance | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing mapping-server node-sid-map number | |
| Tree | node-sid-map | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[sid-index] number
| Synopsis | SID index of a mapping server Prefix-SID | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing mapping-server node-sid-map number | |
| Tree | node-sid-map | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
clear-n-flag boolean
| Synopsis | Clear the node-sid flag (N-flag) | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing mapping-server node-sid-map number clear-n-flag boolean | |
| Tree | clear-n-flag | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ip-prefix string
| Synopsis | Prefix of a mapping server Prefix-SID | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing mapping-server node-sid-map number ip-prefix string | |
| Tree | ip-prefix | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
level-capability keyword
| Synopsis | Flags to assign in SID Label Binding TLV advertised by Segment Routing Mapping Server | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing mapping-server node-sid-map number level-capability keyword | |
| Tree | level-capability | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 1/2 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
range number
| Synopsis | Range of addresses and their associated prefix SIDs | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing mapping-server node-sid-map number range number | |
| Tree | range | |
| Range | 0 to 65535 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
set-flags
| Synopsis | Enter the set-flags context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing mapping-server node-sid-map number set-flags | |
| Tree | set-flags | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bit-s boolean
| Synopsis | SID Label Binding TLV to be flooded across the entire routing domain | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing mapping-server node-sid-map number set-flags bit-s boolean | |
| Tree | bit-s | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
maximum-sid-depth
| Synopsis | Enter the maximum-sid-depth context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing maximum-sid-depth | |
| Tree | maximum-sid-depth | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
override-bmi number
| Synopsis | Value to override the announced node MSD-BMI value | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing maximum-sid-depth override-bmi number | |
| Tree | override-bmi | |
Description | This command overrides the announced MSD node Base MPLS Imposition (BMI) value. The MSD-BMI value announced by a router can be used by recipients to understand the number of MPLS labels that can be imposed inclusive of all service, transport, or special labels. When unconfigured, the router announces the maximum supported BMI of the node assuming the most simple services and Layer 2 encapsulation. | |
| Range | 0 to 12 | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
override-erld number
| Synopsis | Value to override the announced node MSD-ERLD value | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing maximum-sid-depth override-erld number | |
| Tree | override-erld | |
Description | This command configures the override Entropy Readable Label Depth (ERLD) Maximum Sid Depth (MSD) value. Information about the capability of each intermediate LSR of reading the maximum label stack depth is used by ingress LSRs to perform EL-based load balancing. When unconfigured, the router announces the node maximum supported ERLD assuming the most simple Layer 2 encapsulation. | |
| Range | 0 to 15 | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
micro-loop-avoidance
| Synopsis | Enable the micro-loop-avoidance context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing micro-loop-avoidance | |
| Tree | micro-loop-avoidance | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the micro-loop avoidance feature in the IGP instance. This feature prevents micro-loops from using Segment Routing (SR) loop-free tunnels for packets that are forwarded over SR IS-IS node SID tunnels. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
fib-delay number
| Synopsis | FIB delay before programming new primary next-hops | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing micro-loop-avoidance fib-delay number | |
| Tree | fib-delay | |
Description | This command specifies the delay time before programming the new next-hops for the SR tunnel. | |
| Range | 1 to 300 | |
| Units | deciseconds | |
| Default | 15 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
multi-topology
| Synopsis | Enter the multi-topology context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing multi-topology | |
| Tree | multi-topology | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mt2 boolean
| Synopsis | Support IPv6 routing topology (MT2) | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing multi-topology mt2 boolean | |
| Tree | mt2 | |
Description | When configured to true, the router enables SR-MPLS for MS-ISIS MT, which enables Segment Routing in MT2. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
prefix-sid-range
| Synopsis | Enable the prefix-sid-range context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing prefix-sid-range | |
| Tree | prefix-sid-range | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the label block BGP segment routing can use. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
global
| Synopsis | Allocate labels from the SRBG space | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing prefix-sid-range global | |
| Tree | global | |
Description | When configured, the system allows BGP to allocate labels from the SRGB space, as defined under the configure router mpls-labels sr-labels context. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: global or (max-index and start-label). | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-index number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Upper bound value for the local SID index | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing prefix-sid-range max-index number | |
| Tree | max-index | |
| Range | 0 to 524287 | |
| Default | 1 | |
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: global or (max-index and start-label). | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
start-label number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Lower bound value for the local label offset | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing prefix-sid-range start-label number | |
| Tree | start-label | |
| Range | 0 to 524287 | |
| Default | 0 | |
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: global or (max-index and start-label). | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
srlb reference
| Synopsis | Segment routing local block | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing srlb reference | |
| Tree | srlb | |
Reference | configure router string mpls-labels reserved-label-block string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
tunnel-mtu number
| Synopsis | Tunnel MTU size | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing tunnel-mtu number | |
| Tree | tunnel-mtu | |
| Range | 512 to 9786 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
tunnel-table-pref number
| Synopsis | Preference of SR tunnels created by the IGP instance | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing tunnel-table-pref number | |
| Tree | tunnel-table-pref | |
Description | This command configures the TTM preference of SR tunnels created by the IGP instance. This is used in the case of BGP shortcuts, VPRN auto-bind, or BGP transport tunnel when the new tunnel binding commands are configured to the any value which parses the TTM for tunnels in the protocol preference order. The user can choose to either go with the global TTM preference or list explicitly the tunnel types they want to use. When they list the tunnel types explicitly, the TTM preference is still used to select one type over the other. In both cases, a fallback to the next preferred tunnel type is performed if the selected one fails. Also, a reversion to a more preferred tunnel type is performed as soon as one is available. The segment routing module adds to TTM a SR tunnel entry for each resolved remote node SID prefix and programs the data path with the corresponding LTN with the push operation pointing to the primary and LFA backup NHLFEs. The default preference for SR tunnels in the TTM is set lower than LDP tunnels but higher than BGP tunnels to allow controlled migration of customers without disrupting their current deployment when they enable segment routing. The following is the setting of the default preference of the various tunnel types. This includes the preference of SR tunnels based on shortest path (referred to as SR-ISIS and SR-OSPF). The global default TTM preference for the tunnel types is as follows:
The default value for SR-ISIS or SR-OSPF is the same regardless if one or more IS-IS or OSPF instances programmed a tunnel for the same prefix. The selection of a SR tunnel in this case will be based on lowest IGP instance-id. It is recommended to not set two or more tunnel types to the same preference value. In such a situation, the tunnel table prefers the tunnel type which was first introduced in SR OS implementation historically. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 11 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
segment-routing-v6
| Synopsis | Enter the segment-routing-v6 context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 | |
| Tree | segment-routing-v6 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
adj-sid-hold (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Adjacency SID hold time | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 adj-sid-hold (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | adj-sid-hold | |
Description | This command specifies the length of time the system holds the SRv6 adjacency route and tunnel entries programmed in datapath while the adjacency is down. When an adjacency to a neighbor fails, the following procedure is followed for both an LFA protected and the LFA unprotected SID of this adjacency in SR-MPLS. An adjacency can have both types of SIDs assigned by configuration. An LFA protected adjacency SID is eligible for LFA protection, however, the following procedure applies even if an LFA backup is not programmed at the time of the failure. An LFA unprotected adjacency SID is not eligible for LFA protection.
Each IS-IS instance runs a single timer per adjacency that IPv4 SR-MPLS, IPv6 SR-MPLS, and SRv6 adjacency SIDs share. When you enable both SR-MPLS (configure router isis segment-routing) and SRv6 (configure router isis segment-routing-v6) in the IS-IS instance, the system programs the higher of the two timer values for all SIDs on the adjacency. | |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 15 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of segment routing SRv6 | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
locator [locator-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the locator list instance | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 locator reference | |
| Tree | locator | |
Description | This command adds a reference to a locator for each algorithm in this IS-IS instance. The same algorithm locator can be shared with other IGP instances and BGP instances in IP-VPN or EVPN. | |
| Max. Instances | 8 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[locator-name] reference
| Synopsis | Locator name | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 locator reference | |
| Tree | locator | |
Reference | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
level [level-number] keyword
[level-number] keyword
metric number
level-capability keyword
| Synopsis | IS-IS routing level capability | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 locator reference level-capability keyword | |
| Tree | level-capability | |
Description | This command configures the routing level capability for an instance of the IS-IS routing process. The level capability configured on the instance must match the level capability on the interface to form an adjacency. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 1/2 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
multi-topology
| Synopsis | Enter the multi-topology context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 locator reference multi-topology | |
| Tree | multi-topology | |
Description | Commands in this context enable the use of a local SRv6 locator in an IS-IS IPv6 topology. A user can enable one or more locators in an IS-IS instance. Each locator can be enabled in a single topology of an IS-IS instance, topology 0 (MT0) or topology 2 (MT2). A local locator can be used in multiple IS-IS instances, but can only be assigned to at most one IPv6 topology independently within each IS-IS instance. Use the configure router isis segment-routing-v6 admin-state command to enable the processing of local and remote IPv6 prefixes and SRv6 locators in MT0 and MT2. In addition, to enable SRv6 forwarding in the MT0, MT2, or both topologies, set the configure router isis ipv6-routing command to native, the configure router isis multi-topology ipv6-unicast command to true, or both. | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
mt0 boolean
| Synopsis | Support standard topology (MT0) | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 locator reference multi-topology mt0 boolean | |
| Tree | mt0 | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
mt2 boolean
| Synopsis | Support IPv6 routing topology (MT2) | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 locator reference multi-topology mt2 boolean | |
| Tree | mt2 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
tag number
micro-segment-locator [locator-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the micro-segment-locator list instance | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator reference | |
| Tree | micro-segment-locator | |
| Max. Instances | 8 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[locator-name] reference
| Synopsis | Micro-segment SRv6 locator name | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator reference | |
| Tree | micro-segment-locator | |
Reference | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
level [level-number] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the level list instance | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator reference level keyword | |
| Tree | level | |
| Max. Instances | 2 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[level-number] keyword
| Synopsis | ISIS protocol level number | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator reference level keyword | |
| Tree | level | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
metric number
| Synopsis | IS-IS metric to advertise in the locator level list | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator reference level keyword metric number | |
| Tree | metric | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
level-capability keyword
| Synopsis | IS-IS routing level capability | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator reference level-capability keyword | |
| Tree | level-capability | |
Description | This command configures the routing level capability for an instance of the IS-IS routing process. The level capability configured on the instance must match the level capability on the interface to form an adjacency. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 1/2 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
multi-topology
| Synopsis | Enter the multi-topology context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator reference multi-topology | |
| Tree | multi-topology | |
Description | Commands in this context enable the use of a local SRv6 locator in an IS-IS IPv6 topology. A user can enable one or more locators in an IS-IS instance. Each locator can be enabled in a single topology of an IS-IS instance, topology 0 (MT0) or topology 2 (MT2). A local locator can be used in multiple IS-IS instances, but can only be assigned to at most one IPv6 topology independently within each IS-IS instance. Use the configure router isis segment-routing-v6 admin-state command to enable the processing of local and remote IPv6 prefixes and SRv6 locators in MT0 and MT2. In addition, to enable SRv6 forwarding in the MT0, MT2, or both topologies, set the configure router isis ipv6-routing command to native, the configure router isis multi-topology ipv6-unicast command to true, or both. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
mt0 boolean
| Synopsis | Support standard topology (MT0) | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator reference multi-topology mt0 boolean | |
| Tree | mt0 | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
mt2 boolean
| Synopsis | Support IPv6 routing topology (MT2) | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator reference multi-topology mt2 boolean | |
| Tree | mt2 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
tag number
| Synopsis | Route tag to advertise in the locator | |
| Context | configure router string isis number segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator reference tag number | |
| Tree | tag | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
standard-multi-instance boolean
| Synopsis | Enable RFC standards compliant multi-instance behavior | |
| Context | configure router string isis number standard-multi-instance boolean | |
| Tree | standard-multi-instance | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
strict-adjacency-check boolean
| Synopsis | Enable strict checking of address families for IS-IS adjacencies | |
| Context | configure router string isis number strict-adjacency-check boolean | |
| Tree | strict-adjacency-check | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
summary-address [ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Enter the summary-address list instance | |
| Context | configure router string isis number summary-address (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | summary-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | IP prefix for the summary address | |
| Context | configure router string isis number summary-address (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | summary-address | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-unreachable
| Synopsis | Enable the advertise-unreachable context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number summary-address (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) advertise-unreachable | |
| Tree | advertise-unreachable | |
Description | Commands in this context enable Unreachable Prefix Announcements (UPAs) for summary member routes. A UPA is advertised for IPv4 and IPv6 summary member prefixes when a summary member prefix suddenly becomes unreachable. By default, all summary member prefixes are monitored for reachability. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-route-tag number
| Synopsis | Route tag to advertise in UPA | |
| Context | configure router string isis number summary-address (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) advertise-unreachable advertise-route-tag number | |
| Tree | advertise-route-tag | |
Description | This command configures a UPA route tag to add to the advertised UPA. The UPA route tag can be used when there are multiple Autonomous System Boundary Routers (ASBRs) redistributing prefixes between two Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) areas. | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
match-route-tag number
| Synopsis | Route tag to match UPA | |
| Context | configure router string isis number summary-address (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) advertise-unreachable match-route-tag number | |
| Tree | match-route-tag | |
Description | This command specifies the route tag to be used (by the router) as the basis to select a subset of summary member prefixes to monitor for reachability. | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
algorithm number
| Synopsis | Algorithm topology for the summary address | |
| Context | configure router string isis number summary-address (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) algorithm number | |
| Tree | algorithm | |
| Range | 0 | 128 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
level-capability keyword
| Synopsis | IS-IS level for the summary address | |
| Context | configure router string isis number summary-address (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) level-capability keyword | |
| Tree | level-capability | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 1/2 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
route-tag number
| Synopsis | Route tag assigned to the summary address | |
| Context | configure router string isis number summary-address (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-tag number | |
| Tree | route-tag | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
suppress-attached-bit boolean
| Synopsis | Allow IS-IS to suppress setting attached bit on LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string isis number suppress-attached-bit boolean | |
| Tree | suppress-attached-bit | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
system-id string
timers
lsp-wait
lsp-initial-wait number
| Synopsis | Initial LSP generation delay | |
| Context | configure router string isis number timers lsp-wait lsp-initial-wait number | |
| Tree | lsp-initial-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 100000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
lsp-max-wait number
| Synopsis | Maximum time between two consecutive LSP occurrences | |
| Context | configure router string isis number timers lsp-wait lsp-max-wait number | |
| Tree | lsp-max-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 120000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 5000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
lsp-second-wait number
| Synopsis | Delay between first and second LSP generation | |
| Context | configure router string isis number timers lsp-wait lsp-second-wait number | |
| Tree | lsp-second-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 100000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
spf-wait
spf-initial-wait number
| Synopsis | Initial SPF calculation delay after topology change | |
| Context | configure router string isis number timers spf-wait spf-initial-wait number | |
| Tree | spf-initial-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 100000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
spf-max-wait number
| Synopsis | Maximum interval amid two consecutive SPF calculations | |
| Context | configure router string isis number timers spf-wait spf-max-wait number | |
| Tree | spf-max-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 120000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 10000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
spf-second-wait number
| Synopsis | Hold time between first and second SPF calculations | |
| Context | configure router string isis number timers spf-wait spf-second-wait number | |
| Tree | spf-second-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 100000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
traffic-engineering boolean
| Synopsis | Enable traffic engineering for the router | |
| Context | configure router string isis number traffic-engineering boolean | |
| Tree | traffic-engineering | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
traffic-engineering-options
| Synopsis | Enter the traffic-engineering-options context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number traffic-engineering-options | |
| Tree | traffic-engineering-options | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-delay boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the advertisement of link delay for TE | |
| Context | configure router string isis number traffic-engineering-options advertise-delay boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-delay | |
Description | When configured to true, the router advertises link delay in the IGP LSDB within legacy Traffic Engineering (TE) attributes in IS-IS or within the Application-Specific Link Attribute (ASLA) when ASLA is enabled for SR-TE or RSVP-TE applications. When the application-link-attributes legacy command is configured for SR-TE or RSVP-TE, link delay is advertised as a legacy TE TLV with the ASLA legacy bit set. When configured to false, the router disables link delay advertisement. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
application-link-attributes
| Synopsis | Enable the application-link-attributes context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number traffic-engineering-options application-link-attributes | |
| Tree | application-link-attributes | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the traffic engineering behavior for the advertisement of TE attributes for each link on a per-application basis for RSVP-TE and SR-TE applications. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
legacy boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise legacy TE attributes | |
| Context | configure router string isis number traffic-engineering-options application-link-attributes legacy boolean | |
| Tree | legacy | |
Description | When configured to true, the router supports the legacy mode of advertising TE attributes. When configured to false, legacy mode is disabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise IS-IS IPv6 Traffic Engineering | |
| Context | configure router string isis number traffic-engineering-options ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
unicast-import
| Synopsis | Enter the unicast-import context | |
| Context | configure router string isis number unicast-import | |
| Tree | unicast-import | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Submit IPv4 routes into unicast RTM | |
| Context | configure router string isis number unicast-import ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Submit IPv6 routes into unicast RTM | |
| Context | configure router string isis number unicast-import ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
l2tp
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of L2TP | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
avp-hiding keyword
| Synopsis | Attribute of the Value Pair (AVP) hiding algorithm | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp avp-hiding keyword | |
| Tree | avp-hiding | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
challenge boolean
destruct-timeout number
| Synopsis | Destruction timeout | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp destruct-timeout number | |
| Tree | destruct-timeout | |
| Range | 60 to 86400 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 60 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ethernet-tunnel
| Synopsis | Enter the ethernet-tunnel context | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp ethernet-tunnel | |
| Tree | ethernet-tunnel | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
reconnect-timeout (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Timeout for a session setup retry | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp ethernet-tunnel reconnect-timeout (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | reconnect-timeout | |
| Range | 10 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | infinite | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
exclude-avps
| Synopsis | Enter the exclude-avps context | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp exclude-avps | |
| Tree | exclude-avps | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
calling-number boolean
| Synopsis | Calling Number AVP to exclude | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp exclude-avps calling-number boolean | |
| Tree | calling-number | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
initial-rx-lcp-conf-req boolean
| Synopsis | Exclude the Initial Received LCP CONFREQ AVP | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp exclude-avps initial-rx-lcp-conf-req boolean | |
| Tree | initial-rx-lcp-conf-req | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
failover
recovery-max-session-lifetime number
| Synopsis | Subset of sessions that this system attempts to synchronize in the Session State Synchronization phase | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp failover recovery-max-session-lifetime number | |
| Tree | recovery-max-session-lifetime | |
| Range | 2 to 4294967295 | |
| Units | centiseconds | |
| Default | 2 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
recovery-method keyword
| Synopsis | Recovery method of the sequence numbers after failover | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp failover recovery-method keyword | |
| Tree | recovery-method | |
| Options | ||
| Default | mcs | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
recovery-time number
| Synopsis | Time requested from the L2TP peer before assuming failover as failed | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp failover recovery-time number | |
| Tree | recovery-time | |
| Range | 0 to 900 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
track-srrp [id] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the track-srrp list instance | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp failover track-srrp reference | |
| Tree | track-srrp | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[id] reference
| Synopsis | SRRP instance ID for multi-chassis redundancy failover | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp failover track-srrp reference | |
| Tree | track-srrp | |
Reference | configure redundancy multi-chassis peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) sync track-srrp number | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
peer reference
| Synopsis | Multi-chassis peer address | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp failover track-srrp reference peer reference | |
| Tree | peer | |
Reference | configure redundancy multi-chassis peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sync-tag string
group [tunnel-group-name] string
[tunnel-group-name] string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the L2TP tunnel group | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
avp-hiding keyword
| Synopsis | The AVP hiding algorithm | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string avp-hiding keyword | |
| Tree | avp-hiding | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
challenge keyword
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
destruct-timeout number
| Synopsis | Destruction timeout | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string destruct-timeout number | |
| Tree | destruct-timeout | |
| Range | 60 to 86400 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ethernet-tunnel
| Synopsis | Enter the ethernet-tunnel context | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string ethernet-tunnel | |
| Tree | ethernet-tunnel | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
reconnect-timeout (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Timeout for a session setup retry at group level | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string ethernet-tunnel reconnect-timeout (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | reconnect-timeout | |
| Range | 10 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
failover
recovery-method keyword
| Synopsis | Recovery method of the sequence numbers after failover | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string failover recovery-method keyword | |
| Tree | recovery-method | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
recovery-time number
| Synopsis | Time requested from the L2TP peer before assuming failover as failed | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string failover recovery-time number | |
| Tree | recovery-time | |
| Range | 0 to 900 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
hello-interval (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Hello interval | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string hello-interval (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | hello-interval | |
| Range | 10 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
idle-timeout (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Idle timeout | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string idle-timeout (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | idle-timeout | |
| Range | 0 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
l2tpv3
cookie-length (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Cookie field length | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string l2tpv3 cookie-length (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | cookie-length | |
| Range | 4 | 8 | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
digest-type keyword
| Synopsis | Hashing algorithm that calculates the message digest | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string l2tpv3 digest-type keyword | |
| Tree | digest-type | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
nonce-length number
| Synopsis | Length for the local L2TPv3 nonce (random number) | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string l2tpv3 nonce-length number | |
| Tree | nonce-length | |
| Range | 0 | 16 to 64 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
password string
private-tcp-mss-adjust (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | TCP maximum segment size (MSS) on private network | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string l2tpv3 private-tcp-mss-adjust (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | private-tcp-mss-adjust | |
| Range | 512 to 9000 | |
| Units | octets | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
public-tcp-mss-adjust (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) on public network | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string l2tpv3 public-tcp-mss-adjust (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | public-tcp-mss-adjust | |
| Range | 512 to 9000 | |
| Units | octets | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pw-cap-list
| Synopsis | Enter the pw-cap-list context | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string l2tpv3 pw-cap-list | |
| Tree | pw-cap-list | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ethernet boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Advertise Ethernet pseudowire type | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string l2tpv3 pw-cap-list ethernet boolean | |
| Tree | ethernet | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
ethernet-vlan boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Advertise Ethernet VLAN pseudowire type | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string l2tpv3 pw-cap-list ethernet-vlan boolean | |
| Tree | ethernet-vlan | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
rem-router-id string
| Synopsis | Filter on remote router ID | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string l2tpv3 rem-router-id string | |
| Tree | rem-router-id | |
| Default | 0.0.0.0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
track-password-change boolean
| Synopsis | Enable tracking of password changes | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string l2tpv3 track-password-change boolean | |
| Tree | track-password-change | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
lac
df-bit keyword
lns
lns-group reference
load-balance-method keyword
| Synopsis | New sessions for L2TP ISA MDA | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns load-balance-method keyword | |
| Tree | load-balance-method | |
| Options | ||
| Default | per-session | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mlppp
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of MLPPP in the L2TP tunnel group | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns mlppp admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s |
endpoint
ip (ipv4-address | keyword)
mac (mac-address | keyword)
interleave boolean
| Synopsis | Enable link fragmentation and interleaving | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns mlppp interleave boolean | |
| Tree | interleave | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s |
max-fragment-delay (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum fragment delay caused by transmission on a link | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns mlppp max-fragment-delay (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | max-fragment-delay | |
| Range | 5 to 1000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | no-fragmentation | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s |
max-links number
reassembly-timeout number
| Synopsis | Reassembly timeout | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns mlppp reassembly-timeout number | |
| Tree | reassembly-timeout | |
| Range | 100 | 1000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s |
short-sequence-numbers boolean
| Synopsis | Request a peer to send short sequence numbers | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns mlppp short-sequence-numbers boolean | |
| Tree | short-sequence-numbers | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s |
ppp
authentication keyword
| Synopsis | PPP authentication protocol to negotiate | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns ppp authentication keyword | |
| Tree | authentication | |
| Options | ||
| Default | pref-chap | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
authentication-policy string
| Synopsis | Authentication policy when a DHCP message is received | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns ppp authentication-policy string | |
| Tree | authentication-policy | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
chap-challenge-length
| Synopsis | Enter the chap-challenge-length context | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns ppp chap-challenge-length | |
| Tree | chap-challenge-length | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end number
start number
default-group-interface
| Synopsis | Enter the default-group-interface context | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns ppp default-group-interface | |
| Tree | default-group-interface | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
interface string
service-name string
| Synopsis | Administrative service name | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns ppp default-group-interface service-name string | |
| Tree | service-name | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ipcp-subnet-negotiation boolean
| Synopsis | Allow IPCP subnet negotiation for PPPoE hosts | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns ppp ipcp-subnet-negotiation boolean | |
| Tree | ipcp-subnet-negotiation | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
keepalive
interval number
multiplier number
| Synopsis | PPP keepalive multiplier | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns ppp keepalive multiplier number | |
| Tree | multiplier | |
| Range | 1 to 5 | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
lcp-force-ack-accm boolean
| Synopsis | Force acknowledgement of the LCP Asynchronous Control Character Map (ACCM) option | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns ppp lcp-force-ack-accm boolean | |
| Tree | lcp-force-ack-accm | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
lcp-ignore-magic-numbers boolean
| Synopsis | Check magic number in echo request and reply messages | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns ppp lcp-ignore-magic-numbers boolean | |
| Tree | lcp-ignore-magic-numbers | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mtu number
proxy-authentication boolean
| Synopsis | Use authentication AVPs that are received from LAC | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns ppp proxy-authentication boolean | |
| Tree | proxy-authentication | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
proxy-lcp boolean
reject-disabled-ncp boolean
| Synopsis | Force LCP Protocol Reject for IPv6CP Configure Request | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string lns ppp reject-disabled-ncp boolean | |
| Tree | reject-disabled-ncp | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R6 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
user-db string
local-address string
| Synopsis | Local address | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string local-address string | |
| Tree | local-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
local-name string
| Synopsis | Local host name used to distinguish tunnels | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string local-name string | |
| Tree | local-name | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
max-retries-estab number
| Synopsis | Maximum retries for established tunnels | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string max-retries-estab number | |
| Tree | max-retries-estab | |
| Range | 2 to 7 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
max-retries-not-estab number
| Synopsis | Maximum retries for unestablished tunnels | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string max-retries-not-estab number | |
| Tree | max-retries-not-estab | |
| Range | 2 to 7 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
password string
protocol keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Protocol version | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string protocol keyword | |
| Tree | protocol | |
| Options | ||
| Default | v2 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
radius-accounting-policy reference
| Synopsis | RADIUS accounting policy | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string radius-accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | radius-accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure aaa radius l2tp-accounting-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
receive-window-size number
| Synopsis | L2TP receive window size | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string receive-window-size number | |
| Tree | receive-window-size | |
| Range | 4 to 1024 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
session-assign-method keyword
| Synopsis | Session assignment method | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string session-assign-method keyword | |
| Tree | session-assign-method | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
session-limit (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Session limit | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string session-limit (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | session-limit | |
| Range | 1 to 250000 | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tunnel [tunnel-name] string
[tunnel-name] string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the L2TP tunnel | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
auto-establish boolean
| Synopsis | Allow the tunnel to be automatically set up by the system | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string auto-establish boolean | |
| Tree | auto-establish | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
avp-hiding keyword
| Synopsis | The AVP hiding algorithm | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string avp-hiding keyword | |
| Tree | avp-hiding | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
challenge keyword
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
destruct-timeout number
| Synopsis | Destruction timeout | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string destruct-timeout number | |
| Tree | destruct-timeout | |
| Range | 60 to 86400 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
failover
recovery-method keyword
| Synopsis | Recovery method of the sequence numbers after failover | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string failover recovery-method keyword | |
| Tree | recovery-method | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
recovery-time number
| Synopsis | Time requested from the L2TP peer before assuming failover as failed | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string failover recovery-time number | |
| Tree | recovery-time | |
| Range | 0 to 900 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
hello-interval (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Hello interval | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string hello-interval (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | hello-interval | |
| Range | 10 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
idle-timeout (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Idle timeout | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string idle-timeout (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | idle-timeout | |
| Range | 0 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
l2tpv3
private-tcp-mss-adjust (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | TCP maximum segment size (MSS) on private network | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string l2tpv3 private-tcp-mss-adjust (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | private-tcp-mss-adjust | |
| Range | 512 to 9000 | |
| Units | octets | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
public-tcp-mss-adjust (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | TCP maximum segment size (MSS) on public network | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string l2tpv3 public-tcp-mss-adjust (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | public-tcp-mss-adjust | |
| Range | 512 to 9000 | |
| Units | octets | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
lac
df-bit keyword
lns
lns-group reference
load-balance-method keyword
| Synopsis | New sessions for L2TP ISA MDA | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns load-balance-method keyword | |
| Tree | load-balance-method | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mlppp
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of MLPPP in the L2TP tunnel | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns mlppp admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s |
endpoint
ip (ipv4-address | keyword)
mac (mac-address | keyword)
interleave keyword
| Synopsis | Use of Link fragmentation and interleaving | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns mlppp interleave keyword | |
| Tree | interleave | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s |
max-fragment-delay number
| Synopsis | Maximum fragment delay caused by transmission on a link | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns mlppp max-fragment-delay number | |
| Tree | max-fragment-delay | |
| Range | 5 to 1000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s |
max-links number
reassembly-timeout number
| Synopsis | Reassembly timeout | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns mlppp reassembly-timeout number | |
| Tree | reassembly-timeout | |
| Range | 100 | 1000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s |
short-sequence-numbers keyword
| Synopsis | Request a peer to send short sequence numbers | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns mlppp short-sequence-numbers keyword | |
| Tree | short-sequence-numbers | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s |
ppp
authentication keyword
| Synopsis | PPP authentication protocol to negotiate | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns ppp authentication keyword | |
| Tree | authentication | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
authentication-policy string
| Synopsis | Authentication policy when a DHCP message is received | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns ppp authentication-policy string | |
| Tree | authentication-policy | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
chap-challenge-length
| Synopsis | Enter the chap-challenge-length context | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns ppp chap-challenge-length | |
| Tree | chap-challenge-length | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end number
start number
default-group-interface
| Synopsis | Enter the default-group-interface context | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns ppp default-group-interface | |
| Tree | default-group-interface | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
interface string
service-name string
| Synopsis | Administrative service name | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns ppp default-group-interface service-name string | |
| Tree | service-name | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ipcp-subnet-negotiation keyword
| Synopsis | Use of IPCP subnet negotiation for PPPoE hosts | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns ppp ipcp-subnet-negotiation keyword | |
| Tree | ipcp-subnet-negotiation | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
keepalive
interval number
multiplier number
| Synopsis | PPP keepalive multiplier | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns ppp keepalive multiplier number | |
| Tree | multiplier | |
| Range | 1 to 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
lcp-force-ack-accm keyword
| Synopsis | Forced acknowledgement of the LCP Asynchronous Control Character Map (ACCM) option | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns ppp lcp-force-ack-accm keyword | |
| Tree | lcp-force-ack-accm | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
lcp-ignore-magic-numbers keyword
| Synopsis | Magic-Number field in LCP Echo-Request and LCP Echo-Reply messages that are checked | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns ppp lcp-ignore-magic-numbers keyword | |
| Tree | lcp-ignore-magic-numbers | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mtu number
proxy-authentication keyword
| Synopsis | Authentication AVPs that are received from LAC | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns ppp proxy-authentication keyword | |
| Tree | proxy-authentication | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
proxy-lcp keyword
reject-disabled-ncp keyword
| Synopsis | Force LCP Project Reject for IPv6CP Configure Request | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string lns ppp reject-disabled-ncp keyword | |
| Tree | reject-disabled-ncp | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R6 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
user-db string
local-address string
| Synopsis | Local address | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string local-address string | |
| Tree | local-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
local-name string
| Synopsis | Local host name used to distinguish tunnels | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string local-name string | |
| Tree | local-name | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
max-retries-estab number
| Synopsis | Maximum retries for established tunnels | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string max-retries-estab number | |
| Tree | max-retries-estab | |
| Range | 2 to 7 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
max-retries-not-estab number
| Synopsis | Maximum retries for unestablished tunnels | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string max-retries-not-estab number | |
| Tree | max-retries-not-estab | |
| Range | 2 to 7 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
password string
peer string
preference number
| Synopsis | Tunnel preference number with its group | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 0 to 16777215 | |
| Default | 50 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
radius-accounting-policy reference
| Synopsis | RADIUS accounting policy | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string radius-accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | radius-accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure aaa radius l2tp-accounting-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
receive-window-size number
| Synopsis | L2TP receive window size | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string receive-window-size number | |
| Tree | receive-window-size | |
| Range | 4 to 1024 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
remote-name string
| Synopsis | Remote tunnel host name | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string remote-name string | |
| Tree | remote-name | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
session-limit (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | L2TP session limit for each tunnel of this router | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group string tunnel string session-limit (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | session-limit | |
| Range | 1 to 65534 | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
group-session-limit number
| Synopsis | L2TP session limit for each group of this router | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp group-session-limit number | |
| Tree | group-session-limit | |
| Range | 1 to 250000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
hello-interval (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Hello interval | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp hello-interval (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | hello-interval | |
| Range | 10 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 300 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
idle-timeout (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Idle timeout | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp idle-timeout (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | idle-timeout | |
| Range | 0 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | infinite | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ignore-avps
| Synopsis | Enter the ignore-avps context | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp ignore-avps | |
| Tree | ignore-avps | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sequencing-required boolean
| Synopsis | Ignore Sequencing Required AVP | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp ignore-avps sequencing-required boolean | |
| Tree | sequencing-required | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
l2tpv3
cookie-length number
| Synopsis | Cookie field length | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp l2tpv3 cookie-length number | |
| Tree | cookie-length | |
| Range | 4 | 8 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
digest-type keyword
| Synopsis | Hashing algorithm that calculates the message digest | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp l2tpv3 digest-type keyword | |
| Tree | digest-type | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
nonce-length number
| Synopsis | Length of the local L2TPv3 nonce (random number) | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp l2tpv3 nonce-length number | |
| Tree | nonce-length | |
| Range | 0 | 16 to 64 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
password string
private-tcp-mss-adjust number
| Synopsis | TCP maximum segment size (MSS) on private network | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp l2tpv3 private-tcp-mss-adjust number | |
| Tree | private-tcp-mss-adjust | |
| Range | 512 to 9000 | |
| Units | octets | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
public-tcp-mss-adjust number
| Synopsis | TCP maximum segment size (MSS) on public network | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp l2tpv3 public-tcp-mss-adjust number | |
| Tree | public-tcp-mss-adjust | |
| Range | 512 to 9000 | |
| Units | octets | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
transport-type
| Synopsis | Enter the transport-type context | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp l2tpv3 transport-type | |
| Tree | transport-type | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip boolean
lac
calling-number-format string
| Synopsis | Calling Number AVP for L2TP control messages | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp lac calling-number-format string | |
| Tree | calling-number-format | |
| String Length | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | %S %s | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cisco-nas-port
| Synopsis | Enter the cisco-nas-port context | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp lac cisco-nas-port | |
| Tree | cisco-nas-port | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ethernet string
df-bit boolean
local-address string
| Synopsis | Local address | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp local-address string | |
| Tree | local-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
local-name string
| Synopsis | Local host name | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp local-name string | |
| Tree | local-name | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
max-retries-estab number
| Synopsis | Maximum retries for established tunnels | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp max-retries-estab number | |
| Tree | max-retries-estab | |
| Range | 2 to 7 | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
max-retries-not-estab number
| Synopsis | Maximum retries for unestablished tunnels | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp max-retries-not-estab number | |
| Tree | max-retries-not-estab | |
| Range | 2 to 7 | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
next-attempt keyword
| Synopsis | Tunnel that is selected when previous session setup failed | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp next-attempt keyword | |
| Tree | next-attempt | |
| Options | ||
| Default | next-preference-level | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
password string
peer-address-change-policy keyword
| Synopsis | Reaction for L2TP response from a different address | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp peer-address-change-policy keyword | |
| Tree | peer-address-change-policy | |
| Options | ||
| Default | reject | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
radius-accounting-policy reference
| Synopsis | RADIUS accounting policy | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp radius-accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | radius-accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure aaa radius l2tp-accounting-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
receive-window-size number
| Synopsis | L2TP receive window size | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp receive-window-size number | |
| Tree | receive-window-size | |
| Range | 4 to 1024 | |
| Default | 64 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
replace-result-code
| Synopsis | Enter the replace-result-code context | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp replace-result-code | |
| Tree | replace-result-code | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cdn-invalid-dst boolean
| Synopsis | Replace result code with general error code | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp replace-result-code cdn-invalid-dst boolean | |
| Tree | cdn-invalid-dst | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cdn-permanent-no-facilities boolean
| Synopsis | Replace result code with general error | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp replace-result-code cdn-permanent-no-facilities boolean | |
| Tree | cdn-permanent-no-facilities | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cdn-temporary-no-facilities boolean
| Synopsis | Replace result code with general error | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp replace-result-code cdn-temporary-no-facilities boolean | |
| Tree | cdn-temporary-no-facilities | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rtm-debounce-time (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Debounce timer that declares L2TP action for route table management events | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp rtm-debounce-time (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | rtm-debounce-time | |
| Range | 0 to 5000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | infinite | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
session-assign-method keyword
| Synopsis | Session assignment method | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp session-assign-method keyword | |
| Tree | session-assign-method | |
| Options | ||
| Default | existing-first | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
session-limit number
| Synopsis | L2TP session limit of this router | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp session-limit number | |
| Tree | session-limit | |
| Range | 1 to 250000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tunnel-selection-blacklist
| Synopsis | Enter the tunnel-selection-blacklist context | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp tunnel-selection-blacklist | |
| Tree | tunnel-selection-blacklist | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
add-tunnel-on
| Synopsis | Enter the add-tunnel-on context | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp tunnel-selection-blacklist add-tunnel-on | |
| Tree | add-tunnel-on | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
address-change-timeout boolean
| Synopsis | Enable a timed-out tunnel to be forced to the denylist | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp tunnel-selection-blacklist add-tunnel-on address-change-timeout boolean | |
| Tree | address-change-timeout | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cdn-err-code boolean
| Synopsis | Add to deny if CDN is received with code: General error | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp tunnel-selection-blacklist add-tunnel-on cdn-err-code boolean | |
| Tree | cdn-err-code | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cdn-invalid-dst boolean
| Synopsis | Force tunnel to the denylist in case of Result Codes 6 | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp tunnel-selection-blacklist add-tunnel-on cdn-invalid-dst boolean | |
| Tree | cdn-invalid-dst | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cdn-permanent-no-facilities boolean
| Synopsis | Force tunnel to the denylist in case of Result Codes 5 | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp tunnel-selection-blacklist add-tunnel-on cdn-permanent-no-facilities boolean | |
| Tree | cdn-permanent-no-facilities | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
cdn-temporary-no-facilities boolean
| Synopsis | Force tunnel to the denylist in case of Result Codes 4 | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp tunnel-selection-blacklist add-tunnel-on cdn-temporary-no-facilities boolean | |
| Tree | cdn-temporary-no-facilities | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
stop-ccn-err-code boolean
| Synopsis | Add to denylist if received with general error code | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp tunnel-selection-blacklist add-tunnel-on stop-ccn-err-code boolean | |
| Tree | stop-ccn-err-code | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
stop-ccn-other boolean
| Synopsis | Add to denylist if StopCCN received with general error | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp tunnel-selection-blacklist add-tunnel-on stop-ccn-other boolean | |
| Tree | stop-ccn-other | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tx-cdn-not-established-in-time boolean
| Synopsis | Add to denylist if CDN transmitted with result code | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp tunnel-selection-blacklist add-tunnel-on tx-cdn-not-established-in-time boolean | |
| Tree | tx-cdn-not-established-in-time | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
max-list-length (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Number of tunnels or peers in the denylist | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp tunnel-selection-blacklist max-list-length (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | max-list-length | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Options | ||
| Default | infinite | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
max-time number
| Synopsis | Time that a tunnel or peer can remain in the denylist | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp tunnel-selection-blacklist max-time number | |
| Tree | max-time | |
| Range | 1 to 60 | |
| Units | minutes | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
timeout-action keyword
| Synopsis | Action when a tunnel or peer exceeds time in denylist | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp tunnel-selection-blacklist timeout-action keyword | |
| Tree | timeout-action | |
| Options | ||
| Default | remove-from-blacklist | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tunnel-session-limit number
| Synopsis | L2TP session limit for each tunnel of this router | |
| Context | configure router string l2tp tunnel-session-limit number | |
| Tree | tunnel-session-limit | |
| Range | 1 to 65534 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ldp
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of LDP | |
| Context | configure router string ldp admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
aggregate-prefix-match
| Synopsis | Enable the aggregate-prefix-match context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp aggregate-prefix-match | |
| Tree | aggregate-prefix-match | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the LDP aggregate prefix match | |
| Context | configure router string ldp aggregate-prefix-match admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
prefix-exclude reference
| Synopsis | Import policies to filter LDP label bindings received from LDP peers | |
| Context | configure router string ldp aggregate-prefix-match prefix-exclude reference | |
| Tree | prefix-exclude | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
class-forwarding keyword
| Synopsis | Forwarding mode for LDP over RSVP | |
| Context | configure router string ldp class-forwarding keyword | |
| Tree | class-forwarding | |
| Options | lsr – Class-based forwarding for LSR/SWAP only ler – Class-based forwarding for LER/PUSH only lsr-and-ler – Class-based forwarding for LER/PUSH and LSR/SWAP | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
consider-system-ip-in-gep boolean
| Synopsis | Apply global export policy for system IP FEC creation | |
| Context | configure router string ldp consider-system-ip-in-gep boolean | |
| Tree | consider-system-ip-in-gep | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
egress-statistics
| Synopsis | Enter the egress-statistics context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp egress-statistics | |
| Tree | egress-statistics | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
fec-prefix [ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Enter the fec-prefix list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ldp egress-statistics fec-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | fec-prefix | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | IP prefix | |
| Context | configure router string ldp egress-statistics fec-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | fec-prefix | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
accounting-policy reference
| Synopsis | Accounting policy ID | |
| Context | configure router string ldp egress-statistics fec-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure log accounting-policy number | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the LDP egress statistics | |
| Context | configure router string ldp egress-statistics fec-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
collect-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Collect statistics | |
| Context | configure router string ldp egress-statistics fec-prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) collect-stats boolean | |
| Tree | collect-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
entropy-label-capability boolean
| Synopsis | Enable entropy label capability on the LDP instance | |
| Context | configure router string ldp entropy-label-capability boolean | |
| Tree | entropy-label-capability | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Export policies to determine routes exported to LDP | |
| Context | configure router string ldp export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
export-tunnel-table reference
| Synopsis | Tunnel table export policies to export tunneled routes | |
| Context | configure router string ldp export-tunnel-table reference | |
| Tree | export-tunnel-table | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
fast-reroute
| Synopsis | Enable the fast-reroute context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp fast-reroute | |
| Tree | fast-reroute | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
backup-sr-tunnel boolean
| Synopsis | Use SR tunnel as a remote LFA backup tunnel next-hop by an LDP FEC | |
| Context | configure router string ldp fast-reroute backup-sr-tunnel boolean | |
| Tree | backup-sr-tunnel | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
fec-originate [fec-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Enter the fec-originate list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ldp fec-originate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | fec-originate | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[fec-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Static FEC IP prefix | |
| Context | configure router string ldp fec-originate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | fec-originate | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertised-label number
| Synopsis | Label that is advertised to upstream peer | |
| Context | configure router string ldp fec-originate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) advertised-label number | |
| Tree | advertised-label | |
| Range | 32 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interface string
| Synopsis | Interface name for this static FEC prefix | |
| Context | configure router string ldp fec-originate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) interface string | |
| Tree | interface | |
| String Length | 0 to 32 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: (interface, next-hop, and swap-label) or pop. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
next-hop (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | IP address of the next hop | |
| Context | configure router string ldp fec-originate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) next-hop (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | next-hop | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: (interface, next-hop, and swap-label) or pop. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
pop boolean
| Synopsis | Pop the label and transmit without the label | |
| Context | configure router string ldp fec-originate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) pop boolean | |
| Tree | pop | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: (interface, next-hop, and swap-label) or pop. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
swap-label number
| Synopsis | Value mapped to egress label associated with next-hop entry that LSR uses to swap incoming label | |
| Context | configure router string ldp fec-originate (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) swap-label number | |
| Tree | swap-label | |
| Range | 6 to 1048575 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: (interface, next-hop, and swap-label) or pop. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
generate-basic-fec-only boolean
| Synopsis | Enable mLDP to generate a basic FEC | |
| Context | configure router string ldp generate-basic-fec-only boolean | |
| Tree | generate-basic-fec-only | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
graceful-restart
| Synopsis | Enter the graceful-restart context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp graceful-restart | |
| Tree | graceful-restart | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
helper-mode boolean
| Synopsis | Enable graceful restart helper | |
| Context | configure router string ldp graceful-restart helper-mode boolean | |
| Tree | helper-mode | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
maximum-recovery-time number
| Synopsis | Value for the local maximum recovery time | |
| Context | configure router string ldp graceful-restart maximum-recovery-time number | |
| Tree | maximum-recovery-time | |
| Range | 15 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 120 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
neighbor-liveness-time number
| Synopsis | Value for the neighbor liveness timer | |
| Context | configure router string ldp graceful-restart neighbor-liveness-time number | |
| Tree | neighbor-liveness-time | |
| Range | 5 to 300 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 120 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
implicit-null-label boolean
| Synopsis | Signal the implicit null label value for all LDP FECs for which the node is the egress LER | |
| Context | configure router string ldp implicit-null-label boolean | |
| Tree | implicit-null-label | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
import-mcast-policy reference
| Synopsis | Import policy for mLDP FECs arriving on the node | |
| Context | configure router string ldp import-mcast-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-mcast-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
import-pmsi-routes
| Synopsis | Enter the import-pmsi-routes context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp import-pmsi-routes | |
| Tree | import-pmsi-routes | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mvpn boolean
| Synopsis | Import BGP MVPN inter-AS routes | |
| Context | configure router string ldp import-pmsi-routes mvpn boolean | |
| Tree | mvpn | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mvpn-no-export-community boolean
| Synopsis | Import BGP MVPN intra-AS routes | |
| Context | configure router string ldp import-pmsi-routes mvpn-no-export-community boolean | |
| Tree | mvpn-no-export-community | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Import policies to filter LDP label bindings received from LDP peers | |
| Context | configure router string ldp import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
import-tunnel-table reference
| Synopsis | Tunnel table import policies for non-host prefixes | |
| Context | configure router string ldp import-tunnel-table reference | |
| Tree | import-tunnel-table | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interface-parameters
| Synopsis | Enter the interface-parameters context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters | |
| Tree | interface-parameters | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interface [ip-int-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the interface list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference | |
| Tree | interface | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-int-name] reference
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the LDP interface | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness
| Synopsis | Enter the bfd-liveness context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference bfd-liveness | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Allow BFD tracking of IPv4 LDP Session for interface | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference bfd-liveness ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Allow BFD tracking of IPv6 LDP session for interface | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference bfd-liveness ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv4
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the LDP interface | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv4 admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
fec-type-capability
| Synopsis | Enter the fec-type-capability context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv4 fec-type-capability | |
| Tree | fec-type-capability | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
p2mp-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IPv4 P2MP FEC capability | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv4 fec-type-capability p2mp-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | p2mp-ipv4 | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
p2mp-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IPv6 P2MP FEC capability | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv4 fec-type-capability p2mp-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | p2mp-ipv6 | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
prefix-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IPv4 prefix FEC capability | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv4 fec-type-capability prefix-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | prefix-ipv4 | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
prefix-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IPv6 prefix FEC capability | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv4 fec-type-capability prefix-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | prefix-ipv6 | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
hello
factor number
timeout number
keepalive
factor number
timeout number
local-lsr-id
| Synopsis | Enter the local-lsr-id context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv4 local-lsr-id | |
| Tree | local-lsr-id | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interface-name reference
| Synopsis | Name of network IP interface from which to obtain IP address to use as LSR-ID of LDP LSP | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv4 local-lsr-id interface-name reference | |
| Tree | interface-name | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
transport-address keyword
| Synopsis | Transport address to set up the LDP TCP sessions | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv4 transport-address keyword | |
| Tree | transport-address | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ipv6
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the LDP interface | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv6 admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
fec-type-capability
| Synopsis | Enter the fec-type-capability context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv6 fec-type-capability | |
| Tree | fec-type-capability | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
p2mp-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IPv4 P2MP FEC capability | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv6 fec-type-capability p2mp-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | p2mp-ipv4 | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
p2mp-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IPv6 P2MP FEC capability | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv6 fec-type-capability p2mp-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | p2mp-ipv6 | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
prefix-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IPv4 prefix FEC capability | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv6 fec-type-capability prefix-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | prefix-ipv4 | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
prefix-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IPv6 prefix FEC capability | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv6 fec-type-capability prefix-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | prefix-ipv6 | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
hello
factor number
timeout number
keepalive
factor number
timeout number
local-lsr-id
| Synopsis | Enter the local-lsr-id context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv6 local-lsr-id | |
| Tree | local-lsr-id | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
format-32bit boolean
| Synopsis | Use IPv4 address of local LSR-ID interface as LSR-ID of the LDP LSR | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv6 local-lsr-id format-32bit boolean | |
| Tree | format-32bit | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
interface-name reference
| Synopsis | Name of network IP interface from which to obtain IP address to use as LSR-ID of LDP LSP | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv6 local-lsr-id interface-name reference | |
| Tree | interface-name | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
transport-address keyword
| Synopsis | Transport address to set up the LDP TCP sessions | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference ipv6 transport-address keyword | |
| Tree | transport-address | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
load-balancing-weight number
| Synopsis | Load balancing weight for the LDP interface | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters interface reference load-balancing-weight number | |
| Tree | load-balancing-weight | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4
| Synopsis | Enter the ipv4 context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters ipv4 | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
hello
factor number
timeout number
keepalive
factor number
timeout number
transport-address keyword
| Synopsis | Transport address to set up the LDP TCP sessions | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters ipv4 transport-address keyword | |
| Tree | transport-address | |
| Options | ||
| Default | system | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv6
| Synopsis | Enter the ipv6 context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters ipv6 | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
hello
factor number
timeout number
keepalive
factor number
timeout number
transport-address keyword
| Synopsis | Transport address to set up the LDP TCP sessions | |
| Context | configure router string ldp interface-parameters ipv6 transport-address keyword | |
| Tree | transport-address | |
| Options | ||
| Default | system | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label-withdrawal-delay number
| Synopsis | Time interval during which LDP delays for the withdrawal of FEC-label binding | |
| Context | configure router string ldp label-withdrawal-delay number | |
| Tree | label-withdrawal-delay | |
| Range | 3 to 120 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ldp-shortcut
| Synopsis | Enter the ldp-shortcut context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp ldp-shortcut | |
| Tree | ldp-shortcut | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Forward IPv4 packets by using LDP shortcuts | |
| Context | configure router string ldp ldp-shortcut ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Forward IPv6 packets by using LDP shortcuts | |
| Context | configure router string ldp ldp-shortcut ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
legacy-ipv4-lsr-interop boolean
| Synopsis | Allow interoperability with legacy IPv4 LSR implementations | |
| Context | configure router string ldp legacy-ipv4-lsr-interop boolean | |
| Tree | legacy-ipv4-lsr-interop | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
lsp-bfd [prefix-list] reference
[prefix-list] reference
| Synopsis | Name of a router policy options prefix list | |
| Context | configure router string ldp lsp-bfd reference | |
| Tree | lsp-bfd | |
Reference | configure policy-options prefix-list string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD on LDP LSPs with FECs that match the prefix list | |
| Context | configure router string ldp lsp-bfd reference bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bfd-template reference
| Synopsis | BFD template to apply to BFD sessions associated with the prefix list | |
| Context | configure router string ldp lsp-bfd reference bfd-template reference | |
| Tree | bfd-template | |
Reference | configure bfd bfd-template string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
failure-action keyword
| Synopsis | Reaction to BFD session failure for the prefix list | |
| Context | configure router string ldp lsp-bfd reference failure-action keyword | |
| Tree | failure-action | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsp-ping-interval (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | LSP ping transmit interval for periodic verification | |
| Context | configure router string ldp lsp-bfd reference lsp-ping-interval (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | lsp-ping-interval | |
| Range | 60 to 300 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 60 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
priority number
source-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Source address in LSP ping packets and BFD control packets associated with prefix list | |
| Context | configure router string ldp lsp-bfd reference source-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | source-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-ecmp-routes number
| Synopsis | Maximum ECMP value for LDP | |
| Context | configure router string ldp max-ecmp-routes number | |
| Tree | max-ecmp-routes | |
Description | This command sets the maximum number of ECMP routes that LDP may use to resolve the next hop for a FEC as permitted by the RTM or TTM. The system-wide maximum number of ECMP routes is set by the configure router ecmp command; therefore, the operational maximum number used by LDP is set to the lesser of the values configured by this command and the configure router ecmp command. | |
| Range | 1 to 64 | |
| Default | 32 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
mcast-upstream-asbr-frr boolean
| Synopsis | Enable ASBR MoFRR to allow local leaf to perform MoFRR for multiple ASBRs | |
| Context | configure router string ldp mcast-upstream-asbr-frr boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-upstream-asbr-frr | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcast-upstream-frr boolean
| Synopsis | Use fast upstream switchover for mLDP FECs | |
| Context | configure router string ldp mcast-upstream-frr boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-upstream-frr | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mp-mbb-time number
| Synopsis | MP MBB time | |
| Context | configure router string ldp mp-mbb-time number | |
| Tree | mp-mbb-time | |
| Range | 0 to 10 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
prefer-mcast-tunnel-in-tunnel boolean
| Synopsis | Use T-LDP session to the peer for FEC resolution | |
| Context | configure router string ldp prefer-mcast-tunnel-in-tunnel boolean | |
| Tree | prefer-mcast-tunnel-in-tunnel | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
prefer-protocol-stitching boolean
| Synopsis | Stitch LDP ILM to SR NHLFE even if LDP NHLFE exists | |
| Context | configure router string ldp prefer-protocol-stitching boolean | |
| Tree | prefer-protocol-stitching | |
Description | When configured to true, an LDP ILM stitches to an SR NHLFE, even if an LDP NHLFE exists. When configured to false, the stitching preference of an LDP ILM is to an LDP NHLFE. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
prefer-tunnel-in-tunnel boolean
| Synopsis | Preference tunnel-in-tunnel over a simple LDP tunnel | |
| Context | configure router string ldp prefer-tunnel-in-tunnel boolean | |
| Tree | prefer-tunnel-in-tunnel | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
resolve-root-using keyword
| Synopsis | Resolution route table for multicast FECs | |
| Context | configure router string ldp resolve-root-using keyword | |
| Tree | resolve-root-using | |
| Options | ||
| Default | ucast-rtm | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
session-parameters
| Synopsis | Enter the session-parameters context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp session-parameters | |
| Tree | session-parameters | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
peer [ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Enter the peer list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ldp session-parameters peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | peer | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | IP address of the LDP peer | |
| Context | configure router string ldp session-parameters peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | peer | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adv-adj-addr-only boolean
| Synopsis | Distribute only the local addresses used to establish the Hello adjacencies with a peer | |
| Context | configure router string ldp session-parameters peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) adv-adj-addr-only boolean | |
| Tree | adv-adj-addr-only | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
adv-local-lsr-id boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise local LSR ID over a specified LDP session | |
| Context | configure router string ldp session-parameters peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) adv-local-lsr-id boolean | |
| Tree | adv-local-lsr-id | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
community string
dod-label-distribution boolean
| Synopsis | Use LDP Downstream-on-Demand (DoD) label distribution procedures | |
| Context | configure router string ldp session-parameters peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) dod-label-distribution boolean | |
| Tree | dod-label-distribution | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
export-addresses reference
| Synopsis | Export policies to determine which local addresses should be distributed to this peer | |
| Context | configure router string ldp session-parameters peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) export-addresses reference | |
| Tree | export-addresses | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
export-prefixes reference
| Synopsis | Export policies to determine which FEC prefixes are redistributed to LDP and TLDP peers | |
| Context | configure router string ldp session-parameters peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) export-prefixes reference | |
| Tree | export-prefixes | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
fec-limit
limit number
log-only boolean
threshold number
fec-type-capability
| Synopsis | Enter the fec-type-capability context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp session-parameters peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) fec-type-capability | |
| Tree | fec-type-capability | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
p2mp boolean
| Synopsis | Enable P2MP FEC capability for the session | |
| Context | configure router string ldp session-parameters peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) fec-type-capability p2mp boolean | |
| Tree | p2mp | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
prefix-ipv4 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IPv4 prefix FEC capability for the session | |
| Context | configure router string ldp session-parameters peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) fec-type-capability prefix-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | prefix-ipv4 | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
prefix-ipv6 boolean
| Synopsis | Enable IPv6 prefix FEC capability | |
| Context | configure router string ldp session-parameters peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) fec-type-capability prefix-ipv6 boolean | |
| Tree | prefix-ipv6 | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
fec129-cisco-interop boolean
| Synopsis | Allow translation between non-compliant FEC 129 formats of Cisco | |
| Context | configure router string ldp session-parameters peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) fec129-cisco-interop boolean | |
| Tree | fec129-cisco-interop | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
import-prefixes reference
| Synopsis | FEC prefixes to be redistributed to this LDP peer | |
| Context | configure router string ldp session-parameters peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) import-prefixes reference | |
| Tree | import-prefixes | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
pe-id-mac-flush-interop boolean
| Synopsis | Send PE-ID TLV in LDP MAC withdrawal message | |
| Context | configure router string ldp session-parameters peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) pe-id-mac-flush-interop boolean | |
| Tree | pe-id-mac-flush-interop | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
shortcut-local-ttl-propagate boolean
| Synopsis | Propagate TTL over LSP shortcut for local packets | |
| Context | configure router string ldp shortcut-local-ttl-propagate boolean | |
| Tree | shortcut-local-ttl-propagate | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
shortcut-transit-ttl-propagate boolean
| Synopsis | Enable TTL propagation over LSP shortcut | |
| Context | configure router string ldp shortcut-transit-ttl-propagate boolean | |
| Tree | shortcut-transit-ttl-propagate | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
targeted-session
| Synopsis | Enter the targeted-session context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session | |
| Tree | targeted-session | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
auto-rx
| Synopsis | Enter the auto-rx context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session auto-rx | |
| Tree | auto-rx | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the LDP session configuration to accept targeted Hello messages from any peer. | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of IPv4 capabilities for peers | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session auto-rx ipv4 admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
tunneling boolean
| Synopsis | Enable tunneling for targeted peers | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session auto-rx ipv4 tunneling boolean | |
| Tree | tunneling | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the local system to use the targeted LDP session to send FEC label bindings that are advertised to other LDP peers. For LDP rLFA, the source node requires the PQ node's label binding information in order to reach the destination. If the auto-rx and auto-tx contexts are both administratively enabled, this command must be set to true for LDP rLFA to function properly. When configured to false, FEC label bindings are not sent via the LDP session. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
auto-tx
| Synopsis | Enter the auto-tx context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session auto-tx | |
| Tree | auto-tx | |
Description | Commands in this context specify the LDP session configuration to send targeted Hello messages toward PQ nodes determined by the rLFA algorithm. | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of IPv4 capabilities for peers | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session auto-tx ipv4 admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
tunneling boolean
| Synopsis | Enable tunneling for targeted peers | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session auto-tx ipv4 tunneling boolean | |
| Tree | tunneling | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the local system to use the targeted LDP session to send FEC label bindings that are advertised to other LDP peers. For LDP rLFA, the source node requires the PQ node's label binding information in order to reach the destination. If the auto-rx context is administratively disabled, this command should be set to true for LDP rLFA to function properly. When configured to false, FEC label bindings are not sent via the LDP session. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
export-prefixes reference
| Synopsis | Export route policy to determine which routes are exported to this targeted LDP session | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session export-prefixes reference | |
| Tree | export-prefixes | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
import-prefixes reference
| Synopsis | Import route policy to determine which routes are accepted from targeted LDP neighbors | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session import-prefixes reference | |
| Tree | import-prefixes | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4
| Synopsis | Enter the ipv4 context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session ipv4 | |
| Tree | ipv4 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
hello
factor number
timeout number
hello-reduction
| Synopsis | Enter the hello-reduction context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session ipv4 hello-reduction | |
| Tree | hello-reduction | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of suppression of Hello messages | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session ipv4 hello-reduction admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
factor number
| Synopsis | Hello reduction dampening factor | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session ipv4 hello-reduction factor number | |
| Tree | factor | |
| Range | 3 to 20 | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
keepalive
factor number
timeout number
ipv6
| Synopsis | Enter the ipv6 context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session ipv6 | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
hello
factor number
timeout number
hello-reduction
| Synopsis | Enter the hello-reduction context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session ipv6 hello-reduction | |
| Tree | hello-reduction | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of suppression of Hello messages | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session ipv6 hello-reduction admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
factor number
| Synopsis | Hello reduction dampening factor | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session ipv6 hello-reduction factor number | |
| Tree | factor | |
| Range | 3 to 20 | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
keepalive
factor number
timeout number
peer [ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Enter the peer list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | peer | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | IP address of the LDP peer | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | peer | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the LDP peer | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD tracking of LDP session for the peer | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
hello
factor number
timeout number
hello-reduction
| Synopsis | Enable the hello-reduction context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) hello-reduction | |
| Tree | hello-reduction | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of suppression of Hello messages | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) hello-reduction admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms |
All |
factor number
| Synopsis | Hello reduction dampening factor | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) hello-reduction factor number | |
| Tree | factor | |
| Range | 3 to 20 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
keepalive
factor number
timeout number
local-lsr-id
| Synopsis | Enter the local-lsr-id context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) local-lsr-id | |
| Tree | local-lsr-id | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
format-32bit boolean
| Synopsis | Use IPv4 address of local LSR-ID interface as LSR-ID of the LDP LSR | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) local-lsr-id format-32bit boolean | |
| Tree | format-32bit | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
interface-name reference
| Synopsis | Name of network IP interface from which to obtain IP address to use as LSR-ID of LDP LSP | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) local-lsr-id interface-name reference | |
| Tree | interface-name | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mcast-tunneling
| Synopsis | Enable the mcast-tunneling context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) mcast-tunneling | |
| Tree | mcast-tunneling | |
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsp [lsp-name] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for lsp | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) mcast-tunneling lsp string | |
| Tree | lsp | |
| Max. Instances | 4 | |
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[lsp-name] string
| Synopsis | LSP name | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) mcast-tunneling lsp string | |
| Tree | lsp | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
tunneling
lsp [lsp-name] string
[lsp-name] string
peer-template [template-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the peer-template list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string | |
| Tree | peer-template | |
| Max. Instances | 500 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[template-name] string
| Synopsis | Name for the targeted peer template | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string | |
| Tree | peer-template | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the peer template | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adv-local-lsr-id boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise local LSR ID over a specified LDP session | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string adv-local-lsr-id boolean | |
| Tree | adv-local-lsr-id | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD tracking of LDP session for sessions created by peer template | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
community string
| Synopsis | Community string associated with a session to a specified peer | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string community string | |
| Tree | community | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
hello
| Synopsis | Enable the hello context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string hello | |
| Tree | hello | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
factor number
| Synopsis | Factor value for Hello | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string hello factor number | |
| Tree | factor | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
timeout number
| Synopsis | Timeout value for Hello | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string hello timeout number | |
| Tree | timeout | |
| Range | 3 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
hello-reduction
| Synopsis | Enable the hello-reduction context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string hello-reduction | |
| Tree | hello-reduction | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of suppression of Hello messages | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string hello-reduction admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms |
All |
factor number
| Synopsis | Hello reduction dampening factor | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string hello-reduction factor number | |
| Tree | factor | |
| Range | 3 to 20 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
keepalive
| Synopsis | Enable the keepalive context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string keepalive | |
| Tree | keepalive | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
factor number
| Synopsis | Factor value for keepalive | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string keepalive factor number | |
| Tree | factor | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
timeout number
| Synopsis | Time that LDP waits before tearing down session | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string keepalive timeout number | |
| Tree | timeout | |
| Range | 3 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
local-lsr-id
| Synopsis | Enter the local-lsr-id context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string local-lsr-id | |
| Tree | local-lsr-id | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interface-name reference
| Synopsis | Name of network IP interface from which to obtain IP address to use as LSR-ID of LDP LSP | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string local-lsr-id interface-name reference | |
| Tree | interface-name | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mcast-tunneling boolean
| Synopsis | Enable MLDP over RSVP-TE tunnels for the template | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string mcast-tunneling boolean | |
| Tree | mcast-tunneling | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
tunneling boolean
| Synopsis | Allow LDP over tunnels | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string tunneling boolean | |
| Tree | tunneling | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
peer-template-map [template-map-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the peer-template-map list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template-map reference | |
| Tree | peer-template-map | |
| Max. Instances | 500 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[template-map-name] reference
| Synopsis | Name to identify the targeted peer template | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template-map reference | |
| Tree | peer-template-map | |
Reference | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy-map reference
| Synopsis | Targeted peer template to apply to the given policies | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session peer-template-map reference policy-map reference | |
| Tree | policy-map | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
|
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
resolve-v6-prefix-over-shortcut boolean
| Synopsis | Resolve IPv6 prefix over IGP shortcuts | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session resolve-v6-prefix-over-shortcut boolean | |
| Tree | resolve-v6-prefix-over-shortcut | |
Description | When configured to true, the system enables the resolution of IPv6 LDP unicast prefix FECs over IGP shortcuts. When configured to false, the resolution is not allowed. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sdp-auto-targeted-session boolean
| Synopsis | Allow auto-creation of targeted sessions by SDP | |
| Context | configure router string ldp targeted-session sdp-auto-targeted-session boolean | |
| Tree | sdp-auto-targeted-session | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
tcp-session-parameters
| Synopsis | Enter the tcp-session-parameters context | |
| Context | configure router string ldp tcp-session-parameters | |
| Tree | tcp-session-parameters | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-key string
| Synopsis | Authentication key between LDP peers | |
| Context | configure router string ldp tcp-session-parameters authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
Description | This command specifies the authentication key used to establish a session between LDP peers. Authentication uses the MD-5 message-based digest. The peer address used in authentication must be the TCP session transport address. If one or more transport addresses used in the Hello adjacencies to the same peer LSR are different from the LSR ID value, the user must add each transport address to the authentication key configuration as a separate peer. As a result, when the TCP connection is bootstrapped by a specific Hello adjacency, the authentication can operate over that TCP connection by using its specific transport address. The per-peer authentication configuration takes precedence over global authentication configuration, and authentication keychain configuration takes precedence over authentication key configuration. | |
| String Length | 1 to 370 | |
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-keychain reference
| Synopsis | Authentication keychain to use for the TCP session | |
| Context | configure router string ldp tcp-session-parameters authentication-keychain reference | |
| Tree | authentication-keychain | |
Description | This command configures the authentication keychain to use for the TCP session. The per-peer authentication configuration takes precedence over the global authentication configuration. | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
peer-transport [ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Enter the peer-transport list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ldp tcp-session-parameters peer-transport (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | peer-transport | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | IP address of the TCP connection to the LDP peer | |
| Context | configure router string ldp tcp-session-parameters peer-transport (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | peer-transport | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-key string
| Synopsis | Authentication key between LDP peers | |
| Context | configure router string ldp tcp-session-parameters peer-transport (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
Description | This command specifies the authentication key used to establish a session between LDP peers. Authentication uses the MD-5 message-based digest. The peer address used in authentication must be the TCP session transport address. If one or more transport addresses used in the Hello adjacencies to the same peer LSR are different from the LSR ID value, the user must add each transport address to the authentication key configuration as a separate peer. As a result, when the TCP connection is bootstrapped by a specific Hello adjacency, the authentication can operate over that TCP connection by using its specific transport address. The per-peer authentication configuration takes precedence over global authentication configuration, and authentication keychain configuration takes precedence over authentication key configuration. | |
| String Length | 1 to 370 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-keychain reference
| Synopsis | Authentication keychain to use for the TCP session | |
| Context | configure router string ldp tcp-session-parameters peer-transport (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) authentication-keychain reference | |
| Tree | authentication-keychain | |
Description | This command configures the authentication keychain to use for the TCP session. The per-peer authentication configuration takes precedence over the global authentication configuration. | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
path-mtu-discovery boolean
| Synopsis | Allow Path MTU Discovery for associated TCP connections | |
| Context | configure router string ldp tcp-session-parameters peer-transport (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) path-mtu-discovery boolean | |
| Tree | path-mtu-discovery | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ttl-security number
| Synopsis | Minimum TTL value for incoming packets | |
| Context | configure router string ldp tcp-session-parameters peer-transport (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) ttl-security number | |
| Tree | ttl-security | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
tunnel-down-damp-time number
| Synopsis | Time interval for an LDP to damp a tunnel down event before posting to the Route Table Manager (RTM) | |
| Context | configure router string ldp tunnel-down-damp-time number | |
| Tree | tunnel-down-damp-time | |
| Range | 0 to 20 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
tunnel-table-pref number
| Synopsis | Tunnel table preference value for address FECs | |
| Context | configure router string ldp tunnel-table-pref number | |
| Tree | tunnel-table-pref | |
Description | This command configures the tunnel table preference for an LDP tunnel type. The tunnel table preference applies to next-hop resolution of BGP routes for: EVPN, IPv4, IPv6, VPN-IPv4, VPN-IPv6, label-IPv4, and label-IPV6 in the tunnel table. This feature does not apply to a VPRN, VPLS, or VLL service with explicit binding to an SDP that enabled the mixed-lsp-mode option. The service manager controls and fixes the tunnel preference in such an SDP. The tunnel table preference configuration does not modify the SDP behavior, nor the services that bind to it. It is recommended to not set two or more tunnel types to the same preference value. In such a situation, the tunnel table prefers the tunnel type which was first introduced in SR OS implementation historically. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 9 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
weighted-ecmp boolean
| Synopsis | Allow weighted ECMP load-balancing | |
| Context | configure router string ldp weighted-ecmp boolean | |
| Tree | weighted-ecmp | |
Description | When configured to true, the system allows weighted ECMP on LDP using RSVP LSPs or SR-TE LSPs. LDP labeled packets are sprayed across the RSVP or SR-TE LSP ECMP set in proportion to the configured load-balancing weight of LSPs. When configured to false, the system removes weighted ECMP load-balancing. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
leak-export
| Synopsis | Enter the leak-export context | |
| Context | configure router string leak-export | |
| Tree | leak-export | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
leak-export-limit number
| Synopsis | Maximum limit on number of GRT routes leaked into VPRNs | |
| Context | configure router string leak-export leak-export-limit number | |
| Tree | leak-export-limit | |
| Range | 1 to 10000 | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
policy-name (policy-expr-string | string)
| Synopsis | Route policy name | |
| Context | configure router string leak-export policy-name (policy-expr-string | string) | |
| Tree | policy-name | |
| String Length | 1 to 255 | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
lsp-bfd
bfd-sessions number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of LSP BFD session tail-ends | |
| Context | configure router string lsp-bfd bfd-sessions number | |
| Tree | bfd-sessions | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
tail-end
multiplier number
| Synopsis | Missed message threshold before session is set to down | |
| Context | configure router string lsp-bfd tail-end multiplier number | |
| Tree | multiplier | |
| Range | 1 to 20 | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
receive-interval number
| Synopsis | The BFD receive interval for LSP tail-end | |
| Context | configure router string lsp-bfd tail-end receive-interval number | |
| Tree | receive-interval | |
| Range | 100 to 1000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
transmit-interval number
| Synopsis | The BFD transmit interval for LSP tail-end | |
| Context | configure router string lsp-bfd tail-end transmit-interval number | |
| Tree | transmit-interval | |
| Range | 100 to 1000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mc-maximum-routes
| Synopsis | Enter the mc-maximum-routes context | |
| Context | configure router string mc-maximum-routes | |
| Tree | mc-maximum-routes | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
log-only boolean
| Synopsis | Log and allow learning of new multicast routes | |
| Context | configure router string mc-maximum-routes log-only boolean | |
| Tree | log-only | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
threshold number
| Synopsis | Maximum multicast routes which the VRF holds | |
| Context | configure router string mc-maximum-routes threshold number | |
| Tree | threshold | |
| Range | 1 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
value number
| Synopsis | Maximum multicast routes configured on virtual router | |
| Context | configure router string mc-maximum-routes value number | |
| Tree | value | |
| Range | 1 to 2147483647 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mld
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of MLD | |
| Context | configure router string mld admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference
| Synopsis | Enter the forwarding-group-interface list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference | |
| Tree | forwarding-group-interface | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
forwarding-service string
| Synopsis | Forwarding service for the subscriber interface | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference | |
| Tree | forwarding-group-interface | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
group-interface-name reference
| Synopsis | Group interface name | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference | |
| Tree | forwarding-group-interface | |
Reference | configure service vprn string subscriber-interface string group-interface string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the MLD interface | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Import policy to filter MLD packets | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-number-group-sources number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of group sources for this interface | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference maximum-number-group-sources number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-group-sources | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of group sources for which IGMP or MLD can have local receiver information based on received IGMP or MLD reports on this interface. When this configuration is changed dynamically to a lower value than the currently accepted number of group sources, the group sources that are already accepted are not deleted. Only new group sources are not allowed. | |
| Range | 1 to 32000 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-number-groups number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of groups for this interface | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference maximum-number-groups number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-groups | |
| Range | 1 to 16000 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-number-sources number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of sources that are allowed per group | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference maximum-number-sources number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-sources | |
| Range | 1 to 1000 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mcac
| Synopsis | Enter the mcac context | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference mcac | |
| Tree | mcac | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
bandwidth
| Synopsis | Enter the bandwidth context | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference mcac bandwidth | |
| Tree | bandwidth | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mandatory (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Pre-reserved bandwidth for all mandatory channels | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference mcac bandwidth mandatory (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | mandatory | |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 | |
| Options | ||
| Default | unlimited | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
total (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum allowed bandwidth | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference mcac bandwidth total (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | total | |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 | |
| Options | ||
| Default | unlimited | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
interface-policy reference
| Synopsis | Name of multicast CAC interface policy | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference mcac interface-policy reference | |
| Tree | interface-policy | |
Reference | configure mcac interface-policy string | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
policy reference
| Synopsis | Multicast CAC policy name | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference mcac policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command configures the name of the global channel bandwidth definition policy that is used for (H)MCAC and HQoS adjustment. Within the scope of HQoS adjustment, the channel definition policy under the group interface is used if redirection is unconfigured. In this case, the HQoS adjustment can be applied to IPoE subscribers in per-SAP replication mode. If redirection is configured, the channel bandwidth definition policy applied under the Layer 3 redirected interface is in effect. Hierarchical MCAC (HMCAC) is supported on two levels simultaneously:
In HMCAC, the subscriber is checked against its bandwidth limits first, then against the bandwidth limits of the redirected or group interface. If redirection is configured but the policy is referenced only under the group interface, no admission control is executed (HMCAC or MCAC). | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
query-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between two consecutive host-query messages | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference query-interval number | |
| Tree | query-interval | |
| Range | 2 to 1024 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
query-last-member-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between group-specific query messages | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference query-last-member-interval number | |
| Tree | query-last-member-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1023 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
query-response-interval number
| Synopsis | Time to wait for a response to the host-query messages | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference query-response-interval number | |
| Tree | query-response-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1023 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
query-source-address string
| Synopsis | Source address for MLD queries | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference query-source-address string | |
| Tree | query-source-address | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
router-alert-check boolean
| Synopsis | Enable router alert checking for IGMP or MLD messages | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference router-alert-check boolean | |
| Tree | router-alert-check | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sub-hosts-only boolean
| Synopsis | Allow MLD traffic from known hosts only | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference sub-hosts-only boolean | |
| Tree | sub-hosts-only | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
subnet-check boolean
| Synopsis | Enable subnet checking | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference subnet-check boolean | |
| Tree | subnet-check | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
version keyword
| Synopsis | MLD protocol version | |
| Context | configure router string mld forwarding-group-interface forwarding-service string group-interface-name reference version keyword | |
| Tree | version | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 2 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
group-if-query-source-address string
| Synopsis | Source address in queries for group interfaces when not configured at group interface level | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-if-query-source-address string | |
| Tree | group-if-query-source-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group-interface [group-interface-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the group-interface list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference | |
| Tree | group-interface | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[group-interface-name] reference
| Synopsis | Group interface name | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference | |
| Tree | group-interface | |
Reference | configure service ies string subscriber-interface string group-interface string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the MLD interface | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Import policy to filter MLD packets | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-number-group-sources number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of group sources for this interface | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference maximum-number-group-sources number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-group-sources | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of group sources for which IGMP or MLD can have local receiver information based on received IGMP or MLD reports on this interface. When this configuration is changed dynamically to a lower value than the currently accepted number of group sources, the group sources that are already accepted are not deleted. Only new group sources are not allowed. | |
| Range | 1 to 32000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-number-groups number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of groups for this interface | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference maximum-number-groups number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-groups | |
| Range | 1 to 16000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
maximum-number-sources number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of sources that are allowed per group | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference maximum-number-sources number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-sources | |
| Range | 1 to 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mcac
| Synopsis | Enter the mcac context | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference mcac | |
| Tree | mcac | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
bandwidth
mandatory (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Pre-reserved bandwidth for all mandatory channels | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference mcac bandwidth mandatory (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | mandatory | |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 | |
| Options | ||
| Default | unlimited | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
total (number | keyword)
interface-policy reference
| Synopsis | Name of multicast CAC interface policy | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference mcac interface-policy reference | |
| Tree | interface-policy | |
Reference | configure mcac interface-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
policy reference
| Synopsis | Multicast CAC policy name | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference mcac policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command configures the name of the global channel bandwidth definition policy that is used for (H)MCAC and HQoS adjustment. Within the scope of HQoS adjustment, the channel definition policy under the group interface is used if redirection is unconfigured. In this case, the HQoS adjustment can be applied to IPoE subscribers in per-SAP replication mode. If redirection is configured, the channel bandwidth definition policy applied under the Layer 3 redirected interface is in effect. Hierarchical MCAC (HMCAC) is supported on two levels simultaneously:
In HMCAC, the subscriber is checked against its bandwidth limits first, then against the bandwidth limits of the redirected or group interface. If redirection is configured but the policy is referenced only under the group interface, no admission control is executed (HMCAC or MCAC). | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
query-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between two consecutive host-query messages | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference query-interval number | |
| Tree | query-interval | |
| Range | 2 to 1024 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
query-last-member-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between group-specific query messages | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference query-last-member-interval number | |
| Tree | query-last-member-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1023 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
query-response-interval number
| Synopsis | Time to wait for a response to the host-query messages | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference query-response-interval number | |
| Tree | query-response-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1023 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
query-source-address string
| Synopsis | Source address for MLD queries | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference query-source-address string | |
| Tree | query-source-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
router-alert-check boolean
| Synopsis | Enable router alert checking for IGMP or MLD messages | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference router-alert-check boolean | |
| Tree | router-alert-check | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
sub-hosts-only boolean
| Synopsis | Allow MLD traffic from known hosts only | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference sub-hosts-only boolean | |
| Tree | sub-hosts-only | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
subnet-check boolean
| Synopsis | Enable subnet checking | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference subnet-check boolean | |
| Tree | subnet-check | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
version keyword
| Synopsis | MLD protocol version | |
| Context | configure router string mld group-interface reference version keyword | |
| Tree | version | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 2 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
interface [ip-interface-name] string
[ip-interface-name] string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the MLD interface | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Import policy to filter MLD packets | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
maximum-number-group-sources number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of group sources for this interface | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string maximum-number-group-sources number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-group-sources | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of group sources for which IGMP or MLD can have local receiver information based on received IGMP or MLD reports on this interface. When this configuration is changed dynamically to a lower value than the currently accepted number of group sources, the group sources that are already accepted are not deleted. Only new group sources are not allowed. | |
| Range | 1 to 32000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
maximum-number-groups number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of groups for this interface | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string maximum-number-groups number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-groups | |
| Range | 1 to 16000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
maximum-number-sources number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of sources that are allowed per group | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string maximum-number-sources number | |
| Tree | maximum-number-sources | |
| Range | 1 to 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mcac
bandwidth
mandatory (number | keyword)
total (number | keyword)
interface-policy reference
| Synopsis | Name of multicast CAC interface policy | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string mcac interface-policy reference | |
| Tree | interface-policy | |
Reference | configure mcac interface-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mc-constraints
| Synopsis | Enter the mc-constraints context | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string mcac mc-constraints | |
| Tree | mc-constraints | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
level [level-id] number
[level-id] number
bandwidth number
number-down [number-lag-port-down] number
| Synopsis | Enter the number-down list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string mcac mc-constraints number-down number | |
| Tree | number-down | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[number-lag-port-down] number
| Synopsis | Number of ports that are down in this LAG link | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string mcac mc-constraints number-down number | |
| Tree | number-down | |
| Range | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
level number
| Synopsis | Level ID to associate with number of down LAG ports | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string mcac mc-constraints number-down number level number | |
| Tree | level | |
Description | This command specifies the bandwidth for a given level. Level 1 has the highest priority and level 8 has the lowest priority. | |
| Range | 1 to 8 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
use-lag-port-weight boolean
| Synopsis | Use LAG port weight in calculating MCAC constraints | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string mcac mc-constraints use-lag-port-weight boolean | |
| Tree | use-lag-port-weight | |
Description | When configured to true, port weight is used when determining available bandwidth per level when LAG ports go down or come up. This command is required for proper operation on mixed port-speed LAGs and can also be used for unmixed port-speed LAGs. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
policy reference
| Synopsis | Multicast CAC policy name | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string mcac policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command configures the name of the global channel bandwidth definition policy that is used for (H)MCAC and HQoS adjustment. Within the scope of HQoS adjustment, the channel definition policy under the group interface is used if redirection is unconfigured. In this case, the HQoS adjustment can be applied to IPoE subscribers in per-SAP replication mode. If redirection is configured, the channel bandwidth definition policy applied under the Layer 3 redirected interface is in effect. Hierarchical MCAC (HMCAC) is supported on two levels simultaneously:
In HMCAC, the subscriber is checked against its bandwidth limits first, then against the bandwidth limits of the redirected or group interface. If redirection is configured but the policy is referenced only under the group interface, no admission control is executed (HMCAC or MCAC). | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
query-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between two consecutive host-query messages | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string query-interval number | |
| Tree | query-interval | |
| Range | 2 to 1024 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
query-last-member-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between group-specific query messages | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string query-last-member-interval number | |
| Tree | query-last-member-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1023 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
query-response-interval number
| Synopsis | Time to wait for a response to the host-query messages | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string query-response-interval number | |
| Tree | query-response-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1023 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
router-alert-check boolean
| Synopsis | Enable router alert checking for IGMP or MLD messages | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string router-alert-check boolean | |
| Tree | router-alert-check | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ssm-translate
| Synopsis | Enter the ssm-translate context | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string ssm-translate | |
| Tree | ssm-translate | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group-range start string end string
| Synopsis | Enter the group-range list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string ssm-translate group-range start string end string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
start string
| Synopsis | Lower bound of the group range | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string ssm-translate group-range start string end string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
end string
| Synopsis | Upper bound of the group range | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string ssm-translate group-range start string end string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
source [source-address] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for source | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string ssm-translate group-range start string end string source string | |
| Tree | source | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[source-address] string
| Synopsis | Source IP address | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string ssm-translate group-range start string end string source string | |
| Tree | source | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
Platforms | All |
static
group [group-address] string
[group-address] string
source [source-address] string
[source-address] string
starg
group-range start string end string step string
| Synopsis | Enter the group-range list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string static group-range start string end string step string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
start string
| Synopsis | Lower bound of the static multicast group | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string static group-range start string end string step string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
end string
| Synopsis | Upper bound of the static multicast group | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string static group-range start string end string step string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
step string
| Synopsis | Step interval for the group-range addresses | |
| Context | configure router string mld interface string static group-range start string end string step string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
| MD-CLI Default | ::1 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
source [source-address] string
[source-address] string
starg
version keyword
query-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between two consecutive host-query messages | |
| Context | configure router string mld query-interval number | |
| Tree | query-interval | |
| Range | 2 to 1024 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 125 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
query-last-member-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between group-specific query messages | |
| Context | configure router string mld query-last-member-interval number | |
| Tree | query-last-member-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1023 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
query-response-interval number
| Synopsis | Time to wait for a response to the host-query messages | |
| Context | configure router string mld query-response-interval number | |
| Tree | query-response-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1023 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
robust-count number
| Synopsis | Number of retries after expected message loss | |
| Context | configure router string mld robust-count number | |
| Tree | robust-count | |
| Range | 2 to 10 | |
| Default | 2 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ssm-translate
| Synopsis | Enter the ssm-translate context | |
| Context | configure router string mld ssm-translate | |
| Tree | ssm-translate | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group-range start string end string
| Synopsis | Enter the group-range list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mld ssm-translate group-range start string end string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
start string
| Synopsis | Lower bound of the group range | |
| Context | configure router string mld ssm-translate group-range start string end string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
end string
| Synopsis | Upper bound of the group range | |
| Context | configure router string mld ssm-translate group-range start string end string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
source [source-address] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for source | |
| Context | configure router string mld ssm-translate group-range start string end string source string | |
| Tree | source | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[source-address] string
| Synopsis | Source IP address | |
| Context | configure router string mld ssm-translate group-range start string end string source string | |
| Tree | source | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
Platforms | All |
mpls
admin-group-frr boolean
| Synopsis | Use admin group constraints for FRR path computation | |
| Context | configure router string mpls admin-group-frr boolean | |
| Tree | admin-group-frr | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the MPLS instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
auto-bandwidth-multipliers
| Synopsis | Enter the auto-bandwidth-multipliers context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls auto-bandwidth-multipliers | |
| Tree | auto-bandwidth-multipliers | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adjust-multiplier number
| Synopsis | Collection intervals in a sample interval | |
| Context | configure router string mpls auto-bandwidth-multipliers adjust-multiplier number | |
| Tree | adjust-multiplier | |
| Range | 1 to 16383 | |
| Default | 288 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
sample-multiplier number
| Synopsis | Collection intervals in a sample interval | |
| Context | configure router string mpls auto-bandwidth-multipliers sample-multiplier number | |
| Tree | sample-multiplier | |
| Range | 1 to 511 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
auto-lsp [template-name] reference
[template-name] reference
one-hop boolean
| Synopsis | Enable one-hop point-to-point LSP automatic signaling | |
| Context | configure router string mpls auto-lsp reference one-hop boolean | |
| Tree | one-hop | |
Description | This command enables the automatic signaling of one-hop point-to-point LSPs. | |
| Default | false | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: one-hop or policy. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy reference
| Synopsis | Peer prefix policy name | |
| Context | configure router string mpls auto-lsp reference policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: one-hop or policy. This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
aux-stats
sr boolean
| Synopsis | Traffic type count in MPLS statistics table | |
| Context | configure router string mpls aux-stats sr boolean | |
| Tree | sr | |
Description | This command configures the type of traffic to count in the auxiliary MPLS statistics table. It refers to any type of segment routing traffic (SR-OSPF, SR-ISIS, SR-TE, and so on). | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
bypass-resignal-timer number
| Synopsis | Resignal timer for bypass | |
| Context | configure router string mpls bypass-resignal-timer number | |
| Tree | bypass-resignal-timer | |
| Range | 1 to 10080 | |
| Units | minutes | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
class-forwarding-policy [policy-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the class-forwarding-policy list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls class-forwarding-policy string | |
| Tree | class-forwarding-policy | |
| Max. Instances | 15 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[policy-name] string
| Synopsis | Name of class forwarding policy | |
| Context | configure router string mpls class-forwarding-policy string | |
| Tree | class-forwarding-policy | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
default-set number
| Synopsis | Default forwarding set ID | |
| Context | configure router string mpls class-forwarding-policy string default-set number | |
| Tree | default-set | |
| Range | 1 to 6 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
fc [fc-name] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the fc list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls class-forwarding-policy string fc keyword | |
| Tree | fc | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[fc-name] keyword
| Synopsis | Forwarding class name for LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls class-forwarding-policy string fc keyword | |
| Tree | fc | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
forwarding-set number
| Synopsis | Forwarding set ID for forwarding classes | |
| Context | configure router string mpls class-forwarding-policy string fc keyword forwarding-set number | |
| Tree | forwarding-set | |
| Range | 1 to 6 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
cspf-on-loose-hop boolean
| Synopsis | Calculate CSPF until next loose hop on LSR | |
| Context | configure router string mpls cspf-on-loose-hop boolean | |
| Tree | cspf-on-loose-hop | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
dynamic-bypass boolean
| Synopsis | Create dynamic bypass LSPs in FRR | |
| Context | configure router string mpls dynamic-bypass boolean | |
| Tree | dynamic-bypass | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
entropy-label
| Synopsis | Enter the entropy-label context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls entropy-label | |
| Tree | entropy-label | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rsvp-te boolean
| Synopsis | Apply entropy labels to RSVP-TE LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string mpls entropy-label rsvp-te boolean | |
| Tree | rsvp-te | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
sr-te boolean
| Synopsis | Apply entropy labels to SR-TE LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string mpls entropy-label sr-te boolean | |
| Tree | sr-te | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
exponential-backoff-retry boolean
| Synopsis | Use exponential back-off timer when retrying an LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls exponential-backoff-retry boolean | |
| Tree | exponential-backoff-retry | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
forwarding-policies
| Synopsis | Enable the forwarding-policies context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies | |
| Tree | forwarding-policies | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of MPLS forwarding policies | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
forwarding-policy [policy-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the forwarding-policy list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string | |
| Tree | forwarding-policy | |
| Max. Instances | 65536 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[policy-name] string
| Synopsis | Forwarding policy name | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string | |
| Tree | forwarding-policy | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the MPLS forwarding policy | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
binding-label number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Binding label | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string binding-label number | |
| Tree | binding-label | |
| Range | 32 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
egress-statistics
| Synopsis | Enable the egress-statistics context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string egress-statistics | |
| Tree | egress-statistics | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of egress or ingress statistics | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string egress-statistics admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
endpoint (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Configure endpoint address. | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string endpoint (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | endpoint | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All | |
ingress-statistics
| Synopsis | Enable the ingress-statistics context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string ingress-statistics | |
| Tree | ingress-statistics | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of egress or ingress statistics | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string ingress-statistics admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
metric number
| Synopsis | Metric of an MPLS forwarding policy | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string metric number | |
| Tree | metric | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
next-hop-group [index] number
| Synopsis | Enter the next-hop-group list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string next-hop-group number | |
| Tree | next-hop-group | |
| Max. Instances | 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[index] number
| Synopsis | Index for next hop group | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string next-hop-group number | |
| Tree | next-hop-group | |
| Range | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of NHG in MPLS forwarding policy | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string next-hop-group number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
backup-next-hop
| Synopsis | Enable the backup-next-hop context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string next-hop-group number backup-next-hop | |
| Tree | backup-next-hop | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
next-hop (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Next hop address | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string next-hop-group number backup-next-hop next-hop (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | next-hop | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
pushed-labels [index] number
| Synopsis | Enter the pushed-labels list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string next-hop-group number backup-next-hop pushed-labels number | |
| Tree | pushed-labels | |
| Max. Instances | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[index] number
| Synopsis | Index for push label | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string next-hop-group number backup-next-hop pushed-labels number | |
| Tree | pushed-labels | |
| Range | 1 to 10 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
label number
| Synopsis | Label value | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string next-hop-group number backup-next-hop pushed-labels number label number | |
| Tree | label | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
load-balancing-weight number
| Synopsis | Load balancing weight of an NHG entry | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string next-hop-group number load-balancing-weight number | |
| Tree | load-balancing-weight | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
primary-next-hop
| Synopsis | Enable the primary-next-hop context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string next-hop-group number primary-next-hop | |
| Tree | primary-next-hop | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
next-hop (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Next hop address | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string next-hop-group number primary-next-hop next-hop (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | next-hop | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
pushed-labels [index] number
| Synopsis | Enter the pushed-labels list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string next-hop-group number primary-next-hop pushed-labels number | |
| Tree | pushed-labels | |
| Max. Instances | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[index] number
| Synopsis | Index for push label | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string next-hop-group number primary-next-hop pushed-labels number | |
| Tree | pushed-labels | |
| Range | 1 to 10 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
label number
| Synopsis | Label value | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string next-hop-group number primary-next-hop pushed-labels number label number | |
| Tree | label | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
resolution-type keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Resolution type for next hop group | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string next-hop-group number resolution-type keyword | |
| Tree | resolution-type | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
preference number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Preference number | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
revert-timer number
| Synopsis | Revert timer | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string revert-timer number | |
| Tree | revert-timer | |
| Range | 1 to 600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
tunnel-table-pref number
| Synopsis | Tunnel table preference | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy string tunnel-table-pref number | |
| Tree | tunnel-table-pref | |
Description | This command configures the TTM preference value of an MPLS forwarding policy. It is used by applications to select one tunnel type to bind to in TTM when multiple tunnel types are enabled for the application. It is recommended to not set two or more tunnel types to the same preference value. In such a situation, the tunnel table prefers the tunnel type which was first introduced in SR OS implementation historically. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
reserved-label-block reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Reserved label block | |
| Context | configure router string mpls forwarding-policies reserved-label-block reference | |
| Tree | reserved-label-block | |
Reference | configure router string mpls-labels reserved-label-block string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
frr-object boolean
| Synopsis | Signal with fast reroute object | |
| Context | configure router string mpls frr-object boolean | |
| Tree | frr-object | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
hold-timer number
| Synopsis | Hold timer value | |
| Context | configure router string mpls hold-timer number | |
| Tree | hold-timer | |
| Range | 0 to 1000 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ingress-statistics
| Synopsis | Enter the ingress-statistics context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics | |
| Tree | ingress-statistics | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) lsp-name string
sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
lsp-name string
accounting-policy reference
| Synopsis | Accounting policy ID | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) lsp-name string accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure log accounting-policy number | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of statistics for the LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) lsp-name string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
collect-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Collect statistics | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) lsp-name string collect-stats boolean | |
| Tree | collect-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
stat-mode keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Stat mode | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) lsp-name string stat-mode keyword | |
| Tree | stat-mode | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
p2mp-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string
| Synopsis | Enter the p2mp-template-lsp list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics p2mp-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string | |
| Tree | p2mp-template-lsp | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Sender address | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics p2mp-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string | |
| Tree | p2mp-template-lsp | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rsvp-session-name string
| Synopsis | RSVP session name | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics p2mp-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string | |
| Tree | p2mp-template-lsp | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
accounting-policy reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Accounting policy ID | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics p2mp-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure log accounting-policy number | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of statistics for the LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics p2mp-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
collect-stats boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Collect statistics | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics p2mp-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string collect-stats boolean | |
| Tree | collect-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
max-stats number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum number of statistic indices | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics p2mp-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string max-stats number | |
| Tree | max-stats | |
| Range | 1 to 8191 | |
| Default | 8191 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
stat-mode keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Stat mode | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics p2mp-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string stat-mode keyword | |
| Tree | stat-mode | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
p2p-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string
| Synopsis | Enter the p2p-template-lsp list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics p2p-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string | |
| Tree | p2p-template-lsp | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Sender address | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics p2p-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string | |
| Tree | p2p-template-lsp | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rsvp-session-name string
| Synopsis | RSVP session name | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics p2p-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string | |
| Tree | p2p-template-lsp | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
accounting-policy reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Accounting policy ID | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics p2p-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure log accounting-policy number | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of statistics for the LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics p2p-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
collect-stats boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Collect statistics | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics p2p-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string collect-stats boolean | |
| Tree | collect-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
max-stats number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum number of statistic indices | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics p2p-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string max-stats number | |
| Tree | max-stats | |
| Range | 1 to 8191 | |
| Default | 8191 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
stat-mode keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Stat mode | |
| Context | configure router string mpls ingress-statistics p2p-template-lsp sender (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) rsvp-session-name string stat-mode keyword | |
| Tree | stat-mode | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
interface [interface-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the interface list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls interface reference | |
| Tree | interface | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes for MPLS protocol support on an IP interface. MPLS commands are not executed on an IP interface where MPLS is not enabled. An MPLS interface must be explicitly enabled (admin-state enabled). The MPLS interface must be admin-state disabled to delete the interface definition. A corresponding RSVP interface must also be configured. The MPLS interface cannot be deleted without also deleting the RSVP interface. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[interface-name] reference
admin-group reference
| Synopsis | Administrative groups supported by the interface | |
| Context | configure router string mpls interface reference admin-group reference | |
| Tree | admin-group | |
Description | This command specifies the administrative groups that the interface supports. This information is advertised as part of OSPF and IS-IS to help CSPF compute constrained LSPs that must include or exclude certain administrative groups. An MPLS interface is assumed to belong to all the administrative groups unless this command is issued under the interface configuration. With this command configured, the interface is assumed to belong to only the groups specifically configured in this command. Only the administrative groups bound to an MPLS interface are advertised in TE link TLVs and sub-TLVs when the traffic-engineering option is enabled in IS-IS or OSPF. IES and VPRN interfaces do not have their attributes advertised in TE TLVs. | |
Reference | configure routing-options if-attribute admin-group string | |
| Max. Instances | 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the MPLS interface | |
| Context | configure router string mpls interface reference admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label-map [in-label] number
[in-label] number
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the label map | |
| Context | configure router string mpls interface reference label-map number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
pop
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Pop (remove) the incoming label and forward packet based on service header | |
| Context | configure router string mpls interface reference label-map number pop | |
| Tree | pop | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: pop or swap. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
swap
next-hop string
out-label (number | keyword)
srlg-group [name] reference
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for srlg-group | |
| Context | configure router string mpls interface reference srlg-group reference | |
| Tree | srlg-group | |
| Max. Instances | 64 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[name] reference
| Synopsis | Shared Risk Link Group (SRLG) name | |
| Context | configure router string mpls interface reference srlg-group reference | |
| Tree | srlg-group | |
Reference | configure routing-options if-attribute srlg-group string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
te-metric number
least-fill-min-thd number
| Synopsis | Percentage of the least fill minimum threshold value | |
| Context | configure router string mpls least-fill-min-thd number | |
| Tree | least-fill-min-thd | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
least-fill-reoptim-thd number
| Synopsis | Percentage of the least fill reoptimization threshold value | |
| Context | configure router string mpls least-fill-reoptim-thd number | |
| Tree | least-fill-reoptim-thd | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
logger-event-bundling boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Merge and bundle MPLS traps | |
| Context | configure router string mpls logger-event-bundling boolean | |
| Tree | logger-event-bundling | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
lsp [lsp-name] string
[lsp-name] string
adaptive boolean
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-tag [name] reference
[name] reference
| Synopsis | Name of the admin tags | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string admin-tag reference | |
| Tree | admin-tag | |
Reference | configure routing-options admin-tags admin-tag string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adspec boolean
auto-bandwidth
| Synopsis | Enable the auto-bandwidth context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth | |
| Tree | auto-bandwidth | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adjust-down
| Synopsis | Enter the adjust-down context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth adjust-down | |
| Tree | adjust-down | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bw number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in absolute bandwidth | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth adjust-down bw number | |
| Tree | bw | |
| Range | 0 to 6400000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
percent number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in percent | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth adjust-down percent number | |
| Tree | percent | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adjust-up
bw number
percent number
fc [fc-name] keyword
[fc-name] keyword
sampling-weight number
| Synopsis | Forwarding class weight for LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth fc keyword sampling-weight number | |
| Tree | sampling-weight | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-bandwidth number
| Synopsis | Maximum bandwidth of auto-bandwidth to request for LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth max-bandwidth number | |
| Tree | max-bandwidth | |
| Range | 0 to 6400000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Default | 100000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
min-bandwidth number
| Synopsis | Minimum bandwidth of auto-bandwidth to request for the LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth min-bandwidth number | |
| Tree | min-bandwidth | |
| Range | 0 to 6400000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
monitor-bandwidth boolean
| Synopsis | Collect and display auto-bandwidth measurements for the LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth monitor-bandwidth boolean | |
| Tree | monitor-bandwidth | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
multipliers
| Synopsis | Enter the multipliers context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth multipliers | |
| Tree | multipliers | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adjust-multiplier number
| Synopsis | Number of collection intervals in the adjust interval | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth multipliers adjust-multiplier number | |
| Tree | adjust-multiplier | |
| Range | 1 to 16383 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sample-multiplier number
| Synopsis | Multiplier for collection intervals in a sample interval | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth multipliers sample-multiplier number | |
| Tree | sample-multiplier | |
| Range | 1 to 511 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
overflow-limit
| Synopsis | Enable the overflow-limit context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth overflow-limit | |
| Tree | overflow-limit | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bw number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in absolute bandwidth | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth overflow-limit bw number | |
| Tree | bw | |
| Range | 1 to 6400000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
number number
| Synopsis | Number of overflow samples to trigger an overflow auto-bandwidth adjustment attempt | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth overflow-limit number number | |
| Tree | number | |
| Range | 1 to 10 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
threshold number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in percent between the LSP bandwidth and the sampled data rate | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth overflow-limit threshold number | |
| Tree | threshold | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
underflow-limit
| Synopsis | Enable the underflow-limit context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth underflow-limit | |
| Tree | underflow-limit | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bw number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in absolute bandwidth | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth underflow-limit bw number | |
| Tree | bw | |
| Range | 1 to 6400000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
number number
| Synopsis | Number of overflow samples to trigger an overflow auto-bandwidth adjustment attempt | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth underflow-limit number number | |
| Tree | number | |
| Range | 1 to 10 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
threshold number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in percent between the LSP bandwidth and the sampled data rate | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth underflow-limit threshold number | |
| Tree | threshold | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
use-last-adj-bw
| Synopsis | Enable the use-last-adj-bw context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth use-last-adj-bw | |
| Tree | use-last-adj-bw | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R5 | |
Platforms | All |
secondary-retry-limit (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum number of retry limits for secondary paths | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string auto-bandwidth use-last-adj-bw secondary-retry-limit (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | secondary-retry-limit | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of retry attempts for secondary paths. After each successful attempt, the counter is reset to zero. | |
| Range | 1 to 10000 | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R5 | |
Platforms |
All |
bfd
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD on the RSVP LSP or S-BFD on the SR-TE LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string bfd bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | When configured to true, LSP BFD is enabled on the RSVP LSP or S-BFD is enabled for the SR-TE LSP. LSP BFD must also be configured under the configure router context. The named BFD template provides the configuration settings for the BFD session, which must be configured and associated with the service using the BFD template. When configured to false, LSP BFD is disabled on the RSVP LSP or S-BFD on the SR-TE LSP. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bfd-template reference
| Synopsis | BFD template to be used by LSP BFD sessions | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string bfd bfd-template reference | |
| Tree | bfd-template | |
Reference | configure bfd bfd-template string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
failure-action keyword
| Synopsis | Action when LSP BFD fails on the RSVP SR-TE LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string bfd failure-action keyword | |
| Tree | failure-action | |
Description | The command specifies the action when LSP BFD fails on an RSVP, SR-TE, or LDP LSP. Regardless of the failure action specified, when the BFD session goes down on the LSP, the system generates an SNMP trap. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
lsp-ping-interval (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Interval for periodic LSP ping for BFD bootstrapping | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string bfd lsp-ping-interval (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | lsp-ping-interval | |
| Range | 60 to 300 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 60 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
return-path-label number
| Synopsis | S-BFD return-path label | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string bfd return-path-label number | |
| Tree | return-path-label | |
Description | This command configures the S-BFD session to echo mode and adds an additional MPLS label to the bottom of the label stack for the S-BFD packet. The command applies to the initiator of the S-BFD sessions. The return-path label may be a binding SID for an SR policy or other MPLS path configured on the reflector router. Instead of being routed through the IGP path, the S-BFD packet returns to the initiator through this MPLS return path. If the command is deleted, S-BFD returns to asynchronous mode and no return-path label is pushed by the initiator node. Any S-BFD packets for this LSP or path that the reflector receives are routed through the IGP path. | |
| Range | 32 to 1048512 | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
wait-for-up-timer number
| Synopsis | Time to wait for BFD to become operationally available | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string bfd wait-for-up-timer number | |
| Tree | wait-for-up-timer | |
Description | This command configures the time to wait for BFD to become operationally up. The timer is applicable to SR-TE LSPs, including auto LSPs and PCE-initiated LSPS, as well RSVP-TE LSPs. For SR-TE LSPs, the timer takes effect when BFD is first enabled on a path or when BFD transitions from up to down. Upon expiration, if BFD is not up, the path is torn down, removed from the TTM and the IOM, and the system starts the retry timer. For RSVP-TE LSPs, the timer controls the following:
| |
| Range | 1 to 60 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 4 | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bgp-shortcut boolean
| Synopsis | Include LSP for BGP routes | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string bgp-shortcut boolean | |
| Tree | bgp-shortcut | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bgp-transport-tunnel boolean
| Synopsis | Include LSP as transport LSP for labeled BGP routes | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string bgp-transport-tunnel boolean | |
| Tree | bgp-transport-tunnel | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
binding-sid number
| Synopsis | Binding SID for the LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string binding-sid number | |
| Tree | binding-sid | |
Description | This command binds a label to the LSP. The label value must belong to the reserved label block that is configured with the configure router mpls lsp-bsid-block command. | |
| Range | 32 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
class-forwarding
| Synopsis | Enable the class-forwarding context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string class-forwarding | |
| Tree | class-forwarding | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
forwarding-set
| Synopsis | Enter the forwarding-set context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string class-forwarding forwarding-set | |
| Tree | forwarding-set | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: (default-lsp and fc) or forwarding-set. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy reference
| Synopsis | Name for the class based forwarding policy for LSP instances | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string class-forwarding forwarding-set policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Reference | configure router string mpls class-forwarding-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
set number
| Synopsis | Forwarding set ID | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string class-forwarding forwarding-set set number | |
| Tree | set | |
| Range | 1 to 6 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
class-type number
| Synopsis | Class type for an LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string class-type number | |
| Tree | class-type | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
egress-statistics
| Synopsis | Enable the egress-statistics context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string egress-statistics | |
| Tree | egress-statistics | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
accounting-policy reference
| Synopsis | Accounting policy ID | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string egress-statistics accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure log accounting-policy number | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of statistics for the LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string egress-statistics admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
collect-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Collect LSP statistics | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string egress-statistics collect-stats boolean | |
| Tree | collect-stats | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables LSP statistics collection. When you apply accounting policies, the forwarding engine collects data in the appropriate records and by default the CPU obtains and writes the results to the designated billing file. When configured to false, the forwarding engine still accumulates statistics. However, the CPU does not write them to the billing file. If you subsequently re-enable this command, the counters written to the billing file include all the traffic collected while the command was disabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
stat-mode keyword
entropy-label keyword
| Synopsis | Entropy label | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string entropy-label keyword | |
| Tree | entropy-label | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
exclude-admin-group reference
| Synopsis | Name of admin group excluded when LSP is set up | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string exclude-admin-group reference | |
| Tree | exclude-admin-group | |
Reference | configure routing-options if-attribute admin-group string | |
| Max. Instances | 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
exclude-node (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Exclude Routers object to be included in the bypass path message | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string exclude-node (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | exclude-node | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
fallback-path-computation-method keyword
| Synopsis | Fallback path computation method | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string fallback-path-computation-method keyword | |
| Tree | fallback-path-computation-method | |
Description | This command specifies the fallback path computation method used if all configured PCEs are down or are signaling overload and the redelegation timer has expired. This method is used regardless of whether the LSP is PCE-controlled and PCE-computed, or only PCE-computed. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
fast-reroute
| Synopsis | Enable the fast-reroute context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string fast-reroute | |
| Tree | fast-reroute | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
frr-method keyword
| Synopsis | Fast Reroute method | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string fast-reroute frr-method keyword | |
| Tree | frr-method | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
hop-limit number
node-protect boolean
| Synopsis | Enable node and link protection for the specified LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string fast-reroute node-protect boolean | |
| Tree | node-protect | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
propagate-admin-group boolean
| Synopsis | Enable admin group constraints on a FRR backup LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string fast-reroute propagate-admin-group boolean | |
| Tree | propagate-admin-group | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
from (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Source IP address of this LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string from (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | from | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
hop-limit number
igp-shortcut
| Synopsis | Enter the igp-shortcut context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string igp-shortcut | |
| Tree | igp-shortcut | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of LSP for shortcut or forwarding | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string igp-shortcut admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
allow-sr-over-srte boolean
| Synopsis | Use as eligible SRv4 or SRv6 IGP shortcut | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string igp-shortcut allow-sr-over-srte boolean | |
| Tree | allow-sr-over-srte | |
Description | When configured to true, the router performs the local SPF and the SR-TE LSP is used as an eligible IGP SR-MPLS shortcut for SR-MPLS SRv4 or SRv6 only if the SR-TE is explicitly allowed using this command when the top SID in the SR-TE LSP is an adjacency SID. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
lfa-type keyword
relative-metric number
| Synopsis | Shortest IGP cost between the endpoints of the LSP plus the configured offset | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string igp-shortcut relative-metric number | |
| Tree | relative-metric | |
| Range | -10 to 10 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: lfa-type or relative-metric. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
include-admin-group reference
| Synopsis | Admin group name included when LSP is set up | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string include-admin-group reference | |
| Tree | include-admin-group | |
Reference | configure routing-options if-attribute admin-group string | |
| Max. Instances | 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
label-stack-reduction boolean
| Synopsis | Enable/disable label compression for LSP path. | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string label-stack-reduction boolean | |
| Tree | label-stack-reduction | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ldp-over-rsvp boolean
| Synopsis | Include this LSP in LDP over RSVP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string ldp-over-rsvp boolean | |
| Tree | ldp-over-rsvp | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
least-fill boolean
| Synopsis | Enable least-fill path selection for this LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string least-fill boolean | |
| Tree | least-fill | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
load-balancing-weight number
| Synopsis | Load balancing weight for an MPLS LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string load-balancing-weight number | |
| Tree | load-balancing-weight | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
local-sr-protection keyword
| Synopsis | Local SR protection preference for LSP path computation | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string local-sr-protection keyword | |
| Tree | local-sr-protection | |
| Options | ||
| Default | preferred | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
lsp-self-ping keyword
| Synopsis | LSP Self Ping activation status on the RSVP-TE LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string lsp-self-ping keyword | |
| Tree | lsp-self-ping | |
Description | When configured, the system uses this setting for the LSP regardless of the value configured under configure router mpls lsp-self-ping rsvp-te. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value configured under configure router mpls lsp-self-ping rsvp-te. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
main-ct-retry-limit number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of retries before reverting to backup CT | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string main-ct-retry-limit number | |
| Tree | main-ct-retry-limit | |
| Range | 1 to 10000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
max-sr-labels
| Synopsis | Enter the max-sr-labels context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string max-sr-labels | |
| Tree | max-sr-labels | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
additional-frr-labels number
| Synopsis | Value for the maximum additional overhead labels | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string max-sr-labels additional-frr-labels number | |
| Tree | additional-frr-labels | |
| Range | 0 to 4 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
label-stack-size number
| Synopsis | Maximum label stack size | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string max-sr-labels label-stack-size number | |
| Tree | label-stack-size | |
Description | This command configures the maximum label stack size of the primary path of the SR-TE LSP. | |
| Range | 1 to 11 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
metric number
metric-type keyword
| Synopsis | Metric type used for LSP path computation | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string metric-type keyword | |
| Tree | metric-type | |
| Options | ||
| Default | igp | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
override-tunnel-elc boolean
| Synopsis | Override any received entropy label capability | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string override-tunnel-elc boolean | |
| Tree | override-tunnel-elc | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows the system to override any received entropy label capability advertisement. When configured to false, this command disables the override. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
p2mp-id number
path-computation-method keyword
| Synopsis | Path computation method | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string path-computation-method keyword | |
| Tree | path-computation-method | |
Description | This command configures the path computation method of an RSVP-TE or SR-TE LSP. If this command is not configured to one of the supported options, the default path computation method is used depending on the type of LSP; the hop-to-label translation is used for the SR-TE LSP template and the IGP-based path is used for the RSVP-TE-LSP. See "SR-TE LSP path computation using hop-to-label translation" in the 7750 Service Router and 7950 Extensible Routing System Segment Routing nad PCE User Guide for more information. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
path-profile [profile-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the path-profile list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string path-profile number | |
| Tree | path-profile | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of the PCE path profile. | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[profile-id] number
| Synopsis | Profile ID for the specified LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string path-profile number | |
| Tree | path-profile | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
path-group number
| Synopsis | Path-group ID for the specified LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string path-profile number path-group number | |
| Tree | path-group | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
pce-associations
| Synopsis | Enter the pce-associations context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string pce-associations | |
| Tree | pce-associations | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the LSP binding with one or more PCEP associations. | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
diversity [diversity-name] reference
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for diversity | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string pce-associations diversity reference | |
| Tree | diversity | |
Description | Commands in this context bind the LSP to a named diversity association. The diversity association must exist under the PCC. | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[diversity-name] reference
| Synopsis | Name of the PCE association configured under the PCC | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string pce-associations diversity reference | |
| Tree | diversity | |
Reference | configure router string pcep pcc pce-associations diversity string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy [policy-name] reference
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for policy | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string pce-associations policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | Commands in this context bind the LSP to a named policy association. The policy association name must exist under the PCC. | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[policy-name] reference
pce-control boolean
| Synopsis | Enable PCE controlled LSP mode of operation | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string pce-control boolean | |
| Tree | pce-control | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables a PCE-controlled mode of operation for the LSP. In this mode, the router delegates full control of the LSP to the PCE (PCE controlled). The PCE acts in stateful-active mode for this LSP and is able to reroute the path following a failure or to re-optimize the path and update the router without a request from the router. When configured to false, the PCE-controlled mode of operation for the LSP has no effect. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
pce-report keyword
| Synopsis | Global configuration of reporting to PCE to override | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string pce-report keyword | |
| Tree | pce-report | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
primary [path-name] reference
[path-name] reference
adaptive boolean
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the LSP path | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary reference admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
backup-class-type number
| Synopsis | Class-type for the LSP or LSP path | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary reference backup-class-type number | |
| Tree | backup-class-type | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bandwidth number
bfd
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD on the RSVP LSP or S-BFD on the SR-TE LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary reference bfd bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | When configured to true, LSP BFD is enabled on the RSVP LSP or S-BFD is enabled for the SR-TE LSP. LSP BFD must also be configured under the configure router context. The named BFD template provides the configuration settings for the BFD session, which must be configured and associated with the service using the BFD template. When configured to false, LSP BFD is disabled on the RSVP LSP or S-BFD on the SR-TE LSP. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bfd-template reference
| Synopsis | BFD template to be used by LSP BFD sessions | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary reference bfd bfd-template reference | |
| Tree | bfd-template | |
Reference | configure bfd bfd-template string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsp-ping-interval (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Interval for periodic LSP ping for BFD bootstrapping | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary reference bfd lsp-ping-interval (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | lsp-ping-interval | |
| Range | 60 to 300 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 60 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
return-path-label number
| Synopsis | S-BFD return-path label | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary reference bfd return-path-label number | |
| Tree | return-path-label | |
Description | This command configures the S-BFD session to echo mode and adds an additional MPLS label to the bottom of the label stack for the S-BFD packet. The command applies to the initiator of the S-BFD sessions. The return-path label may be a binding SID for an SR policy or other MPLS path configured on the reflector router. Instead of being routed through the IGP path, the S-BFD packet returns to the initiator through this MPLS return path. If the command is deleted, S-BFD returns to asynchronous mode and no return-path label is pushed by the initiator node. Any S-BFD packets for this LSP or path that the reflector receives are routed through the IGP path. | |
| Range | 32 to 1048512 | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
wait-for-up-timer number
| Synopsis | Time to wait for BFD to become operationally available | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary reference bfd wait-for-up-timer number | |
| Tree | wait-for-up-timer | |
Description | This command configures the time to wait for BFD to become operationally up. The timer is applicable to SR-TE LSPs, including auto LSPs and PCE-initiated LSPS, as well RSVP-TE LSPs. For SR-TE LSPs, the timer takes effect when BFD is first enabled on a path or when BFD transitions from up to down. Upon expiration, if BFD is not up, the path is torn down, removed from the TTM and the IOM, and the system starts the retry timer. For RSVP-TE LSPs, the timer controls the following:
| |
| Range | 1 to 60 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 4 | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
class-type number
| Synopsis | Class-type | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary reference class-type number | |
| Tree | class-type | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
exclude-admin-group
| Synopsis | Enable the exclude-admin-group context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary reference exclude-admin-group | |
| Tree | exclude-admin-group | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group reference
| Synopsis | Groups to exclude when the LSP path is setup | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary reference exclude-admin-group group reference | |
| Tree | group | |
Reference | configure routing-options if-attribute admin-group string | |
| Max. Instances | 32 | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
hop-limit number
include-admin-group
| Synopsis | Enable the include-admin-group context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary reference include-admin-group | |
| Tree | include-admin-group | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group reference
| Synopsis | Groups that are included when LSP path is setup | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary reference include-admin-group group reference | |
| Tree | group | |
Reference | configure routing-options if-attribute admin-group string | |
| Max. Instances | 32 | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
priority
hold-priority number
| Synopsis | Priority of an LSP session at preemption action | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary reference priority hold-priority number | |
| Tree | hold-priority | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
setup-priority number
| Synopsis | Priority when insufficient bandwidth for LSP setup | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary reference priority setup-priority number | |
| Tree | setup-priority | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
| Default | 7 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
record boolean
record-label boolean
| Synopsis | Enable recording of labels at each node or instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary reference record-label boolean | |
| Tree | record-label | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
primary-p2mp-instance [instance-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the primary-p2mp-instance list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary-p2mp-instance string | |
| Tree | primary-p2mp-instance | |
| Max. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[instance-name] string
| Synopsis | P2MP LSP instance name | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary-p2mp-instance string | |
| Tree | primary-p2mp-instance | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
adaptive boolean
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the LSP path | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary-p2mp-instance string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
bandwidth number
exclude-admin-group
| Synopsis | Enable the exclude-admin-group context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary-p2mp-instance string exclude-admin-group | |
| Tree | exclude-admin-group | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
group reference
| Synopsis | Groups to exclude when the LSP path is setup | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary-p2mp-instance string exclude-admin-group group reference | |
| Tree | group | |
Reference | configure routing-options if-attribute admin-group string | |
| Max. Instances | 32 | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
hop-limit number
include-admin-group
| Synopsis | Enable the include-admin-group context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary-p2mp-instance string include-admin-group | |
| Tree | include-admin-group | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
group reference
| Synopsis | Groups that are included when LSP path is setup | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary-p2mp-instance string include-admin-group group reference | |
| Tree | group | |
Reference | configure routing-options if-attribute admin-group string | |
| Max. Instances | 32 | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
priority
hold-priority number
| Synopsis | Hold priority when not enough bandwidth for LSP setup | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary-p2mp-instance string priority hold-priority number | |
| Tree | hold-priority | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
setup-priority number
| Synopsis | Priority when insufficient bandwidth for LSP setup | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary-p2mp-instance string priority setup-priority number | |
| Tree | setup-priority | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
| Default | 7 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
record boolean
record-label boolean
| Synopsis | Enable recording of labels at each node or instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary-p2mp-instance string record-label boolean | |
| Tree | record-label | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
s2l-path [path-name] reference to (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
[path-name] reference
to (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the S2L sub-LSP for a P2MP LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string primary-p2mp-instance string s2l-path reference to (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
propagate-admin-group boolean
| Synopsis | Enable admin groups via session attribute object | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string propagate-admin-group boolean | |
| Tree | propagate-admin-group | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
retry-limit number
| Synopsis | Number of attempts to re-establish LSP after it fails | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string retry-limit number | |
| Tree | retry-limit | |
| Range | 1 to 10000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
retry-timer number
| Synopsis | Time for LSP re-establishment attempts after failure | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string retry-timer number | |
| Tree | retry-timer | |
| Range | 1 to 600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 30 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
revert-timer number
| Synopsis | Revert timer for the LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string revert-timer number | |
| Tree | revert-timer | |
| Range | 1 to 4320 | |
| Units | minutes | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
rsvp-resv-style keyword
| Synopsis | Reservation style for RSVP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string rsvp-resv-style keyword | |
| Tree | rsvp-resv-style | |
| Options | ||
| Default | se | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
secondary [path-name] reference
[path-name] reference
adaptive boolean
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the LSP path | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string secondary reference admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bandwidth number
bfd
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD on the RSVP LSP or S-BFD on the SR-TE LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string secondary reference bfd bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | When configured to true, LSP BFD is enabled on the RSVP LSP or S-BFD is enabled for the SR-TE LSP. LSP BFD must also be configured under the configure router context. The named BFD template provides the configuration settings for the BFD session, which must be configured and associated with the service using the BFD template. When configured to false, LSP BFD is disabled on the RSVP LSP or S-BFD on the SR-TE LSP. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bfd-template reference
| Synopsis | BFD template to be used by LSP BFD sessions | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string secondary reference bfd bfd-template reference | |
| Tree | bfd-template | |
Reference | configure bfd bfd-template string | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsp-ping-interval (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Interval for periodic LSP ping for BFD bootstrapping | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string secondary reference bfd lsp-ping-interval (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | lsp-ping-interval | |
| Range | 60 to 300 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 60 | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
return-path-label number
| Synopsis | S-BFD return-path label | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string secondary reference bfd return-path-label number | |
| Tree | return-path-label | |
Description | This command configures the S-BFD session to echo mode and adds an additional MPLS label to the bottom of the label stack for the S-BFD packet. The command applies to the initiator of the S-BFD sessions. The return-path label may be a binding SID for an SR policy or other MPLS path configured on the reflector router. Instead of being routed through the IGP path, the S-BFD packet returns to the initiator through this MPLS return path. If the command is deleted, S-BFD returns to asynchronous mode and no return-path label is pushed by the initiator node. Any S-BFD packets for this LSP or path that the reflector receives are routed through the IGP path. | |
| Range | 32 to 1048512 | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
wait-for-up-timer number
| Synopsis | Time to wait for BFD to become operationally available | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string secondary reference bfd wait-for-up-timer number | |
| Tree | wait-for-up-timer | |
Description | This command configures the time to wait for BFD to become operationally up. The timer is applicable to SR-TE LSPs, including auto LSPs and PCE-initiated LSPS, as well RSVP-TE LSPs. For SR-TE LSPs, the timer takes effect when BFD is first enabled on a path or when BFD transitions from up to down. Upon expiration, if BFD is not up, the path is torn down, removed from the TTM and the IOM, and the system starts the retry timer. For RSVP-TE LSPs, the timer controls the following:
| |
| Range | 1 to 60 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 4 | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
class-type number
| Synopsis | Class-type | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string secondary reference class-type number | |
| Tree | class-type | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
exclude-admin-group
| Synopsis | Enable the exclude-admin-group context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string secondary reference exclude-admin-group | |
| Tree | exclude-admin-group | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group reference
| Synopsis | Groups to exclude when the LSP path is setup | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string secondary reference exclude-admin-group group reference | |
| Tree | group | |
Reference | configure routing-options if-attribute admin-group string | |
| Max. Instances | 32 | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
hop-limit number
include-admin-group
| Synopsis | Enable the include-admin-group context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string secondary reference include-admin-group | |
| Tree | include-admin-group | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group reference
| Synopsis | Groups that are included when LSP path is setup | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string secondary reference include-admin-group group reference | |
| Tree | group | |
Reference | configure routing-options if-attribute admin-group string | |
| Max. Instances | 32 | |
| Min. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
path-preference number
| Synopsis | Path preference for the secondary standby path | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string secondary reference path-preference number | |
| Tree | path-preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
priority
hold-priority number
| Synopsis | Priority of an LSP session at preemption action | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string secondary reference priority hold-priority number | |
| Tree | hold-priority | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
setup-priority number
| Synopsis | Priority when insufficient bandwidth for LSP setup | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string secondary reference priority setup-priority number | |
| Tree | setup-priority | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
| Default | 7 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
record boolean
record-label boolean
| Synopsis | Enable recording of labels at each node or instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string secondary reference record-label boolean | |
| Tree | record-label | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
srlg boolean
standby boolean
soft-preemption boolean
| Synopsis | Enable soft preemption | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string soft-preemption boolean | |
| Tree | soft-preemption | |
Description | When configured to true, the P2MP LSP preemption is governed by the configure router rsvp preemption-timer value. When configured to false, the preemption timer value is set to 0 and the P2MP LSPs are hard preempted. For P2P LSPs, soft preemption is always enabled and cannot be disabled. | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
to (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Destination IP address or the egress router for the LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string to (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | to | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
type keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | LSP for bypass protection, point to multipoint, segment routing or MPLS-TP static LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string type keyword | |
| Tree | type | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
vprn-auto-bind boolean
| Synopsis | Include this LSP in auto-bind for VPRN services | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp string vprn-auto-bind boolean | |
| Tree | vprn-auto-bind | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsp-bsid-block reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Reserved label block for binding SIDs | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-bsid-block reference | |
| Tree | lsp-bsid-block | |
Description | This command references a pre-existing reserved label block for statically configured binding SIDs. | |
Reference | configure router string mpls-labels reserved-label-block string | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
lsp-history
| Synopsis | Enable the lsp-history context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-history | |
| Tree | lsp-history | |
Description | Commands in this context control the recording of LSP history events. When the context is created, memory is allocated for storing up to 100 of the most recent LSP history events. When the context is deleted, memory is deallocated. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of LSP history recording | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-history admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsp-init-retry-timeout number
| Synopsis | LSP initial retry timeout | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-init-retry-timeout number | |
| Tree | lsp-init-retry-timeout | |
| Range | 10 to 600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 30 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsp-self-ping
| Synopsis | Enter the lsp-self-ping context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-self-ping | |
| Tree | lsp-self-ping | |
Description | Commands in this context configure LSP Self Ping parameters. LSP Self Ping checks that the datapath of an RSVP LSP has been programmed by all LSRs along its path before switching the traffic to it. If enabled, LSP Self Ping packets are sent periodically at a configurable interval following the receipt of the RESV message for an RSVP LSP path following an MBB or other event where the active path changes while the previous active path stayed up. The router will not switch traffic to the new path until an LSP Self Ping reply is received from the far-end LER. When configured under the MPLS context, LSP Self Ping is enabled for all RSVP LSPs, unless it is explicitly disabled for a given LSP. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
interval number
| Synopsis | MPLS periodic LSP Self Ping interval | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-self-ping interval number | |
| Tree | interval | |
Description | This command configures the interval at which LSP Self Ping packets are periodically sent on a candidate path of an RSVP LSP. This value is used for all LSPs that have LSP Self Ping enabled. | |
| Range | 1 to 10 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
rsvp-te boolean
| Synopsis | Activate LSP Self Ping on RSVP-TE LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-self-ping rsvp-te boolean | |
| Tree | rsvp-te | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables LSP Self Ping on all RSVP-TE LSPs, unless an individual LSP has this explicitly disabled under the configure router mpls lsp lsp-self-ping command or in the LSP template. When configured to false, this command disables LSP Self Ping on all RSVP-TE LSPs. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
timeout number
| Synopsis | MPLS LSP Self Ping timeout | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-self-ping timeout number | |
| Tree | timeout | |
Description | This command configures a timeout value for the LSP Self Ping timer. The LSP Self Ping timer starts when the RESV message is received for an LSP. The system periodically sends LSP Self Ping packets until the timer expires or the first LSP Self Ping reply is received, whichever comes first. If the timer expires before an LSP Self Ping packet is received, the configured timeout action is performed. | |
| Range | 3 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 300 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
timeout-action keyword
| Synopsis | Action taken when LSP Self Ping timer expires | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-self-ping timeout-action keyword | |
| Tree | timeout-action | |
| Options | ||
| Default | retry | |
| Introduced | 20.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
lsp-template [template-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the lsp-template list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string | |
| Tree | lsp-template | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of an LSP template that can be referenced by a client application when dynamic LSPs must be created. | |
| Max. Instances | 4096 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[template-name] string
| Synopsis | LSP template name | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string | |
| Tree | lsp-template | |
Description | This command specifies the name of the LSP template. An LSP template name and LSP name must not be the same. | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adaptive boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable make-before-break functionality | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string adaptive boolean | |
| Tree | adaptive | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the LSP template | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-tag [name] reference
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for admin-tag | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string admin-tag reference | |
| Tree | admin-tag | |
| Max. Instances | 4 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[name] reference
| Synopsis | Name of the admin tags | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string admin-tag reference | |
| Tree | admin-tag | |
Reference | configure routing-options admin-tags admin-tag string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adspec boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Include ADSPEC objects in RSVP messages | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string adspec boolean | |
| Tree | adspec | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
auto-bandwidth
| Synopsis | Enable the auto-bandwidth context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth | |
| Tree | auto-bandwidth | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adjust-down
| Synopsis | Enter the adjust-down context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth adjust-down | |
| Tree | adjust-down | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bw number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in absolute bandwidth | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth adjust-down bw number | |
| Tree | bw | |
| Range | 0 to 6400000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
percent number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in percent | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth adjust-down percent number | |
| Tree | percent | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adjust-up
| Synopsis | Enter the adjust-up context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth adjust-up | |
| Tree | adjust-up | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bw number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in absolute bandwidth | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth adjust-up bw number | |
| Tree | bw | |
| Range | 0 to 6400000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
percent number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in percent | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth adjust-up percent number | |
| Tree | percent | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
fc [fc-name] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the fc list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth fc keyword | |
| Tree | fc | |
| Max. Instances | 8 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[fc-name] keyword
| Synopsis | Forwarding class name for LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth fc keyword | |
| Tree | fc | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sampling-weight number
| Synopsis | Forwarding class weight for LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth fc keyword sampling-weight number | |
| Tree | sampling-weight | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-bandwidth number
| Synopsis | Maximum bandwidth of auto-bandwidth to request for LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth max-bandwidth number | |
| Tree | max-bandwidth | |
| Range | 0 to 6400000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Default | 100000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
min-bandwidth number
| Synopsis | Minimum bandwidth of auto-bandwidth to request for the LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth min-bandwidth number | |
| Tree | min-bandwidth | |
| Range | 0 to 6400000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
monitor-bandwidth boolean
| Synopsis | Collect and display auto-bandwidth measurements for the LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth monitor-bandwidth boolean | |
| Tree | monitor-bandwidth | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
multipliers
| Synopsis | Enter the multipliers context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth multipliers | |
| Tree | multipliers | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adjust-multiplier number
| Synopsis | Number of collection intervals in the adjust interval | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth multipliers adjust-multiplier number | |
| Tree | adjust-multiplier | |
| Range | 1 to 16383 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sample-multiplier number
| Synopsis | Multiplier for collection intervals in a sample interval | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth multipliers sample-multiplier number | |
| Tree | sample-multiplier | |
| Range | 1 to 511 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
overflow-limit
| Synopsis | Enable the overflow-limit context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth overflow-limit | |
| Tree | overflow-limit | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bw number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in absolute bandwidth | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth overflow-limit bw number | |
| Tree | bw | |
| Range | 1 to 6400000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
number number
| Synopsis | Number of overflow samples to trigger an overflow auto-bandwidth adjustment attempt | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth overflow-limit number number | |
| Tree | number | |
| Range | 1 to 10 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
threshold number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in percent between the LSP bandwidth and the sampled data rate | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth overflow-limit threshold number | |
| Tree | threshold | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
underflow-limit
| Synopsis | Enable the underflow-limit context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth underflow-limit | |
| Tree | underflow-limit | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bw number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in absolute bandwidth | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth underflow-limit bw number | |
| Tree | bw | |
| Range | 1 to 6400000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
number number
| Synopsis | Number of overflow samples to trigger an overflow auto-bandwidth adjustment attempt | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth underflow-limit number number | |
| Tree | number | |
| Range | 1 to 10 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
threshold number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in percent between the LSP bandwidth and the sampled data rate | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string auto-bandwidth underflow-limit threshold number | |
| Tree | threshold | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
backup-class-type number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Backup class type for this LSP template | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string backup-class-type number | |
| Tree | backup-class-type | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
bandwidth number
| Synopsis | Amount of bandwidth reserved for the P2MP instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string bandwidth number | |
| Tree | bandwidth | |
| Range | 0 to 6400000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the bfd context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string bfd | |
| Tree | bfd | |
Description | Commands in this context configure BFD on RSVP LSPs or Seamless BFD on SR-TE LSPs. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD on the RSVP LSP or S-BFD on the SR-TE LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string bfd bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | When configured to true, LSP BFD is enabled on the RSVP LSP or S-BFD is enabled for the SR-TE LSP. LSP BFD must also be configured under the configure router context. The named BFD template provides the configuration settings for the BFD session, which must be configured and associated with the service using the BFD template. When configured to false, LSP BFD is disabled on the RSVP LSP or S-BFD on the SR-TE LSP. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bfd-template reference
| Synopsis | BFD template to be used by LSP BFD sessions | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string bfd bfd-template reference | |
| Tree | bfd-template | |
Reference | configure bfd bfd-template string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
failure-action keyword
| Synopsis | Action to take when LSP BFD session fails | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string bfd failure-action keyword | |
| Tree | failure-action | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
lsp-ping-interval (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Interval for periodic LSP ping for BFD bootstrapping | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string bfd lsp-ping-interval (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | lsp-ping-interval | |
| Range | 60 to 300 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 60 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
return-path-label number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | S-BFD return-path label | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string bfd return-path-label number | |
| Tree | return-path-label | |
Description | This command configures the S-BFD session to echo mode and adds an additional MPLS label to the bottom of the label stack for the S-BFD packet. The command applies to the initiator of the S-BFD sessions. The return-path label may be a binding SID for an SR policy or other MPLS path configured on the reflector router. Instead of being routed through the IGP path, the S-BFD packet returns to the initiator through this MPLS return path. If the command is deleted, S-BFD returns to asynchronous mode and no return-path label is pushed by the initiator node. Any S-BFD packets for this LSP or path that the reflector receives are routed through the IGP path. | |
| Range | 32 to 1048512 | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS | |
wait-for-up-timer number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Time to wait for BFD to become operationally available | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string bfd wait-for-up-timer number | |
| Tree | wait-for-up-timer | |
Description | This command configures the time to wait for BFD to become operationally up. The timer is applicable to SR-TE LSPs, including auto LSPs and PCE-initiated LSPS, as well RSVP-TE LSPs. For SR-TE LSPs, the timer takes effect when BFD is first enabled on a path or when BFD transitions from up to down. Upon expiration, if BFD is not up, the path is torn down, removed from the TTM and the IOM, and the system starts the retry timer. For RSVP-TE LSPs, the timer controls the following:
| |
| Range | 1 to 60 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 4 | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS | |
bgp-shortcut boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable/disable use of RSVP LSP for IPv4 BGP routes. | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string bgp-shortcut boolean | |
| Tree | bgp-shortcut | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
bgp-transport-tunnel boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Allow use of RSVP-TE LSP as transport for tunnel routes | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string bgp-transport-tunnel boolean | |
| Tree | bgp-transport-tunnel | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
binding-sid boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Request to allocate and bind a label | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string binding-sid boolean | |
| Tree | binding-sid | |
Description | When configured to true, the system allocates and binds a label to any LSP that is created using the template. When configured to false, this command removes the configuration but this does not affect LSPs that were already created using the template. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
class-forwarding
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable the class-forwarding context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string class-forwarding | |
| Tree | class-forwarding | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
forwarding-set
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the forwarding-set context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string class-forwarding forwarding-set | |
| Tree | forwarding-set | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: (default-lsp and fc) or forwarding-set. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
policy reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Name for the class based forwarding policy for LSP instances | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string class-forwarding forwarding-set policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Reference | configure router string mpls class-forwarding-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
set number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Forwarding set ID | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string class-forwarding forwarding-set set number | |
| Tree | set | |
| Range | 1 to 6 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
class-type number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Class type for an LSP template | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string class-type number | |
| Tree | class-type | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
default-path reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Default path to be used for signaling LSP instances | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string default-path reference | |
| Tree | default-path | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
egress-statistics
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable the egress-statistics context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string egress-statistics | |
| Tree | egress-statistics | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
accounting-policy reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Accounting policy ID | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string egress-statistics accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure log accounting-policy number | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
collect-stats boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Collect LSP statistics | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string egress-statistics collect-stats boolean | |
| Tree | collect-stats | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables LSP statistics collection. When you apply accounting policies, the forwarding engine collects data in the appropriate records and by default the CPU obtains and writes the results to the designated billing file. When configured to false, the forwarding engine still accumulates statistics. However, the CPU does not write them to the billing file. If you subsequently re-enable this command, the counters written to the billing file include all the traffic collected while the command was disabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
stat-mode keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Statistics collection mode | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string egress-statistics stat-mode keyword | |
| Tree | stat-mode | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
entropy-label keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Entropy label for an LSP template | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string entropy-label keyword | |
| Tree | entropy-label | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
exclude-admin-group reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Admin group name excluded when LSP is set up | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string exclude-admin-group reference | |
| Tree | exclude-admin-group | |
Reference | configure routing-options if-attribute admin-group string | |
| Max. Instances | 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
fallback-path-computation-method keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Fallback path computation method | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string fallback-path-computation-method keyword | |
| Tree | fallback-path-computation-method | |
Description | This command specifies the fallback path computation method used if all configured PCEs are down or are signaling overload and the redelegation timer has expired. This method is used regardless of whether the LSP is PCE-controlled and PCE-computed, or only PCE-computed. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
family keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Address family that specifies template use in SR-TE LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
Description | This command specifies the address family for which the LSP template applies in an SR-TE LSP. An LSP template is required for each address family. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | ipv4 | |
| Introduced | 20.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
fast-reroute
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable the fast-reroute context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string fast-reroute | |
| Tree | fast-reroute | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
frr-method keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Fast Reroute method for the LSPs that are dynamically created using this LSP template | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string fast-reroute frr-method keyword | |
| Tree | frr-method | |
| Options | ||
| Default | facility | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
hop-limit number
| Synopsis | Total number of hops a detour or backup LSP can take | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string fast-reroute hop-limit number | |
| Tree | hop-limit | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Default | 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
node-protect boolean
| Synopsis | Enable node and link protection for the specified LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string fast-reroute node-protect boolean | |
| Tree | node-protect | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
propagate-admin-group boolean
| Synopsis | Enable admin group constraints on a FRR backup LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string fast-reroute propagate-admin-group boolean | |
| Tree | propagate-admin-group | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
from (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | IP address of the ingress router for the LSP template | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string from (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | from | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
hop-limit number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum hops for an LSP created using this LSP template | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string hop-limit number | |
| Tree | hop-limit | |
| Range | 2 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
igp-shortcut
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the igp-shortcut context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string igp-shortcut | |
| Tree | igp-shortcut | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
admin-state keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Administrative state of LSP for shortcut or forwarding | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string igp-shortcut admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
allow-sr-over-srte boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Use as eligible SRv4 or SRv6 IGP shortcut | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string igp-shortcut allow-sr-over-srte boolean | |
| Tree | allow-sr-over-srte | |
Description | When configured to true, the router performs local SPF and the SR-TE LSP template is used as an eligible IGP SR-MPLS shortcut for SR-MPLS SRv4 or SRv6 only if the SR-TE is explicitly allowed using this command and when the top SID in the SR-TE LSP is an adjacency SID. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
lfa-type keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | LSP usage in LFA SPF | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string igp-shortcut lfa-type keyword | |
| Tree | lfa-type | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: lfa-type or relative-metric. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
relative-metric number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Shortest IGP cost between the endpoints of the LSP plus the configured offset | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string igp-shortcut relative-metric number | |
| Tree | relative-metric | |
| Range | -10 to 10 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: lfa-type or relative-metric. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
include-admin-group reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Admin group name included when LSP is set up | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string include-admin-group reference | |
| Tree | include-admin-group | |
Reference | configure routing-options if-attribute admin-group string | |
| Max. Instances | 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
label-stack-reduction boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable label compression for LSP path | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string label-stack-reduction boolean | |
| Tree | label-stack-reduction | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
ldp-over-rsvp boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Include this LSP in LDP over RSVP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string ldp-over-rsvp boolean | |
| Tree | ldp-over-rsvp | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
least-fill boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable least-fill path selection for this LSP template | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string least-fill boolean | |
| Tree | least-fill | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
load-balancing-weight number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Load balancing weight for an MPLS LSP template | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string load-balancing-weight number | |
| Tree | load-balancing-weight | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
local-sr-protection keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Local SR protection preference for LSP path computation | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string local-sr-protection keyword | |
| Tree | local-sr-protection | |
| Options | ||
| Default | preferred | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
lsp-self-ping keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | LSP Self Ping activation status on RSVP-TE LSP template | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string lsp-self-ping keyword | |
| Tree | lsp-self-ping | |
Description | When configured, the system uses this setting for the LSP template regardless of the value configured under configure router mpls lsp-self-ping rsvp-te. When unconfigured, the command inherits the value configured under configure router mpls lsp-self-ping rsvp-te. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS | |
main-ct-retry-limit number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum number of retries before reverting to backup CT | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string main-ct-retry-limit number | |
| Tree | main-ct-retry-limit | |
| Range | 1 to 10000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
max-sr-labels
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the max-sr-labels context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string max-sr-labels | |
| Tree | max-sr-labels | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
additional-frr-labels number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum number of additional overhead labels | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string max-sr-labels additional-frr-labels number | |
| Tree | additional-frr-labels | |
| Range | 0 to 4 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
label-stack-size number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Size for the maximum segment routing label stack | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string max-sr-labels label-stack-size number | |
| Tree | label-stack-size | |
| Range | 1 to 11 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
metric number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | LSP template metric | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string metric number | |
| Tree | metric | |
| Range | 0 to 16777215 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
metric-type keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Metric type used for LSP path computation | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string metric-type keyword | |
| Tree | metric-type | |
| Options | ||
| Default | igp | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
override-tunnel-elc boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Override any received entropy label capability | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string override-tunnel-elc boolean | |
| Tree | override-tunnel-elc | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows the system to override any received entropy label capability advertisement. When configured to false, this command disables the override. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
path-computation-method keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Path computation method | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string path-computation-method keyword | |
| Tree | path-computation-method | |
Description | This command configures the path computation method of an RSVP-TE or SR-TE LSP. If this command is not configured to one of the supported options, the default path computation method is used depending on the type of LSP; the hop-to-label translation is used for the SR-TE LSP template and the IGP-based path is used for the RSVP-TE-LSP. See "SR-TE LSP path computation using hop-to-label translation" in the 7750 Service Router and 7950 Extensible Routing System Segment Routing nad PCE User Guide for more information. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
path-profile [profile-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the path-profile list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string path-profile number | |
| Tree | path-profile | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of the PCE path profile. | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[profile-id] number
| Synopsis | Profile ID for the specified LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string path-profile number | |
| Tree | path-profile | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
path-group number
| Synopsis | Path-group ID for the specified LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string path-profile number path-group number | |
| Tree | path-group | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
pce-associations
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the pce-associations context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string pce-associations | |
| Tree | pce-associations | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the LSP binding with one or more PCEP associations. | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
diversity [diversity-name] reference
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for diversity | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string pce-associations diversity reference | |
| Tree | diversity | |
Description | Commands in this context bind the LSP to a named diversity association. The diversity association must exist under the PCC. | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[diversity-name] reference
| Synopsis | Name of the PCE association configured under the PCC | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string pce-associations diversity reference | |
| Tree | diversity | |
Reference | configure router string pcep pcc pce-associations diversity string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
policy [policy-name] reference
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for policy | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string pce-associations policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | Commands in this context bind the LSP to a named policy association. The policy association name must exist under the PCC. | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[policy-name] reference
| Synopsis | Name of the PCE association configured under the PCC | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string pce-associations policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Reference | configure router string pcep pcc pce-associations policy string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
pce-control boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable PCE controlled LSP mode of operation | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string pce-control boolean | |
| Tree | pce-control | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables a PCE-controlled mode of operation for the LSP. In this mode, the router delegates full control of the LSP to the PCE (PCE controlled). The PCE acts in stateful-active mode for this LSP and is able to reroute the path following a failure or to re-optimize the path and update the router without a request from the router. When configured to false, the PCE-controlled mode of operation for the LSP has no effect. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
pce-report keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable reporting modes to PCE for RSVP-TE or SR-TE LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string pce-report keyword | |
| Tree | pce-report | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
priority
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the priority context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string priority | |
| Tree | priority | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
hold-priority number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Hold priority when insufficient bandwidth is available to set up LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string priority hold-priority number | |
| Tree | hold-priority | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
setup-priority number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Setup priority when insufficient bandwidth is available to set up LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string priority setup-priority number | |
| Tree | setup-priority | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
| Default | 7 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
propagate-admin-group boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable admin groups via session attribute object | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string propagate-admin-group boolean | |
| Tree | propagate-admin-group | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
record boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable recording of all hops for this LSP template | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string record boolean | |
| Tree | record | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
record-label boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable recording of labels at each node or instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string record-label boolean | |
| Tree | record-label | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
retry-limit number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Number of attempts to re-establish LSP after it fails | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string retry-limit number | |
| Tree | retry-limit | |
| Range | 1 to 10000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
retry-timer number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Time for LSP re-establishment attempts after failure | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string retry-timer number | |
| Tree | retry-timer | |
| Range | 1 to 600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 30 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
soft-preemption boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable soft preemption | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string soft-preemption boolean | |
| Tree | soft-preemption | |
Description | When configured to true, the P2MP LSP preemption is governed by the configure router rsvp preemption-timer value. When configured to false, the preemption timer value is set to 0 and the P2MP LSPs are hard preempted. For P2P LSPs, soft preemption is always enabled and cannot be disabled. | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
template-id (number | keyword)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Template ID | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string template-id (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | template-id | |
Description | This command specifies the value that is signaled in the PCE to identify the LSP template. | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R5 | |
Platforms | All | |
type keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | LSP template type | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string type keyword | |
| Tree | type | |
Description | This command configures the type of a template that can be referenced by a client application where dynamic LSP creation is required. The LSP template type is mandatory. | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
vprn-auto-bind boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Include LSP template in auto-bind for VPRN services | |
| Context | configure router string mpls lsp-template string vprn-auto-bind boolean | |
| Tree | vprn-auto-bind | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
max-bypass-associations number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of LSPs associated with a bypass tunnel | |
| Context | configure router string mpls max-bypass-associations number | |
| Tree | max-bypass-associations | |
| Range | 100 to 131072 | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
max-bypass-plr-associations number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of PLRs per RSVP-TE bypass LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls max-bypass-plr-associations number | |
| Tree | max-bypass-plr-associations | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Default | 16 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
mbb-prefer-current-hops boolean
| Synopsis | Select preference to use the current hops for Make-Before-Break (MBB) | |
| Context | configure router string mpls mbb-prefer-current-hops boolean | |
| Tree | mbb-prefer-current-hops | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
p2mp-resignal-timer number
| Synopsis | Resignal timer for P2MP LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string mpls p2mp-resignal-timer number | |
| Tree | p2mp-resignal-timer | |
| Range | 60 to 10080 | |
| Units | minutes | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
p2mp-s2l-fast-retry number
| Synopsis | Fast retry timer for P2MP S2L paths | |
| Context | configure router string mpls p2mp-s2l-fast-retry number | |
| Tree | p2mp-s2l-fast-retry | |
| Range | 1 to 10 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
p2mp-ttl-propagate boolean
| Synopsis | Use uniform mode for TTL propagation for RSVP P2MP LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string mpls p2mp-ttl-propagate boolean | |
| Tree | p2mp-ttl-propagate | |
Description | When configured to true, the router configures the uniform mode of operation for P2MP LSPs. When configured to false, the router configures the pipe mode of operation for RSVP P2MP LSPs. When the propagation mode is modified, the new configuration applies to future RSVP P2MP LSPs only and the existing operational LSPs are not affected. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
p2p-active-path-fast-retry number
| Synopsis | Fast retry timer for P2P active paths | |
| Context | configure router string mpls p2p-active-path-fast-retry number | |
| Tree | p2p-active-path-fast-retry | |
| Range | 1 to 10 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
path [path-name] string
[path-name] string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the path used for LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string mpls path string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
hop [hop-index] number
[hop-index] number
ip-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | IP address of the transit router | |
| Context | configure router string mpls path string hop number ip-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | ip-address | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: (ip-address and type) or sid-label. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
sid-label number
type keyword
pce-init-lsp
| Synopsis | Enable the pce-init-lsp context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls pce-init-lsp | |
| Tree | pce-init-lsp | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R5 | |
Platforms | All |
sr-te
| Synopsis | Enable the sr-te context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls pce-init-lsp sr-te | |
| Tree | sr-te | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R5 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of SR-TE PCE-initiated LSP support | |
| Context | configure router string mpls pce-init-lsp sr-te admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R5 | |
Platforms | All |
pce-report
| Synopsis | Enter the pce-report context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls pce-report | |
| Tree | pce-report | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rsvp-te boolean
| Synopsis | Allow PCE reporting for all TE LSPs of RSVP-TE type | |
| Context | configure router string mpls pce-report rsvp-te boolean | |
| Tree | rsvp-te | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-te boolean
| Synopsis | Allow PCE reporting for all TE LSPs of SR-TE type | |
| Context | configure router string mpls pce-report sr-te boolean | |
| Tree | sr-te | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
resignal-on-igp-overload boolean
| Synopsis | Resignal all RSVP-TE LSPs upon IGP overload | |
| Context | configure router string mpls resignal-on-igp-overload boolean | |
| Tree | resignal-on-igp-overload | |
Description | When configured to true, the receipt of the IS-IS overload bit in the TE-DB triggers the immediate resignaling of all RSVP-TE LSPs. MPLS forces the expiry of the resignal timer and the TE-DB computes a new CSPF for each RSVP-TE LSP active path. The re-optimization causes the immediate transition of RSVP-TE LSP paths away from the IS-IS node in overload using the MBB operation. This command cannot be configured to true when the retry-on-igp-overload command is configured to true. When configured to false, the default behavior is maintained where MBB re-optimization occurs only when a timer-based resignal is performed or a manual resignal is executed. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
resignal-timer number
| Synopsis | Resignal timer for RSVP LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string mpls resignal-timer number | |
| Tree | resignal-timer | |
| Range | 30 to 10080 | |
| Units | minutes | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
retry-on-igp-overload boolean
| Synopsis | Tear down LSPs when IGP is in overload state | |
| Context | configure router string mpls retry-on-igp-overload boolean | |
| Tree | retry-on-igp-overload | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
secondary-fast-retry-timer number
| Synopsis | Fast retry timer for secondary paths | |
| Context | configure router string mpls secondary-fast-retry-timer number | |
| Tree | secondary-fast-retry-timer | |
| Range | 1 to 10 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
shortcut-local-ttl-propagate boolean
| Synopsis | Propagate TTL over LSP shortcut for local packets | |
| Context | configure router string mpls shortcut-local-ttl-propagate boolean | |
| Tree | shortcut-local-ttl-propagate | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
shortcut-transit-ttl-propagate boolean
| Synopsis | Propagate TTL over LSP shortcut for local packets for transit packets | |
| Context | configure router string mpls shortcut-transit-ttl-propagate boolean | |
| Tree | shortcut-transit-ttl-propagate | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-te-resignal
| Synopsis | Enter the sr-te-resignal context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls sr-te-resignal | |
| Tree | sr-te-resignal | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
resignal-on-igp-event boolean
| Synopsis | Re-optimize SR-TE LSPs upon IGP link events | |
| Context | configure router string mpls sr-te-resignal resignal-on-igp-event boolean | |
| Tree | resignal-on-igp-event | |
Description | When configured to true, the system signals the re-optimization of all SR-TE LSPs when one or more IGP link down events are received in the TE-DB. The triggered behavior is identical to the timer-based or resignal behavior or the manual-based resignal behavior used with a delay option. MPLS forces the expiry of the resignal timer and all active paths of all SR-TE LSPs are re-evaluated. When configured to false, re-optimization is not triggered by IGP events. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
resignal-on-igp-overload boolean
| Synopsis | Enable resignaling of SR-TE LSPs upon IGP overload | |
| Context | configure router string mpls sr-te-resignal resignal-on-igp-overload boolean | |
| Tree | resignal-on-igp-overload | |
Description | When configured to true, the system enables ad-hoc re-optimzation of the CSPF paths of all SR-TE LSPs when IS-IS receives an IS-IS overload bit advertisement from a remote router. When this command is enabled on the router and an IGP overload bit is set in a Layer 1 or Layer 2 IS-IS LSP received from a remote router, MPLS performs an ad-hoc re-optimization of all the paths of all the SR-TE LSPs that have paths computed by the local CSPF. For each SR-TE LSP current path that transits the router in overload, the CSPF looks for a new path that avoids the router. For each SR-TE LSP current path that terminates on the router in overload, the CSPF checks if a better path exists. In both cases, if a new path is not found the system maintains the current path when operationally up. The ad-hoc re-optimization triggers the timer-based re-optimization by forcing the resignal timer to expire. Therefore, the user must use the configure router mpls sr-te-resignal resignal-timer command to configure the resignal timer for the SR-TE application. When configured to false, MPLS does not act immediately on an IS-IS overload bit from a remote router. MPLS acts on it at the next timer-based or manual re-optimization of the SR-TE LSPs. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
resignal-timer number
| Synopsis | Resignal timer for SR-TE LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string mpls sr-te-resignal resignal-timer number | |
| Tree | resignal-timer | |
Description | This command configures the time the system waits before signaling the re-optimization of all SR-TE LSPs. | |
| Range | 30 to 10080 | |
| Units | minutes | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
srlg-database
| Synopsis | Enter the srlg-database context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls srlg-database | |
| Tree | srlg-database | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
router-id [router-address] string
| Synopsis | Enter the router-id list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls srlg-database router-id string | |
| Tree | router-id | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[router-address] string
| Synopsis | Router ID for the system | |
| Context | configure router string mpls srlg-database router-id string | |
| Tree | router-id | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the interface entry | |
| Context | configure router string mpls srlg-database router-id string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interface [interface-address] string srlg-group reference
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for interface | |
| Context | configure router string mpls srlg-database router-id string interface string srlg-group reference | |
| Tree | interface | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[interface-address] string
| Synopsis | IP address of the interface | |
| Context | configure router string mpls srlg-database router-id string interface string srlg-group reference | |
| Tree | interface | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
Platforms | All |
srlg-group reference
| Synopsis | SRLG group name | |
| Context | configure router string mpls srlg-database router-id string interface string srlg-group reference | |
| Tree | interface | |
Reference | configure routing-options if-attribute srlg-group string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
srlg-frr keyword
static-lsp [lsp-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the static-lsp list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls static-lsp string | |
| Tree | static-lsp | |
| Max. Instances | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[lsp-name] string
| Synopsis | Labeled Switch path name | |
| Context | configure router string mpls static-lsp string | |
| Tree | static-lsp | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the static LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls static-lsp string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
metric number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | MPLS static LSP metric to select an LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls static-lsp string metric number | |
| Tree | metric | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
push
| Synopsis | Enable the push context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls static-lsp string push | |
| Tree | push | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
next-hop string
out-label (number | keyword)
to string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Destination IP address or the egress router for the LSP | |
| Context | configure router string mpls static-lsp string to string | |
| Tree | to | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
static-lsp-fast-retry number
| Synopsis | Fast retry timer for static LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string mpls static-lsp-fast-retry number | |
| Tree | static-lsp-fast-retry | |
| Range | 1 to 30 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 30 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
strict-ero-nhop-direct-resolution boolean
| Synopsis | Resolves RSVP-TE LSP ERO to local and host routes only | |
| Context | configure router string mpls strict-ero-nhop-direct-resolution boolean | |
| Tree | strict-ero-nhop-direct-resolution | |
Description | When configured to true, the router enables the strict Explicit Route Object (ERO) next-hop direct resolution. The feature restricts the routes used to resolve the next hop of an ERO address to local and host routes. This command avoids using a next hop over a parallel link when a half link is up in the routing table. This command applies to an ERO when all of the following conditions are met:
If no such route exists, RSVP rejects the PATH message with ErrCode = Routing Error (24) and SubErrCode = Bad Strict Node (2). When configured to false, the router disables the strict ERO next-hop direct resolution. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
tunnel-table-pref
| Synopsis | Enter the tunnel-table-pref context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls tunnel-table-pref | |
| Tree | tunnel-table-pref | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the tunnel table preference for RSVP-TE LSP and SR-TE LSP tunnel types. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rsvp-te number
| Synopsis | RSVP-TE tunnel table preference | |
| Context | configure router string mpls tunnel-table-pref rsvp-te number | |
| Tree | rsvp-te | |
Description | This command configures the tunnel table preference for RSVP-TE LSP tunnel type. The tunnel table preference applies to next-hop resolution of BGP routes for: EVPN, IPv4, IPv6, VPN-IPv4, VPN-IPv6, label-IPv4, and label-IPV6 in the tunnel table. This feature does not apply to a VPRN, VPLS, or VLL service with explicit binding to an SDP that enabled the mixed-lsp-mode option. The service manager controls and fixes the tunnel preference in such an SDP. The tunnel table preference configuration does not modify the SDP behavior, nor the services that bind to it. Nokia recommends that tunnel types have unique preference values. In a situation where two or more tunnel types are set to the same preference value, the tunnel table prefers the tunnel type which was first introduced in SR OS implementation historically. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 7 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
sr-te number
| Synopsis | SR-TE tunnel table preference | |
| Context | configure router string mpls tunnel-table-pref sr-te number | |
| Tree | sr-te | |
Description | This command configures the tunnel table preference for SR-TE LSP tunnel type. The tunnel table preference applies to next-hop resolution of BGP routes for: EVPN, IPv4, IPv6, VPN-IPv4, VPN-IPv6, label-IPv4, and label-IPV6 in the tunnel table. This feature does not apply to a VPRN, VPLS, or VLL service with explicit binding to an SDP that enabled the mixed-lsp-mode option. The service manager controls and fixes the tunnel preference in such an SDP. The tunnel table preference configuration does not modify the SDP behavior, nor the services that bind to it. It is recommended to not set two or more tunnel types to the same preference value. In such a situation, the tunnel table prefers the tunnel type which was first introduced in SR OS implementation historically. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 8 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
user-srlg-db boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the use of user SRLG database | |
| Context | configure router string mpls user-srlg-db boolean | |
| Tree | user-srlg-db | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mpls-labels
| Synopsis | Enter the mpls-labels context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls-labels | |
| Tree | mpls-labels | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bgp-labels-hold-timer number
| Synopsis | BGP labels hold timer for the ingress router | |
| Context | configure router string mpls-labels bgp-labels-hold-timer number | |
| Tree | bgp-labels-hold-timer | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
reserved-label-block [label-block-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the reserved-label-block list instance | |
| Context | configure router string mpls-labels reserved-label-block string | |
| Tree | reserved-label-block | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a block of labels from the dynamic range to be locally assigned for specific applications, such as segment routing adjacency SIDs. The reserved label block is not advertised by the IGP. Note: Changes to the reserved label block range do not impact the actual MPLS datapath table sizes. | |
| Max. Instances | 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[label-block-name] string
| Synopsis | Name for the reserved label block | |
| Context | configure router string mpls-labels reserved-label-block string | |
| Tree | reserved-label-block | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
end-label number
| Synopsis | Upper bound of the reserved label block range | |
| Context | configure router string mpls-labels reserved-label-block string end-label number | |
| Tree | end-label | |
| Range | 32 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
start-label number
| Synopsis | Lower bound of the reserved label block range | |
| Context | configure router string mpls-labels reserved-label-block string start-label number | |
| Tree | start-label | |
| Range | 32 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
sr-labels
| Synopsis | Enter the sr-labels context | |
| Context | configure router string mpls-labels sr-labels | |
| Tree | sr-labels | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the range of the Segment Routing Global Block (SRGB), which assigns labels to segment routing prefix SIDs originated by this router. The range is taken from the system dynamic label range and is not instantiated by default. Segment routing labels are reserved labels. After they are instantiated, they cannot be used for dynamic label assignment by other protocols, such as RSVP, LDP, and BGP. Note: Changes to the SRGB range do not impact the actual MPLS datapath table sizes. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
end number
| Synopsis | Upper bound of the label range | |
| Context | configure router string mpls-labels sr-labels end number | |
| Tree | end | |
| Range | 32 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
start number
| Synopsis | Lower bound of the label range | |
| Context | configure router string mpls-labels sr-labels start number | |
| Tree | start | |
| Range | 32 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
static-label-range number
| Synopsis | Static label range on the ingress router | |
| Context | configure router string mpls-labels static-label-range number | |
| Tree | static-label-range | |
| Range | 0 to 1048544 | |
| Default | 18400 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
msdp
active-source-limit number
| Synopsis | Maximum source-active messages accepted by MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp active-source-limit number | |
| Tree | active-source-limit | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of source-active (SA) messages that are accepted by MSDP, effectively controlling the number of active sources that the system can store. When unconfigured, the system sets no limit on the number of SA messages it can accept. | |
| Range | 0 to 1000000 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
data-encapsulation boolean
| Synopsis | Enable encapsulation of multicast data used by MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp data-encapsulation boolean | |
| Tree | data-encapsulation | |
Description | When configured to true, the system (acting as the rendezvous point [RP]) encapsulates multicast data received from MSDP register messages inside forwarded MSDP SA messages. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policy to export source-active states into MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the policy used to export SA states from the SA list into MSDP. If multiple policy names are specified, the router evaluates the policies in the order they are specified, and applies the first policy that matches. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group [name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the group list instance | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string | |
| Tree | group | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an MSDP group. By default, group options are inherited from the global MSDP options. To override these global options, configure the group-specific options within this context. For a group to function, at least one peer must be configured in the group. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[name] string
active-source-limit number
| Synopsis | Maximum source-active messages accepted by MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string active-source-limit number | |
| Tree | active-source-limit | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of source-active (SA) messages that are accepted by MSDP, effectively controlling the number of active sources that the system can store. When unconfigured, the system sets no limit on the number of SA messages it can accept. | |
| Range | 0 to 1000000 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policy to export source-active states into MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the policy used to export SA states from the SA list into MSDP. If multiple policy names are specified, the router evaluates the policies in the order they are specified, and applies the first policy that matches. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policy to import source-active states into MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the policy used to import SA states from the SA list into MSDP. If multiple policy names are specified, the router evaluates the policies in the order they are specified, and applies the first policy that matches. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
local-address string
| Synopsis | Local end IP address of the MSDP group | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string local-address string | |
| Tree | local-address | |
Description | This command configures the local end address of an MSDP session. For MSDP to function, at least one peer with a local address must be configured. This address must be present on the node and is used to validate incoming connections to the peer and to establish connections to the remote peer. The specified IP address is validated and used as the local address for MSDP peers from that point. If a subsequent address is configured, it replaces the existing configuration and terminates any existing sessions When a session is terminated, all information pertaining to and learned from that peer is removed. When a new peering session is created or a peering session is lost, an event message is generated. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mode keyword
| Synopsis | Topology of the group of peers | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string mode keyword | |
| Tree | mode | |
Description | This command configures the MSDP group topology. MSDP peers can be grouped in a full-mesh topology to prevent excessive flooding of SA messages to neighboring peers. In a mesh group, SA messages received from a mesh group member are always accepted but are not flooded to other members of the same mesh group. These SA messages are only flooded to non-mesh group peers or members of other mesh groups. Note: In a meshed configuration, all members of the group must have a peer connection with every other mesh group member. If this rule is not adhered to, unpredictable results may occur. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | standard | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
peer [ip-address] string
| Synopsis | Enter the peer list instance | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string peer string | |
| Tree | peer | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an MSDP group peer. For MSDP to function, at least one peer with a local address must be configured. After peer relationships are established, the MSDP peers exchange messages to advertise active multicast sources. By default, the options applied to a peer are inherited from the global or group level. To override these inherited options, configure the peer-specific options within this context. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-address] string
active-source-limit number
| Synopsis | Maximum source-active messages accepted by MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string peer string active-source-limit number | |
| Tree | active-source-limit | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of source-active (SA) messages that are accepted by MSDP, effectively controlling the number of active sources that the system can store. When unconfigured, the system sets no limit on the number of SA messages it can accept. | |
| Range | 0 to 1000000 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string peer string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-key string
| Synopsis | MD5 authentication key for the MSDP peering session | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string peer string authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
Description | This command configures a Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication key to be used with a specific MSDP peering session. The authentication key is not inherited from the global or group level and must be configured per peer. | |
| String Length | 1 to 370 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
default-peer boolean
| Synopsis | Set the peer as a default MSDP peer | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string peer string default-peer boolean | |
| Tree | default-peer | |
Description | When configured to true, the system sets the peer as a default MSDP peer. All SA messages from a default peer are accepted without the usual peer-reverse-path-forwarding (RPF) check. Unlike the normal multicast RPF checks, the peer-RPF check stops SA messages from looping. When configured to false, the system sets the peer as a non-default peer, which forces all SA messages from the peer to be RPF checked. See "Peer-RPF check" in the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR Multicast Routing Protocols Guide for information about the peer-RPF check rules. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policy to export source-active states into MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string peer string export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the policy used to export SA states from the SA list into MSDP. If multiple policy names are specified, the router evaluates the policies in the order they are specified, and applies the first policy that matches. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policy to import source-active states into MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string peer string import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the policy used to import SA states from the SA list into MSDP. If multiple policy names are specified, the router evaluates the policies in the order they are specified, and applies the first policy that matches. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
local-address string
| Synopsis | Local end IP address of the MSDP group | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string peer string local-address string | |
| Tree | local-address | |
Description | This command configures the local end address of an MSDP session. For MSDP to function, at least one peer with a local address must be configured. This address must be present on the node and is used to validate incoming connections to the peer and to establish connections to the remote peer. The specified IP address is validated and used as the local address for MSDP peers from that point. If a subsequent address is configured, it replaces the existing configuration and terminates any existing sessions When a session is terminated, all information pertaining to and learned from that peer is removed. When a new peering session is created or a peering session is lost, an event message is generated. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
receive-message-rate
| Synopsis | Enter the receive-message-rate context | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string peer string receive-message-rate | |
| Tree | receive-message-rate | |
Description | Commands in this context configure rate limiting for the number of MSDP messages that the router can read from the TCP session. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rate number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of MSDP messages read from TCP session | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string peer string receive-message-rate rate number | |
| Tree | rate | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of MSDP messages that the MSDP or RP router can read from the TCP session when message rate limiting is active. When this limit is reached within the time interval configured using the configure router msdp group peer receive-message-rate time command, the router stops accepting messages from the TCP session until the time interval has elapsed. | |
| Range | 10 to 10000 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
threshold number
| Synopsis | Processed MSDP message limit to activate rate limiting | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string peer string receive-message-rate threshold number | |
| Tree | threshold | |
Description | This command configures the number of MSDP messages that the router can process before it activates message rate limiting. | |
| Range | 1 to 1000000 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
time number
| Synopsis | Time interval to rate limit MSDP messages | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string peer string receive-message-rate time number | |
| Tree | time | |
Description | This command configures the time interval to rate limit MSDP messages read from the TCP session. When the message limit, configured using the configure router msdp group peer receive-message-rate rate command, is reached within this time interval, the router stops accepting messages from the TCP session until the time interval has elapsed. | |
| Range | 1 to 600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
receive-message-rate
| Synopsis | Enter the receive-message-rate context | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string receive-message-rate | |
| Tree | receive-message-rate | |
Description | Commands in this context configure rate limiting for the number of MSDP messages that the router can read from the TCP session. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rate number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of MSDP messages read from TCP session | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string receive-message-rate rate number | |
| Tree | rate | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of MSDP messages that the MSDP or RP router can read from the TCP session when message rate limiting is active. When this limit is reached within the time interval configured using the configure router msdp group peer receive-message-rate time command, the router stops accepting messages from the TCP session until the time interval has elapsed. | |
| Range | 10 to 10000 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
threshold number
| Synopsis | Processed MSDP message limit to activate rate limiting | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string receive-message-rate threshold number | |
| Tree | threshold | |
Description | This command configures the number of MSDP messages that the router can process before it activates message rate limiting. | |
| Range | 1 to 1000000 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
time number
| Synopsis | Time interval to rate limit MSDP messages | |
| Context | configure router string msdp group string receive-message-rate time number | |
| Tree | time | |
Description | This command configures the time interval to rate limit MSDP messages read from the TCP session. When the message limit, configured using the configure router msdp group peer receive-message-rate rate command, is reached within this time interval, the router stops accepting messages from the TCP session until the time interval has elapsed. | |
| Range | 1 to 600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policy to import source-active states into MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the policy used to import SA states from the SA list into MSDP. If multiple policy names are specified, the router evaluates the policies in the order they are specified, and applies the first policy that matches. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
local-address string
| Synopsis | Local end IP address of the MSDP group | |
| Context | configure router string msdp local-address string | |
| Tree | local-address | |
Description | This command configures the local end address of an MSDP session. For MSDP to function, at least one peer with a local address must be configured. This address must be present on the node and is used to validate incoming connections to the peer and to establish connections to the remote peer. The specified IP address is validated and used as the local address for MSDP peers from that point. If a subsequent address is configured, it replaces the existing configuration and terminates any existing sessions When a session is terminated, all information pertaining to and learned from that peer is removed. When a new peering session is created or a peering session is lost, an event message is generated. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
peer [ip-address] string
| Synopsis | Enter the peer list instance | |
| Context | configure router string msdp peer string | |
| Tree | peer | |
Description | Commands in this context configure an MSDP peer. For MSDP to function, at least one peer with a local address must be configured. After peer relationships are established, the MSDP peers exchange messages to advertise active multicast sources. By default, the options applied to a peer are inherited from the global level. To override these inherited options, configure the peer-specific options within this context. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-address] string
active-source-limit number
| Synopsis | Maximum source-active messages accepted by MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp peer string active-source-limit number | |
| Tree | active-source-limit | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of source-active (SA) messages that are accepted by MSDP, effectively controlling the number of active sources that the system can store. When unconfigured, the system sets no limit on the number of SA messages it can accept. | |
| Range | 0 to 1000000 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp peer string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-key string
| Synopsis | MD5 authentication key for the MSDP peering session | |
| Context | configure router string msdp peer string authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
Description | This command configures an MD5 authentication key to be used with a specific MSDP peering session. The authentication key is not inherited from the global level and must be configured per peer. | |
| String Length | 1 to 370 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
default-peer boolean
| Synopsis | Set the peer as a default MSDP peer | |
| Context | configure router string msdp peer string default-peer boolean | |
| Tree | default-peer | |
Description | When configured to true, the system sets the peer as a default MSDP peer. All SA messages from a default peer are accepted without the usual peer-reverse-path-forwarding (RPF) check. Unlike the normal multicast RPF checks, the peer-RPF check stops SA messages from looping. When configured to false, the system sets the peer as a non-default peer, which forces all SA messages from the peer to be RPF checked. See "Peer-RPF check" in the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR Multicast Routing Protocols Guide for information about the peer-RPF check rules. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policy to export source-active states into MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp peer string export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the policy used to export SA states from the SA list into MSDP. If multiple policy names are specified, the router evaluates the policies in the order they are specified, and applies the first policy that matches. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policy to import source-active states into MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp peer string import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the policy used to import SA states from the SA list into MSDP. If multiple policy names are specified, the router evaluates the policies in the order they are specified, and applies the first policy that matches. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
local-address string
| Synopsis | Local end IP address of the MSDP group | |
| Context | configure router string msdp peer string local-address string | |
| Tree | local-address | |
Description | This command configures the local end address of an MSDP session. For MSDP to function, at least one peer with a local address must be configured. This address must be present on the node and is used to validate incoming connections to the peer and to establish connections to the remote peer. The specified IP address is validated and used as the local address for MSDP peers from that point. If a subsequent address is configured, it replaces the existing configuration and terminates any existing sessions When a session is terminated, all information pertaining to and learned from that peer is removed. When a new peering session is created or a peering session is lost, an event message is generated. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
receive-message-rate
| Synopsis | Enter the receive-message-rate context | |
| Context | configure router string msdp peer string receive-message-rate | |
| Tree | receive-message-rate | |
Description | Commands in this context configure rate limiting for the number of MSDP messages that the router can read from the TCP session. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rate number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of MSDP messages read from TCP session | |
| Context | configure router string msdp peer string receive-message-rate rate number | |
| Tree | rate | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of MSDP messages that the MSDP or RP router can read from the TCP session when message rate limiting is active. When this limit is reached within the time interval configured using the configure router msdp group peer receive-message-rate time command, the router stops accepting messages from the TCP session until the time interval has elapsed. | |
| Range | 10 to 10000 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
threshold number
| Synopsis | Processed MSDP message limit to activate rate limiting | |
| Context | configure router string msdp peer string receive-message-rate threshold number | |
| Tree | threshold | |
Description | This command configures the number of MSDP messages that the router can process before it activates message rate limiting. | |
| Range | 1 to 1000000 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
time number
| Synopsis | Time interval to rate limit MSDP messages | |
| Context | configure router string msdp peer string receive-message-rate time number | |
| Tree | time | |
Description | This command configures the time interval to rate limit MSDP messages read from the TCP session. When the message limit, configured using the configure router msdp group peer receive-message-rate rate command, is reached within this time interval, the router stops accepting messages from the TCP session until the time interval has elapsed. | |
| Range | 1 to 600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
receive-message-rate
| Synopsis | Enter the receive-message-rate context | |
| Context | configure router string msdp receive-message-rate | |
| Tree | receive-message-rate | |
Description | Commands in this context configure rate limiting for the number of MSDP messages that the router can read from the TCP session. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rate number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of MSDP messages read from TCP session | |
| Context | configure router string msdp receive-message-rate rate number | |
| Tree | rate | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of MSDP messages that the MSDP or RP router can read from the TCP session when message rate limiting is active. When this limit is reached within the time interval configured using the configure router msdp group peer receive-message-rate time command, the router stops accepting messages from the TCP session until the time interval has elapsed. | |
| Range | 10 to 10000 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
threshold number
| Synopsis | Processed MSDP message limit to activate rate limiting | |
| Context | configure router string msdp receive-message-rate threshold number | |
| Tree | threshold | |
Description | This command configures the number of MSDP messages that the router can process before it activates message rate limiting. | |
| Range | 1 to 1000000 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
time number
| Synopsis | Time interval to rate limit MSDP messages | |
| Context | configure router string msdp receive-message-rate time number | |
| Tree | time | |
Description | This command configures the time interval to rate limit MSDP messages read from the TCP session. When the message limit, configured using the configure router msdp group peer receive-message-rate rate command, is reached within this time interval, the router stops accepting messages from the TCP session until the time interval has elapsed. | |
| Range | 1 to 600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
rpf-table keyword
| Synopsis | Route tables for RPF lookup | |
| Context | configure router string msdp rpf-table keyword | |
| Tree | rpf-table | |
Description | This command configures the sequence of route tables used to find an RPF interface for a multicast route. By default, the router only uses the unicast route table to calculate RPF interface towards the source or rendezvous point. The user can specify the following options:
| |
| Options | ||
| Default | rtable-u | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
source [ip-prefix] string
[ip-prefix] string
active-source-limit number
| Synopsis | Number of source-active messages accepted by MSDP | |
| Context | configure router string msdp source string active-source-limit number | |
| Tree | active-source-limit | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of SA messages that are accepted by the MSDP source, effectively controlling the number of active sources that the system can store. When unconfigured, the system sets no limit on the number of SA messages it can accept. | |
| Range | 0 to 1000000 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
source-active-cache-lifetime number
| Synopsis | Timeout interval for SA entries in the cache | |
| Context | configure router string msdp source-active-cache-lifetime number | |
| Tree | source-active-cache-lifetime | |
Description | This command configures the timeout interval for the SA entries in the cache. If these entries are not refreshed within the timeout interval, they are removed from the cache. Normally, the entries are refreshed at least once per minute, but under high load with many MSDP peers, the refresh cycle could be incomplete. Configuring a higher timeout value is useful to prevent instabilities in the MSDP cache. | |
| Range | 90 to 600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 90 | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mss-adjust
| Synopsis | Enable the mss-adjust context | |
| Context | configure router string mss-adjust | |
| Tree | mss-adjust | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
nat-group number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | NAT group used for TCP-MSS adjustment | |
| Context | configure router string mss-adjust nat-group number | |
| Tree | nat-group | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
segment-size number
| Synopsis | TCP-MSS option value in transmitted TCP SYN requests | |
| Context | configure router string mss-adjust segment-size number | |
| Tree | segment-size | |
| Range | 160 to 10240 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mtrace2
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of multicast path tracing | |
| Context | configure router string mtrace2 admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
udp-port number
multicast-info-policy reference
| Synopsis | Multicast policy name for virtual router | |
| Context | configure router string multicast-info-policy reference | |
| Tree | multicast-info-policy | |
Reference | configure multicast-management multicast-info-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
nat
inside
l2-aware
force-unique-ip-addresses boolean
| Synopsis | Enforce unique IPv4 addresses for L2-aware subscribers | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside l2-aware force-unique-ip-addresses boolean | |
| Tree | force-unique-ip-addresses | |
Description | When configured to true, the system enforces the uniqueness of IPv4 addresses of L2-aware subscribers in an inside routing context. This functionality is required if multicast sourced from the inside routing context is enabled for L2-aware subscribers. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
subscribers [prefix] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for subscribers | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside l2-aware subscribers string | |
| Tree | subscribers | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[prefix] string
| Synopsis | Layer-2 Aware NAT subscriber prefix | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside l2-aware subscribers string | |
| Tree | subscribers | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
large-scale
| Synopsis | Enter the large-scale context | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale | |
| Tree | large-scale | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dnat-only
source-prefix-list reference
| Synopsis | NAT prefix list that contains source IP addresses | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dnat-only source-prefix-list reference | |
| Tree | source-prefix-list | |
Reference | configure service nat prefix-list string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dual-stack-lite
| Synopsis | Enter the dual-stack-lite context | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite | |
| Tree | dual-stack-lite | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of Dual Stack Lite | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
deterministic
| Synopsis | Enter the deterministic context | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite deterministic | |
| Tree | deterministic | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
prefix-map [source-prefix] string nat-policy reference
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix-map list instance | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite deterministic prefix-map string nat-policy reference | |
| Tree | prefix-map | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[source-prefix] string
| Synopsis | List containing source IP addresses on the private side | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite deterministic prefix-map string nat-policy reference | |
| Tree | prefix-map | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
nat-policy reference
| Synopsis | NAT policy | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite deterministic prefix-map string nat-policy reference | |
| Tree | prefix-map | |
Reference | configure service nat nat-policy string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the prefix | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite deterministic prefix-map string nat-policy reference admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
map [from] string to string
| Synopsis | Enter the map list instance | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite deterministic prefix-map string nat-policy reference map string to string | |
| Tree | map | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[from] string
| Synopsis | Beginning of the range for IPv6 addresses | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite deterministic prefix-map string nat-policy reference map string to string | |
| Tree | map | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
to string
| Synopsis | End of the range for IPv6 addresses | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite deterministic prefix-map string nat-policy reference map string to string | |
| Tree | map | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
first-outside-address string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Outside IP address mapped to inside IP address range | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite deterministic prefix-map string nat-policy reference map string to string first-outside-address string | |
| Tree | first-outside-address | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
endpoint [address] string
| Synopsis | Enter the endpoint list instance | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite endpoint string | |
| Tree | endpoint | |
| Max. Instances | 128 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[address] string
| Synopsis | Dual Stack Lite IPv6 address | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite endpoint string | |
| Tree | endpoint | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-fragmentation keyword
| Synopsis | Fragmentation control of the AFTR originated downstream IPv6 traffic | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite endpoint string ip-fragmentation keyword | |
| Tree | ip-fragmentation | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
min-first-fragment-size-rx number
| Synopsis | Minimum MTU size for upstream packets | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite endpoint string min-first-fragment-size-rx number | |
| Tree | min-first-fragment-size-rx | |
Description | This command configures the minimum MTU size for the first fragment in the upstream direction. This command can be used to enable processing of first IPv6 fragments smaller than 1280 bytes. RFC 8200 recommends the minimum MTU in IPv6 be 1280 bytes which allows fragmentation only for packets that are larger than 1280 bytes. If a first fragment is smaller than 1280 bytes, DS-lite implementation in the SR OS, by default, drops the first fragment. | |
| Range | 512 to 1280 | |
| Default | 1280 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
reassembly boolean
| Synopsis | Reassembly of IPv6 payload datagrams | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite endpoint string reassembly boolean | |
| Tree | reassembly | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tunnel-mtu number
| Synopsis | DS-Lite tunnel MTU for this address | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite endpoint string tunnel-mtu number | |
| Tree | tunnel-mtu | |
Description | This command configures the Dual Stack Lite (DS-Lite) tunnel MTU for this address. | |
| Range | 464 to 9212 | |
| Default | 1500 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
max-subscriber-limit number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Largest value for all subscriber limits in each deterministic pool | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite max-subscriber-limit number | |
| Tree | max-subscriber-limit | |
| Range | 1 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 | 128 | 256 | 512 | 1024 | 2048 | 4096 | 8192 | 16384 | 32768 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
subscriber-prefix-length number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | IPv6 prefix length of the Dual Stack Lite subscribers | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale dual-stack-lite subscriber-prefix-length number | |
| Tree | subscriber-prefix-length | |
| Range | 32 to 64 | 128 | |
| Default | 128 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
nat-policy reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | NAT policy for LSN | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat-policy reference | |
| Tree | nat-policy | |
Reference | configure service nat nat-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
nat44
destination-prefix [ip-prefix-length] string
| Synopsis | Enter the destination-prefix list instance | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 destination-prefix string | |
| Tree | destination-prefix | |
| Max. Instances | 6144 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[ip-prefix-length] string
| Synopsis | IP prefix for the destination address | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 destination-prefix string | |
| Tree | destination-prefix | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
nat-policy reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | NAT policy | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 destination-prefix string nat-policy reference | |
| Tree | nat-policy | |
Reference | configure service nat nat-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
deterministic
| Synopsis | Enter the deterministic context | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 deterministic | |
| Tree | deterministic | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
prefix-map [source-prefix] string nat-policy reference
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix-map list instance | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 deterministic prefix-map string nat-policy reference | |
| Tree | prefix-map | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[source-prefix] string
| Synopsis | Traffic sent from sources within this prefix will be NATed | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 deterministic prefix-map string nat-policy reference | |
| Tree | prefix-map | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
nat-policy reference
| Synopsis | NAT policy | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 deterministic prefix-map string nat-policy reference | |
| Tree | prefix-map | |
Reference | configure service nat nat-policy string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the prefix | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 deterministic prefix-map string nat-policy reference admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
map [from] string to string
| Synopsis | Enter the map list instance | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 deterministic prefix-map string nat-policy reference map string to string | |
| Tree | map | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[from] string
| Synopsis | Beginning of the range for IPv4 addresses | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 deterministic prefix-map string nat-policy reference map string to string | |
| Tree | map | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
to string
| Synopsis | End of the range for IPv4 addresses | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 deterministic prefix-map string nat-policy reference map string to string | |
| Tree | map | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
first-outside-address string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Outside IP address mapped to inside IP address range | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 deterministic prefix-map string nat-policy reference map string to string first-outside-address string | |
| Tree | first-outside-address | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
max-subscriber-limit number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Largest value for all subscriber limits in each deterministic pool | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 max-subscriber-limit number | |
| Tree | max-subscriber-limit | |
| Range | 1 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 | 128 | 256 | 512 | 1024 | 2048 | 4096 | 8192 | 16384 | 32768 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
nat-import reference
| Synopsis | Import BGP-VPN routes in NAT inside routing context | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 nat-import reference | |
| Tree | nat-import | |
Description | This command references an import policy to determine the routes that should be installed in the routing table as NAT routes, which are used to steer traffic to NAT. A dynamic route obtained by BGP-VPN can be imported into an inside (private side) routing context in NAT environment. This route is associated with a NAT policy that maps traffic destined into a NAT pool and outside routing context. If the NAT policy is not explicitly configured in the import route-policy, the imported NAT route is, by default, associated with the default NAT policy defined in the NAT inside routing context. All BGP-VPN routes that are destined to be imported into NAT inside routing context must be configured with action-type accept in the route policy. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
source-prefix [ip-prefix-length] string
| Synopsis | Enter the source-prefix list instance | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 source-prefix string | |
| Tree | source-prefix | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the source prefix used to identify traffic for NAT processing. After the traffic is diverted to the ESA-VM or vISA, its source IP address is checked to determine if it belongs to the configured prefix. If it does, the traffic is processed by NAT, otherwise, it is dropped. | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[ip-prefix-length] string
| Synopsis | IPv4 prefix length | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 source-prefix string | |
| Tree | source-prefix | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
nat-policy reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | AT policy associated with the source prefix | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat44 source-prefix string nat-policy reference | |
| Tree | nat-policy | |
Reference | configure service nat nat-policy string | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
nat64
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of NAT64 | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat64 admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
drop-zero-ipv4-checksum boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Drop UDP datagrams with zero IPv4 checksum | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat64 drop-zero-ipv4-checksum boolean | |
| Tree | drop-zero-ipv4-checksum | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
insert-ipv6-fragment-header boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Include IPv6 fragment header to indicate that the sender allows fragmentation | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat64 insert-ipv6-fragment-header boolean | |
| Tree | insert-ipv6-fragment-header | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
ip-fragmentation keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Control fragmentation of originated downstream IPv6 traffic | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat64 ip-fragmentation keyword | |
| Tree | ip-fragmentation | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
ipv6-mtu number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Size of the IPv6 downstream packet in NAT64 | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat64 ipv6-mtu number | |
| Tree | ipv6-mtu | |
| Range | 1280 to 9212 | |
| Default | 1520 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
prefix string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | IPv6 prefix to derive the IPv6 address from the IPv4 address | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat64 prefix string | |
| Tree | prefix | |
| Default | 64:ff9b::/96 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
subscriber-prefix-length number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | IPv6 prefix length for the NAT64 subscribers | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat64 subscriber-prefix-length number | |
| Tree | subscriber-prefix-length | |
| Range | 32 to 64 | 128 | |
| Default | 128 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
tos
downstream
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the downstream context | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat64 tos downstream | |
| Tree | downstream | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
use-ipv4 boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Copy TOS/DSCP bits from the incoming IPv4 frame to the outgoing IPv6 frame | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat64 tos downstream use-ipv4 boolean | |
| Tree | use-ipv4 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
upstream
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enter the upstream context | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat64 tos upstream | |
| Tree | upstream | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
set-tos (keyword | number)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | TOS/DSCP bits in IPv4 frame in the upstream direction | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale nat64 tos upstream set-tos (keyword | number) | |
| Tree | set-tos | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Options | ||
| Default | use-ipv6 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
redundancy
| Synopsis | Enter the redundancy context | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale redundancy | |
| Tree | redundancy | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
peer string
| Synopsis | IP address of the NAT redundancy peer for this virtual router instance | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale redundancy peer string | |
| Tree | peer | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
peer6 string
| Synopsis | IPv6 address of the NAT redundancy peer for this virtual router instance | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale redundancy peer6 string | |
| Tree | peer6 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
steering-route string
| Synopsis | IP address and prefix length of the steering route | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale redundancy steering-route string | |
| Tree | steering-route | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
static-port-forwards
| Synopsis | Enter the static-port-forwards context | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale static-port-forwards | |
| Tree | static-port-forwards | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
spf-nat-policy [nat-policy] reference
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for spf-nat-policy | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale static-port-forwards spf-nat-policy reference | |
| Tree | spf-nat-policy | |
Description | This command specifies that the NAT policy for the inside routing context is used when SPF is requested. The predeclaration of the NAT policy used in SPF is mandatory in the following scenarios:
| |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[nat-policy] reference
| Synopsis | NAT policy | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale static-port-forwards spf-nat-policy reference | |
| Tree | spf-nat-policy | |
Reference | configure service nat nat-policy string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
subscriber-identification
| Synopsis | Enter the subscriber-identification context | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale subscriber-identification | |
| Tree | subscriber-identification | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of subscriber identification | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale subscriber-identification admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
attribute
| Synopsis | Enter the attribute context | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale subscriber-identification attribute | |
| Tree | attribute | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
type keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | RADIUS attribute used as subscriber identifier | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale subscriber-identification attribute type keyword | |
| Tree | type | |
| Options | ||
| Default | alc-sub-string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
vendor keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | The RADIUS Vendor | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale subscriber-identification attribute vendor keyword | |
| Tree | vendor | |
| Options | ||
| Default | nokia | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale subscriber-identification description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
drop-unidentified-traffic boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Drop traffic from unidentified flows | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale subscriber-identification drop-unidentified-traffic boolean | |
| Tree | drop-unidentified-traffic | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
radius-proxy-server
| Synopsis | Enable the radius-proxy-server context | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale subscriber-identification radius-proxy-server | |
| Tree | radius-proxy-server | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
router-instance string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Router instance | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale subscriber-identification radius-proxy-server router-instance string | |
| Tree | router-instance | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
server string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Server name | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale subscriber-identification radius-proxy-server server string | |
| Tree | server | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
traffic-identification
| Synopsis | Enter the traffic-identification context | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale traffic-identification | |
| Tree | traffic-identification | |
Description | Commands in this context configure traffic idenification for NAT processing | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
source-prefix-only boolean
| Synopsis | Allow traffic associated with source prefixes only | |
| Context | configure router string nat inside large-scale traffic-identification source-prefix-only boolean | |
| Tree | source-prefix-only | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
map
map-domain [domain-name] reference
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for map-domain | |
| Context | configure router string nat map map-domain reference | |
| Tree | map-domain | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
[domain-name] reference
| Synopsis | MAP domain template name | |
| Context | configure router string nat map map-domain reference | |
| Tree | map-domain | |
Reference | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
outside
dnat-only
route-limit number
| Synopsis | Limit for internal routes for downstream traffic | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside dnat-only route-limit number | |
| Tree | route-limit | |
| Range | 1 to 131072 | |
| Default | 32768 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
filters
downstream
| Synopsis | Enter the downstream context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside filters downstream | |
| Tree | downstream | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ipv4 reference
ipv6 reference
| Synopsis | IPv6 filter policy name | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside filters downstream ipv6 reference | |
| Tree | ipv6 | |
Reference | configure filter ipv6-filter string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
upstream
ipv4 reference
ipv6 reference
mtu number
pool [name] string
[name] string
address-pooling keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Outside IP address allocation mode for a NAT subscriber | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string address-pooling keyword | |
| Tree | address-pooling | |
Description | This command configures address pooling which defines a relationship between the NAT subscriber and its outside IP address(es). The behavior in NAT, as defined in RFC 7857, strongly recommends that the NAT subscribers be mapped to a single outside IP address. If this outside IP address runs out of ports, no new ports for the subscriber are allocated. This behavior is called paired address pooling. The alternative behavior is arbitrary address pooling, where a NAT subscriber is mapped to multiple IP addresses when the current outside IP address runs out of ports. This way, the subscriber becomes associated with multiple outside IP addresses. While this results in better resource utilization in NAT, it may negatively affect the behavior of some applications. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | paired | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
address-range [start] string end string
| Synopsis | Enter the address-range list instance | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string address-range string end string | |
| Tree | address-range | |
| Max. Instances | 4096 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
[start] string
| Synopsis | Lower bound of the NAT address range | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string address-range string end string | |
| Tree | address-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end string
| Synopsis | Upper bound of the NAT address range | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string address-range string end string | |
| Tree | address-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string address-range string end string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
drain boolean
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the outside routing NAT pool | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
applications
| Synopsis | Enter the applications context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string applications | |
| Tree | applications | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
agnostic boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | NAT pool to create in the outside routing context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string applications agnostic boolean | |
| Tree | agnostic | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
flexible-port-allocation boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Allocates individual ports per subscriber in a pool | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string applications flexible-port-allocation boolean | |
| Tree | flexible-port-allocation | |
Description | When configured to true, the router enables LSN44 pool behavior, where a subscriber allocates ports individually and not through port blocks. The port block is removed and port logging is disabled for this application. Static port forwards can be interleaved with dynamically allocated ports when this application is enabled. A subscriber limit that is the maximum number of subscribers per outside IP address is not supported for this application. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
icmp-echo-reply boolean
| Synopsis | Allow NAT pool IP addresses to respond to ICMP PINGs | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string icmp-echo-reply boolean | |
| Tree | icmp-echo-reply | |
Description | This command allows IP addresses in the NAT pool to respond to ICMP Echo requests (PINGs). The configuration can be toggled while the pool is in use. In L2-aware NAT when port-block-extensions is disabled, the reply from an outside IP address is generated only when this IP address has at least one host (binding) behind it. In L2-aware NAT when port-block-extensions is enabled, the reply from an outside IP address is generated regardless if a binding is present. In LSN, the reply from an outside IP address is generated regardless if a binding is present. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
l2-aware
default-host
| Synopsis | Enable the default-host context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string l2-aware default-host | |
| Tree | default-host | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the default DMZ host options. A default DMZ host is a node on the inside to which all unknown traffic is redirected by changing the destination IPv4 address in the traffic header. During this operation, the checksums in the Layer 3 and Layer 4 header (UDP and TCP) are recalculated. Unknown traffic in NAT represent all unmatched traffic arriving from the outside (where there is no pinhole or a matching flow record created by traffic initiated from the inside). The purpose of the default DMZ host is to capture and analyze the unknown traffic as part of threat analysis. The rate of redirected unknown traffic can be restricted by configuration. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
inside-router-instance string
| Synopsis | Router instance of the DMZ | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string l2-aware default-host inside-router-instance string | |
| Tree | inside-router-instance | |
Description | This command configures the router instance on the inside where the default DMZ host resides. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-address string
| Synopsis | IP address of the default DMZ host | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string l2-aware default-host ip-address string | |
| Tree | ip-address | |
Description | This command configures the IP address of the default DMZ host. Redirection to the default DMZ host is achieved by replacing the destination IP address in the traffic header in the unknown traffic initiated from the outside with the one of the default DMZ host. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rate-limit number
| Synopsis | Rate limit for unknown traffic sent to default DMZ host | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string l2-aware default-host rate-limit number | |
| Tree | rate-limit | |
Description | This command configures the rate limit of the unknown traffic sent to the default DMZ host. Unknown traffic sent to the default DMZ host is rate limited by a configurable value expressed in mbps. The rate limit is configurable per NAT pool per ISA, vISA, or ESA-VM. | |
| Range | 1 to 10000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
external-assignment boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | External IP address for Layer-2-aware | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string l2-aware external-assignment boolean | |
| Tree | external-assignment | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
port-block-extension
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable the port-block-extension context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string l2-aware port-block-extension | |
| Tree | port-block-extension | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of the port block reserved for a dynamic NAT traffic flow for each subscriber with a port forwarding entry. | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
ports number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Number of ports per dynamic port-block | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string l2-aware port-block-extension ports number | |
| Tree | ports | |
Description | For Carrier Grade NAT (CGN), this command represents the size of all port blocks for NAT subscribes in the NAT pool. For L2-Aware NAT, this command represents only the size of the initial port block of a subscriber in the L2-aware NAT pool. Additional port-blocks (extended port blocks) for the L2-Aware subscriber must be explicitly enabled under the l2-aware port-block-extension hierarchy in the NAT pool. This command does not affect the size of extended port-blocks. | |
| Range | 10 to 5000 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
subscriber
| Synopsis | Enter the subscriber context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string l2-aware port-block-extension subscriber | |
| Tree | subscriber | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
watermarks
| Synopsis | Enable the watermarks context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string l2-aware port-block-extension subscriber watermarks | |
| Tree | watermarks | |
Description | This command configures watermarks for NAT resources. | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
high number
| Synopsis | High watermark percentage | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string l2-aware port-block-extension subscriber watermarks high number | |
| Tree | high | |
Description | This command configures the high threshold value as a percentage of the total port-block space in a NAT pool. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
low number
| Synopsis | Low watermark percentage | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string l2-aware port-block-extension subscriber watermarks low number | |
| Tree | low | |
Description | This command configures the low threshold value as a percentage of the total port-block space in a NAT pool. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
subscriber-limit number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Number of L2-Aware NAT subscribers per outside address | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string l2-aware port-block-extension subscriber-limit number | |
| Tree | subscriber-limit | |
Description | When port-block extensions for the L2-Aware subscribers are enabled, the port space for an outside IP address is divided into the following:
The number of L2-Aware NAT subscribers per an outside IP address multiplied by the size of the initial port-block size determines the size of the port range reserved for initial port-blocks of each subscriber. The lower boundary of the extended port range is determined by adding the upper boundary of the configured port forwarding range and the size of the port range allocated for initial port blocks. | |
| Range | 2 to 2000 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
watermarks
| Synopsis | Enable the watermarks context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string l2-aware port-block-extension watermarks | |
| Tree | watermarks | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
high number
| Synopsis | High watermark percentage | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string l2-aware port-block-extension watermarks high number | |
| Tree | high | |
Description | This command configures the high threshold value as a percentage of the total port-block space in a NAT pool. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
low number
| Synopsis | Low watermark percentage | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string l2-aware port-block-extension watermarks low number | |
| Tree | low | |
Description | This command configures the low threshold value as a percentage of the total port-block space in a NAT pool. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
large-scale
| Synopsis | Enter the large-scale context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale | |
| Tree | large-scale | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
default-host
| Synopsis | Enable the default-host context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale default-host | |
| Tree | default-host | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the default DMZ host options. A default DMZ host is a node on the inside to which all unknown traffic is redirected by changing the destination IPv4 address in the traffic header. During this operation, the checksums in the Layer 3 and Layer 4 header (UDP and TCP) are recalculated. Unknown traffic in NAT represent all unmatched traffic arriving from the outside (where there is no pinhole or a matching flow record created by traffic initiated from the inside). The purpose of the default DMZ host is to capture and analyze the unknown traffic as part of threat analysis. The rate of redirected unknown traffic can be restricted by configuration. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
inside-router-instance string
| Synopsis | Router instance of the DMZ | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale default-host inside-router-instance string | |
| Tree | inside-router-instance | |
Description | This command configures the router instance on the inside where the default DMZ host resides. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ip-address string
| Synopsis | IP address of the default DMZ host | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale default-host ip-address string | |
| Tree | ip-address | |
Description | This command configures the IP address of the default DMZ host. Redirection to the default DMZ host is achieved by replacing the destination IP address in the traffic header in the unknown traffic initiated from the outside with the one of the default DMZ host. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rate-limit number
| Synopsis | Rate limit for unknown traffic sent to default DMZ host | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale default-host rate-limit number | |
| Tree | rate-limit | |
Description | This command configures the rate limit of the unknown traffic sent to the default DMZ host. Unknown traffic sent to the default DMZ host is rate limited by a configurable value expressed in mbps. The rate limit is configurable per NAT pool per ISA, vISA, or ESA-VM. | |
| Range | 1 to 10000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
deterministic
| Synopsis | Enter the deterministic context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale deterministic | |
| Tree | deterministic | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-reservation number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Number of ports per deterministic port-block | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale deterministic port-reservation number | |
| Tree | port-reservation | |
| Range | 1 to 65536 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
watermarks
| Synopsis | Enable the watermarks context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale deterministic watermarks | |
| Tree | watermarks | |
Description | Commands in this context monitor extended (dynamic) port-block utilization per outside IP in a NAT pool in deterministic LSN. High and low thresholds are configured in percentages of total available extended port-blocks per outside IP in a pool. Both values represent extended port-block utilization or occupancy per outside IP in a pool. For the system to generate those events, the NAT event-id 2045 must be enabled through configuration in the log event-control. | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
high number
| Synopsis | High watermark percentage | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale deterministic watermarks high number | |
| Tree | high | |
Description | This command configures the high threshold value as a percentage of the total port-block space in a NAT pool. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
low number
| Synopsis | Low watermark percentage | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale deterministic watermarks low number | |
| Tree | low | |
Description | This command configures the low threshold value as a percentage of the total port-block space in a NAT pool. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
flexible-port-allocation
| Synopsis | Enter the flexible-port-allocation context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale flexible-port-allocation | |
| Tree | flexible-port-allocation | |
Description | Commands in this context enable LSN44 pool behavior where a subscriber allocates ports individually instead of through port blocks. The port block concept is removed for this application. Static port forwards can be interleaved with dynamically-allocated ports. Port logging in disabled when this application is enabled. A subscriber limit that is the maximum number of subscribers per outside IP address is not supported for this application. | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
free-port-limit
| Synopsis | Enter the free-port-limit context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale flexible-port-allocation free-port-limit | |
| Tree | free-port-limit | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the minimal number of ports per protocol and per outside IP address in an LSN44 pool with flexible port allocations that must be free to map new subscribers to the outside IP address. This limit avoids rapid port depletion for new subscribers in paired pooling mode, or unnecessary toggling between external IP addresses for existing subscribers in arbitrary pooling mode. | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
icmp number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Limit of free ports for ICMP per outside IP address | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale flexible-port-allocation free-port-limit icmp number | |
| Tree | icmp | |
Description | This command configures the minimum number of ports for the ICMP protocol per outside IP address in an LSN44 pool with flexible port allocations that are free so that a new subscriber is mapped to the outside IP address. This limit is set to avoid rapid port depletion for new subscribers in paired pooling mode, or unnecessary toggling between external IP addresses for existing subscribers in arbitrary pooling mode. | |
| Range | 1 to 10000 | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
tcp number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Limit of free ports for TCP per outside IP address | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale flexible-port-allocation free-port-limit tcp number | |
| Tree | tcp | |
Description | This command configures the minimum number of ports for TCP protocol per outside IP address in an LSN44 pool with flexible port allocations that are free so that a new subscriber is mapped to the outside IP address. This limit is set to avoid rapid port depletion for new subscribers in paired pooling mode, or unnecessary toggling between external IP addresses for existing subscribers in arbitrary pooling mode. | |
| Range | 1 to 10000 | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
udp number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Limit of free ports for UDP per outside IP address | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale flexible-port-allocation free-port-limit udp number | |
| Tree | udp | |
Description | This command configures the minimum number of ports for UDP protocol per outside IP address in an LSN44 pool with flexible port allocations that are free so that a new subscriber is mapped to the outside IP address. This limit is set to avoid rapid port depletion for new subscribers in paired pooling mode, or unnecessary toggling between external IP addresses for existing subscribers in arbitrary pooling mode. | |
| Range | 1 to 10000 | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
redundancy
| Synopsis | Enter the redundancy context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale redundancy | |
| Tree | redundancy | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of NAT pool redundancy | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale redundancy admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: (admin-state, export-route, and monitor-route) or follow. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
export-route string
| Synopsis | Route to export to the peer | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale redundancy export-route string | |
| Tree | export-route | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: (admin-state, export-route, and monitor-route) or follow. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
follow
| Synopsis | Enter the follow context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale redundancy follow | |
| Tree | follow | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: (admin-state, export-route, and monitor-route) or follow. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
name string
| Synopsis | Name of the pool where activity is shared | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale redundancy follow name string | |
| Tree | name | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
router-instance string
| Synopsis | Router instance where the lead pool resides | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale redundancy follow router-instance string | |
| Tree | router-instance | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
monitor-route string
| Synopsis | Monitor the peer route | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale redundancy monitor-route string | |
| Tree | monitor-route | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: (admin-state, export-route, and monitor-route) or follow. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
subscriber-limit number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum number of subscribers per IP address | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string large-scale subscriber-limit number | |
| Tree | subscriber-limit | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
mode keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Mode of operation of this NAT address pool | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string mode keyword | |
| Tree | mode | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
nat-group reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Create a NAT group | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string nat-group reference | |
| Tree | nat-group | |
Reference | ||
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: nat-group or wlan-gw-group. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
port-forwarding
| Synopsis | Enter the port-forwarding context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string port-forwarding | |
| Tree | port-forwarding | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dynamic-block-reservation boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Reserve dynamic block for subscriber | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string port-forwarding dynamic-block-reservation boolean | |
| Tree | dynamic-block-reservation | |
Description | When configured to true, the system reserves dynamic port block when the first port forward for the subscriber is created. The dynamic port block allocation is logged only if the block is being used and mappings are created. Dynamic port block reservation due to the port forward creation but without any dynamic mapping, is not logged. The reserved port block is released only when the last mapping in the block expires and there are no port forwards associated with the subscriber. The de-allocation log (syslog or RADIUS) is generated when the dynamic port block is completely released. Dynamic port block reservations can be enabled only if the configured maximum number of subscribers per outside IP addresses are less than or equal to the maximum number of configured port blocks per outside IP address. When configured to false, dynamic port blocks are not reserved when the first port forward for the subscriber is created. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
range-end number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | End of the wildcard range for port forwards | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string port-forwarding range-end number | |
| Tree | range-end | |
Description | This command configures the upper boundary of the wildcard port range dedicated to port forwarding in a NAT pool, whereas the range-start command configures the lower boundary (the starting port) of the wildcard port range dedicated to port forwarding in a NAT pool. If unconfigured, the range-end implicit value is set to 1023, that represents the end of the well-known port range that is always enabled. Port forwards are supported only in pools in NAPT mode. Pools in 1:1 mode do not support port-forwards. | |
| Range | 0 | 1023 to 65535 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
range-start number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Start of the wildcard range for port forwards | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string port-forwarding range-start number | |
| Tree | range-start | |
Description | This command configures the lower boundary (the starting port) of the wildcard port range dedicated to port forwarding in a NAT pool, whereas the range-end command configures the upper boundary of the wildcard port range dedicated to port forwarding in a NAT pool. Port 0 is always excluded from the port forwarding range. Port forwards are supported only in pools in Network Address and Port Translation (NAPT) mode. Pools in 1:1 mode do not support configured port forwards. | |
| Range | 0 | 1 | 1025 to 65535 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
port-reservation
| Synopsis | Enter the port-reservation context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string port-reservation | |
| Tree | port-reservation | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-blocks number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Port block size for NAT subscribers | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string port-reservation port-blocks number | |
| Tree | port-blocks | |
Description | In CGN, this command specifies the number of port-blocks per outside IP address in the NAT pool. The available ports per outside IP address (the end port minus the upper bound value of the static port-forwarding range) are divided into the number of port blocks specified in this command. This implicitly determines the size of each port block. For L2-aware NAT, this command can be configured only if the port block extensions (extended port blocks) are disabled. You must disable the l2-aware port-block-extension hierarchy in the NAT pool. | |
| Range | 0 to 64512 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-blocks or ports. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
ports number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Size of the port block for NAT subscribers | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string port-reservation ports number | |
| Tree | ports | |
Description | For carrier-grade NAT (CGN), this command specifies the size of port blocks for NAT subscribers in the NAT pool. For Layer 2 aware NAT, this command specifies the size of the initial port block of a subscriber in the pool. Additional port blocks (extended port blocks) for the Layer 2 aware subscriber must be explicitly enabled under the l2-aware port-block-extension hierarchy in the NAT pool. This command does not affect the size of extended port blocks. For deterministic pools, the port range begins with zero. However, for non-deterministic pools, the port range begins with one. | |
| Range | 0 to 64512 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: port-blocks or ports. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
type keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | NAT pool type | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string type keyword | |
| Tree | type | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
watermarks
| Synopsis | Enable the watermarks context | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string watermarks | |
| Tree | watermarks | |
Description | This command configures watermarks for NAT resources. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
high number
| Synopsis | High watermark percentage | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string watermarks high number | |
| Tree | high | |
Description | This command configures the high threshold value as a percentage of the total port-block space in a NAT pool. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
low number
| Synopsis | Low watermark percentage | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string watermarks low number | |
| Tree | low | |
Description | This command configures the low threshold value as a percentage of the total port-block space in a NAT pool. | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
wlan-gw-group reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element clears ISA state, such as flow state, for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Create a WLAN GW group for NAT | |
| Context | configure router string nat outside pool string wlan-gw-group reference | |
| Tree | wlan-gw-group | |
Reference | configure isa wlan-gw-group number | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a mandatory choice: nat-group or wlan-gw-group. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
network-domains
| Synopsis | Enter the network-domains context | |
| Context | configure router string network-domains | |
| Tree | network-domains | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
network-domain [domain-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the network-domain list instance | |
| Context | configure router string network-domains network-domain string | |
| Tree | network-domain | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[domain-name] string
| Synopsis | Network domain name | |
| Context | configure router string network-domains network-domain string | |
| Tree | network-domain | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string network-domains network-domain string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
origin-validation
| Synopsis | Enter the origin-validation context | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation | |
| Tree | origin-validation | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rpki-session [ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Enter the rpki-session list instance | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation rpki-session (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | rpki-session | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | IPv4 or IPv6 address for the RPKI local cache server | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation rpki-session (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | rpki-session | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the RPKI session | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation rpki-session (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
connect-retry number
| Synopsis | RPKI Connect Retry timer value | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation rpki-session (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) connect-retry number | |
| Tree | connect-retry | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 120 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation rpki-session (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
local-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Local address for the TCP connection setup | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation rpki-session (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) local-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | local-address | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
port number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Destination port number used to contact cache server | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation rpki-session (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) port number | |
| Tree | port | |
| Range | 0 to 65535 | |
| Default | 323 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
refresh-time
| Synopsis | Enter the refresh-time context | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation rpki-session (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) refresh-time | |
| Tree | refresh-time | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
hold-time number
| Synopsis | Length of time that the session is to be considered UP | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation rpki-session (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) refresh-time hold-time number | |
| Tree | hold-time | |
| Range | 60 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 600 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
value number
| Synopsis | Periodic Serial Query PDUs sent for liveness detection | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation rpki-session (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) refresh-time value number | |
| Tree | value | |
| Range | 30 to 32767 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 300 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
stale-time number
| Synopsis | Maximum time prefix origin validation remains usable | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation rpki-session (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) stale-time number | |
| Tree | stale-time | |
| Range | 60 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 3600 | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
static-entry [ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) upto number origin-as number
| Synopsis | Enter the static-entry list instance | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation static-entry (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) upto number origin-as number | |
| Tree | static-entry | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | IPv4 or IPv6 address with the minimum prefix and length | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation static-entry (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) upto number origin-as number | |
| Tree | static-entry | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
upto number
| Synopsis | Maximum prefix length | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation static-entry (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) upto number origin-as number | |
| Tree | static-entry | |
| Range | 1 to 128 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
origin-as number
| Synopsis | Origin AS number | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation static-entry (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) upto number origin-as number | |
| Tree | static-entry | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
valid boolean
| Synopsis | Designate mix of origin AS and prefix range as valid | |
| Context | configure router string origin-validation static-entry (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) upto number origin-as number valid boolean | |
| Tree | valid | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 19.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ospf [ospf-instance] number
[ospf-instance] number
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the OSPF instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-router-capability keyword
| Synopsis | Allow router advertisement capabilities | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number advertise-router-capability keyword | |
| Tree | advertise-router-capability | |
| Options | ||
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-tunnel-link boolean
| Synopsis | Allow router advertisement capabilities | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number advertise-tunnel-link boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-tunnel-link | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
area [area-id] string
[area-id] string
advertise-router-capability boolean
| Synopsis | Allow router advertisement capabilities | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string advertise-router-capability boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-router-capability | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
area-range [ip-prefix-mask] string
| Synopsis | Enter the area-range list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string area-range string | |
| Tree | area-range | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-prefix-mask] string
| Synopsis | IP prefix and subnet mask for the range used by the ABR | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string area-range string | |
| Tree | area-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise boolean
bier
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of BIER | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string bier admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 20.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
template reference
blackhole-aggregate boolean
| Synopsis | Install a low priority blackhole route to avoid loops | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string blackhole-aggregate boolean | |
| Tree | blackhole-aggregate | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
database-export-exclude boolean
| Synopsis | Exclude IGP link-state OSPF area info into TE-DB | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string database-export-exclude boolean | |
| Tree | database-export-exclude | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Type 3 Summary-LSA/OSPFv3 inter-area-prefix-LSA route | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Route imported as Summary Type 3/Inter-Area-Prefix-LSA | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interface [interface-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the interface list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string | |
| Tree | interface | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of the OSPF area interface. Unless they are explicitly configured, interfaces are not activated by default in any interior gateway protocol such as OSPF. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[interface-name] string
| Synopsis | Router interface name | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string | |
| Tree | interface | |
Description | This command specifies the IP interface name. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for configure router interface and configure service ies interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be a string composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. If the IP interface name does not exist or does not have an IP address configured, an error message is returned. If the IP interface exists in a different area it is moved to this area. | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adjacency-set [id] reference
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for adjacency-set | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string adjacency-set reference | |
| Tree | adjacency-set | |
| Max. Instances | 1024 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[id] reference
| Synopsis | Adjacency set identity | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string adjacency-set reference | |
| Tree | adjacency-set | |
Reference | configure router string ospf number segment-routing adjacency-set number | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adjacency-sid
| Synopsis | Enable the adjacency-sid context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string adjacency-sid | |
| Tree | adjacency-sid | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label number
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the OSPF interface | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-router-capability boolean
| Synopsis | Allow router advertisement capabilities | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string advertise-router-capability boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-router-capability | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
advertise-subnet boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise point-to-point interfaces as subnet routes | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string advertise-subnet boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-subnet | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
authentication-key string
| Synopsis | Authentication key | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
| String Length | 1 to 38 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-keychain reference
| Synopsis | TCP authentication keychain for the session | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string authentication-keychain reference | |
| Tree | authentication-keychain | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-type keyword
| Synopsis | Authentication type used on OSPF interface | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string authentication-type keyword | |
| Tree | authentication-type | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness
| Synopsis | Enable the bfd-liveness context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string bfd-liveness | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
remain-down-on-failure boolean
| Synopsis | Force adjacency down on failure until session returns | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string bfd-liveness remain-down-on-failure boolean | |
| Tree | remain-down-on-failure | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
strict boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD strict mode | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string bfd-liveness strict boolean | |
| Tree | strict | |
Description | When configured to true, the system uses BFD strict-mode. BFD strict-mode mandates that an active BFD session must exist between the OSPF neighbors before establishing a full adjacency. When configured to true, the router uses Link-Local Signaling (LLS) with the B-flag set to instruct the OSPF neighbors that BFD must be enabled on the link. BFD strict-mode requires both sides to have the B-flag set. During OSPFv3 BFD strict-mode operations, the router advertises the local interface IPv4 address TLV using LLS, but the SR OS router continues to use IPv6-based BFD sessions for both the IPv4 and IPv6 address families. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
strict-mode-holddown number
| Synopsis | Adjacency up time delay after BFD session establishment | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string bfd-liveness strict-mode-holddown number | |
| Tree | strict-mode-holddown | |
Description | This command configures a delay timer before bringing up the OSPF adjacency after the BFD session establishment. Holddown helps mitigate potential routing churn when BFD sessions are unstable. The holddown timer is reset when a BFD session operationally toggles. | |
| Range | 1 to 600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
dead-interval number
| Synopsis | OSPF wait time for Hellos before neighbor declared down | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string dead-interval number | |
| Tree | dead-interval | |
| Range | 2 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
flex-algo [flex-algo-id] number
[flex-algo-id] number
node-sid
index number
label number
hello-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between OSPF Hellos of this interface | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string hello-interval number | |
| Tree | hello-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interface-type keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Interface type | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string interface-type keyword | |
| Tree | interface-type | |
Description | This command specifies the interface type. broadcast - Broadcast network To significantly improve adjacency forming and network convergence, configure a network as point-to-point if only two routers are connected, even if the network is a broadcast media such as Ethernet. non-broadcast - Non-broadcast network point-to-point - Point-to-point link Set the interface type of an Ethernet link to point-to-point to avoid having to carry the broadcast adjacency maintenance overhead if the Ethernet link provided is used as a point-to-point. p2mp-nbma - Point-to-multipoint on a link without broadcast or multicast support No designated router or backup designated router is elected on this type of interface and all OSPF neighbors connect through individual point-to-point links. Only VPRN and IES services interfaces support this interface type. secondary - Multiple secondary adjacencies allowed A secondary interface allows multiple secondary adjacencies, in addition to the primary adjacency, to be established over a single IP interface. This interface type can also be applied to the system interface and to loopback interfaces to allow them to participate in multiple areas, although no adjacencies are formed over these types of interfaces. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
load-balancing-weight number
| Synopsis | Load balancing weight for an OSPF interface | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string load-balancing-weight number | |
| Tree | load-balancing-weight | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
loopfree-alternate
| Synopsis | Enter the loopfree-alternate context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string loopfree-alternate | |
| Tree | loopfree-alternate | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
exclude boolean
policy-map
| Synopsis | Enable the policy-map context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string loopfree-alternate policy-map | |
| Tree | policy-map | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
route-nh-template reference
| Synopsis | Route next hop policy template name | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string loopfree-alternate policy-map route-nh-template reference | |
| Tree | route-nh-template | |
Reference | configure routing-options route-next-hop-policy template string | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
lsa-filter-out keyword
| Synopsis | LSA flooding reduction | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string lsa-filter-out keyword | |
| Tree | lsa-filter-out | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
message-digest-key [key-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the message-digest-key list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string message-digest-key number | |
| Tree | message-digest-key | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[key-id] number
| Synopsis | Message digest index | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string message-digest-key number | |
| Tree | message-digest-key | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
md5 string
metric number
mtu number
neighbor [address] string
[address] string
node-sid
| Synopsis | Enable the node-sid context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string node-sid | |
| Tree | node-sid | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a node SID index or label value for the prefix representing the primary address of a network interface of type system or loopback. A separate SID value can be configured for each IPv4 and IPv6 primary address of the interface. The secondary address of an IPv4 interface cannot be assigned a node SID index and does not inherit the SID of the primary IPv4 address. In OSPFv2 and OSPFv3, the node SID is configured in the primary area but is inherited in any other area in which the interface is added as secondary. This command fails if the network interface is not a loopback type or if the interface is defined in an IES or VPRN context. Assigning the same SID index or label value to the same interface in two different IGP instances is not allowed within the same node. The value of the label or index SID is taken from the range configured for this IGP instance. When using the global mode of operation, the segment routing module checks that the same index or label value is not assigned to more than one loopback interface address. When using the per-instance mode of operation, this check is not required because the index and, therefore, the label ranges of IGP instances are not allowed to overlap. The clear-n-flag option allows the user to clear the N-flag (node-sid flag) in an OSPF or OSPF3 prefix SID sub-TLV originated for the prefix of a loopback interface on the system. By default, the prefix SID sub-TLV for the prefix of a loopback interface is tagged as a node SID; that is, it belongs to this node only. However, to configure and advertise an anycast SID using the same loopback interface prefix on multiple nodes, the user must clear the N-flag to assure interoperability with third-party implementations. This may perform a strict check on the receive end and drop duplicate prefix SID sub-TLVs when the N-flag is set. The SR OS implementation is relaxed on the receive end and accepts duplicate prefix SIDs with the N-flag set or clear. SR OS resolves to the closest owner, or owners if ECMP, of the prefix SID cost-wise. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
clear-n-flag boolean
| Synopsis | Clear the N-flag in an OSPF prefix | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string node-sid clear-n-flag boolean | |
| Tree | clear-n-flag | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows the user to clear the N-flag in an OSPF prefix SID sub-TLV originated for the prefix of a loopback interface on the system. When configured to false, the N-flag in an OSPF prefix SID sub-TLV originated for the prefix of a loopback interface on the system is not cleared. When the user wants to configure and advertise an anycast SID using the same loopback interface prefix on multiple nodes, the user must clear the N-flag to assure interoperability with third-party implementations. This may perform a strict check on the receive end and drop duplicate prefix SID sub-TLVs when the N-flag is set. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
index number
label number
passive boolean
poll-interval number
| Synopsis | Interval for Hellos to non-adjacent OSPF NBMA neighbor | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string poll-interval number | |
| Tree | poll-interval | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 120 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
priority number
retransmit-interval number
| Synopsis | Time before OSPF retransmits an unacknowledged LSA | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string retransmit-interval number | |
| Tree | retransmit-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rib-priority keyword
| Synopsis | RIB priority for OSPF | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string rib-priority keyword | |
| Tree | rib-priority | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
sid-protection boolean
| Synopsis | Allow adjacency SID protection by LFA and remote LFA | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string sid-protection boolean | |
| Tree | sid-protection | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
transit-delay number
| Synopsis | Required LSA transmit time | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string interface string transit-delay number | |
| Tree | transit-delay | |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
loopfree-alternate-exclude boolean
| Synopsis | Exclude interfaces in OSPF areas in SPF LFA computation | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string loopfree-alternate-exclude boolean | |
| Tree | loopfree-alternate-exclude | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
nssa
area-range [ip-prefix-mask] string
| Synopsis | Enter the area-range list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string nssa area-range string | |
| Tree | area-range | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-prefix-mask] string
| Synopsis | IP prefix and subnet mask for the range used by the ABR | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string nssa area-range string | |
| Tree | area-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise boolean
originate-default-route
| Synopsis | Enable the originate-default-route context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string nssa originate-default-route | |
| Tree | originate-default-route | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adjacency-check boolean
| Synopsis | Default route to remove if there is no adjacency | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string nssa originate-default-route adjacency-check boolean | |
| Tree | adjacency-check | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
type-nssa boolean
redistribute-external boolean
| Synopsis | Redistribute external routes into the NSSA | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string nssa redistribute-external boolean | |
| Tree | redistribute-external | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
summaries boolean
stub
default-metric number
| Synopsis | Metric used by ABR for default route into the stub area | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string stub default-metric number | |
| Tree | default-metric | |
| Range | 1 to 16777214 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
summaries boolean
virtual-link [router-id] string transit-area reference
| Synopsis | Enter the virtual-link list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference | |
| Tree | virtual-link | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[router-id] string
| Synopsis | Router identity of the virtual link neighbor | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference | |
| Tree | virtual-link | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
transit-area reference
| Synopsis | Transit area linking the backbone to not-connected area | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference | |
| Tree | virtual-link | |
Reference | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the OSPF interface | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-key string
| Synopsis | Authentication key | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
| String Length | 1 to 38 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-keychain reference
| Synopsis | TCP authentication keychain for the session | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference authentication-keychain reference | |
| Tree | authentication-keychain | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-type keyword
| Synopsis | Authentication type used on OSPF interface | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference authentication-type keyword | |
| Tree | authentication-type | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
dead-interval number
| Synopsis | OSPF wait time for Hellos before neighbor declared down | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference dead-interval number | |
| Tree | dead-interval | |
| Range | 2 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
hello-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between OSPF Hellos of this interface | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference hello-interval number | |
| Tree | hello-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
message-digest-key [key-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the message-digest-key list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference message-digest-key number | |
| Tree | message-digest-key | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[key-id] number
| Synopsis | Message digest index | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference message-digest-key number | |
| Tree | message-digest-key | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
md5 string
| Synopsis | MD5 hash key | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference message-digest-key number md5 string | |
| Tree | md5 | |
| String Length | 1 to 51 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
retransmit-interval number
| Synopsis | Time before OSPF retransmits an unacknowledged LSA | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference retransmit-interval number | |
| Tree | retransmit-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
transit-delay number
| Synopsis | Required LSA transmit time | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference transit-delay number | |
| Tree | transit-delay | |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
asbr
trace-path (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Domain identity | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number asbr trace-path (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | trace-path | |
| Range | 0 to 31 | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
compatible-rfc1583 boolean
| Synopsis | OSPF summary and external route calculations | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number compatible-rfc1583 boolean | |
| Tree | compatible-rfc1583 | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
database-export
| Synopsis | Enable the database-export context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number database-export | |
| Tree | database-export | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bgp-ls-identifier
| Synopsis | Enable the bgp-ls-identifier context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number database-export bgp-ls-identifier | |
| Tree | bgp-ls-identifier | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
value number
| Synopsis | BGP-LS identifier sent in the BGP-LS NLRI | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number database-export bgp-ls-identifier value number | |
| Tree | value | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
igp-identifier number
| Synopsis | IGP instance in the BGP-LS NLRI | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number database-export igp-identifier number | |
| Tree | igp-identifier | |
Description | This command identifies the IGP instance in the BGP-LS NLRI when a router has interfaces participating in multiple IGP instances. The concept of an instance ID specified for OSPF is local subnet significant (RFC 6549). An IGP identifier value can be configured to be unique within a given IGP domain when the router sends the IGP link state information using BGP-LS. | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 18446744073709551615 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
entropy-label
| Synopsis | Enter the entropy-label context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number entropy-label | |
| Tree | entropy-label | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
override-tunnel-elc boolean
| Synopsis | Enable override of received ELC advertisements | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number entropy-label override-tunnel-elc boolean | |
| Tree | override-tunnel-elc | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
export-limit
| Synopsis | Enable the export-limit context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number export-limit | |
| Tree | export-limit | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
log-percent number
| Synopsis | Export limit before warning and SNMP notification sent | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number export-limit log-percent number | |
| Tree | log-percent | |
| Range | 1 to 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
number number
| Synopsis | Maximum routes or prefixes exported from route table | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number export-limit number number | |
| Tree | number | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Export policies that determine exported routes | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Description | This command configures export routing policies for the routes exported from the routing table to IS-IS. If the export policy is undefined, the system does not export non IS-IS routes from the routing table manager to IS-IS. If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. If the aggregate command is also configured in the configure router context, the aggregation is applied before the export policy is applied. Routing policies are created in the configure router policy-options context. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
external-db-overflow
| Synopsis | Enable the external-db-overflow context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number external-db-overflow | |
| Tree | external-db-overflow | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interval number
| Synopsis | Time during which the router operates in overload | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number external-db-overflow interval number | |
| Tree | interval | |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
limit number
| Synopsis | Number of external LSA at which overload is triggered | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number external-db-overflow limit number | |
| Tree | limit | |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
external-preference number
| Synopsis | Preference for OSPF external routes | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number external-preference number | |
| Tree | external-preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 150 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
flexible-algorithms
| Synopsis | Enter the flexible-algorithms context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number flexible-algorithms | |
| Tree | flexible-algorithms | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the OSPFv2 parameters for flexible algorithm participation. | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of flexible algorithm support | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number flexible-algorithms admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
Description | This command specifies the administrative state of the support of flexible algorithm IGP LSDB extensions. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-admin-group keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative group TLV to advertise | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number flexible-algorithms advertise-admin-group keyword | |
| Tree | advertise-admin-group | |
Description | This command configures the type of Administrative Group TLV the router advertises as an IGP link attribute. This command is configured for this IGP instance. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | prefer-ag | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
flex-algo [flex-algo-id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the flex-algo list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number flexible-algorithms flex-algo number | |
| Tree | flex-algo | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of the OSPFv2 flexible algorithm. The maximum unique flexible algorithms can be configured on a router across all configured OSPFv2 instances. In each OSPF flexible algorithm configuration context, the OSPFv2 instance participation can be either enabled or disabled, and it configures the advertising of a locally-configured flexible algorithm definition. When flexible algorithm is enabled in an OSPF instance, it is enabled for all areas within the OSPF instance. | |
| Max. Instances | 7 | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[flex-algo-id] number
| Synopsis | Flexible algorithm ID | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number flexible-algorithms flex-algo number | |
| Tree | flex-algo | |
| Range | 128 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise reference
| Synopsis | Flexible Algorithm Definition advertisement | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number flexible-algorithms flex-algo number advertise reference | |
| Tree | advertise | |
Description | This command enables the advertisement of a locally configured Flexible Algorithm Definition (FAD). The winning FAD that a router uses must be consistent with the winning FAD on all other routers, which avoids routing loops and traffic blackholing. The winning FAD is selected using a tiebreaker algorithm that first selects the highest advertised FAD priority followed by the highest system ID. | |
Reference | configure routing-options flexible-algorithm-definitions flex-algo string | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
loopfree-alternate
| Synopsis | Enable the loopfree-alternate context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number flexible-algorithms flex-algo number loopfree-alternate | |
| Tree | loopfree-alternate | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
micro-loop-avoidance
| Synopsis | Enable the micro-loop-avoidance context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number flexible-algorithms flex-algo number micro-loop-avoidance | |
| Tree | micro-loop-avoidance | |
Description | When configured, the system enables micro-loop avoidance for an SR-OSPF flexible algorithm, and consequently, inherits the FIB delay timer from the SR-OSPF configure router ospf segment-routing context. When this command is configured, FIB updates are delayed before the system programs new primary next hops to avoid micro-loops. When configured, the feature applies to the following contexts:
When micro-loop-avoidance is disabled (by removing this command from the configuration), the system forces any running FIB delay to expire immediately and programs the new next hops for all impacted node SIDs. When disabled, micro-loop avoidance is disabled instantaneously and will be disabled for the next SPF runs. Micro-loop avoidance remains disabled until it is re-enabled. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
participate boolean
| Synopsis | Allow participation in the Flexible Algorithm | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number flexible-algorithms flex-algo number participate boolean | |
| Tree | participate | |
Description | When configured to true, the router advertises the capability to participate in a flexible algorithm within the IS-IS Router Capability TLV. A router only advertises participation when the winning FAD can be supported, which includes segment routing support. When configured to false, flexible algorithm participation is not enabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
graceful-restart
| Synopsis | Enable the graceful-restart context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number graceful-restart | |
| Tree | graceful-restart | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
helper-mode boolean
| Synopsis | Enable graceful restart helper for OSPF | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number graceful-restart helper-mode boolean | |
| Tree | helper-mode | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
strict-lsa-checking boolean
| Synopsis | Perform strict LSA checking during graceful restart | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number graceful-restart strict-lsa-checking boolean | |
| Tree | strict-lsa-checking | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
igp-shortcut
| Synopsis | Enter the igp-shortcut context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number igp-shortcut | |
| Tree | igp-shortcut | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the IGP shortcuts | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number igp-shortcut admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
allow-sr-over-srte boolean
| Synopsis | Enable SR over SR-TE LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number igp-shortcut allow-sr-over-srte boolean | |
| Tree | allow-sr-over-srte | |
Description | When configured to true, the router only allows SR-MPLS SRv4 and SRv6 IGP shortcuts to use SR-TE LSPs with allow-sr-over-srte explicitly enabled with an adjacency SID as top SID in the SR-TE LSP. IPv4 and IPv6 addresses can use all available SR-TE LSPs as IGP shortcuts regardless of the explicit allow-sr-over-srte configuration. Under ECMP, when this command is configured to true, preference is given to the SR-TE LSPs with allow-sr-over-srte explicitly configured over the LSPs that do not have allow-sr-over-srte configured. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
tunnel-next-hop
| Synopsis | Enter the tunnel-next-hop context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop | |
| Tree | tunnel-next-hop | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
family [family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the family list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Address family type for tunnel next-hop | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
resolution keyword
| Synopsis | Resolution state for IGP shortcut tunnels | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword resolution keyword | |
| Tree | resolution | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
resolution-filter
| Synopsis | Enter the resolution-filter context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword resolution-filter | |
| Tree | resolution-filter | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rsvp boolean
| Synopsis | Use RSVP tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword resolution-filter rsvp boolean | |
| Tree | rsvp | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-te boolean
| Synopsis | Use SR-TE tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword resolution-filter sr-te boolean | |
| Tree | sr-te | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Import policy names for routes from IGP to route table | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ldp-over-rsvp boolean
| Synopsis | Allow LSP over RSVP in this OSPF instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number ldp-over-rsvp boolean | |
| Tree | ldp-over-rsvp | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ldp-sync boolean
loopfree-alternate
| Synopsis | Enable the loopfree-alternate context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number loopfree-alternate | |
| Tree | loopfree-alternate | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
augment-route-table boolean
| Synopsis | Attach remote LFA information to RTM entries | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number loopfree-alternate augment-route-table boolean | |
| Tree | augment-route-table | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables IS-IS to attach remote LFA-specific information to RTM entries for use by protocols such as LDP. When configured to false, rLFA-specific information is not added to RTM entries. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
exclude
| Synopsis | Enter the exclude context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number loopfree-alternate exclude | |
| Tree | exclude | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
prefix-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policy to exclude prefixes from LFA SPF calculation | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number loopfree-alternate exclude prefix-policy reference | |
| Tree | prefix-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the name of the policy for the prefixes to exclude from the LFA SPF calculation. An excluded prefix is not included in LFA calculation regardless of its priority. The prefix tag is, however, used in the main SPF. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
multi-homed-prefix
| Synopsis | Enable the multi-homed-prefix context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number loopfree-alternate multi-homed-prefix | |
| Tree | multi-homed-prefix | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a multihomed prefix LFA for both RTM routes (IP FRR) and SR-OSPF tunnels. SR-OSPF tunnels enable multihomed prefix extension in both algorithm 0 and flexible-algorithm numbers. This feature makes use of the multihomed prefix model described in RFC 8518 to compute a backup IP next hop using an alternate ABR or ASBR for external prefixes and to an alternate router owner for local anycast prefixes. This feature further enhances the multihomed prefix backup path calculation beyond RFC 8518 with the addition of repair tunnels that make use of a PQ node or a P-Q set to reach the alternate exit ABR or ASBR of external prefixes or the alternate owner router of local anycast prefixes. The computed IP next-hop based backup path is added to OSPF routes of external /32 prefixes (OSPFv2 routes types 3, 4, 5, and 7) and local /32 anycast prefixes in the RTM if the prefix is not protected by base LFA or if the user set leaf preference value to all. The user must enable the ip-fast-reroute leaf to have these backup paths programmed into the FIB in datapath. The computed IP next hop or repair tunnel based backup path is also programmed for SR-OSPF node SID tunnels of external /32 prefixes and to /32 prefixes in same area as the computing node S and which are advertised by multiple routers (anycast prefix) in both algorithm 0 and flexible-algorithm numbers. | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
preference keyword
| Synopsis | Multi-homed prefix LFA backup path preference | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number loopfree-alternate multi-homed-prefix preference keyword | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 22.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
remote-lfa
| Synopsis | Enable the remote-lfa context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number loopfree-alternate remote-lfa | |
| Tree | remote-lfa | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-pq-cost number
| Synopsis | Maximum cost during reverse SPF calculation | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number loopfree-alternate remote-lfa max-pq-cost number | |
| Tree | max-pq-cost | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 65535 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
node-protect
| Synopsis | Enable the node-protect context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number loopfree-alternate remote-lfa node-protect | |
| Tree | node-protect | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
max-pq-nodes number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of PQ nodes found in the LFA SPFs | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number loopfree-alternate remote-lfa node-protect max-pq-nodes number | |
| Tree | max-pq-nodes | |
| Range | 1 to 32 | |
| Default | 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
ti-lfa
| Synopsis | Enable the ti-lfa context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number loopfree-alternate ti-lfa | |
| Tree | ti-lfa | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the Topology Independent Loop-Free Alternate (TI-LFA) algorithm used in the LFA Shortest Path First (SPF) calculation for this OSPF instance. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-sr-frr-labels number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of labels the TI-LFA backup path can use | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number loopfree-alternate ti-lfa max-sr-frr-labels number | |
| Tree | max-sr-frr-labels | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of labels allowed in the segment list of the TI-LFA repair tunnel. A higher value results in better coverage by TI-LFA at the expense of increased packet encapsulation overhead. The TI-LFA algorithm uses this value to limit the search for the Q-node from the P-node on the post-convergence path. | |
| Range | 0 to 3 | |
| Default | 2 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
node-protect
| Synopsis | Enable the node-protect context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number loopfree-alternate ti-lfa node-protect | |
| Tree | node-protect | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R5 | |
Platforms | All |
multi-instance boolean
| Synopsis | Enable OSPF Multi Instance Extensions | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number multi-instance boolean | |
| Tree | multi-instance | |
Description | When configured to true, the Base router supports RFC 6549, OSPFv2 Multi-Instance Extensions. This support is enabled per instance and allows flexibility when migrating a particular instance from classic OSPFv2 to a multi-instance OSPFv2. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
multicast-import boolean
| Synopsis | Submit routes into the multicast Route Table Manager | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number multicast-import boolean | |
| Tree | multicast-import | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
overload boolean
overload-include-ext-1 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise routes with maximum metric value for overload | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number overload-include-ext-1 boolean | |
| Tree | overload-include-ext-1 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
overload-include-ext-2 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise routes with maximum metric value for overload | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number overload-include-ext-2 boolean | |
| Tree | overload-include-ext-2 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
overload-include-stub boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise all stub interfaces with max metric value | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number overload-include-stub boolean | |
| Tree | overload-include-stub | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
overload-on-boot
| Synopsis | Enable the overload-on-boot context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number overload-on-boot | |
| Tree | overload-on-boot | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
timeout number
| Synopsis | Time during which the router operates in overload state | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number overload-on-boot timeout number | |
| Tree | timeout | |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
preference number
| Synopsis | Preference for OSPF internal routes | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
reference-bandwidth number
| Synopsis | Bandwidth to reference default costing of interfaces | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number reference-bandwidth number | |
| Tree | reference-bandwidth | |
| Range | 1 to 18446744073709551615 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Default | 100000000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
rib-priority
| Synopsis | Enter the rib-priority context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number rib-priority | |
| Tree | rib-priority | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
high
| Synopsis | Enter the high context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number rib-priority high | |
| Tree | high | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
prefix-list reference
| Synopsis | Higher priority list used during OSPF route calculation | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number rib-priority high prefix-list reference | |
| Tree | prefix-list | |
Reference | configure policy-options prefix-list string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
router-id string
rtr-adv-lsa-limit
| Synopsis | Enable the rtr-adv-lsa-limit context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number rtr-adv-lsa-limit | |
| Tree | rtr-adv-lsa-limit | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
log-only boolean
| Synopsis | Log the event without triggering overload | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number rtr-adv-lsa-limit log-only boolean | |
| Tree | log-only | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
max-lsa-count number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of LSAs one router can advertise | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number rtr-adv-lsa-limit max-lsa-count number | |
| Tree | max-lsa-count | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
overload-timeout (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum time in overload after LSA limit is reached | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number rtr-adv-lsa-limit overload-timeout (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | overload-timeout | |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | forever | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
warning-threshold number
| Synopsis | Percentage of the max LSA count that causes a warning | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number rtr-adv-lsa-limit warning-threshold number | |
| Tree | warning-threshold | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
segment-routing
| Synopsis | Enter the segment-routing context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing | |
| Tree | segment-routing | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adj-sid-hold (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Adjacency SID hold time | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing adj-sid-hold (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | adj-sid-hold | |
Description | This command configures a timer to hold the ILM or LTN of an adjacency SID following a failure of the adjacency. When an adjacency to a neighbor fails, the following procedure is followed for both an LFA protected and the LFA unprotected SID of this adjacency in SR-MPLS. An adjacency can have both types of SIDs assigned by configuration. An LFA protected adjacency SID is eligible for LFA protection, however, the following procedure applies even if an LFA backup is not programmed at the time of the failure. An LFA unprotected adjacency SID is not eligible for LFA protection.
| |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 15 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adjacency-set [id] number
| Synopsis | Enter the adjacency-set list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing adjacency-set number | |
| Tree | adjacency-set | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[id] number
| Synopsis | Non-zero identifier for a given adjacency set | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing adjacency-set number | |
| Tree | adjacency-set | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise adjacency for links terminating on same node | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing adjacency-set number advertise boolean | |
| Tree | advertise | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
parallel boolean
| Synopsis | Require adjacency members to terminate on same neighbor | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing adjacency-set number parallel boolean | |
| Tree | parallel | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sid
| Synopsis | Enable the sid context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing adjacency-set number sid | |
| Tree | sid | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label number
| Synopsis | Adjacency SID label | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing adjacency-set number sid label number | |
| Tree | label | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adjacency-sid
| Synopsis | Enter the adjacency-sid context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing adjacency-sid | |
| Tree | adjacency-sid | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
allocate-dual-sids boolean
| Synopsis | Allocate dual adjacency SIDs per interface | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing adjacency-sid allocate-dual-sids boolean | |
| Tree | allocate-dual-sids | |
Description | When configured to true, the router supports two SR-MPLS adjacency SIDs per interface. A protected and unprotected adjacency SID is instantiated and advertised. If an SR-MPLS adjacency SID already exists, an additional complementary (protected or unprotected) adjacency SID is created on the interface. When configured to false, the router disables the support of two SR-MPLS adjacency SIDs per interface. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of segment routing | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
backup-node-sid
| Synopsis | Enable the backup-node-sid context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing backup-node-sid | |
| Tree | backup-node-sid | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
index number
| Synopsis | Node SID index for this interface | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing backup-node-sid index number | |
| Tree | index | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: index or label. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ip-prefix string
| Synopsis | IP prefix and prefix length for the backup node SID | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing backup-node-sid ip-prefix string | |
| Tree | ip-prefix | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label number
| Synopsis | Label value for the node SID | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing backup-node-sid label number | |
| Tree | label | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: index or label. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
class-forwarding boolean
| Synopsis | Allow CBF with ECMP over RSVP-TE LSPs as IGP shortcuts | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing class-forwarding boolean | |
| Tree | class-forwarding | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables Class-Based Forwarding (CBF) with ECMP for SR-OSPF resolved to RSVP-TE LSPs as IGP shortcuts. For CBF with ECMP to be effective, a class forwarding policy must be defined, as well as FC to set associations and RSVP-TE LSPs to set associations. When configured to false, CBF over IGP shortcuts is disabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 20.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
egress-statistics
| Synopsis | Enter the egress-statistics context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing egress-statistics | |
| Tree | egress-statistics | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adj-set boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the allocation of statistics on adjacency sets | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing egress-statistics adj-set boolean | |
| Tree | adj-set | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the allocation of statistic indices to each adjacency set. All adjacencies of a set share the same statistics index. If a statistics index is not available at allocation time, the allocation fails and the system retries the allocation. The system generates a log on the first fail and a log on the final successful allocation. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
adj-sid boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the allocation of statistics on adjacency SIDs | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing egress-statistics adj-sid boolean | |
| Tree | adj-sid | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the allocation of statistic indexes to each programmed NHLFE corresponding to Adjacency SIDs (local and received by means of IGP advertisement). All NHLFEs associated to a given SID share the same index. If a statistics index is not available at allocation time, the allocation fails and the system retries the allocation. The system generates a log on the first fail and a log on the final successful allocation. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
node-sid boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the allocation of statistics on node SIDs | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing egress-statistics node-sid boolean | |
| Tree | node-sid | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
entropy-label boolean
| Synopsis | Enable processing of received ELC signaled in the IGP | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing entropy-label boolean | |
| Tree | entropy-label | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
export-tunnel-table keyword
| Synopsis | Export tunnel table | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing export-tunnel-table keyword | |
| Tree | export-tunnel-table | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ingress-statistics
| Synopsis | Enter the ingress-statistics context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing ingress-statistics | |
| Tree | ingress-statistics | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adj-set boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the allocation of statistics on adjacency sets | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing ingress-statistics adj-set boolean | |
| Tree | adj-set | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the allocation of statistic indices to each adjacency set. All adjacencies of a set share the same statistics index. If a statistics index is not available at allocation time, the allocation fails and the system retries the allocation. The system generates a log on the first fail and a log on the final successful allocation. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
adj-sid boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the allocation of statistics on adjacency SIDs | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing ingress-statistics adj-sid boolean | |
| Tree | adj-sid | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the allocation of statistic indexes to each programmed NHLFE corresponding to Adjacency SIDs (local and received by means of IGP advertisement). All NHLFEs associated to a given SID share the same index. If a statistics index is not available at allocation time, the allocation fails and the system retries the allocation. The system generates a log on the first fail and a log on the final successful allocation. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
node-sid boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the allocation of statistics on node SIDs | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing ingress-statistics node-sid boolean | |
| Tree | node-sid | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mapping-server
| Synopsis | Enter the mapping-server context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing mapping-server | |
| Tree | mapping-server | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the OSPF mapping server | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing mapping-server admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
node-sid-map [sid-index] number
| Synopsis | Enter the node-sid-map list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing mapping-server node-sid-map number | |
| Tree | node-sid-map | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[sid-index] number
| Synopsis | Start SID index for the node SID mapping | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing mapping-server node-sid-map number | |
| Tree | node-sid-map | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ip-prefix string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Starting prefix of the mapping | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing mapping-server node-sid-map number ip-prefix string | |
| Tree | ip-prefix | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
range number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Number of prefixes mapped by Extended Range Prefix TLV | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing mapping-server node-sid-map number range number | |
| Tree | range | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
scope
| Synopsis | Enter the scope context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing mapping-server node-sid-map number scope | |
| Tree | scope | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
area reference
| Synopsis | Area ID in which the advertise Extended Range TLV is advertised | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing mapping-server node-sid-map number scope area reference | |
| Tree | area | |
Reference | ||
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: area or as. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
as
| Synopsis | Advertise Extended Range TLV in whole autonomous system | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing mapping-server node-sid-map number scope as | |
| Tree | as | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: area or as. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
maximum-sid-depth
| Synopsis | Enter the maximum-sid-depth context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing maximum-sid-depth | |
| Tree | maximum-sid-depth | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
override-bmi number
| Synopsis | Value to override the announced node MSD-BMI value | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing maximum-sid-depth override-bmi number | |
| Tree | override-bmi | |
Description | This command overrides the announced MSD node Base MPLS Imposition (BMI) value. The MSD-BMI value announced by a router can be used by recipients to understand the number of MPLS labels that can be imposed inclusive of all service, transport, or special labels. When unconfigured, the router announces the maximum supported BMI of the node assuming the most simple services and Layer 2 encapsulation. | |
| Range | 0 to 12 | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
override-erld number
| Synopsis | Value to override the announced node MSD-ERLD value | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing maximum-sid-depth override-erld number | |
| Tree | override-erld | |
Description | This command configures the override Entropy Readable Label Depth (ERLD) Maximum Sid Depth (MSD) value. Information about the capability of each intermediate LSR of reading the maximum label stack depth is used by ingress LSRs to perform EL-based load balancing. When unconfigured, the router announces the node maximum supported ERLD assuming the most simple Layer 2 encapsulation. | |
| Range | 0 to 15 | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
micro-loop-avoidance
| Synopsis | Enable the micro-loop-avoidance context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing micro-loop-avoidance | |
| Tree | micro-loop-avoidance | |
Description | Commands in this context configure micro-loop avoidance for SR-OSPF. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
fib-delay number
| Synopsis | FIB delay | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing micro-loop-avoidance fib-delay number | |
| Tree | fib-delay | |
Description | This command configures the FIB delay before programming new primary next hops. Configure the FIB delay timer to a value that corresponds to the worst-case IGP convergence in a network domain. The default FIB delay timer value corresponds to a network with a nominal convergence time. When configured, the feature applies to the following contexts:
When micro-loop avoidance is disabled, the system forces any running FIB delay to expire immediately and the system programs new next hops for all impacted node SIDs. When disabled, micro-loop avoidance is disabled instantaneously and will be disabled for the next SPF runs. Micro-loop avoidance remains disabled until it is re-enabled. | |
| Range | 1 to 300 | |
| Units | deciseconds | |
| Default | 15 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
prefix-sid-range
| Synopsis | Enable the prefix-sid-range context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing prefix-sid-range | |
| Tree | prefix-sid-range | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the label block BGP segment routing can use. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
global
| Synopsis | Allocate labels from the SRBG space | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing prefix-sid-range global | |
| Tree | global | |
Description | When configured, the system allows BGP to allocate labels from the SRGB space, as defined under the configure router mpls-labels sr-labels context. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: global or (max-index and start-label). | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-index number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Upper bound value for the local SID index | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing prefix-sid-range max-index number | |
| Tree | max-index | |
| Range | 0 to 524287 | |
| Default | 1 | |
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: global or (max-index and start-label). | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
start-label number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Lower bound value for the local label offset | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing prefix-sid-range start-label number | |
| Tree | start-label | |
| Range | 0 to 524287 | |
| Default | 0 | |
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: global or (max-index and start-label). | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
srlb reference
| Synopsis | Segment routing local block | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing srlb reference | |
| Tree | srlb | |
Reference | configure router string mpls-labels reserved-label-block string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
tunnel-mtu number
| Synopsis | Tunnel MTU size | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing tunnel-mtu number | |
| Tree | tunnel-mtu | |
| Range | 512 to 9786 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
tunnel-table-pref number
| Synopsis | Preference of SR tunnels created by the IGP instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number segment-routing tunnel-table-pref number | |
| Tree | tunnel-table-pref | |
Description | This command configures the TTM preference of shortest path SR tunnels created by the IGP instance. This is used for BGP shortcuts, VPRN auto-bind, or BGP transport tunnel when the tunnel binding commands are configured to the any value, which parses the TTM for tunnels in the protocol preference order. The user can choose to either accept the global TTM preference or explicitly list the tunnel types they want to use. If the user lists the tunnel type explicitly, the TTM preference is still used to select one type over the other. In both cases, a fallback to the next preferred tunnel type is performed if the selected type fails. A reversion to a more preferred tunnel type is performed as soon as one is available. The segment routing module adds to the TTM an SR tunnel entry for each resolved remote node SID prefix and programs the data path having the corresponding LTN with the push operation pointing to the primary and LFA backup NHLFEs. The default preference for shortest path SR tunnels in the TTM is set lower than LDP tunnels but higher than BGP tunnels to allow controlled migration of customers without disrupting their current deployment when they enable segment routing. The following is the value of the default preference for the various tunnel types. This includes the preference of SR tunnels based on shortest path (referred to as SR-ISIS and SR-OSPF). Note: The preference of an SR-TE LSP is not configurable and is the second most preferred tunnel type after RSVP-TE. The preference is the same whether if the SR-TE LSP was resolved in IS-IS or OSPF. The global default TTM preference for the tunnel types is as follows:
The default value for SR-ISIS or SR-OSPF is the same regardless if one or more IS-IS or OSPF instances programmed a tunnel for the same prefix. The selection of a SR tunnel in this case will be based on the lowest IGP instance ID. Similarly, IPv6 SR-ISIS and SR-OSPF3 tunnels are programmed into TTMv6 with the same default preference value as IPv4 SR-ISIS and IPv4 SR-OSPF respectively. Nokia recommends not to set two or more tunnel types to the same preference value. In such a situation, the tunnel table prefers the tunnel type which was first introduced in SR OS implementation historically. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
timers
incremental-spf-wait number
| Synopsis | Delay time before an incremental SPF calculation starts | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number timers incremental-spf-wait number | |
| Tree | incremental-spf-wait | |
| Range | 0 to 1000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsa-accumulate number
| Synopsis | Delay to gather LSAs before advertising to neighbors | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number timers lsa-accumulate number | |
| Tree | lsa-accumulate | |
| Range | 0 to 1000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsa-arrival number
| Synopsis | Minimum delay between receipt of same LSAs | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number timers lsa-arrival number | |
| Tree | lsa-arrival | |
| Range | 0 to 600000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsa-generate
| Synopsis | Enter the lsa-generate context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number timers lsa-generate | |
| Tree | lsa-generate | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsa-initial-wait number
| Synopsis | First wait period between OSPF LSA generation | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number timers lsa-generate lsa-initial-wait number | |
| Tree | lsa-initial-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 600000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 5000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
lsa-second-wait number
| Synopsis | Hold time between the first and second LSA generation | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number timers lsa-generate lsa-second-wait number | |
| Tree | lsa-second-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 600000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 5000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
max-lsa-wait number
| Synopsis | Max time between two LSAs being generated | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number timers lsa-generate max-lsa-wait number | |
| Tree | max-lsa-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 600000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 5000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
redistribute-delay number
| Synopsis | Hold down timer for external routes into OSPF | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number timers redistribute-delay number | |
| Tree | redistribute-delay | |
| Range | 0 to 1000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
spf-wait
spf-initial-wait number
| Synopsis | Initial SPF calculation delay after a topology change | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number timers spf-wait spf-initial-wait number | |
| Tree | spf-initial-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 100000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
spf-max-wait number
| Synopsis | Maximum interval between consecutive SPF calculations | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number timers spf-wait spf-max-wait number | |
| Tree | spf-max-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 120000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 10000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
spf-second-wait number
| Synopsis | Hold time between the first and second SPF calculation | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number timers spf-wait spf-second-wait number | |
| Tree | spf-second-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 100000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
traffic-engineering boolean
| Synopsis | Calculate traffic engineering route | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number traffic-engineering boolean | |
| Tree | traffic-engineering | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
traffic-engineering-options
| Synopsis | Enter the traffic-engineering-options context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number traffic-engineering-options | |
| Tree | traffic-engineering-options | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-delay boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the advertisement of link delay for TE | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number traffic-engineering-options advertise-delay boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-delay | |
Description | When configured to true, the router advertises link delay in the IGP LSDB within the OSPF-TE TLV attribute or when the Application-Specific Link Attribute (ASLA) is enabled within SR-TE ASLA. When the router is configured under the configure router ospf traffic-engineering-options sr-te application-specific-link-attributes command to generate SR-TE ASLA attributes, link delay is advertised as a legacy RFC 3630 TLV when RSVP-TE is enabled and as an ASLA RFC 8920 TLV for SR-TE when MPLS is enabled for an interface. SR OS accepts and handles both legacy RSVP-TE TLVs and ASLAs for the RSVP application. However, SR OS only advertises RFC 3630 legacy RSVP-TE TLVs (as recommended by RFC 8920) to avoid compatibility issues. When configured to false, the router disables link delay advertisement. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-te keyword
| Synopsis | Advertisement of link attributes for SR-TE | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number traffic-engineering-options sr-te keyword | |
| Tree | sr-te | |
Description | This command specifies the advertisement of TE attributes of each link on a per-application basis for RSVP-TE and SR-TE applications. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
unicast-import boolean
| Synopsis | Submit routes into the unicast Route Table Manager | |
| Context | configure router string ospf number unicast-import boolean | |
| Tree | unicast-import | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ospf3 [ospf-instance] number
[ospf-instance] number
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the OSPF instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-router-capability keyword
| Synopsis | Allow router advertisement capabilities | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number advertise-router-capability keyword | |
| Tree | advertise-router-capability | |
| Options | ||
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
area [area-id] string
[area-id] string
advertise-router-capability boolean
| Synopsis | Allow router advertisement capabilities | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string advertise-router-capability boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-router-capability | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
area-range [ip-prefix-mask] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Enter the area-range list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string area-range (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | area-range | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-prefix-mask] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Address ranges to create on an ABR for route summarization or suppression | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string area-range (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | area-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise boolean
blackhole-aggregate boolean
| Synopsis | Install a low priority blackhole route to avoid loops | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string blackhole-aggregate boolean | |
| Tree | blackhole-aggregate | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
database-export-exclude boolean
| Synopsis | Exclude IGP link-state OSPF area info into TE-DB | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string database-export-exclude boolean | |
| Tree | database-export-exclude | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Type 3 Summary-LSA/OSPFv3 inter-area-prefix-LSA route | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
extended-lsa keyword
| Synopsis | Extended LSA format in an OSPFv3 area | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string extended-lsa keyword | |
| Tree | extended-lsa | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Route imported as Summary Type 3/Inter-Area-Prefix-LSA | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interface [interface-name] string
[interface-name] string
| Synopsis | Router interface name | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string | |
| Tree | interface | |
Description | This command specifies the IP interface name. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for configure router interface and configure service ies interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be a string composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. If the IP interface name does not exist or does not have an IP address configured, an error message is returned. If the IP interface exists in a different area it is moved to this area. | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the OSPF interface | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise-router-capability boolean
| Synopsis | Allow router advertisement capabilities | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string advertise-router-capability boolean | |
| Tree | advertise-router-capability | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
authentication
| Synopsis | Enable the authentication context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string authentication | |
| Tree | authentication | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R6 | |
Platforms | All |
inbound reference
outbound reference
bfd-liveness
| Synopsis | Enable the bfd-liveness context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string bfd-liveness | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
remain-down-on-failure boolean
| Synopsis | Force adjacency down on failure until session returns | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string bfd-liveness remain-down-on-failure boolean | |
| Tree | remain-down-on-failure | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
strict boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD strict mode | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string bfd-liveness strict boolean | |
| Tree | strict | |
Description | When configured to true, the system uses BFD strict-mode. BFD strict-mode mandates that an active BFD session must exist between the OSPF neighbors before establishing a full adjacency. When configured to true, the router uses Link-Local Signaling (LLS) with the B-flag set to instruct the OSPF neighbors that BFD must be enabled on the link. BFD strict-mode requires both sides to have the B-flag set. During OSPFv3 BFD strict-mode operations, the router advertises the local interface IPv4 address TLV using LLS, but the SR OS router continues to use IPv6-based BFD sessions for both the IPv4 and IPv6 address families. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
strict-mode-holddown number
| Synopsis | Adjacency up time delay after BFD session establishment | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string bfd-liveness strict-mode-holddown number | |
| Tree | strict-mode-holddown | |
Description | This command configures a delay timer before bringing up the OSPF adjacency after the BFD session establishment. Holddown helps mitigate potential routing churn when BFD sessions are unstable. The holddown timer is reset when a BFD session operationally toggles. | |
| Range | 1 to 600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
dead-interval number
| Synopsis | OSPF wait time for Hellos before neighbor declared down | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string dead-interval number | |
| Tree | dead-interval | |
| Range | 2 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
hello-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between OSPF Hellos of this interface | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string hello-interval number | |
| Tree | hello-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interface-type keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Interface type | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string interface-type keyword | |
| Tree | interface-type | |
Description | This command specifies the interface type. broadcast - Broadcast network To significantly improve adjacency forming and network convergence, configure a network as point-to-point if only two routers are connected, even if the network is a broadcast media such as Ethernet. non-broadcast - Non-broadcast network point-to-point - Point-to-point link Set the interface type of an Ethernet link to point-to-point to avoid having to carry the broadcast adjacency maintenance overhead if the Ethernet link provided is used as a point-to-point. p2mp-nbma - Point-to-multipoint on a link without broadcast or multicast support No designated router or backup designated router is elected on this type of interface and all OSPF neighbors connect through individual point-to-point links. Only VPRN and IES services interfaces support this interface type. secondary - Multiple secondary adjacencies allowed A secondary interface allows multiple secondary adjacencies, in addition to the primary adjacency, to be established over a single IP interface. This interface type can also be applied to the system interface and to loopback interfaces to allow them to participate in multiple areas, although no adjacencies are formed over these types of interfaces. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
load-balancing-weight number
| Synopsis | Load balancing weight for an OSPF3 interface | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string load-balancing-weight number | |
| Tree | load-balancing-weight | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
loopfree-alternate
| Synopsis | Enter the loopfree-alternate context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string loopfree-alternate | |
| Tree | loopfree-alternate | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
exclude boolean
policy-map
| Synopsis | Enable the policy-map context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string loopfree-alternate policy-map | |
| Tree | policy-map | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
route-nh-template reference
| Synopsis | Route next hop policy template name | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string loopfree-alternate policy-map route-nh-template reference | |
| Tree | route-nh-template | |
Reference | configure routing-options route-next-hop-policy template string | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
lsa-filter-out keyword
| Synopsis | LSA flooding reduction | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string lsa-filter-out keyword | |
| Tree | lsa-filter-out | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
metric number
mtu number
neighbor [address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
[address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
node-sid
| Synopsis | Enable the node-sid context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string node-sid | |
| Tree | node-sid | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a node SID index or label value for the prefix representing the primary address of a network interface of type system or loopback. A separate SID value can be configured for each IPv4 and IPv6 primary address of the interface. The secondary address of an IPv4 interface cannot be assigned a node SID index and does not inherit the SID of the primary IPv4 address. In OSPFv2 and OSPFv3, the node SID is configured in the primary area but is inherited in any other area in which the interface is added as secondary. This command fails if the network interface is not a loopback type or if the interface is defined in an IES or VPRN context. Assigning the same SID index or label value to the same interface in two different IGP instances is not allowed within the same node. The value of the label or index SID is taken from the range configured for this IGP instance. When using the global mode of operation, the segment routing module checks that the same index or label value is not assigned to more than one loopback interface address. When using the per-instance mode of operation, this check is not required because the index and, therefore, the label ranges of IGP instances are not allowed to overlap. The clear-n-flag option allows the user to clear the N-flag (node-sid flag) in an OSPF or OSPF3 prefix SID sub-TLV originated for the prefix of a loopback interface on the system. By default, the prefix SID sub-TLV for the prefix of a loopback interface is tagged as a node SID; that is, it belongs to this node only. However, to configure and advertise an anycast SID using the same loopback interface prefix on multiple nodes, the user must clear the N-flag to assure interoperability with third-party implementations. This may perform a strict check on the receive end and drop duplicate prefix SID sub-TLVs when the N-flag is set. The SR OS implementation is relaxed on the receive end and accepts duplicate prefix SIDs with the N-flag set or clear. SR OS resolves to the closest owner, or owners if ECMP, of the prefix SID cost-wise. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
clear-n-flag boolean
| Synopsis | Clear the N-flag in an OSPF3 prefix | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string node-sid clear-n-flag boolean | |
| Tree | clear-n-flag | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows the user to clear the N-flag in an OSPF3 prefix SID sub-TLV originated for the prefix of a loopback interface on the system. When configured to false, the N-flag in an OSPF3 prefix SID sub-TLV originated for the prefix of a loopback interface on the system is not cleared. When the user wants to configure and advertise an anycast SID using the same loopback interface prefix on multiple nodes, the user must clear the N-flag to assure interoperability with third-party implementations. This may perform a strict check on the receive end and drop duplicate prefix SID sub-TLVs when the N-flag is set. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R5 | |
|
Platforms | All |
index number
label number
passive boolean
poll-interval number
| Synopsis | Interval for Hellos to non-adjacent OSPF NBMA neighbor | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string poll-interval number | |
| Tree | poll-interval | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 120 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
priority number
retransmit-interval number
| Synopsis | Time before OSPF retransmits an unacknowledged LSA | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string retransmit-interval number | |
| Tree | retransmit-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rib-priority keyword
| Synopsis | RIB priority for OSPF | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string rib-priority keyword | |
| Tree | rib-priority | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
sid-protection boolean
| Synopsis | Allow adjacency SID protection by LFA and remote LFA | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string sid-protection boolean | |
| Tree | sid-protection | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
transit-delay number
| Synopsis | Required LSA transmit time | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string interface string transit-delay number | |
| Tree | transit-delay | |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
key-rollover-interval number
| Synopsis | Key rollover interval | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string key-rollover-interval number | |
| Tree | key-rollover-interval | |
| Range | 10 to 300 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
loopfree-alternate-exclude boolean
| Synopsis | Exclude interfaces in OSPF areas in SPF LFA computation | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string loopfree-alternate-exclude boolean | |
| Tree | loopfree-alternate-exclude | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
nssa
area-range [ip-prefix-mask] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Enter the area-range list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string nssa area-range (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | area-range | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-prefix-mask] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Addresses on ABR for route summarization or suppression | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string nssa area-range (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | area-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
advertise boolean
originate-default-route
| Synopsis | Enable the originate-default-route context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string nssa originate-default-route | |
| Tree | originate-default-route | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adjacency-check boolean
| Synopsis | Default route to remove if there is no adjacency | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string nssa originate-default-route adjacency-check boolean | |
| Tree | adjacency-check | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
type-nssa boolean
redistribute-external boolean
| Synopsis | Redistribute external routes into the NSSA | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string nssa redistribute-external boolean | |
| Tree | redistribute-external | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
summaries boolean
stub
default-metric number
| Synopsis | Metric used by ABR for default route into the stub area | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string stub default-metric number | |
| Tree | default-metric | |
| Range | 1 to 16777214 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
summaries boolean
virtual-link [router-id] string transit-area reference
| Synopsis | Enter the virtual-link list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference | |
| Tree | virtual-link | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[router-id] string
| Synopsis | Router ID of the virtual link neighbor | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference | |
| Tree | virtual-link | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
transit-area reference
| Synopsis | Transit area linking backbone and non-connected area | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference | |
| Tree | virtual-link | |
Reference | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the OSPF interface | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication
| Synopsis | Enable the authentication context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference authentication | |
| Tree | authentication | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R6 | |
Platforms | All |
inbound reference
| Synopsis | sa-name | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference authentication inbound reference | |
| Tree | inbound | |
Reference | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R6 | |
Platforms | All |
outbound reference
| Synopsis | sa-name | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference authentication outbound reference | |
| Tree | outbound | |
Reference | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R6 | |
Platforms | All |
dead-interval number
| Synopsis | OSPF wait time for Hellos before neighbor declared down | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference dead-interval number | |
| Tree | dead-interval | |
| Range | 2 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
hello-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between OSPF Hellos of this interface | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference hello-interval number | |
| Tree | hello-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
retransmit-interval number
| Synopsis | Time before OSPF retransmits an unacknowledged LSA | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference retransmit-interval number | |
| Tree | retransmit-interval | |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
transit-delay number
| Synopsis | Required LSA transmit time | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number area string virtual-link string transit-area reference transit-delay number | |
| Tree | transit-delay | |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
asbr
database-export
| Synopsis | Enable the database-export context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number database-export | |
| Tree | database-export | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
bgp-ls-identifier
| Synopsis | Enable the bgp-ls-identifier context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number database-export bgp-ls-identifier | |
| Tree | bgp-ls-identifier | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
value number
| Synopsis | BGP-LS identifier sent in the BGP-LS NLRI | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number database-export bgp-ls-identifier value number | |
| Tree | value | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
igp-identifier number
| Synopsis | IGP instance in the BGP-LS NLRI | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number database-export igp-identifier number | |
| Tree | igp-identifier | |
Description | This command identifies the IGP instance in the BGP-LS NLRI when a router has interfaces participating in multiple IGP instances. The concept of an instance ID specified for OSPF is local subnet significant (RFC 6549). An IGP identifier value can be configured to be unique within a given IGP domain when the router sends the IGP link state information using BGP-LS. | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 18446744073709551615 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
export-limit
| Synopsis | Enable the export-limit context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number export-limit | |
| Tree | export-limit | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
log-percent number
| Synopsis | Export limit before warning and SNMP notification sent | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number export-limit log-percent number | |
| Tree | log-percent | |
| Range | 1 to 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
number number
| Synopsis | Maximum routes or prefixes exported from route table | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number export-limit number number | |
| Tree | number | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Export policies that determine exported routes | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Description | This command configures export routing policies for the routes exported from the routing table to IS-IS. If the export policy is undefined, the system does not export non IS-IS routes from the routing table manager to IS-IS. If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. If the aggregate command is also configured in the configure router context, the aggregation is applied before the export policy is applied. Routing policies are created in the configure router policy-options context. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
extended-lsa keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Extended LSA format in an OSPFv3 area | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number extended-lsa keyword | |
| Tree | extended-lsa | |
| Options | ||
| Default | sparse | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
external-db-overflow
| Synopsis | Enable the external-db-overflow context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number external-db-overflow | |
| Tree | external-db-overflow | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interval number
| Synopsis | Time during which the router operates in overload | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number external-db-overflow interval number | |
| Tree | interval | |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
limit number
| Synopsis | Number of external LSA at which overload is triggered | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number external-db-overflow limit number | |
| Tree | limit | |
| Range | 0 to 2147483647 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
external-preference number
| Synopsis | Preference for OSPF external routes | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number external-preference number | |
| Tree | external-preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 150 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
graceful-restart
| Synopsis | Enable the graceful-restart context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number graceful-restart | |
| Tree | graceful-restart | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
helper-mode boolean
| Synopsis | Enable graceful restart helper for OSPF | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number graceful-restart helper-mode boolean | |
| Tree | helper-mode | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
strict-lsa-checking boolean
| Synopsis | Perform strict LSA checking during graceful restart | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number graceful-restart strict-lsa-checking boolean | |
| Tree | strict-lsa-checking | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
igp-shortcut
| Synopsis | Enter the igp-shortcut context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number igp-shortcut | |
| Tree | igp-shortcut | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the IGP shortcuts | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number igp-shortcut admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
tunnel-next-hop
| Synopsis | Enter the tunnel-next-hop context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop | |
| Tree | tunnel-next-hop | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
family [family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the family list instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
[family-type] keyword
| Synopsis | Address family type for the tunnel next hop | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword | |
| Tree | family | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
resolution keyword
| Synopsis | Resolution state for IGP shortcut tunnels | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword resolution keyword | |
| Tree | resolution | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
resolution-filter
| Synopsis | Enter the resolution-filter context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword resolution-filter | |
| Tree | resolution-filter | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
rsvp boolean
| Synopsis | Use RSVP tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword resolution-filter rsvp boolean | |
| Tree | rsvp | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-te boolean
| Synopsis | Use SR-TE tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number igp-shortcut tunnel-next-hop family keyword resolution-filter sr-te boolean | |
| Tree | sr-te | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Import policy names for routes from IGP to route table | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ldp-sync boolean
loopfree-alternate
| Synopsis | Enable the loopfree-alternate context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number loopfree-alternate | |
| Tree | loopfree-alternate | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
exclude
| Synopsis | Enter the exclude context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number loopfree-alternate exclude | |
| Tree | exclude | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
prefix-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policy to exclude prefixes from LFA SPF calculation | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number loopfree-alternate exclude prefix-policy reference | |
| Tree | prefix-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the name of the policy for the prefixes to exclude from the LFA SPF calculation. An excluded prefix is not included in LFA calculation regardless of its priority. The prefix tag is, however, used in the main SPF. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
remote-lfa
| Synopsis | Enable the remote-lfa context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number loopfree-alternate remote-lfa | |
| Tree | remote-lfa | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
max-pq-cost number
| Synopsis | Maximum cost during reverse SPF calculation | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number loopfree-alternate remote-lfa max-pq-cost number | |
| Tree | max-pq-cost | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 65535 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
node-protect
| Synopsis | Enable the node-protect context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number loopfree-alternate remote-lfa node-protect | |
| Tree | node-protect | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R6 | |
Platforms | All |
max-pq-nodes number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of PQ nodes found in the LFA SPFs | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number loopfree-alternate remote-lfa node-protect max-pq-nodes number | |
| Tree | max-pq-nodes | |
| Range | 1 to 32 | |
| Default | 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R6 | |
Platforms |
All |
ti-lfa
| Synopsis | Enable the ti-lfa context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number loopfree-alternate ti-lfa | |
| Tree | ti-lfa | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the Topology Independent Loop-Free Alternate (TI-LFA) algorithm used in the LFA Shortest Path First (SPF) calculation for this OSPFv3 instance. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R5 | |
Platforms | All |
max-sr-frr-labels number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of labels the TI-LFA backup path can use | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number loopfree-alternate ti-lfa max-sr-frr-labels number | |
| Tree | max-sr-frr-labels | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of labels allowed in the segment list of the TI-LFA repair tunnel. A higher value results in better coverage by TI-LFA at the expense of increased packet encapsulation overhead. The TI-LFA algorithm uses this value to limit the search for the Q-node from the P-node on the post-convergence path. | |
| Range | 0 to 3 | |
| Default | 2 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R5 | |
Platforms |
All |
node-protect
| Synopsis | Enable the node-protect context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number loopfree-alternate ti-lfa node-protect | |
| Tree | node-protect | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R6 | |
Platforms | All |
multicast-import boolean
| Synopsis | Submit routes into the multicast Route Table Manager | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number multicast-import boolean | |
| Tree | multicast-import | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
overload boolean
overload-include-ext-1 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise routes with maximum metric value for overload | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number overload-include-ext-1 boolean | |
| Tree | overload-include-ext-1 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
overload-include-ext-2 boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise routes with maximum metric value for overload | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number overload-include-ext-2 boolean | |
| Tree | overload-include-ext-2 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
overload-include-stub boolean
| Synopsis | Advertise all stub interfaces with max metric value | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number overload-include-stub boolean | |
| Tree | overload-include-stub | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
overload-on-boot
| Synopsis | Enable the overload-on-boot context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number overload-on-boot | |
| Tree | overload-on-boot | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
timeout number
| Synopsis | Router interval in overload before normal operations | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number overload-on-boot timeout number | |
| Tree | timeout | |
| Range | 60 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
preference number
| Synopsis | Preference for OSPF internal routes | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
reference-bandwidth number
| Synopsis | Bandwidth to reference default costing of interfaces | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number reference-bandwidth number | |
| Tree | reference-bandwidth | |
| Range | 1 to 18446744073709551615 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Default | 100000000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
rib-priority
| Synopsis | Enter the rib-priority context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number rib-priority | |
| Tree | rib-priority | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
high
| Synopsis | Enter the high context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number rib-priority high | |
| Tree | high | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
prefix-list reference
| Synopsis | Higher priority list used during OSPF route calculation | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number rib-priority high prefix-list reference | |
| Tree | prefix-list | |
Reference | configure policy-options prefix-list string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
router-id string
rtr-adv-lsa-limit
| Synopsis | Enable the rtr-adv-lsa-limit context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number rtr-adv-lsa-limit | |
| Tree | rtr-adv-lsa-limit | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
log-only boolean
| Synopsis | Log the event without triggering overload | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number rtr-adv-lsa-limit log-only boolean | |
| Tree | log-only | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
max-lsa-count number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of LSAs one router can advertise | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number rtr-adv-lsa-limit max-lsa-count number | |
| Tree | max-lsa-count | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
overload-timeout (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Maximum time in overload after LSA limit is reached | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number rtr-adv-lsa-limit overload-timeout (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | overload-timeout | |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | forever | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
warning-threshold number
| Synopsis | Percentage of the max LSA count that causes a warning | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number rtr-adv-lsa-limit warning-threshold number | |
| Tree | warning-threshold | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
segment-routing
| Synopsis | Enter the segment-routing context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing | |
| Tree | segment-routing | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
adj-sid-hold (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Adjacency SID hold time | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing adj-sid-hold (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | adj-sid-hold | |
Description | This command configures a timer to hold the ILM or LTN of an adjacency SID following a failure of the adjacency. When an adjacency to a neighbor fails, the following procedure is followed for both an LFA protected and the LFA unprotected SID of this adjacency in SR-MPLS. An adjacency can have both types of SIDs assigned by configuration. An LFA protected adjacency SID is eligible for LFA protection, however, the following procedure applies even if an LFA backup is not programmed at the time of the failure. An LFA unprotected adjacency SID is not eligible for LFA protection.
| |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Options | ||
| Default | 15 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
adjacency-sid
| Synopsis | Enter the adjacency-sid context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing adjacency-sid | |
| Tree | adjacency-sid | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
allocate-dual-sids boolean
| Synopsis | Allocate dual adjacency SIDs per interface | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing adjacency-sid allocate-dual-sids boolean | |
| Tree | allocate-dual-sids | |
Description | When configured to true, the router supports two SR-MPLS adjacency SIDs per interface. A protected and unprotected adjacency SID is instantiated and advertised. If an SR-MPLS adjacency SID already exists, an additional complementary (protected or unprotected) adjacency SID is created on the interface. When configured to false, the router disables the support of two SR-MPLS adjacency SIDs per interface. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of segment routing | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
egress-statistics
| Synopsis | Enter the egress-statistics context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing egress-statistics | |
| Tree | egress-statistics | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adj-sid boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the allocation of statistics on adjacency SIDs | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing egress-statistics adj-sid boolean | |
| Tree | adj-sid | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the allocation of statistic indexes to each programmed NHLFE corresponding to Adjacency SIDs (local and received by means of IGP advertisement). All NHLFEs associated to a given SID share the same index. If a statistics index is not available at allocation time, the allocation fails and the system retries the allocation. The system generates a log on the first fail and a log on the final successful allocation. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
node-sid boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the allocation of statistics on node SIDs | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing egress-statistics node-sid boolean | |
| Tree | node-sid | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ingress-statistics
| Synopsis | Enter the ingress-statistics context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing ingress-statistics | |
| Tree | ingress-statistics | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
adj-sid boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the allocation of statistics on adjacency SIDs | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing ingress-statistics adj-sid boolean | |
| Tree | adj-sid | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the allocation of statistic indexes to each programmed NHLFE corresponding to Adjacency SIDs (local and received by means of IGP advertisement). All NHLFEs associated to a given SID share the same index. If a statistics index is not available at allocation time, the allocation fails and the system retries the allocation. The system generates a log on the first fail and a log on the final successful allocation. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
node-sid boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the allocation of statistics on node SIDs | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing ingress-statistics node-sid boolean | |
| Tree | node-sid | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
prefix-sid-range
| Synopsis | Enable the prefix-sid-range context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing prefix-sid-range | |
| Tree | prefix-sid-range | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the label block BGP segment routing can use. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
global
| Synopsis | Allocate labels from the SRBG space | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing prefix-sid-range global | |
| Tree | global | |
Description | When configured, the system allows BGP to allocate labels from the SRGB space, as defined under the configure router mpls-labels sr-labels context. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: global or (max-index and start-label). | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
max-index number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Upper bound value for the local SID index | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing prefix-sid-range max-index number | |
| Tree | max-index | |
| Range | 0 to 524287 | |
| Default | 1 | |
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: global or (max-index and start-label). | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All | |
start-label number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Lower bound value for the local label offset | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing prefix-sid-range start-label number | |
| Tree | start-label | |
| Range | 0 to 524287 | |
| Default | 0 | |
Notes |
The following elements are part of a choice: global or (max-index and start-label). | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All | |
tunnel-mtu number
| Synopsis | Tunnel MTU size | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing tunnel-mtu number | |
| Tree | tunnel-mtu | |
| Range | 512 to 9786 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
tunnel-table-pref number
| Synopsis | Preference of SR tunnels created by the IGP instance | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number segment-routing tunnel-table-pref number | |
| Tree | tunnel-table-pref | |
Description | This command configures the TTM preference of shortest path SR tunnels created by the IGP instance. This is used for BGP shortcuts, VPRN auto-bind, or BGP transport tunnel when the tunnel binding commands are configured to the any value, which parses the TTM for tunnels in the protocol preference order. The user can choose to either accept the global TTM preference or explicitly list the tunnel types they want to use. If the user lists the tunnel type explicitly, the TTM preference is still used to select one type over the other. In both cases, a fallback to the next preferred tunnel type is performed if the selected type fails. A reversion to a more preferred tunnel type is performed as soon as one is available. The segment routing module adds to the TTM an SR tunnel entry for each resolved remote node SID prefix and programs the data path having the corresponding LTN with the push operation pointing to the primary and LFA backup NHLFEs. The default preference for shortest path SR tunnels in the TTM is set lower than LDP tunnels but higher than BGP tunnels to allow controlled migration of customers without disrupting their current deployment when they enable segment routing. The following is the value of the default preference for the various tunnel types. This includes the preference of SR tunnels based on shortest path (referred to as SR-ISIS and SR-OSPF). Note: The preference of an SR-TE LSP is not configurable and is the second most preferred tunnel type after RSVP-TE. The preference is the same whether if the SR-TE LSP was resolved in IS-IS or OSPF. The global default TTM preference for the tunnel types is as follows:
The default value for SR-ISIS or SR-OSPF is the same regardless if one or more IS-IS or OSPF instances programmed a tunnel for the same prefix. The selection of a SR tunnel in this case will be based on the lowest IGP instance ID. Similarly, IPv6 SR-ISIS and SR-OSPF3 tunnels are programmed into TTMv6 with the same default preference value as IPv4 SR-ISIS and IPv4 SR-OSPF respectively. Nokia recommends not to set two or more tunnel types to the same preference value. In such a situation, the tunnel table prefers the tunnel type which was first introduced in SR OS implementation historically. | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
timers
incremental-spf-wait number
| Synopsis | Delay time before an incremental SPF calculation starts | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number timers incremental-spf-wait number | |
| Tree | incremental-spf-wait | |
| Range | 0 to 1000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsa-accumulate number
| Synopsis | Delay to gather LSAs before advertising to neighbors | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number timers lsa-accumulate number | |
| Tree | lsa-accumulate | |
| Range | 0 to 1000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsa-arrival number
| Synopsis | Minimum delay between receipt of same LSAs | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number timers lsa-arrival number | |
| Tree | lsa-arrival | |
| Range | 0 to 600000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsa-generate
| Synopsis | Enter the lsa-generate context | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number timers lsa-generate | |
| Tree | lsa-generate | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsa-initial-wait number
| Synopsis | First wait period between OSPF LSA generation | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number timers lsa-generate lsa-initial-wait number | |
| Tree | lsa-initial-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 600000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 5000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
lsa-second-wait number
| Synopsis | Hold time between the first and second LSA generation | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number timers lsa-generate lsa-second-wait number | |
| Tree | lsa-second-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 600000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 5000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
max-lsa-wait number
| Synopsis | Max time between two LSAs being generated | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number timers lsa-generate max-lsa-wait number | |
| Tree | max-lsa-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 600000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 5000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
redistribute-delay number
| Synopsis | Hold down timer for external routes into OSPF | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number timers redistribute-delay number | |
| Tree | redistribute-delay | |
| Range | 0 to 1000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
spf-wait
spf-initial-wait number
| Synopsis | Initial SPF calculation delay after a topology change | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number timers spf-wait spf-initial-wait number | |
| Tree | spf-initial-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 100000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
spf-max-wait number
| Synopsis | Maximum interval between consecutive SPF calculations | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number timers spf-wait spf-max-wait number | |
| Tree | spf-max-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 120000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 10000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
spf-second-wait number
| Synopsis | Hold time between the first and second SPF calculation | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number timers spf-wait spf-second-wait number | |
| Tree | spf-second-wait | |
| Range | 10 to 100000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 1000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
unicast-import boolean
| Synopsis | Submit routes into the unicast Route Table Manager | |
| Context | configure router string ospf3 number unicast-import boolean | |
| Tree | unicast-import | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
p2mp-sr-tree
| Synopsis | Enable the p2mp-sr-tree context | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree | |
| Tree | p2mp-sr-tree | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the P2MP SR tree | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness keyword
| Synopsis | BFD tracking | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree bfd-liveness keyword | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | This command specifies the type of BFD tracking at the P2MP SR tree level, which means that all next hops of the replication segments that use a BFD-enabled Layer 3 interface register with the BFD module. | |
| Options | ||
| Max. Instances | 2 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
p2mp-policy [p2mp-policy-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the p2mp-policy list instance | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree p2mp-policy string | |
| Tree | p2mp-policy | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[p2mp-policy-name] string
| Synopsis | P2MP policy name | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree p2mp-policy string | |
| Tree | p2mp-policy | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the P2MP policy | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree p2mp-policy string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
candidate-path [candidate-path-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the candidate-path list instance | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree p2mp-policy string candidate-path string | |
| Tree | candidate-path | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a candidate path in the P2MP policy entry for the P2MP SR tree. A P2MP SR policy can contain multiple candidate paths, which are redundant trees. Each candidate path represents a P2MP SR tree with its own traffic engineering constraints. Each candidate path has its own preference and the candidate path with the highest preference is the active P2MP SR tunnel. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[candidate-path-name] string
| Synopsis | Candidate path name | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree p2mp-policy string candidate-path string | |
| Tree | candidate-path | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
active-instance reference
| Synopsis | Candidate path active instance | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree p2mp-policy string candidate-path string active-instance reference | |
| Tree | active-instance | |
Description | This command specifies the active instance of a P2MP candidate path for the P2MP SR tree as a primary or a secondary instance. | |
Reference | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree p2mp-policy string candidate-path string path-instances number | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the candidate path | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree p2mp-policy string candidate-path string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
path-instances [index] number
| Synopsis | Enter the path-instances list instance | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree p2mp-policy string candidate-path string path-instances number | |
| Tree | path-instances | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the instance entries of the candidate path as primary or secondary. Multiple path instances can exist in a candidate path for the P2MP SR tree. Each path instance is a P2MP LSP and has an instance ID. Path instances can be used for global optimization of the active candidate path. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[index] number
| Synopsis | Instance index | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree p2mp-policy string candidate-path string path-instances number | |
| Tree | path-instances | |
| Range | 1 to 2 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
instance-id number
| Synopsis | Path instance identifier | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree p2mp-policy string candidate-path string path-instances number instance-id number | |
| Tree | instance-id | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
preference number
| Synopsis | Candidate path preference | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree p2mp-policy string candidate-path string preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
Description | This command configures the candidate path preference for the P2MP SR tree. The candidate path with the highest preference is the active candidate path. | |
| Range | 0 to 1024 | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
root-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Root node address for the P2MP policy | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree p2mp-policy string root-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | root-address | |
| Default | 0.0.0.0 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
tree-id number
| Synopsis | Tree ID for the P2MP policy | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree p2mp-policy string tree-id number | |
| Tree | tree-id | |
Description | This command configures the P2MP SR tree ID on the root node of the P2MP policy. The root tree ID and the root address uniquely identify the P2MP policy on the root node. | |
| Range | 0 | 8193 to 16286 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
replication-segment [policy-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the replication-segment list instance | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string | |
| Tree | replication-segment | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[policy-name] string
| Synopsis | P2MP policy name | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string | |
| Tree | replication-segment | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the replication segment | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
instance-id number
| Synopsis | Replication segment instance identifier | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string instance-id number | |
| Tree | instance-id | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
root-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Root node address for the replication segment | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string root-address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | root-address | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
segment-routing-mpls
| Synopsis | Enter the segment-routing-mpls context | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string segment-routing-mpls | |
| Tree | segment-routing-mpls | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the SR-MPLS options for the P2MP tree. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
downstream-nodes [downstream-index] number
| Synopsis | Enter the downstream-nodes list instance | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string segment-routing-mpls downstream-nodes number | |
| Tree | downstream-nodes | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[downstream-index] number
| Synopsis | Downstream node index entry | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string segment-routing-mpls downstream-nodes number | |
| Tree | downstream-nodes | |
| Range | 1 to 4096 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the downstream node | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string segment-routing-mpls downstream-nodes number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label
| Synopsis | Enter the label context | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string segment-routing-mpls downstream-nodes number label | |
| Tree | label | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the segment identifiers for the downstream node in the replication segment. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
sid-list [index] number
| Synopsis | Enter the sid-list list instance | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string segment-routing-mpls downstream-nodes number label sid-list number | |
| Tree | sid-list | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[index] number
| Synopsis | SID list index | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string segment-routing-mpls downstream-nodes number label sid-list number | |
| Tree | sid-list | |
| Range | 1 to 11 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
replication-sid number
| Synopsis | Segment ID for the SID list entry | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string segment-routing-mpls downstream-nodes number label sid-list number replication-sid number | |
| Tree | replication-sid | |
| Range | 3 | 16 to 1048575 | 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
next-hop-address (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone)
| Synopsis | Next-hop address for replication segment next hop | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string segment-routing-mpls downstream-nodes number next-hop-address (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) | |
| Tree | next-hop-address | |
| Default | 0.0.0.0 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
next-hop-interface-name string
| Synopsis | Interface name for replication segment next hop | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string segment-routing-mpls downstream-nodes number next-hop-interface-name string | |
| Tree | next-hop-interface-name | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
protect-nexthop-id reference
| Synopsis | ID of the protection next hop used for FRR | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string segment-routing-mpls downstream-nodes number protect-nexthop-id reference | |
| Tree | protect-nexthop-id | |
Reference | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string segment-routing-mpls downstream-nodes number | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
incoming-sid number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Incoming MPLS label as the replication SID | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string segment-routing-mpls incoming-sid number | |
| Tree | incoming-sid | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
sid-action keyword
| Synopsis | SID action for the replication segment | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string segment-routing-mpls sid-action keyword | |
| Tree | sid-action | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 24.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
tree-id number
| Synopsis | Tree ID for the replication segment of the P2MP SR tree | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree replication-segment string tree-id number | |
| Tree | tree-id | |
| Range | 0 | 8193 to 16286 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
reserved-label-block reference
| Synopsis | Reserved label block name for the P2MP SR tree | |
| Context | configure router string p2mp-sr-tree reserved-label-block reference | |
| Tree | reserved-label-block | |
Reference | configure router string mpls-labels reserved-label-block string | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
pcep
pcc
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the PCEP session element | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
dead-timer number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Configure dead timer | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc dead-timer number | |
| Tree | dead-timer | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 120 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All | |
keepalive number
local-address string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Local IPv4 address of the PCEP speaker | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc local-address string | |
| Tree | local-address | |
Description | This command configures the local IPv4 address of the PCEP speaker. See "PCEP session establishment and maintenance" in the 7750 SR and 7950 XRS Segment Routing and PCE User Guide for more information about configuring a PCEP local IPv4 address to establish a PCEP session. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All | |
local-address-ipv6 string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Local IPv6 address of the PCEP speaker | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc local-address-ipv6 string | |
| Tree | local-address-ipv6 | |
Description | This command configures the local IPv6 address of the PCEP speaker. See "PCEP session establishment and maintenance" in the 7750 SR and 7950 XRS Segment Routing and PCE User Guide for more information about configuring a PCEP local IPv6 address to establish a PCEP session. | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
max-srte-pce-init-lsps number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Configure max sr te pce init LSP | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc max-srte-pce-init-lsps number | |
| Tree | max-srte-pce-init-lsps | |
| Range | 0 to 8191 | |
| Default | 8191 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R5 | |
Platforms |
All | |
pce-associations
| Synopsis | Enter the pce-associations context | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc pce-associations | |
| Tree | pce-associations | |
Description | Commands in this context configure PCE association groups. | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
diversity [assoc-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the diversity list instance | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc pce-associations diversity string | |
| Tree | diversity | |
Description | Commands in this context create a named diversity association from which the parameters for the specified diversity association are configured. | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[assoc-name] string
association-id number
| Synopsis | Association ID for the diversity association group | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc pce-associations diversity string association-id number | |
| Tree | association-id | |
Description | This command configures the diversity association ID. The user must specify an association ID. | |
| Range | 0 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
association-source (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Source IP address of the diversity association | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc pce-associations diversity string association-source (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | association-source | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
disjointness-reference boolean
| Synopsis | Configure P-flag in the disjointness configuration TLV | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc pce-associations diversity string disjointness-reference boolean | |
| Tree | disjointness-reference | |
Description | When configured to true, the router sets the P-flag in the disjointness configuration TLV. When the P-flag is set, it indicates that this LSP path is the reference path for the disjoint set of paths. The PCE must first compute the path of this LSP and then apply the requested disjointness type to compute the path of all other paths in the same diversity association ID. When configured to false, the router does not set the P-flag in the disjointness configuration TLV. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
disjointness-type keyword
| Synopsis | Disjointness type for the association group | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc pce-associations diversity string disjointness-type keyword | |
| Tree | disjointness-type | |
| Options | ||
| Default | loose | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
diversity-type keyword
| Synopsis | Diversity type for the association group | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc pce-associations diversity string diversity-type keyword | |
| Tree | diversity-type | |
Description | This command configures the diversity type for the association group. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
policy [assoc-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the policy list instance | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc pce-associations policy string | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | Commands in this context create a named policy association from which the parameters for the specified policy association are configured. | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[assoc-name] string
association-id number
| Synopsis | Association ID for the policy association group | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc pce-associations policy string association-id number | |
| Tree | association-id | |
Description | This command configures the policy association ID. The user must specify an association ID. | |
| Range | 0 to 65535 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
association-source (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Source IP address for the association | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc pce-associations policy string association-source (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | association-source | |
Description | This command configures the source IP address of the policy association. | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
peer [ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
[ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the PCC peer | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-keychain reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Keychain for TCP-AO authentication between PCC and PCE | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) authentication-keychain reference | |
| Tree | authentication-keychain | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
preference number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Preference value of the peer | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All | |
route-preference keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Route preference to reach the PCE server | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) route-preference keyword | |
| Tree | route-preference | |
Description | This command specifies the routing preference to reach the PCE server. If the configured option is to use both in-band and out-of-band routes, the out-of-band routes in the management routing instance are used to reach the PCE server before the in-band routes in the Base routing instance. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | both | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
tls-client-profile reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | TLS client profile name assigned to this PCC peer | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tls-client-profile reference | |
| Tree | tls-client-profile | |
Reference | configure system security tls client-tls-profile string | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
tls-wait-timer number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Time the PCC waits until declaring handshake failure | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc peer (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tls-wait-timer number | |
| Tree | tls-wait-timer | |
| Range | 60 to 255 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 60 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
redelegation-timer number
| Synopsis | Configure redelegation-timer | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc redelegation-timer number | |
| Tree | redelegation-timer | |
| Range | 1 to 3600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 90 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
report-path-constraints boolean
| Synopsis | Include LSP path constraints in PCE report messages | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc report-path-constraints boolean | |
| Tree | report-path-constraints | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
state-timer
| Synopsis | Enter the state-timer context | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc state-timer | |
| Tree | state-timer | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
timer number
timer-action keyword
| Synopsis | State timer action remove/none | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc state-timer timer-action keyword | |
| Tree | timer-action | |
| Options | ||
| Default | remove | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
unknown-message-rate number
| Synopsis | Configure unknown message rate | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pcc unknown-message-rate number | |
| Tree | unknown-message-rate | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
pce
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the PCEP session element | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pce admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | VSR-NRC |
authentication-keychain reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Keychain for TCP-AO authentication between PCC and PCE | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pce authentication-keychain reference | |
| Tree | authentication-keychain | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR-NRC | |
dead-timer number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Configure dead timer | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pce dead-timer number | |
| Tree | dead-timer | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 120 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | VSR-NRC | |
keepalive number
local-address string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Local IPv4 address of the PCEP speaker | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pce local-address string | |
| Tree | local-address | |
Description | This command configures the local IPv4 address of the PCEP speaker. See "PCEP session establishment and maintenance" in the 7750 SR and 7950 XRS Segment Routing and PCE User Guide for more information about configuring a PCEP local IPv4 address to establish a PCEP session. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | VSR-NRC | |
local-address-ipv6 string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Local IPv6 address of the PCEP speaker | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pce local-address-ipv6 string | |
| Tree | local-address-ipv6 | |
Description | This command configures the local IPv6 address of the PCEP speaker. See "PCEP session establishment and maintenance" in the 7750 SR and 7950 XRS Segment Routing and PCE User Guide for more information about configuring a PCEP local IPv6 address to establish a PCEP session. | |
| Introduced | 20.2.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR-NRC | |
tls-server-profile reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | TLS server profile name assigned to this PCE | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pce tls-server-profile reference | |
| Tree | tls-server-profile | |
Reference | configure system security tls server-tls-profile string | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR-NRC | |
tls-wait-timer number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Configure tls-wait-timer | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pce tls-wait-timer number | |
| Tree | tls-wait-timer | |
| Range | 60 to 255 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 60 | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR-NRC | |
unknown-message-rate number
| Synopsis | Configure unknown message rate | |
| Context | configure router string pcep pce unknown-message-rate number | |
| Tree | unknown-message-rate | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 10 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
VSR-NRC |
pcp
server [name] string
[name] string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the PCP server | |
| Context | configure router string pcp server string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string pcp server string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dual-stack-lite-address string
| Synopsis | Inside Dual Stack Lite AFTR address | |
| Context | configure router string pcp server string dual-stack-lite-address string | |
| Tree | dual-stack-lite-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
fwd-inside-router string
| Synopsis | PCP forwarding inside virtual router instance | |
| Context | configure router string pcp server string fwd-inside-router string | |
| Tree | fwd-inside-router | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
interface [name] reference
[name] reference
policy reference
pim
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of PIM | |
| Context | configure router string pim admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
apply-to keyword
import
join-policy reference
| Synopsis | Character limit for policy name | |
| Context | configure router string pim import join-policy reference | |
| Tree | join-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
register-policy reference
| Synopsis | Character limit for policy name | |
| Context | configure router string pim import register-policy reference | |
| Tree | register-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interface [interface-name] string
[interface-name] string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the PIM interface | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
assert-period number
| Synopsis | Time for periodic refreshes of PIM Assert messages on an interface | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string assert-period number | |
| Tree | assert-period | |
| Range | 1 to 300 | |
| Default | 60 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
bfd-liveness
| Synopsis | Enter the bfd-liveness context | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string bfd-liveness | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4 boolean
ipv6 boolean
bier-signaling-type
| Synopsis | Enter the bier-signaling-type context | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string bier-signaling-type | |
| Tree | bier-signaling-type | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
ipv4 boolean
ipv6 boolean
bsm-check-rtr-alert boolean
| Synopsis | Check router alert option in bootstrap messages received | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string bsm-check-rtr-alert boolean | |
| Tree | bsm-check-rtr-alert | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
hello-interval number
| Synopsis | Frequency at which PIM Hello messages are sent over this interface | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string hello-interval number | |
| Tree | hello-interval | |
| Range | 0 to 255 | |
| Default | 30 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
hello-multiplier number
| Synopsis | Multiplier to determine the hold time for PIM neighbor | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string hello-multiplier number | |
| Tree | hello-multiplier | |
| Range | 20 to 100 | |
| Default | 35 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
improved-assert boolean
| Synopsis | Allow improved assert processing on interface | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string improved-assert boolean | |
| Tree | improved-assert | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
instant-prune-echo boolean
| Synopsis | Allow PIM to send an instant prune echo when router starts the prune pending timer for PIM interface | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string instant-prune-echo boolean | |
| Tree | instant-prune-echo | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv4
monitor-oper-group
| Synopsis | Enter the monitor-oper-group context | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string ipv4 monitor-oper-group | |
| Tree | monitor-oper-group | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
name reference
| Synopsis | Operational group identifier | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string ipv4 monitor-oper-group name reference | |
| Tree | name | |
Reference | configure service oper-group string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
operation keyword
priority-delta number
| Synopsis | Delta priority with operation when operational group is active | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string ipv4 monitor-oper-group priority-delta number | |
| Tree | priority-delta | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
multicast boolean
ipv6
monitor-oper-group
| Synopsis | Enter the monitor-oper-group context | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string ipv6 monitor-oper-group | |
| Tree | monitor-oper-group | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
name reference
| Synopsis | Operational group identifier | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string ipv6 monitor-oper-group name reference | |
| Tree | name | |
Reference | configure service oper-group string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
operation keyword
priority-delta number
| Synopsis | Delta priority with operation when operational group is active | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string ipv6 monitor-oper-group priority-delta number | |
| Tree | priority-delta | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
multicast boolean
max-groups number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of groups for the interface | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string max-groups number | |
| Tree | max-groups | |
| Range | 0 | 1 to 16000 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
mcac
bandwidth
mandatory (number | keyword)
total (number | keyword)
interface-policy reference
| Synopsis | Name of multicast CAC interface policy | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string mcac interface-policy reference | |
| Tree | interface-policy | |
Reference | configure mcac interface-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
mc-constraints
| Synopsis | Enter the mc-constraints context | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string mcac mc-constraints | |
| Tree | mc-constraints | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the multicast CAC constraints | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string mcac mc-constraints admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
level [level-id] number
[level-id] number
bandwidth number
number-down [number-lag-port-down] number
| Synopsis | Enter the number-down list instance | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string mcac mc-constraints number-down number | |
| Tree | number-down | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[number-lag-port-down] number
| Synopsis | Number of ports that are down in this LAG link | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string mcac mc-constraints number-down number | |
| Tree | number-down | |
| Range | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
level number
| Synopsis | Level ID to associate with number of down LAG ports | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string mcac mc-constraints number-down number level number | |
| Tree | level | |
Description | This command specifies the bandwidth for a given level. Level 1 has the highest priority and level 8 has the lowest priority. | |
| Range | 1 to 8 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
use-lag-port-weight boolean
| Synopsis | Use LAG port weight in calculating MCAC constraints | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string mcac mc-constraints use-lag-port-weight boolean | |
| Tree | use-lag-port-weight | |
Description | When configured to true, port weight is used when determining available bandwidth per level when LAG ports go down or come up. This command is required for proper operation on mixed port-speed LAGs and can also be used for unmixed port-speed LAGs. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
policy reference
| Synopsis | Multicast CAC policy name | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string mcac policy reference | |
| Tree | policy | |
Description | This command configures the name of the global channel bandwidth definition policy that is used for (H)MCAC and HQoS adjustment. Within the scope of HQoS adjustment, the channel definition policy under the group interface is used if redirection is unconfigured. In this case, the HQoS adjustment can be applied to IPoE subscribers in per-SAP replication mode. If redirection is configured, the channel bandwidth definition policy applied under the Layer 3 redirected interface is in effect. Hierarchical MCAC (HMCAC) is supported on two levels simultaneously:
In HMCAC, the subscriber is checked against its bandwidth limits first, then against the bandwidth limits of the redirected or group interface. If redirection is configured but the policy is referenced only under the group interface, no admission control is executed (HMCAC or MCAC). | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
multicast-senders keyword
| Synopsis | Subnet matching for the incoming data packets | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string multicast-senders keyword | |
| Tree | multicast-senders | |
| Options | ||
| Default | auto | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
p2mp-ldp-tree-join
| Synopsis | Enter the p2mp-ldp-tree-join context | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string p2mp-ldp-tree-join | |
| Tree | p2mp-ldp-tree-join | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
ipv4 boolean
ipv6 boolean
priority number
sticky-dr
priority number
three-way-hello boolean
| Synopsis | Allow three-way hello compatibility mode | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string three-way-hello boolean | |
| Tree | three-way-hello | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
tracking-support boolean
| Synopsis | Allow upstream routers to explicitly track join membership | |
| Context | configure router string pim interface string tracking-support boolean | |
| Tree | tracking-support | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv4
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of PIM operation for IPv4 | |
| Context | configure router string pim ipv4 admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
gtm
auto-discovery keyword
| Synopsis | Method for multicast VPN membership auto-discovery | |
| Context | configure router string pim ipv4 gtm auto-discovery keyword | |
| Tree | auto-discovery | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
multicast-fast-failover boolean
| Synopsis | Use Multicast-Only Fast Reroute (MoFRR) functionality | |
| Context | configure router string pim ipv4 multicast-fast-failover boolean | |
| Tree | multicast-fast-failover | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
rpf-table keyword
source-address
| Synopsis | Enter the source-address context | |
| Context | configure router string pim ipv4 source-address | |
| Tree | source-address | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the source IP address for PIM messages. | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
register-message string
| Synopsis | Source IPv4 address for PIM register messages | |
| Context | configure router string pim ipv4 source-address register-message string | |
| Tree | register-message | |
Description | This command configures the source IPv4 address for register messages in this PIM instance. The IP address can be set to any unicast address, regardless of whether it resides on the node. Ensure that the specified IP address is configured on the router as a loopback or interface IP address. When unconfigured, the source IP address for register messages is selected by choosing the smallest IP address from available interfaces on the node. | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ssm-assert-compatible-mode boolean
| Synopsis | Enable SSM assert compatible mode | |
| Context | configure router string pim ipv4 ssm-assert-compatible-mode boolean | |
| Tree | ssm-assert-compatible-mode | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ssm-default-range boolean
| Synopsis | SSM default range | |
| Context | configure router string pim ipv4 ssm-default-range boolean | |
| Tree | ssm-default-range | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ipv6
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of PIM operation for IPv6 | |
| Context | configure router string pim ipv6 admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
multicast-fast-failover boolean
| Synopsis | Use Multicast-Only Fast Reroute (MoFRR) functionality | |
| Context | configure router string pim ipv6 multicast-fast-failover boolean | |
| Tree | multicast-fast-failover | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
rpf-table keyword
source-address
| Synopsis | Enter the source-address context | |
| Context | configure router string pim ipv6 source-address | |
| Tree | source-address | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the source IP address for PIM messages. | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
register-message string
| Synopsis | Source IPv6 address for PIM register messages | |
| Context | configure router string pim ipv6 source-address register-message string | |
| Tree | register-message | |
Description | This command configures the source IPv6 address for register messages in this PIM instance. The IP address can be set to any unicast address, regardless of whether it resides on the node. Ensure that the specified IP address is configured on the router as a loopback or interface IP address. When unconfigured, the source IP address for register messages is selected by choosing the smallest IP address from available interfaces on the node. | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ssm-default-range boolean
| Synopsis | SSM default range | |
| Context | configure router string pim ipv6 ssm-default-range boolean | |
| Tree | ssm-default-range | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
lag-usage-optimization boolean
| Synopsis | Optimize LAG usage | |
| Context | configure router string pim lag-usage-optimization boolean | |
| Tree | lag-usage-optimization | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mc-ecmp-balance boolean
| Synopsis | Enable multicast balancing of traffic over ECMP links | |
| Context | configure router string pim mc-ecmp-balance boolean | |
| Tree | mc-ecmp-balance | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mc-ecmp-balance-hold number
| Synopsis | Hold time for multicast balancing over ECMP links | |
| Context | configure router string pim mc-ecmp-balance-hold number | |
| Tree | mc-ecmp-balance-hold | |
| Range | 2 to 600 | |
| Units | minutes | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
mc-ecmp-hashing
| Synopsis | Enable the mc-ecmp-hashing context | |
| Context | configure router string pim mc-ecmp-hashing | |
| Tree | mc-ecmp-hashing | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rebalance boolean
| Synopsis | Rebalance flows to newly added links immediately instead of waiting until they are pruned | |
| Context | configure router string pim mc-ecmp-hashing rebalance boolean | |
| Tree | rebalance | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mdt-spt boolean
non-dr-attract-traffic boolean
| Synopsis | Attract traffic when the router is not the designated one | |
| Context | configure router string pim non-dr-attract-traffic boolean | |
| Tree | non-dr-attract-traffic | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
pim-ssm-scaling boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable PIM-SSM scaling | |
| Context | configure router string pim pim-ssm-scaling boolean | |
| Tree | pim-ssm-scaling | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables an increase of PIM SSM (S,G) scaling to a maximum of 256000 per system. The total maximum multicast capacity is, however, constrained by the lowest-performance FP. When the maximum link capacity from the fabric to the lowest-performance FP is reached, the link to that FP is overloaded, resulting in packet loss for all FPs. This capacity constraint is independent of whether the lowest-performance FP has a receiver on it or not. If the multicast management chassis per-plane total capacity is configured to an explicit value larger than that supported by the lowest-performance FP, then IMPM believes that there is more plane capacity available than there actually is and the result is (S,G) packet loss instead of blackholing. By setting the multicast management chassis per-plane total capacity to dynamic, the system automatically sets the switch fabric multicast plane capacity to the minimum value supported by the fabric and all line cards in the system. When PIM SSM scaling is enabled, the following multicast features are disabled:• DM• MoFRR• JP policy• SSM groups• InBand features (BIER and MLDP)• Extranet• ASM When configured to false, there is no increase of PIM SSM (S,G) scaling. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
rp
bootstrap
export reference
| Synopsis | Character limit for policy name | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp bootstrap export reference | |
| Tree | export | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
import reference
| Synopsis | Character limit for policy name | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp bootstrap import reference | |
| Tree | import | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4
anycast [ipv4-address] string rp-set-peer string
[ipv4-address] string
rp-set-peer string
auto-rp-discovery boolean
| Synopsis | Enable auto-RP discovery mode and auto-RP listener | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv4 auto-rp-discovery boolean | |
| Tree | auto-rp-discovery | |
Description | When configured to true, the system enables the auto-RP protocol in discovery mode and the auto-RP listener functionality. See "Automatic discovery of group-to-RP mappings (auto-RP)" in the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR Multicast Routing Protocols Guide for more information about the auto-RP protocol and configuration guidelines. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
bsr-candidate
| Synopsis | Enter the bsr-candidate context | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv4 bsr-candidate | |
| Tree | bsr-candidate | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
address string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the Candidate BSR | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv4 bsr-candidate admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
hash-mask-len number
| Synopsis | Length for bootstrap hash mask | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv4 bsr-candidate hash-mask-len number | |
| Tree | hash-mask-len | |
| Range | 0 to 32 | |
| Default | 30 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
priority number
candidate boolean
| Synopsis | Enable auto-RP to advertise candidate RP information | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv4 candidate boolean | |
| Tree | candidate | |
Description | When configured to true, the auto-RP is enabled to advertise the candidate RP information. The auto-RP candidate RP announces the candidate RP messages on the 224.0.1.39 multicast address. This functionality is in addition to the listener functionality enabled by the auto RP discovery. When configured to false, the candidate RP information is not specified. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mapping-agent boolean
| Synopsis | Enable the mapping agent on the node | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv4 mapping-agent boolean | |
| Tree | mapping-agent | |
Description | When configured to true, the mapping agent is enabled on the node. The auto-RP MA observes the auto-rp-announcement messages, selects the RP and generates the RP discovery 224.0.1.40 messages. This functionality is in addition to the auto-RP discovery functionality. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
rp-candidate
| Synopsis | Enter the rp-candidate context | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv4 rp-candidate | |
| Tree | rp-candidate | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
address string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the Candidate RP | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv4 rp-candidate admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group-range [ipv4-prefix] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for group-range | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv4 rp-candidate group-range string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ipv4-prefix] string
| Synopsis | IPv4 address and prefix length | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv4 rp-candidate group-range string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
holdtime number
priority number
static
address [ipv4-address] string
[ipv4-address] string
group-prefix [ipv4-prefix] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for group-prefix | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv4 static address string group-prefix string | |
| Tree | group-prefix | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ipv4-prefix] string
| Synopsis | IPv4 address and prefix length | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv4 static address string group-prefix string | |
| Tree | group-prefix | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
override boolean
ipv6
anycast [ipv6-address] string rp-set-peer string
[ipv6-address] string
rp-set-peer string
bsr-candidate
| Synopsis | Enter the bsr-candidate context | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv6 bsr-candidate | |
| Tree | bsr-candidate | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
address string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the Candidate BSR | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv6 bsr-candidate admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
hash-mask-len number
| Synopsis | Length for bootstrap hash mask | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv6 bsr-candidate hash-mask-len number | |
| Tree | hash-mask-len | |
| Range | 0 to 128 | |
| Default | 126 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
priority number
embedded-rp
| Synopsis | Enable the embedded-rp context | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv6 embedded-rp | |
| Tree | embedded-rp | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of embedded RP | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv6 embedded-rp admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group-range [ipv6-prefix] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for group-range | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv6 embedded-rp group-range string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ipv6-prefix] string
| Synopsis | IPv6 address and prefix length | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv6 embedded-rp group-range string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rp-candidate
| Synopsis | Enter the rp-candidate context | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv6 rp-candidate | |
| Tree | rp-candidate | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
address string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the Candidate RP | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv6 rp-candidate admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group-range [ipv6-prefix] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for group-range | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv6 rp-candidate group-range string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ipv6-prefix] string
| Synopsis | IPv6 address and prefix length | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv6 rp-candidate group-range string | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
holdtime number
priority number
static
address [ipv6-address] string
[ipv6-address] string
group-prefix [ipv6-prefix] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for group-prefix | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv6 static address string group-prefix string | |
| Tree | group-prefix | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ipv6-prefix] string
| Synopsis | IPv6 address and prefix length | |
| Context | configure router string pim rp ipv6 static address string group-prefix string | |
| Tree | group-prefix | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
override boolean
rpfv
core boolean
mvpn boolean
spt-switchover [ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Enter the spt-switchover list instance | |
| Context | configure router string pim spt-switchover (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | spt-switchover | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | IP address and mask length | |
| Context | configure router string pim spt-switchover (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | spt-switchover | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
threshold (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | SPT switchover threshold | |
| Context | configure router string pim spt-switchover (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) threshold (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | threshold | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967294 | |
| Units | kilobps | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ssm-groups
| Synopsis | Enter the ssm-groups context | |
| Context | configure router string pim ssm-groups | |
| Tree | ssm-groups | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
group-range [ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for group-range | |
| Context | configure router string pim ssm-groups group-range (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | group-range | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | IP address and mask length | |
| Context | configure router string pim ssm-groups group-range (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | group-range | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
radius
proxy [name] string
[name] string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of RADIUS proxy | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
attribute-matching
| Synopsis | Enter the attribute-matching context | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string attribute-matching | |
| Tree | attribute-matching | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
entry [index] number
[index] number
accounting-server-policy string
| Synopsis | Accounting server policy | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string attribute-matching entry number accounting-server-policy string | |
| Tree | accounting-server-policy | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
authentication-server-policy string
| Synopsis | Authentication server policy | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string attribute-matching entry number authentication-server-policy string | |
| Tree | authentication-server-policy | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
prefix-string string
| Synopsis | Prefix string | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string attribute-matching entry number prefix-string string | |
| Tree | prefix-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 128 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
suffix-string string
| Synopsis | Prefix string | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string attribute-matching entry number suffix-string string | |
| Tree | suffix-string | |
| String Length | 1 to 128 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
type number
vendor (number | keyword)
cache
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the RADIUS proxy cache | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string cache admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
key
attribute-type number
| Synopsis | RADIUS attribute type to cache for this RADIUS proxy server | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string cache key attribute-type number | |
| Tree | attribute-type | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
packet-type keyword
| Synopsis | Packet type of the RADIUS messages | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string cache key packet-type keyword | |
| Tree | packet-type | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
vendor (number | keyword)
timeout number
track-accounting
| Synopsis | Enter the track-accounting context | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string cache track-accounting | |
| Tree | track-accounting | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
accounting-off boolean
| Synopsis | Remove all ESM hosts associated with the RADIUS client | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string cache track-accounting accounting-off boolean | |
| Tree | accounting-off | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
accounting-on boolean
| Synopsis | Remove all ESM hosts associated with the RADIUS client | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string cache track-accounting accounting-on boolean | |
| Tree | accounting-on | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
interim-update boolean
| Synopsis | Update the ESM host with the RADIUS client that generated the interim update | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string cache track-accounting interim-update boolean | |
| Tree | interim-update | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
start boolean
stop boolean
track-authentication
| Synopsis | Enter the track-authentication context | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string cache track-authentication | |
| Tree | track-authentication | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
accept boolean
track-delete-hold-time number
| Synopsis | Delete hold time | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string cache track-delete-hold-time number | |
| Tree | track-delete-hold-time | |
| Range | 0 to 6000 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
defaults
accounting-server-policy string
| Synopsis | Default accounting RADIUS server policy | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string defaults accounting-server-policy string | |
| Tree | accounting-server-policy | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
authentication-server-policy string
| Synopsis | Default authentication RADIUS server policy | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string defaults authentication-server-policy string | |
| Tree | authentication-server-policy | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
interface [interface-name] string
[interface-name] string
load-balance-key
| Synopsis | Enter the load-balance-key context | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key | |
| Tree | load-balance-key | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
attribute-1
| Synopsis | Enter the attribute-1 context | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key attribute-1 | |
| Tree | attribute-1 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: (attribute-1, attribute-2, attribute-3, attribute-4, and attribute-5) or source-ip-udp. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
type number
| Synopsis | Attribute type to cache for this RADIUS Proxy server | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key attribute-1 type number | |
| Tree | type | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
vendor (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Vendor-Id attribute | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key attribute-1 vendor (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | vendor | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
attribute-2
| Synopsis | Enter the attribute-2 context | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key attribute-2 | |
| Tree | attribute-2 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: (attribute-1, attribute-2, attribute-3, attribute-4, and attribute-5) or source-ip-udp. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
type number
| Synopsis | Attribute type to cache for this RADIUS Proxy server | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key attribute-2 type number | |
| Tree | type | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
vendor (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Vendor-Id attribute | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key attribute-2 vendor (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | vendor | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
attribute-3
| Synopsis | Enter the attribute-3 context | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key attribute-3 | |
| Tree | attribute-3 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: (attribute-1, attribute-2, attribute-3, attribute-4, and attribute-5) or source-ip-udp. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
type number
| Synopsis | Attribute type to cache for this RADIUS Proxy server | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key attribute-3 type number | |
| Tree | type | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
vendor (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Vendor-Id attribute | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key attribute-3 vendor (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | vendor | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
attribute-4
| Synopsis | Enter the attribute-4 context | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key attribute-4 | |
| Tree | attribute-4 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: (attribute-1, attribute-2, attribute-3, attribute-4, and attribute-5) or source-ip-udp. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
type number
| Synopsis | Attribute type to cache for this RADIUS Proxy server | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key attribute-4 type number | |
| Tree | type | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
vendor (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Vendor-Id attribute | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key attribute-4 vendor (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | vendor | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
attribute-5
| Synopsis | Enter the attribute-5 context | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key attribute-5 | |
| Tree | attribute-5 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: (attribute-1, attribute-2, attribute-3, attribute-4, and attribute-5) or source-ip-udp. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
type number
| Synopsis | Attribute type to cache for this RADIUS Proxy server | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key attribute-5 type number | |
| Tree | type | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
vendor (number | keyword)
| Synopsis | Vendor-Id attribute | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key attribute-5 vendor (number | keyword) | |
| Tree | vendor | |
| Range | 1 to 16777215 | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
source-ip-udp
| Synopsis | Key to consist of the source IP address and source UDP port of the RADIUS message | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string load-balance-key source-ip-udp | |
| Tree | source-ip-udp | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: (attribute-1, attribute-2, attribute-3, attribute-4, and attribute-5) or source-ip-udp. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
purpose keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Purpose of the RADIUS proxy | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string purpose keyword | |
| Tree | purpose | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
python-policy reference
| Synopsis | Python policy | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string python-policy reference | |
| Tree | python-policy | |
Reference | configure python python-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
secret string
send-accounting-response boolean
| Synopsis | Allow RADIUS proxy server to respond to Accounting-Response messages | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string send-accounting-response boolean | |
| Tree | send-accounting-response | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
wlan-gw
address string
| Synopsis | IPv4 address of the distributed RADIUS proxy server | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string wlan-gw address string | |
| Tree | address | |
Description | This command configures the IPv4 address of the distributed RADIUS proxy server for use by the access points. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ipv6-address string
| Synopsis | IPv6 address of the distributed RADIUS proxy server | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string wlan-gw ipv6-address string | |
| Tree | ipv6-address | |
Description | This command configures the IPv6 address of the distributed RADIUS proxy server for use by the access points. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
wlan-gw-group reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | ISA WLAN gateway group | |
| Context | configure router string radius proxy string wlan-gw-group reference | |
| Tree | wlan-gw-group | |
Reference | configure isa wlan-gw-group number | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
server [name] string
[name] string
accept-coa boolean
| Synopsis | Process Change of Authorization (CoA) messages | |
| Context | configure router string radius server string accept-coa boolean | |
| Tree | accept-coa | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
acct-port number
address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
auth-port number
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string radius server string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
pending-requests-limit number
| Synopsis | Limit of the number for pending RADIUS requests | |
| Context | configure router string radius server string pending-requests-limit number | |
| Tree | pending-requests-limit | |
| Range | 1 to 4096 | |
| Default | 4096 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
python-policy reference
| Synopsis | Python script policy to modify CoA messages | |
| Context | configure router string radius server string python-policy reference | |
| Tree | python-policy | |
Reference | configure python python-policy string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
secret string
reassembly
| Synopsis | Enable the reassembly context | |
| Context | configure router string reassembly | |
| Tree | reassembly | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
nat-group number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | NAT group (including WLAN Gateway group) that executes the reassembly | |
| Context | configure router string reassembly nat-group number | |
| Tree | nat-group | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
to-base-network boolean
| Synopsis | Allow reassembled traffic sent to network interface | |
| Context | configure router string reassembly to-base-network boolean | |
| Tree | to-base-network | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
rib-api
mpls
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of MPLS for RIB-API gRPC service | |
| Context | configure router string rib-api mpls admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
label-name reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Configure reserved label block. | |
| Context | configure router string rib-api mpls label-name reference | |
| Tree | label-name | |
Reference | configure router string mpls-labels reserved-label-block string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All | |
rip
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the RIP instance | |
| Context | configure router string rip admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-key string
| Synopsis | Authentication password passed between RIP neighbors | |
| Context | configure router string rip authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
Description | This command sets the authentication password to be passed between RIP neighbors. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. The authentication type and authentication key must match exactly for the RIP message to be considered authentic and processed. When unconfigured, this command removes the authentication password from the configuration and disables authentication. | |
| String Length | 1 to 51 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-type keyword
| Synopsis | Authentication type used between RIP neighbors | |
| Context | configure router string rip authentication-type keyword | |
| Tree | authentication-type | |
Description | This command sets the type of authentication to be used between RIP neighbors. The authentication type and authentication key must match exactly for the RIP message to be considered authentic and processed. When unconfigured, this command removes the authentication type from the configuration and effectively disables authentication. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD to control the state of protocol adjacency | |
| Context | configure router string rip bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables BFD to control the state of the associated protocol adjacency. When configured to false, this command removes BFD from the associated protocol adjacency. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
check-zero boolean
| Synopsis | Enable checking of mandatory zero fields | |
| Context | configure router string rip check-zero boolean | |
| Tree | check-zero | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables checking of the mandatory zero fields in the RIPv1 and RIPv2 specifications and rejecting non-compliant RIP messages. When configured to false, this command disables the check and allows the receipt of RIP messages even if the mandatory zero fields are non-zero. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string rip description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
export-limit
| Synopsis | Enable the export-limit context | |
| Context | configure router string rip export-limit | |
| Tree | export-limit | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
log-percent number
| Synopsis | Export limit before warning and SNMP notification sent | |
| Context | configure router string rip export-limit log-percent number | |
| Tree | log-percent | |
| Range | 1 to 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
number number
| Synopsis | Maximum routes or prefixes exported from route table | |
| Context | configure router string rip export-limit number number | |
| Tree | number | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policies to determine exported routes | |
| Context | configure router string rip export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
group [group-name] string
[group-name] string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of RIP neighbor interface group | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-key string
| Synopsis | Authentication password passed between RIP neighbors | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
Description | This command sets the authentication password to be passed between RIP neighbors. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. The authentication type and authentication key must match exactly for the RIP message to be considered authentic and processed. When unconfigured, the authentication password is removed from the configuration and authentication is disabled. | |
| String Length | 1 to 51 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-type keyword
| Synopsis | Authentication type | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string authentication-type keyword | |
| Tree | authentication-type | |
Description | This command configures the type of authentication to be used. The authentication type and authentication key must match exactly for the RIP message to be considered authentic and processed. When unconfigured, this command removes the authentication type from the configuration and effectively disables authentication. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD to control the state of protocol adjacency | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables BFD to control the state of the associated protocol adjacency. When configured to false, this command removes BFD from the associated protocol adjacency. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
check-zero boolean
| Synopsis | Enable checking of mandatory zero fields | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string check-zero boolean | |
| Tree | check-zero | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables checking of the mandatory zero fields in the RIPv1 and RIPv2 specifications and rejecting non-compliant RIP messages. When configured to false, this command disables the check and allows the receipt of RIP messages even if the mandatory zero fields are non-zero. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policies used to rule which routes are exported to RIP | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the export route policies used to determine which routes are exported to RIP. If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policies to decide routes accepted from RIP neighbors | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Description | This command configures import route policies to determine which routes are accepted from RIP neighbors. If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
message-size number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of routes per RIP update message | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string message-size number | |
| Tree | message-size | |
| Range | 25 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
metric-in number
metric-out number
| Synopsis | Metric added to routes exported into RIP | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string metric-out number | |
| Tree | metric-out | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
neighbor [interface-name] string
[interface-name] string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the RIP neighbor interface | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string neighbor string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-key string
| Synopsis | Authentication password passed between RIP neighbors | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string neighbor string authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
Description | This command sets the authentication password to be passed between RIP neighbors. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. The authentication type and authentication key must match exactly for the RIP message to be considered authentic and processed. When unconfigured, this command removes the authentication password from the configuration and disables authentication. | |
| String Length | 1 to 51 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-type keyword
| Synopsis | Authentication type | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string neighbor string authentication-type keyword | |
| Tree | authentication-type | |
Description | This command configures the type of authentication to be used. The authentication type and authentication key must match exactly for the RIP message to be considered authentic and processed. When unconfigured, this command removes the authentication type from the configuration and effectively disables authentication. | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD to control the state of protocol adjacency | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string neighbor string bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables BFD to control the state of the associated protocol adjacency. When configured to false, this command removes BFD from the associated protocol adjacency. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
check-zero boolean
| Synopsis | Enable checking of mandatory zero fields | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string neighbor string check-zero boolean | |
| Tree | check-zero | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables checking of the mandatory zero fields in the RIPv1 and RIPv2 specifications and rejecting non-compliant RIP messages. When configured to false, this command disables the check and allows the receipt of RIP messages even if the mandatory zero fields are non-zero. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string neighbor string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policies used to rule which routes are exported to RIP | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string neighbor string export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the export route policies used to determine which routes are exported to RIP. If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policies to decide routes accepted from RIP neighbors | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string neighbor string import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Description | This command configures import route policies to determine which routes are accepted from RIP neighbors. If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
message-size number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of routes per RIP update message | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string neighbor string message-size number | |
| Tree | message-size | |
| Range | 25 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
metric-in number
metric-out number
| Synopsis | Metric added to routes exported into RIP | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string neighbor string metric-out number | |
| Tree | metric-out | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
preference number
| Synopsis | Route preference | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string neighbor string preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
receive keyword
send keyword
split-horizon boolean
| Synopsis | Enable split horizon and poison reverse | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string neighbor string split-horizon boolean | |
| Tree | split-horizon | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the use of split horizon with poison reverse. Split-horizon with poison reverse means that routes learned from a neighbor through a given interface are advertised in updates out of the same interface but with a metric of 16 (infinity). When configured to false. this command enables split horizon without poison reverse. This allows the routes to be re-advertised on interfaces other than the interface that learned the route, with the advertised metric equaling an increment of the metric-in value. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
timers
flush number
| Synopsis | RIP flush timer | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string neighbor string timers flush number | |
| Tree | flush | |
Description | This command specifies the time a route is maintained in the RIP database after it has been declared invalid. When the timer expires, the route is flushed from the RIP database completely. | |
| Range | 1 to 1200 | |
| Units | seconds | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
timeout number
| Synopsis | RIP timeout timer | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string neighbor string timers timeout number | |
| Tree | timeout | |
Description | This command specifies the RIP timeout timer. If a route is not updated by the time the timer expires, the route is declared invalid, but the route is maintained in the RIP database. | |
| Range | 1 to 1200 | |
| Units | seconds | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
update number
unicast-address [address] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for unicast-address | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string neighbor string unicast-address string | |
| Tree | unicast-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
[address] string
| Synopsis | Unicast address for the neighbor | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string neighbor string unicast-address string | |
| Tree | unicast-address | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
preference number
| Synopsis | Route preference | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
receive keyword
send keyword
split-horizon boolean
| Synopsis | Enable split horizon and poison reverse | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string split-horizon boolean | |
| Tree | split-horizon | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the use of split horizon with poison reverse. Split-horizon with poison reverse means that routes learned from a neighbor through a given interface are advertised in updates out of the same interface but with a metric of 16 (infinity). When configured to false. this command enables split horizon without poison reverse. This allows the routes to be re-advertised on interfaces other than the interface that learned the route, with the advertised metric equaling an increment of the metric-in value. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
timers
flush number
| Synopsis | RIP flush timer | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string timers flush number | |
| Tree | flush | |
Description | This command specifies the time a route is maintained in the RIP database after it has been declared invalid. When the timer expires, the route is flushed from the RIP database completely. | |
| Range | 1 to 1200 | |
| Units | seconds | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
timeout number
| Synopsis | RIP timeout timer | |
| Context | configure router string rip group string timers timeout number | |
| Tree | timeout | |
Description | This command specifies the RIP timeout timer. If a route is not updated by the time the timer expires, the route is declared invalid, but the route is maintained in the RIP database. | |
| Range | 1 to 1200 | |
| Units | seconds | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
update number
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Import policies to decide routes for routing table | |
| Context | configure router string rip import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
message-size number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of routes in the RIP message | |
| Context | configure router string rip message-size number | |
| Tree | message-size | |
| Range | 25 to 255 | |
| Default | 25 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
metric-in number
metric-out number
| Synopsis | Metric added to routes exported into RIP | |
| Context | configure router string rip metric-out number | |
| Tree | metric-out | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
preference number
| Synopsis | Route preference | |
| Context | configure router string rip preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
receive keyword
send keyword
split-horizon boolean
| Synopsis | Enable split horizon and poison reverse | |
| Context | configure router string rip split-horizon boolean | |
| Tree | split-horizon | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the use of split horizon with poison reverse. Split-horizon with poison reverse means that routes learned from a neighbor through a given interface are advertised in updates out of the same interface but with a metric of 16 (infinity). When configured to false. this command enables split horizon without poison reverse. This allows the routes to be re-advertised on interfaces other than the interface that learned the route, with the advertised metric equaling an increment of the metric-in value. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
timers
flush number
| Synopsis | RIP flush timer | |
| Context | configure router string rip timers flush number | |
| Tree | flush | |
Description | This command specifies the time a route is maintained in the RIP database after it has been declared invalid. When the timer expires, the route is flushed from the RIP database completely. | |
| Range | 1 to 1200 | |
| Units | seconds | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
timeout number
| Synopsis | RIP timeout timer | |
| Context | configure router string rip timers timeout number | |
| Tree | timeout | |
Description | This command specifies the RIP timeout timer. If a route is not updated by the time the timer expires, the route is declared invalid, but the route is maintained in the RIP database. | |
| Range | 1 to 1200 | |
| Units | seconds | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
update number
ripng
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the RIPng instance | |
| Context | configure router string ripng admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD to control the state of protocol adjacency | |
| Context | configure router string ripng bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables BFD to control the state of the associated protocol adjacency. When configured to false, this command removes BFD from the associated protocol adjacency. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
check-zero boolean
| Synopsis | Enable checking of mandatory zero fields | |
| Context | configure router string ripng check-zero boolean | |
| Tree | check-zero | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables checking of the mandatory zero fields in the RIPv1 and RIPv2 specifications and rejecting non-compliant RIP messages. When configured to false, this command disables the check and allows the receipt of RIP messages even if the mandatory zero fields are non-zero. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string ripng description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
export-limit
| Synopsis | Enable the export-limit context | |
| Context | configure router string ripng export-limit | |
| Tree | export-limit | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
log-percent number
| Synopsis | Export limit before warning and SNMP notification sent | |
| Context | configure router string ripng export-limit log-percent number | |
| Tree | log-percent | |
| Range | 1 to 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
number number
| Synopsis | Maximum routes or prefixes exported from route table | |
| Context | configure router string ripng export-limit number number | |
| Tree | number | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policies to determine exported routes | |
| Context | configure router string ripng export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
group [group-name] string
[group-name] string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of RIPng neighbor interface group | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD to control the state of protocol adjacency | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables BFD to control the state of the associated protocol adjacency. When configured to false, this command removes BFD from the associated protocol adjacency. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
check-zero boolean
| Synopsis | Enable checking of mandatory zero fields | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string check-zero boolean | |
| Tree | check-zero | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables checking of the mandatory zero fields in the RIPv1 and RIPv2 specifications and rejecting non-compliant RIP messages. When configured to false, this command disables the check and allows the receipt of RIP messages even if the mandatory zero fields are non-zero. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policies used to rule which routes are exported to RIP | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the export route policies used to determine which routes are exported to RIP. If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policies to decide routes accepted from RIP neighbors | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Description | This command configures import route policies to determine which routes are accepted from RIP neighbors. If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
message-size number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of routes in the message | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string message-size number | |
| Tree | message-size | |
| Range | 25 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
metric-in number
metric-out number
| Synopsis | Metric added to routes exported into RIPng | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string metric-out number | |
| Tree | metric-out | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
neighbor [interface-name] string
[interface-name] string
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the RIPng neighbor | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string neighbor string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD to control the state of protocol adjacency | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string neighbor string bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables BFD to control the state of the associated protocol adjacency. When configured to false, this command removes BFD from the associated protocol adjacency. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
check-zero boolean
| Synopsis | Enable checking of mandatory zero fields | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string neighbor string check-zero boolean | |
| Tree | check-zero | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables checking of the mandatory zero fields in the RIPv1 and RIPv2 specifications and rejecting non-compliant RIP messages. When configured to false, this command disables the check and allows the receipt of RIP messages even if the mandatory zero fields are non-zero. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string neighbor string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
export-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policies used to rule which routes are exported to RIP | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string neighbor string export-policy reference | |
| Tree | export-policy | |
Description | This command specifies the export route policies used to determine which routes are exported to RIP. If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Policies to decide routes accepted from RIP neighbors | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string neighbor string import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Description | This command configures import route policies to determine which routes are accepted from RIP neighbors. If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
message-size number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of routes in the message | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string neighbor string message-size number | |
| Tree | message-size | |
| Range | 25 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
metric-in number
metric-out number
| Synopsis | Metric added to routes exported into RIPng | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string neighbor string metric-out number | |
| Tree | metric-out | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
preference number
| Synopsis | Route preference | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string neighbor string preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
receive keyword
send keyword
split-horizon boolean
| Synopsis | Enable split horizon and poison reverse | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string neighbor string split-horizon boolean | |
| Tree | split-horizon | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the use of split horizon with poison reverse. Split-horizon with poison reverse means that routes learned from a neighbor through a given interface are advertised in updates out of the same interface but with a metric of 16 (infinity). When configured to false. this command enables split horizon without poison reverse. This allows the routes to be re-advertised on interfaces other than the interface that learned the route, with the advertised metric equaling an increment of the metric-in value. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
timers
flush number
| Synopsis | RIP flush timer | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string neighbor string timers flush number | |
| Tree | flush | |
Description | This command specifies the time a route is maintained in the RIP database after it has been declared invalid. When the timer expires, the route is flushed from the RIP database completely. | |
| Range | 1 to 1200 | |
| Units | seconds | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
timeout number
| Synopsis | RIP timeout timer | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string neighbor string timers timeout number | |
| Tree | timeout | |
Description | This command specifies the RIP timeout timer. If a route is not updated by the time the timer expires, the route is declared invalid, but the route is maintained in the RIP database. | |
| Range | 1 to 1200 | |
| Units | seconds | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
update number
unicast-address [address] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for unicast-address | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string neighbor string unicast-address string | |
| Tree | unicast-address | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
[address] string
| Synopsis | Unicast address for the neighbor | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string neighbor string unicast-address string | |
| Tree | unicast-address | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
preference number
| Synopsis | Route preference | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
receive keyword
send keyword
split-horizon boolean
| Synopsis | Enable split horizon and poison reverse | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string split-horizon boolean | |
| Tree | split-horizon | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the use of split horizon with poison reverse. Split-horizon with poison reverse means that routes learned from a neighbor through a given interface are advertised in updates out of the same interface but with a metric of 16 (infinity). When configured to false. this command enables split horizon without poison reverse. This allows the routes to be re-advertised on interfaces other than the interface that learned the route, with the advertised metric equaling an increment of the metric-in value. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
timers
flush number
| Synopsis | RIP flush timer | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string timers flush number | |
| Tree | flush | |
Description | This command specifies the time a route is maintained in the RIP database after it has been declared invalid. When the timer expires, the route is flushed from the RIP database completely. | |
| Range | 1 to 1200 | |
| Units | seconds | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
timeout number
| Synopsis | RIP timeout timer | |
| Context | configure router string ripng group string timers timeout number | |
| Tree | timeout | |
Description | This command specifies the RIP timeout timer. If a route is not updated by the time the timer expires, the route is declared invalid, but the route is maintained in the RIP database. | |
| Range | 1 to 1200 | |
| Units | seconds | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
update number
import-policy reference
| Synopsis | Import policies to decide routes for routing table | |
| Context | configure router string ripng import-policy reference | |
| Tree | import-policy | |
Reference | configure policy-options policy-statement string | |
| Max. Instances | 5 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | All |
message-size number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of routes in the message | |
| Context | configure router string ripng message-size number | |
| Tree | message-size | |
| Range | 25 to 255 | |
| Default | 25 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
metric-in number
metric-out number
| Synopsis | Metric added to routes exported into RIPng | |
| Context | configure router string ripng metric-out number | |
| Tree | metric-out | |
| Range | 1 to 16 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
preference number
| Synopsis | Route preference | |
| Context | configure router string ripng preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
receive keyword
send keyword
split-horizon boolean
| Synopsis | Enable split horizon and poison reverse | |
| Context | configure router string ripng split-horizon boolean | |
| Tree | split-horizon | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables the use of split horizon with poison reverse. Split-horizon with poison reverse means that routes learned from a neighbor through a given interface are advertised in updates out of the same interface but with a metric of 16 (infinity). When configured to false, this command enables split horizon without poison reverse. This allows the routes to be re-advertised on interfaces other than the interface that learned the route, with the advertised metric equaling an increment of the metric-in value. | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
timers
flush number
| Synopsis | RIP flush timer | |
| Context | configure router string ripng timers flush number | |
| Tree | flush | |
Description | This command specifies the time a route is maintained in the RIP database after it has been declared invalid. When the timer expires, the route is flushed from the RIP database completely. | |
| Range | 1 to 1200 | |
| Units | seconds | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
timeout number
| Synopsis | RIP timeout timer | |
| Context | configure router string ripng timers timeout number | |
| Tree | timeout | |
Description | This command specifies the RIP timeout timer. If a route is not updated by the time the timer expires, the route is declared invalid, but the route is maintained in the RIP database. | |
| Range | 1 to 1200 | |
| Units | seconds | |
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
All |
update number
router-id string
rsvp
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of RSVP | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-over-bypass boolean
| Synopsis | Enable MD5 authentication over bypass LSP of PLR and MP | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp authentication-over-bypass boolean | |
| Tree | authentication-over-bypass | |
Description | When configured to true, this command configures the MD5 authentication over the bypass LSP of all Point of Local Repairs (PLRs) and Merge Points (MPs) on the router. Only enable this command when the TE interfaces in the RSVP-TE network use the same MD5 authentication parameters. When a Point of Local Repair (PLR) activates a bypass LSP towards a Merge Point (MP), by default, the INTEGRITY object corresponding to the bypass LSP interface is not added to a transmitted RSVP message except for packets of routed RSVP messages (Resv, Srefresh, and ACK), and only when the packet is intended for a bypass LSP endpoint (PLR or MP) that is a directly connected neighbor. When this command is enabled, the INTEGRITY object of the interface corresponding to the bypass LSP is added to a transmitted RSVP message regardless of whether the bypass LSP endpoint (PLR or MP) is a directly connected RSVP neighbor. The INTEGRITY object is included with the following RSVP messages: Path, PathTear, PathErr, Resv, ResvTear, ResvErr, Srefresh, and ACK. In all cases, an RSVP message received from a PLR or a MP (sender address in the SenderTemplate oe FilterSpec is different from an Extended Tunnel Id in a Session Object), and which includes the INTEGRITY object is authenticated against the bypass LSP interface. An RSVP message received from a PLR or MP without the INTEGRITY object is also accepted. When configured to false, the router disables MD5 authentication over bypass LSP of the PLRs and MPs. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
dbw-accounting
| Synopsis | Enable the dbw-accounting context | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp dbw-accounting | |
| Tree | dbw-accounting | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
dbw-multiplier number
| Synopsis | Dark Bandwidth multiplier | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp dbw-accounting dbw-multiplier number | |
| Tree | dbw-multiplier | |
| Range | 0 to 1000 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
down-threshold
| Synopsis | Enter the down-threshold context | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp dbw-accounting down-threshold | |
| Tree | down-threshold | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
bw number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in MRLB or MRB to trigger an update | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp dbw-accounting down-threshold bw number | |
| Tree | bw | |
| Range | 0 to 1000000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
percent number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in percent between dark bandwidth and sampled data rate, to trigger IGP-TE update | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp dbw-accounting down-threshold percent number | |
| Tree | percent | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
sample-interval number
| Synopsis | Dark Bandwidth sample interval | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp dbw-accounting sample-interval number | |
| Tree | sample-interval | |
| Range | 10 to 600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 30 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
sample-multiplier number
| Synopsis | Dark Bandwidth sample multiplier | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp dbw-accounting sample-multiplier number | |
| Tree | sample-multiplier | |
| Range | 1 to 10 | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
up-threshold
| Synopsis | Enter the up-threshold context | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp dbw-accounting up-threshold | |
| Tree | up-threshold | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
bw number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in MRLB or MRB to trigger an update | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp dbw-accounting up-threshold bw number | |
| Tree | bw | |
| Range | 0 to 1000000 | |
| Units | megabps | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
percent number
| Synopsis | Minimum difference in percent between dark bandwidth and sampled data rate, to trigger IGP-TE update | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp dbw-accounting up-threshold percent number | |
| Tree | percent | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
diffserv-te
| Synopsis | Enable the diffserv-te context | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te | |
| Tree | diffserv-te | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admission-control-model keyword
| Synopsis | Parameters for the DiffServ TE node | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te admission-control-model keyword | |
| Tree | admission-control-model | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
class-type-bw
| Synopsis | Enter the class-type-bw context | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te class-type-bw | |
| Tree | class-type-bw | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ct0 number
| Synopsis | RSVP interface bandwidth percentage for class type 0 | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te class-type-bw ct0 number | |
| Tree | ct0 | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ct1 number
| Synopsis | RSVP interface bandwidth percentage for class type 1 | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te class-type-bw ct1 number | |
| Tree | ct1 | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ct2 number
| Synopsis | RSVP interface bandwidth percentage for class type 2 | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te class-type-bw ct2 number | |
| Tree | ct2 | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ct3 number
| Synopsis | RSVP interface bandwidth percentage for class type 3 | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te class-type-bw ct3 number | |
| Tree | ct3 | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ct4 number
| Synopsis | RSVP interface bandwidth percentage for class type 4 | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te class-type-bw ct4 number | |
| Tree | ct4 | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ct5 number
| Synopsis | RSVP interface bandwidth percentage for class type 5 | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te class-type-bw ct5 number | |
| Tree | ct5 | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ct6 number
| Synopsis | RSVP interface bandwidth percentage for class type 6 | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te class-type-bw ct6 number | |
| Tree | ct6 | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
ct7 number
| Synopsis | RSVP interface bandwidth percentage for class type 7 | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te class-type-bw ct7 number | |
| Tree | ct7 | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
fc [fc-name] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the fc list instance | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te fc keyword | |
| Tree | fc | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[fc-name] keyword
| Synopsis | Forwarding class for this mapping | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te fc keyword | |
| Tree | fc | |
| Options | ||
Notes |
This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
class-type number
| Synopsis | Diff-Serv Class Type (CT) for an LSP | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te fc keyword class-type number | |
| Tree | class-type | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
te-class [te-class-number] number
| Synopsis | Enter the te-class list instance | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te te-class number | |
| Tree | te-class | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[te-class-number] number
| Synopsis | TE class number | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te te-class number | |
| Tree | te-class | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
Platforms | All |
class-type number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Class type (CT) associated with the TE class | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te te-class number class-type number | |
| Tree | class-type | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
priority number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | TE class priority | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp diffserv-te te-class number priority number | |
| Tree | priority | |
| Range | 0 to 7 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
entropy-label-capability boolean
| Synopsis | Allow receiving and processing of the entropy label and ELI on incoming packets of RSVP LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp entropy-label-capability boolean | |
| Tree | entropy-label-capability | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
graceful-restart
| Synopsis | Enter the graceful-restart context | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp graceful-restart | |
| Tree | graceful-restart | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-recovery number
| Synopsis | Maximum time to wait before a graceful helper recovers the session | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp graceful-restart max-recovery number | |
| Tree | max-recovery | |
| Range | 1 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 300 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-restart number
| Synopsis | Maximum time that a graceful helper waits for session restart after the neighbor is considered down | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp graceful-restart max-restart number | |
| Tree | max-restart | |
| Range | 1 to 300 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 120 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
graceful-shutdown boolean
| Synopsis | Initiate a graceful shutdown of all RSVP interfaces on the node | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp graceful-shutdown boolean | |
| Tree | graceful-shutdown | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
implicit-null-label boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Signal the implicit null option for all RSVP LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp implicit-null-label boolean | |
| Tree | implicit-null-label | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
include-node-id-in-rro boolean
| Synopsis | Include the node-id sub-object in the RRO (Record Route Object) on the RSVP instance | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp include-node-id-in-rro boolean | |
| Tree | include-node-id-in-rro | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
interface [interface-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the interface list instance | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference | |
| Tree | interface | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of the RSVP protocol support on an IP interface. RSVP commands are not executed on an IP interface if RSVP is not enabled. The RSVP interface must be administratively disabled before it can be deleted. A corresponding MPLS interface must also be configured. The RSVP interface cannot be deleted without also deleting the MPLS interface. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[interface-name] reference
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of RSVP on the IP interface | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | enable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-key string
| Synopsis | Authentication or hash key string | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference authentication-key string | |
| Tree | authentication-key | |
Description | This command configures the authentication key for use between RSVP neighbors to authenticate RSVP messages. Authentication uses the MD5 message-based digest. When enabled on an RSVP interface, authentication of RSVP messages operates in both directions of the interface. A router maintains a security association using one authentication key for each interface to an RSVP neighbor. An RSVP neighbor transmits an authenticating digest of the RSVP message that is computed using the shared authentication key and a keyed-hash algorithm. The message digest is included in an INTEGRITY object, which also contains a flags field, a key identifier field, and a sequence number field. An RSVP neighbor uses the key together with the authentication algorithm to process received RSVP messages. The RSVP MD5 authentication complies to the procedures for RSVP message generation in RFC 2747, RSVP Cryptographic Authentication. The MD5 implementation does not support the authentication challenge procedures in RFC 2747. | |
| String Length | 1 to 51 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
authentication-keychain reference
| Synopsis | TCP authentication keychain for the session | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference authentication-keychain reference | |
| Tree | authentication-keychain | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R3 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Enable BFD | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
class-type-bw
| Synopsis | Enable the class-type-bw context | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference class-type-bw | |
| Tree | class-type-bw | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ct0 number
ct1 number
ct2 number
ct3 number
ct4 number
ct5 number
ct6 number
ct7 number
dbw-down-threshold
| Synopsis | Enable the dbw-down-threshold context | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference dbw-down-threshold | |
| Tree | dbw-down-threshold | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
bw number
percent number
dbw-multiplier number
| Synopsis | Configure the Dark Bandwidth multiplier. | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference dbw-multiplier number | |
| Tree | dbw-multiplier | |
| Range | 0 to 1000 | |
| Units | percent | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
dbw-up-threshold
| Synopsis | Enable the dbw-up-threshold context | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference dbw-up-threshold | |
| Tree | dbw-up-threshold | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
bw number
percent number
graceful-restart-helper-mode boolean
| Synopsis | Enable graceful restart helper for the RSVP interface | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference graceful-restart-helper-mode boolean | |
| Tree | graceful-restart-helper-mode | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
graceful-shutdown boolean
| Synopsis | Initiate a graceful shutdown of RSVP interface | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference graceful-shutdown boolean | |
| Tree | graceful-shutdown | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
hello-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between RSVP Hello messages | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference hello-interval number | |
| Tree | hello-interval | |
| Range | 0 to 60 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
implicit-null-label boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Signal the implicit null label value for all LSPs | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference implicit-null-label boolean | |
| Tree | implicit-null-label | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
refresh-reduction
| Synopsis | Enable the refresh-reduction context | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference refresh-reduction | |
| Tree | refresh-reduction | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
reliable-delivery boolean
| Synopsis | Reliable delivery of RSVP messages over the RSVP interface | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference refresh-reduction reliable-delivery boolean | |
| Tree | reliable-delivery | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
subscription number
| Synopsis | Percentage of the link bandwidth to use for reservation | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference subscription number | |
| Tree | subscription | |
| Range | 0 to 1000 | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
te-down-threshold
| Synopsis | Enable the te-down-threshold context | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference te-down-threshold | |
| Tree | te-down-threshold | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
value number
te-up-threshold
| Synopsis | Enable the te-up-threshold context | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp interface reference te-up-threshold | |
| Tree | te-up-threshold | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
value number
keep-multiplier number
| Synopsis | Value for the keep-multiplier to declare a reservation or neighbor as down | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp keep-multiplier number | |
| Tree | keep-multiplier | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
msg-pacing
| Synopsis | Enable the msg-pacing context | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp msg-pacing | |
| Tree | msg-pacing | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-burst number
| Synopsis | Maximum RSVP messages that are sent over a specified period when message pacing is enabled | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp msg-pacing max-burst number | |
| Tree | max-burst | |
| Range | 100 to 1000 | |
| Default | 650 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
period number
| Synopsis | Time for RSVP message pacing | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp msg-pacing period number | |
| Tree | period | |
| Range | 100 to 1000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
p2mp-merge-point-abort-timer number
| Synopsis | Merge pointer timer for abort timer | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp p2mp-merge-point-abort-timer number | |
| Tree | p2mp-merge-point-abort-timer | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
p2p-merge-point-abort-timer number
| Synopsis | Merge pointer timer for P2P paths | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp p2p-merge-point-abort-timer number | |
| Tree | p2p-merge-point-abort-timer | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
preemption-timer number
| Synopsis | Preemption timer for the MPLS instance | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp preemption-timer number | |
| Tree | preemption-timer | |
| Range | 0 to 1800 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 300 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rapid-retransmit-time number
| Synopsis | Rapid retransmission interval to reliably deliver RSVP messages | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp rapid-retransmit-time number | |
| Tree | rapid-retransmit-time | |
| Range | 1 to 100 | |
| Units | deciseconds | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rapid-retry-limit number
| Synopsis | Rapid retry limit to reliably deliver RSVP messages | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp rapid-retry-limit number | |
| Tree | rapid-retry-limit | |
| Range | 1 to 6 | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
refresh-reduction-over-bypass boolean
| Synopsis | Enable refresh reduction capabilities over tunnels | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp refresh-reduction-over-bypass boolean | |
| Tree | refresh-reduction-over-bypass | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
refresh-time number
| Synopsis | Interval between refresh messages | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp refresh-time number | |
| Tree | refresh-time | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 30 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
te-down-threshold number
| Synopsis | Value for the te-down-threshold | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp te-down-threshold number | |
| Tree | te-down-threshold | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Max. Instances | 16 | |
|
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
te-threshold-update
| Synopsis | Enable the te-threshold-update context | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp te-threshold-update | |
| Tree | te-threshold-update | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
on-cac-failure boolean
| Synopsis | CAC (Call Admission Control) failure-triggered IGP update | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp te-threshold-update on-cac-failure boolean | |
| Tree | on-cac-failure | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
update-timer number
| Synopsis | Timer-based IGP updates | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp te-threshold-update update-timer number | |
| Tree | update-timer | |
| Range | 1 to 300 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
te-up-threshold number
| Synopsis | Value for the te-up-threshold | |
| Context | configure router string rsvp te-up-threshold number | |
| Tree | te-up-threshold | |
| Range | 0 to 100 | |
| Max. Instances | 16 | |
|
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
segment-routing
| Synopsis | Enter the segment-routing context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing | |
| Tree | segment-routing | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
maintenance-policy [policy-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the maintenance-policy list instance | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing maintenance-policy string | |
| Tree | maintenance-policy | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a named maintenance policy that can be applied to SR policy candidate paths that are either statically configured or imported via BGP. | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[policy-name] string
| Synopsis | Maintenance policy name | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing maintenance-policy string | |
| Tree | maintenance-policy | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the maintenance policy | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing maintenance-policy string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
Description | This command sets the administrative state of the maintenance policy. A maintenance policy must be administratively disabled to change any of the parameters. When a maintenance template is administratively disabled, all applicable candidate paths are removed from the data path. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable seamless BFD for segment lists of candidate path | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing maintenance-policy string bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
Description | When configured to true, this command enables seamless BFD on every segment list of an SR policy candidate path to which the maintenance policy is applied. The BFD template configures the parameters for the BFD session. When configured to false, seamless BFD is disabled. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
bfd-template reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | BFD template to be used by seamless BFD | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing maintenance-policy string bfd-template reference | |
| Tree | bfd-template | |
Description | This command references a named BFD template to be used by seamless BFD. A BFD template must exist on the system before being referenced from a maintenance policy. The template specifies parameters that are used by the BFD session, such as the minimum transmit and receive control packet timer intervals. | |
Reference | configure bfd bfd-template string | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
hold-down-timer number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Hold down timer for SR policy candidate paths | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing maintenance-policy string hold-down-timer number | |
| Tree | hold-down-timer | |
Description | This command configures the hold down timer for the maintenance policy. The purpose of the timer is to prevent bouncing of the SR policy path state if S-BFD sessions associated with the segment lists flap, causing the threshold to be repeatedly crossed in a short period of time. The timer is started when the number of up S-BFD sessions drops below the threshold. The SR policy path is not considered to be up again until the hold down timer has expired and the number of up S-BFD sessions reaches or exceeds the threshold and the internal hold timer is not running. If the revert timer is also configured, the revert timer is not started until after the number of up S-BFD sessions equals or exceeds the threshold and the hold down timer for the primary candidate path has expired. | |
| Range | 0 to 5000 | |
| Units | deciseconds | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
mode keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Protection mode for SR policy candidate paths | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing maintenance-policy string mode keyword | |
| Tree | mode | |
Description | This command specifies the data path programming and protection mechanism for SR policy candidate paths to which the maintenance policy is applied. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
return-path-label number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | S-BFD return-path label | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing maintenance-policy string return-path-label number | |
| Tree | return-path-label | |
Description | This command configures the S-BFD session to echo mode and adds an additional MPLS label to the bottom of the label stack for the S-BFD packet. The command applies to the initiator of the S-BFD sessions. The return-path label may be a binding SID for an SR policy or other MPLS path configured on the reflector router. Instead of being routed through the IGP path, the S-BFD packet returns to the initiator through this MPLS return path. If the command is deleted, S-BFD returns to asynchronous mode and no return-path label is pushed by the initiator node. Any S-BFD packets for this LSP or path that the reflector receives are routed through the IGP path. | |
| Range | 32 to 1048512 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
revert-timer number
| Synopsis | Revert timer for SR policy candidate paths | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing maintenance-policy string revert-timer number | |
| Tree | revert-timer | |
Description | This command configures the revert timer for SR Policy candidate paths. The revert timer is started when the primary path recovers (the number of S-BFD sessions that are up equals or exceeds the threshold value and the hold down timer has expired). When the timer expires, the system reverts to the primary path. | |
| Range | 0 to 4320 | |
| Units | minutes | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
threshold number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Minimum number of up S-BFD sessions for up path status | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing maintenance-policy string threshold number | |
| Tree | threshold | |
Description | This command configures the minimum number of S-BFD sessions that must be up for the SR policy candidate path to be considered up. If the number of up sessions is below this threshold value, the policy candidate path is marked as BFD degraded by the system. This command is only valid in the ecmp-protected mode. | |
| Range | 1 to 32 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
segment-routing-v6
| Synopsis | Enable the segment-routing-v6 context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 | |
| Tree | segment-routing-v6 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
base-routing-instance
| Synopsis | Enter the base-routing-instance context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance | |
| Tree | base-routing-instance | |
Description | Commands in this context configure SRv6 SID functions for End, End.X, and service SIDs for IPv4 and IPv6 prefixes in the base routing instance. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
locator [locator-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the locator list instance | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference | |
| Tree | locator | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[locator-name] reference
| Synopsis | SRv6 locator name | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference | |
| Tree | locator | |
Reference | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
function
| Synopsis | Enter the function context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function | |
| Tree | function | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the function value of SRv6 SIDs. The end-dt46 command is mutually exclusive with the end-dt4 and end-dt6 commands. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
end [value] number
| Synopsis | Enter the end list instance | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end number | |
| Tree | end | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of SRv6 End SID function. The End SID functions for each SRH mode must be statically allocated. The value is not automatically allocated by default for a locator. | |
| Max. Instances | 8 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[value] number
| Synopsis | SRv6 SID function value | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end number | |
| Tree | end | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
srh-mode keyword
| Synopsis | Segment Routing Header (SRH) mode | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end number srh-mode keyword | |
| Tree | srh-mode | |
Description | This command configures the popping mode for the SID. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | psp | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
end-dt4
| Synopsis | Enable the end-dt4 context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end-dt4 | |
| Tree | end-dt4 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
value number
| Synopsis | SRv6 function value | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end-dt4 value number | |
| Tree | value | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
end-dt46
| Synopsis | Enable the end-dt46 context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end-dt46 | |
| Tree | end-dt46 | |
Description | Commands in this context assign a value for IPv4 and IPV6 routes in the VPRN service instance. This command and the end-dt4 command are mutually exclusive. This command and the end-dt6 command are mutually exclusive. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
value number
| Synopsis | SRv6 function value | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end-dt46 value number | |
| Tree | value | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
end-dt6
| Synopsis | Enable the end-dt6 context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end-dt6 | |
| Tree | end-dt6 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
value number
| Synopsis | SRv6 function value | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end-dt6 value number | |
| Tree | value | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
end-x [value] number
| Synopsis | Enter the end-x list instance | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end-x number | |
| Tree | end-x | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of the End.X SID function associated with a P2P interface. A static function value can be configured for each combination of SRH mode and protection type. For a specific interface, the static function value associated with the same combination of protection type and SRH mode overrides any corresponding function value that is automatically allocated (end.x-auto-allocate list configuration). If more than one value is configured for an interface and combination of SRH mode and protection type, they are all advertised in IS-IS. When used in remote TI-LFA repair tunnel programming, IS-IS uses rules to select one End.X value from the multiple values received in IS-IS link advertisements. Values assigned to loopback and system interfaces are not advertised in IS-IS. End.X SID functions for adjacencies over broadcast interfaces are always automatically allocated based on the configuration of the end.x-auto-allocate list. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[value] number
| Synopsis | SRv6 SID function value | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end-x number | |
| Tree | end-x | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
interface-name reference
| Synopsis | Interface name | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end-x number interface-name reference | |
| Tree | interface-name | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
protection keyword
| Synopsis | Adjacency protection type for the SID function | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end-x number protection keyword | |
| Tree | protection | |
| Options | ||
| Default | protected | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
srh-mode keyword
| Synopsis | Segment Routing Header (SRH) mode | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end-x number srh-mode keyword | |
| Tree | srh-mode | |
Description | This command configures the popping mode for the SID. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | psp | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
end-x-auto-allocate [srh-mode] keyword protection keyword
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for end-x-auto-allocate | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end-x-auto-allocate keyword protection keyword | |
| Tree | end-x-auto-allocate | |
Description | This command adds a list entry for the automatic allocation of the End.X SID function for all adjacencies over all network interfaces on the router (P2P and broadcast interfaces). A list entry is a combination of the protection type and the SRH mode. Any combinations in addition to the maximum supported by this command must be allocated statically under each P2P interface (end.x configuration). When no list entries are configured, no End.X function values are automatically allocated by default for a locator. | |
| Max. Instances | 2 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[srh-mode] keyword
| Synopsis | Segment Routing Header (SRH) mode | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end-x-auto-allocate keyword protection keyword | |
| Tree | end-x-auto-allocate | |
Description | This command specifies the popping mode for the automatically allocated SID. | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
protection keyword
| Synopsis | Adjacency protection for automatic SID function | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance locator reference function end-x-auto-allocate keyword protection keyword | |
| Tree | end-x-auto-allocate | |
Description | This command specifies the adjacency protection for the automatically allocated SID function. | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
micro-segment-locator [locator-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the micro-segment-locator list instance | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference | |
| Tree | micro-segment-locator | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[locator-name] reference
| Synopsis | SRv6 micro-segment locator name | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference | |
| Tree | micro-segment-locator | |
Description | This command references a micro-segment locator name defined in the configure router segment-routing segment-routing-v6 context. This command assigns a micro-segment locator to BGP for use with Base router routes. | |
Reference | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator string | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
function
| Synopsis | Enter the function context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference function | |
| Tree | function | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
ua [value] number
| Synopsis | Enter the ua list instance | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference function ua number | |
| Tree | ua | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of the uA micro-SID function associated with a P2P interface. The uA micro-SID function encodes the behavior of an adjacency SID. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[value] number
| Synopsis | SRv6 SID function value | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference function ua number | |
| Tree | ua | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
interface-name reference
| Synopsis | Interface name | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference function ua number interface-name reference | |
| Tree | interface-name | |
Reference | ||
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
protection keyword
| Synopsis | Adjacency protection type for the SID function | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference function ua number protection keyword | |
| Tree | protection | |
| Options | ||
| Default | protected | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
srh-mode keyword
| Synopsis | Segment Routing Header (SRH) mode | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference function ua number srh-mode keyword | |
| Tree | srh-mode | |
Description | This command configures the popping mode for the SID. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | psp | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
ua-auto-allocate [srh-mode] keyword protection keyword
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for ua-auto-allocate | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference function ua-auto-allocate keyword protection keyword | |
| Tree | ua-auto-allocate | |
Description | Commands in this context define a list entry for the automatic allocation of the uA micro-SID function for all adjacencies over all network interfaces on the router (P2P and broadcast interfaces). | |
| Max. Instances | 2 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[srh-mode] keyword
| Synopsis | Segment Routing Header (SRH) mode | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference function ua-auto-allocate keyword protection keyword | |
| Tree | ua-auto-allocate | |
Description | This command specifies the popping mode for the automatically allocated SID. | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
protection keyword
| Synopsis | Adjacency protection for automatic SID function | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference function ua-auto-allocate keyword protection keyword | |
| Tree | ua-auto-allocate | |
Description | This command specifies the adjacency protection for the automatically allocated SID function. | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
udt4
| Synopsis | Enable the udt4 context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference function udt4 | |
| Tree | udt4 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
value number
| Synopsis | SRv6 function value | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference function udt4 value number | |
| Tree | value | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
udt46
| Synopsis | Enable the udt46 context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference function udt46 | |
| Tree | udt46 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
value number
| Synopsis | SRv6 function value | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference function udt46 value number | |
| Tree | value | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
udt6
| Synopsis | Enable the udt6 context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference function udt6 | |
| Tree | udt6 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
value number
| Synopsis | SRv6 function value | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 base-routing-instance micro-segment-locator reference function udt6 value number | |
| Tree | value | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
locator [locator-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the locator list instance | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string | |
| Tree | locator | |
| Max. Instances | 16 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[locator-name] string
| Synopsis | SRv6 locator name | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string | |
| Tree | locator | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the locator | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
algorithm number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | IGP flexible algorithm ID | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string algorithm number | |
| Tree | algorithm | |
Description | This command configures an IGP flexible algorithm for a locator. A locator can only be part of one algorithm but it can be used in multiple IGP instances. | |
| Range | 128 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR | |
argument-length number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | SRv6 locator argument length | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string argument-length number | |
| Tree | argument-length | |
Description | This command configures the SRv6 locator argument length. The sum of the function length, argument length, and the locator prefix length must not exceed 128 bits. The following commands are used to configure the function length and locator prefix length:
| |
| Range | 0 | 16 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR | |
block-length number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | SRv6 locator block address length | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string block-length number | |
| Tree | block-length | |
| Range | 0 to 96 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR | |
function-length number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Function length | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string function-length number | |
| Tree | function-length | |
Description | This command configures the size of the function length. The sum of the function length and the locator prefix length must not exceed 128 bits. Operators can configure the locator level label-block command before they configure a function length of 16. If the function length is configured as 16, the locator level label-block must be configured rather than the static-function level label-block. The validation occurs when committed. | |
| Range | 16 | 20 to 96 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR | |
label-block reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Reserved label block name for service termination | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string label-block reference | |
| Tree | label-block | |
Reference | configure router string mpls-labels reserved-label-block string | |
| Introduced | 22.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR | |
prefix
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string prefix | |
| Tree | prefix | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
ip-prefix string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | SRv6 locator prefix | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string prefix ip-prefix string | |
| Tree | ip-prefix | |
Description | This command configures the IPv6 prefix for the locator. For regular SRv6, the locator prefix length range is the sum of the length of the block field and the length of the node ID field. For micro-segment SRv6, the locator prefix length must be equal to the micro-SID block length. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR | |
static-function
| Synopsis | Enter the static-function context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string static-function | |
| Tree | static-function | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the attributes of the function field range reserved for static End.d, End.X, and service SID assignment. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
label-block reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Label block for the service SIDs of the SRv6 locator | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string static-function label-block reference | |
| Tree | label-block | |
Reference | configure router string mpls-labels reserved-label-block string | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR | |
max-entries number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum number of static SID functions | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string static-function max-entries number | |
| Tree | max-entries | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of values that are reserved from the function field to assign to static SID functions. | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR | |
termination-fpe reference
| Synopsis | List of the SRv6 termination FPE | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string termination-fpe reference | |
| Tree | termination-fpe | |
Description | This command associates the Forwarding Path Extension (FPE) with the locator for terminating SRv6 in local services. Multiple locators can share the same FPE or each locator can use a different FPE. The FPE can be the same or different from the origination FPE. | |
Reference | configure fwd-path-ext fpe number | |
| Max. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
micro-segment
| Synopsis | Enable the micro-segment context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment | |
| Tree | micro-segment | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
argument-length number
| Synopsis | Micro-segment argument length | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment argument-length number | |
| Tree | argument-length | |
Description | This command configures the micro-segment argument length. The sum of the function length, argument length, and the locator prefix length must not exceed 128 bits. The following commands are used to configure the function length and locator prefix length:
| |
| Range | 0 | 16 | |
| Default | 0 | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
block [block-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the block list instance | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment block string | |
| Tree | block | |
| Max. Instances | 16 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[block-name] string
| Synopsis | Micro-SID block name | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment block string | |
| Tree | block | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of micro-SID block | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment block string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
label-block reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Reserved label block | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment block string label-block reference | |
| Tree | label-block | |
Description | This command associates a pre-configured reserved label block with the micro-SID block. | |
Reference | configure router string mpls-labels reserved-label-block string | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR | |
prefix
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment block string prefix | |
| Tree | prefix | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the IPv6 prefix for an SRv6 micro-segment locator. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
ip-prefix string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | SRv6 locator prefix | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment block string prefix ip-prefix string | |
| Tree | ip-prefix | |
Description | This command configures the IPv6 prefix for the locator. For regular SRv6, the locator prefix length range is the sum of the length of the block field and the length of the node ID field. For micro-segment SRv6, the locator prefix length must be equal to the micro-SID block length. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR | |
static-function
| Synopsis | Enter the static-function context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment block string static-function | |
| Tree | static-function | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the function field parameters of a static uA or service micro-SID assignment. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
max-entries number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Maximum number of static SID functions | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment block string static-function max-entries number | |
| Tree | max-entries | |
Description | This command configures the maximum number of values that are reserved from the function field to assign to static SID functions. | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR | |
termination-fpe reference
| Synopsis | FPE ID for SRv6 termination | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment block string termination-fpe reference | |
| Tree | termination-fpe | |
Description | This command associates the FPE ID with the locator for SRv6 termination in local services. | |
Reference | configure fwd-path-ext fpe number | |
| Max. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
block-length number
| Synopsis | Micro-SID block length | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment block-length number | |
| Tree | block-length | |
| Range | 8 | 16 | 24 | 32 | 40 | 48 | 56 | 64 | |
| Default | 32 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
global-sid-entries number
| Synopsis | Maximum number of micro-segment locators network wide | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment global-sid-entries number | |
| Tree | global-sid-entries | |
Description | This command defines the maximum number of unique micro-segment locators that can be configured network wide. The value is expressed in multiples of 1024 and must be the same on every platform network wide. | |
| Range | 4 to 60 | |
| Default | 16 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
sid-length number
| Synopsis | Micro-SID length | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment sid-length number | |
| Tree | sid-length | |
Description | This command configures the length of the micro-SIDs. | |
| Range | 16 | |
| Default | 16 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
micro-segment-locator [locator-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the micro-segment-locator list instance | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator string | |
| Tree | micro-segment-locator | |
| Max. Instances | 16 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[locator-name] string
| Synopsis | SRv6 locator name | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator string | |
| Tree | micro-segment-locator | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the locator | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
algorithm number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | IGP flexible algorithm ID | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator string algorithm number | |
| Tree | algorithm | |
Description | This command configures an IGP flexible algorithm for a locator. A locator can only be part of one algorithm but it can be used in multiple IGP instances. | |
| Range | 128 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR | |
block reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Pre-defined micro-SID block | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator string block reference | |
| Tree | block | |
Description | This command associates a pre-defined micro-SID block with the micro-segment SRv6 locator. | |
Reference | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment block string | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR | |
un
| Synopsis | Enter the un context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator string un | |
| Tree | un | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
srh-mode keyword
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Segment Routing Header (SRH) mode | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator string un srh-mode keyword | |
| Tree | srh-mode | |
Description | This command configures the popping mode for the SID. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | psp | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR | |
value number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | SRv6 function value | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator string un value number | |
| Tree | value | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 22.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR | |
origination-fpe reference
| Synopsis | List of the SRv6 origination FPEs | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 origination-fpe reference | |
| Tree | origination-fpe | |
Description | This command configures the origination Forwarding Path Extension (FPE) for SRv6 tunnels on local services. The origination FPE must be different from any of the SRv6 termination FPEs. | |
Reference | configure fwd-path-ext fpe number | |
| Max. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
source-address string
| Synopsis | Source address used in the SRv6 packet | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 source-address string | |
| Tree | source-address | |
Description | This command specifies the global default source IPv6 address used in the SA field of the outerIPv6 header of the SRv6 encapsulated packet. The value is inherited in the BGP and services contexts (for example, configure router "base" bgp segment-routing-v6 source-address and configure service vprn bgp-ipvpn segment-routing-v6 source-address), but is overwritten by the value configured in those contexts. A source IPv6 address must be configured in the global context or in the BGP or services context. The system does not check if the entered address is a valid local address. | |
| Introduced | 21.5.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
sr-mpls
| Synopsis | Enter the sr-mpls context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-mpls | |
| Tree | sr-mpls | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
prefix-sids [interface-name] reference
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix-sids list instance | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-mpls prefix-sids reference | |
| Tree | prefix-sids | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the prefix SIDs for an interface. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[interface-name] reference
| Synopsis | Loopback interface name that owns prefix to advertise | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-mpls prefix-sids reference | |
| Tree | prefix-sids | |
Reference | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv4-sid
| Synopsis | Enable the ipv4-sid context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-mpls prefix-sids reference ipv4-sid | |
| Tree | ipv4-sid | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
index number
| Synopsis | Node SID index for the interface | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-mpls prefix-sids reference ipv4-sid index number | |
| Tree | index | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: index or label. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label number
| Synopsis | Label value for the node SID | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-mpls prefix-sids reference ipv4-sid label number | |
| Tree | label | |
| Range | 32 to 1048575 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: index or label. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipv6-sid
| Synopsis | Enable the ipv6-sid context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-mpls prefix-sids reference ipv6-sid | |
| Tree | ipv6-sid | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
index number
| Synopsis | Node SID index for the interface | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-mpls prefix-sids reference ipv6-sid index number | |
| Tree | index | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: index or label. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label number
| Synopsis | Label value for the node SID | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-mpls prefix-sids reference ipv6-sid label number | |
| Tree | label | |
| Range | 32 to 1048575 | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: index or label. | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
node-sid boolean
| Synopsis | Assign a node SID to the prefix referencing the router | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-mpls prefix-sids reference node-sid boolean | |
| Tree | node-sid | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 21.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-policies
| Synopsis | Enter the sr-policies context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies | |
| Tree | sr-policies | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of segment routing policies | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
egress-statistics
| Synopsis | Enable the egress-statistics context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies egress-statistics | |
| Tree | egress-statistics | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the collection of egress traffic statistics for all segment routing policies. | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
accounting-policy reference
| Synopsis | Accounting policy ID | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies egress-statistics accounting-policy reference | |
| Tree | accounting-policy | |
Reference | configure log accounting-policy number | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the traffic statistics | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies egress-statistics admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 19.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
collect-stats boolean
| Synopsis | Collect accounting and statistical data | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies egress-statistics collect-stats boolean | |
| Tree | collect-stats | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ingress-statistics
| Synopsis | Enable the ingress-statistics context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies ingress-statistics | |
| Tree | ingress-statistics | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the traffic statistics | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies ingress-statistics admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
reserved-label-block reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Reserved local block for segment routing policies | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies reserved-label-block reference | |
| Tree | reserved-label-block | |
Reference | configure router string mpls-labels reserved-label-block string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
static-policy [name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the static-policy list instance | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string | |
| Tree | static-policy | |
| Max. Instances | 32768 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[name] string
| Synopsis | Name for the segment routing static policy | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string | |
| Tree | static-policy | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of segment routing static policy | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
binding-sid number
| Synopsis | Segment ID that opaquely represents an SR policy to upstream routers | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string binding-sid number | |
| Tree | binding-sid | |
| Range | 32 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
color number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Traffic flows to be steered by this policy | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string color number | |
| Tree | color | |
| Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
distinguisher number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Unique value for a policy | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string distinguisher number | |
| Tree | distinguisher | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
endpoint (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Destination of the source-routed path | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string endpoint (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | endpoint | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
head-end (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone | keyword)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Head end address for this static policy | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string head-end (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone | keyword) | |
| Tree | head-end | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
maintenance-policy reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Policy name | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string maintenance-policy reference | |
| Tree | maintenance-policy | |
Reference | configure router string segment-routing maintenance-policy string | |
| Introduced | 20.10.R1 | |
Platforms | All | |
preference number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Preference value of this static policy | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 100 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All | |
segment-list [seg-list-index] number
| Synopsis | Enter the segment-list list instance | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-list number | |
| Tree | segment-list | |
| Max. Instances | 32 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[seg-list-index] number
| Synopsis | Index for identifying a particular segment list | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-list number | |
| Tree | segment-list | |
| Range | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of segment list for static policy | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-list number admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
segment [segment-index] number
| Synopsis | Enter the segment list instance | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-list number segment number | |
| Tree | segment | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a segment inside a segment-list of a statically-defined segment routing policy candidate path. A segment list of a statically-defined SR policy candidate path of type sr-mpls can only accept a segment of type mpls-label. A segment list of a statically-defined SR policy candidate path of type srv6 can only accept a segment of type srv6-sid. However, you can mix SRv6 segments derived from both classic SRv6 and micro-segment SRv6 locators. | |
| Max. Instances | 24 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[segment-index] number
| Synopsis | Index for identifying a segment in a segment list | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-list number segment number | |
| Tree | segment | |
Description | This command configures the index for identifying a segment in a segment list. Each segment list can have up to 11 segments for SR-MPLS policies, and 24 segments for an SRv6 segment list which only includes micro-segments. For an SRv6 segment list that mixes regular and micro-segments, up to 7 regular segments can be configured. | |
| Range | 1 to 24 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
behavior-and-structure
| Synopsis | Enable the behavior-and-structure context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-list number segment number behavior-and-structure | |
| Tree | behavior-and-structure | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the behavior and structure of the SRv6 policy micro-segment. Behavior and structure are necessary (but not sufficient) for the SRv6 policy micro-segment to be compressed by a head-end. | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
behavior keyword
| Synopsis | Behavior of the SRv6 uSID | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-list number segment number behavior-and-structure behavior keyword | |
| Tree | behavior | |
Description | This command configures the behavior of the SRv6 policy micro-segment (uSID). The only allowed values are flavorless behaviors of NEXT-CSID. The compression algorithm however supports all flavors. Although END.T with NEXT-CSID is a configurable value, SR OS does not support this behavior for locally-instantiated SIDs. However, configuring this value allows a traffic-engineered path to be built that includes nodes that would support such behavior. | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
block-length number
| Synopsis | Locator block length of the SRv6 uSID | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-list number segment number behavior-and-structure block-length number | |
| Tree | block-length | |
| Range | 8 | 16 | 24 | 32 | 40 | 48 | 56 | 64 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
function-length number
| Synopsis | Function length of the SRv6 uSID | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-list number segment number behavior-and-structure function-length number | |
| Tree | function-length | |
| Range | 0 | 16 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
node-length number
| Synopsis | Length of the node part of the SRv6 uSID | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-list number segment number behavior-and-structure node-length number | |
| Tree | node-length | |
| Range | 0 | 16 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
mpls-label number
| Synopsis | Value for the MPLS label | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-list number segment number mpls-label number | |
| Tree | mpls-label | |
| Range | 0 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
srv6-sid string
| Synopsis | Segment ID for segment routing IPv6 | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-list number segment number srv6-sid string | |
| Tree | srv6-sid | |
Description | This command defines the 128-bit SRv6 SID for the segment. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
weight number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Weight of this segment list | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-list number weight number | |
| Tree | weight | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All | |
segment-routing-v6
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Enable the segment-routing-v6 context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-routing-v6 | |
| Tree | segment-routing-v6 | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a static SRv6 policy. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR | |
binding-sid [index] number
| Synopsis | Enter the binding-sid list instance | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-routing-v6 binding-sid number | |
| Tree | binding-sid | |
| Max. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
[index] number
| Synopsis | Binding SID index | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-routing-v6 binding-sid number | |
| Tree | binding-sid | |
| Range | 1 | |
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
ip-address string
| Synopsis | Remote SRv6 binding SID | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-routing-v6 binding-sid number ip-address string | |
| Tree | ip-address | |
Description | This command configures an SRv6 binding SID for a remote SRv6 policy. The command cannot be used with a local head-end location (configure router segment-routing sr-policies static-policy head-end local). This command and the configure router segment-routing sr-policies static-policy segment-routing-v6 binding-sid locator command or the configure router segment-routing sr-policies static-policy segment-routing-v6 binding-sid micro-segment-locator command are mutually exclusive. If the remote head-end is an SR OS system, the binding SID can either be a regular SID or uSID. If it is a uSID, it must be configured with a node ID in the following format: <block><uN><uB6>::) The format of the binding SID is a 128-bit IPv6 address. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-address or (locator and micro-segment-locator). | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
locator
| Synopsis | Enable the locator context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-routing-v6 binding-sid number locator | |
| Tree | locator | |
Description | Commands in this context configure a binding SID locator for a local SRv6 policy. This command and the configure router segment-routing sr-policies static-policy segment-routing-v6 binding-sid ip-address command for a non-local SRv6 policy are mutually exclusive. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-address or (locator and micro-segment-locator). | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
function keyword
| Synopsis | Behavior of the local SRv6 regular binding SID | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-routing-v6 binding-sid number locator function keyword | |
| Tree | function | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
function-value number
| Synopsis | Value of the local SRv6 regular binding SID | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-routing-v6 binding-sid number locator function-value number | |
| Tree | function-value | |
Description | This command configures the function value of the local SRv6 regular binding SID. If this command is not configured, the system automatically selects a value within the range of the dynamic SID function values. The value must be within the range of static SID function values, and must be available. | |
| Range | 1 to 1048575 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
locator-name reference
| Synopsis | Name of the locator of the local SRv6 regular binding SID | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-routing-v6 binding-sid number locator locator-name reference | |
| Tree | locator-name | |
Description | This command configures the name of the locator of the local SRv6 regular binding SID. The locator must exist on the system. | |
Reference | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 locator string | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
micro-segment-locator
| Synopsis | Enable the micro-segment-locator context | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-routing-v6 binding-sid number micro-segment-locator | |
| Tree | micro-segment-locator | |
Description | Commands in this context configure the local SRv6 microbinding SID. This command and the configure router segment-routing sr-policies static-policy segment-routing-v6 binding-sid ip-address command for a non-local SRv6 policy are mutually exclusive. | |
Notes | The following elements are part of a choice: ip-address or (locator and micro-segment-locator). | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
function keyword
| Synopsis | Behavior of the local SRv6 microbinding SID | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-routing-v6 binding-sid number micro-segment-locator function keyword | |
| Tree | function | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
function-value number
| Synopsis | Value of the local SRv6 microbinding SID | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-routing-v6 binding-sid number micro-segment-locator function-value number | |
| Tree | function-value | |
Description | This command configures the function value of the local SRv6 microbinding SID. If this command is not configured, the system automatically selects a value within the range of local and dynamic SID function values. The value must be within the range of local and static SID function values, and must be available. | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
locator-name reference
| Synopsis | Name of the locator of the local SRv6 microbinding SID | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-routing-v6 binding-sid number micro-segment-locator locator-name reference | |
| Tree | locator-name | |
Description | This command configures the name of the locator of the local SRv6 microbinding SID. The locator must be a micro-segment locator and must exist on the system. | |
Reference | configure router string segment-routing segment-routing-v6 micro-segment-locator string | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 23.10.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
return-path-bfd-sid string
| Synopsis | BFD controlled return path for SRv6 | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string segment-routing-v6 return-path-bfd-sid string | |
| Tree | return-path-bfd-sid | |
Description | This command configures the Seamless Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (S-BFD) session to echo mode and pushes an additional SRv6 SID in the SRH on S-BFD packets only. | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
type keyword
| Synopsis | Static policy type | |
| Context | configure router string segment-routing sr-policies static-policy string type keyword | |
| Tree | type | |
Description | This command configures the type of static policy. Only commands relevant to the type of the static policy can be executed. The type of the static policy can only be changed to a new type if there is no configuration present for the old type, or if all configuration for the old type is deleted. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | sr-mpls | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
selective-fib boolean
| Synopsis | Enable selective FIB | |
| Context | configure router string selective-fib boolean | |
| Tree | selective-fib | |
| Default | true | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
sfm-overload
| Synopsis | Enable the sfm-overload context | |
| Context | configure router string sfm-overload | |
| Tree | sfm-overload | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR-1, 7750 SR-7/12/12e, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-2s, 7750 SR-2se, 7750 SR-7s, 7750 SR-14s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
holdoff-time number
| Synopsis | Delay in detecting SFM failures and setting overload | |
| Context | configure router string sfm-overload holdoff-time number | |
| Tree | holdoff-time | |
| Range | 1 to 600 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R2 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR-1, 7750 SR-7/12/12e, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-2s, 7750 SR-2se, 7750 SR-7s, 7750 SR-14s, 7950 XRS, VSR |
sgt-qos
dot1p
application [dot1p-app-name] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the application list instance | |
| Context | configure router string sgt-qos dot1p application keyword | |
| Tree | application | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[dot1p-app-name] keyword
| Synopsis | Dot1p application ID that generates control traffic | |
| Context | configure router string sgt-qos dot1p application keyword | |
| Tree | application | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
dot1p (keyword | number)
dscp
application [dscp-app-name] keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the application list instance | |
| Context | configure router string sgt-qos dscp application keyword | |
| Tree | application | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[dscp-app-name] keyword
| Synopsis | DSCP application identifier on the NOKIA SR OS router that generates control traffic over IP | |
| Context | configure router string sgt-qos dscp application keyword | |
| Tree | application | |
| Options | ||
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
dscp (keyword | number)
dscp-map [dscp-name] keyword
[dscp-name] keyword
fc keyword
static-routes
| Synopsis | Enter the static-routes context | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes | |
| Tree | static-routes | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
hold-down
| Synopsis | Enable the hold-down context | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes hold-down | |
| Tree | hold-down | |
Description | Commands in this context enable the hold-down time feature globally for static routes in the system. The static route hold-down time is a mechanism to protect from rapid, fluctuating state changes of static routes resulting from issues with reachability because of link flap. The commands in this context apply to all static routes in the VPRN and the base router instance in which this hold-down time is configured in. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
initial number
| Synopsis | Value for the initial hold-down time | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes hold-down initial number | |
| Tree | initial | |
Description | This command specifies the initial value of the hold-down time globally for static routes in the system. When a static route is ready to become active, it remains inactive for the hold-down time before activating the static-route. If, during this hold-down period, the static route becomes inactive again because of factors such as interface failure, the hold-down timer is reset, effectively postponing the activation of the route until the next opportunity. | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
max-value number
| Synopsis | Maximum value of the hold-down time | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes hold-down max-value number | |
| Tree | max-value | |
Description | This command specifies the maximum value of the hold-down time globally for static routes in the system. | |
| Range | 1 to 65535 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
multiplier number
| Synopsis | Multiplier of the previous hold-down time | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes hold-down multiplier number | |
| Tree | multiplier | |
Description | This command specifies the multiplier value by which the previous hold-down time is multiplied to calculate the new one. This value applies globally for static routes in the system. | |
| Range | 1 to 10 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
route [ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword
| Synopsis | Enter the route list instance | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword | |
| Tree | route | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | IP prefix and prefix length for the static routes | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword | |
| Tree | route | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
route-type keyword
| Synopsis | Static route type for unicast or multicast RPF | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword | |
| Tree | route | |
| Options | ||
|
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
backup-tag number
| Synopsis | Static route backup tag | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword backup-tag number | |
| Tree | backup-tag | |
Description | This command associates a 4-byte backup route tag with the static route when the backup next-hop functionality is activated. The tag value is used in route policies to control distribution of the static route into other protocols when the backup next-hop function is activated for the associated static route. The tag specified at this level of the static route causes the tag values that are configured under the next-hop, black-hole, and indirect contexts of the static route to be ignored. | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
blackhole
| Synopsis | Enable the blackhole context | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword blackhole | |
| Tree | blackhole | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the static route operation | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword blackhole admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
community string
| Synopsis | Community ID associated with the static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword blackhole community string | |
| Tree | community | |
| String Length | 1 to 72 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword blackhole description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
dynamic-bgp boolean
| Synopsis | Derive static route next hop from BGP next hop value | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword blackhole dynamic-bgp boolean | |
| Tree | dynamic-bgp | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
generate-icmp boolean
| Synopsis | Send ICMP unreachable messages when received packets match a static route with black-hole next-hop | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword blackhole generate-icmp boolean | |
| Tree | generate-icmp | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
metric number
| Synopsis | Static route metric | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword blackhole metric number | |
| Tree | metric | |
| Range | 0 to 65535 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
preference number
| Synopsis | Priority of this static route over the routes from different sources | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword blackhole preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
prefix-list
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix-list context | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword blackhole prefix-list | |
| Tree | prefix-list | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
flag keyword
| Synopsis | Static route match condition from prefix list | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword blackhole prefix-list flag keyword | |
| Tree | flag | |
| Options | ||
| Default | any | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
name reference
| Synopsis | Prefix list name | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword blackhole prefix-list name reference | |
| Tree | name | |
Reference | configure policy-options prefix-list string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
tag number
| Synopsis | Static route tag | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword blackhole tag number | |
| Tree | tag | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
community string
| Synopsis | Community ID associated with the static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword community string | |
| Tree | community | |
| String Length | 1 to 72 | |
| Max. Instances | 12 | |
Notes | This element is ordered by the user. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
indirect [ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Enter the indirect list instance | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | indirect | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Next-hop IP address used to reach the destination | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | indirect | |
Description | This command specifies the next-hop IP address used to reach the destination. The specified IP address can be either on the network side or the access side and is typically at least one hop away from the node. | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the static route operation | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
community string
| Synopsis | Community ID associated with the static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) community string | |
| Tree | community | |
| String Length | 1 to 72 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
cpe-check [address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Enter the cpe-check list instance | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | cpe-check | |
Description | When configured, this command enables the Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) check feature and specifies the IP address of the target CPE device. This option initiates a background ICMP ping test to the configured target IP address. The IP address can either be an IPv4 address for IPv4 static routes or an IPv6 address for IPv6 static routes. To avoid possible circular references, the target IP address cannot exist in the same subnet as the static route subnet. This command is mutually exclusive with BFD support on a specific static route. Note: A node that is sourcing CPE-check packets waits an additional full interval before taking action, which gives the CPE time to respond. For example, with a drop-count of 3 and an interval of 1s, three CPE-check packets are sent out and the node waits for the duration of another interval before acting on the loss. Failure declaration may take extra time depending on the load, interval, and other factors. In line with multitasking, multi-priority operating principles of the node, and the relative priority of cpe-ping, the node paces these minor events. | |
| Max. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | IP address of the target CPE device | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | cpe-check | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
drop-count number
| Synopsis | Consecutive ping replies missed before CPE deemed down | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) drop-count number | |
| Tree | drop-count | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
interval number
| Synopsis | Interval between ICMP pings to target CPE IP address | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) interval number | |
| Tree | interval | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
log boolean
| Synopsis | Log CPE connectivity checks transitions | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) log boolean | |
| Tree | log | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
padding-size number
| Synopsis | Padding size for CPE connectivity checks | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) padding-size number | |
| Tree | padding-size | |
| Range | 0 to 16384 | |
| Units | bytes | |
| Default | 56 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
destination-class number
| Synopsis | Destination class for this static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) destination-class number | |
| Tree | destination-class | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
metric number
| Synopsis | Static route metric | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) metric number | |
| Tree | metric | |
| Range | 0 to 65535 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
preference number
| Synopsis | Priority of this static route over the routes from different sources | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
prefix-list
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix-list context | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) prefix-list | |
| Tree | prefix-list | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
flag keyword
| Synopsis | Static route match condition from prefix list | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) prefix-list flag keyword | |
| Tree | flag | |
| Options | ||
| Default | any | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
name reference
| Synopsis | Prefix list name | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) prefix-list name reference | |
| Tree | name | |
Reference | configure policy-options prefix-list string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
qos
| Synopsis | Enter the qos context | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) qos | |
| Tree | qos | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
forwarding-class keyword
| Synopsis | Forwarding class associated with the static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) qos forwarding-class keyword | |
| Tree | forwarding-class | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
priority keyword
| Synopsis | Static route priority | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) qos priority keyword | |
| Tree | priority | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
source-class number
| Synopsis | Source class for the static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) source-class number | |
| Tree | source-class | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
tag number
| Synopsis | Static route tag | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tag number | |
| Tree | tag | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
tunnel-next-hop
| Synopsis | Enter the tunnel-next-hop context | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop | |
| Tree | tunnel-next-hop | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
disallow-igp boolean
| Synopsis | Do not resolve indirect static routes using IGP next-hops in RTM if no tunnel next-hops found in TTM | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop disallow-igp boolean | |
| Tree | disallow-igp | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
flex-algo number
| Synopsis | Flexible Algorithm ID | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop flex-algo number | |
| Tree | flex-algo | |
| Range | 128 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 20.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
resolution keyword
| Synopsis | Tunnel next hop resolution to resolve indirect static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop resolution keyword | |
| Tree | resolution | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
resolution-filter
| Synopsis | Enter the resolution-filter context | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop resolution-filter | |
| Tree | resolution-filter | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ldp boolean
| Synopsis | Use LDP Route Forwarding Equivalence Class (FEC) tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop resolution-filter ldp boolean | |
| Tree | ldp | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
mpls-fwd-policy boolean
| Synopsis | Use MPLS forwarding policy for tunnel-next-hop | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop resolution-filter mpls-fwd-policy boolean | |
| Tree | mpls-fwd-policy | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
rib-api boolean
| Synopsis | Set RIB API type for use with tunnel next-hop | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop resolution-filter rib-api boolean | |
| Tree | rib-api | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | All |
rsvp-te
| Synopsis | Enable the rsvp-te context | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop resolution-filter rsvp-te | |
| Tree | rsvp-te | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsp [lsp-name] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for lsp | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop resolution-filter rsvp-te lsp string | |
| Tree | lsp | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[lsp-name] string
| Synopsis | Labeled Switch Path name | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop resolution-filter rsvp-te lsp string | |
| Tree | lsp | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
sr-isis boolean
| Synopsis | Use the SR ISIS tunneling mechanism to resolve next hop for the static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop resolution-filter sr-isis boolean | |
| Tree | sr-isis | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-ospf boolean
| Synopsis | Use SR OSPF tunneling for next-hop resolution | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop resolution-filter sr-ospf boolean | |
| Tree | sr-ospf | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-ospf3 boolean
| Synopsis | Use SR OSPFv3 tunneling mechanism to resolve next-hop | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop resolution-filter sr-ospf3 boolean | |
| Tree | sr-ospf3 | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R6 | |
|
Platforms | All |
sr-te
| Synopsis | Enable the sr-te context | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop resolution-filter sr-te | |
| Tree | sr-te | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsp [lsp-name] string
| Synopsis | Add a list entry for lsp | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop resolution-filter sr-te lsp string | |
| Tree | lsp | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[lsp-name] string
| Synopsis | Labeled Switch Path name | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword indirect (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) tunnel-next-hop resolution-filter sr-te lsp string | |
| Tree | lsp | |
| String Length | 1 to 64 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
interface [interface-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the interface list instance | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string | |
| Tree | interface | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[interface-name] string
| Synopsis | Router interface name | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string | |
| Tree | interface | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the static route operation | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
community string
| Synopsis | Community ID associated with the static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string community string | |
| Tree | community | |
| String Length | 1 to 72 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
cpe-check [address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Enter the cpe-check list instance | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | cpe-check | |
| Max. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | IP address of the target CPE device | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | cpe-check | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
drop-count number
| Synopsis | Consecutive ping replies missed before CPE deemed down | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) drop-count number | |
| Tree | drop-count | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
interval number
| Synopsis | Interval between ICMP pings to target CPE IP address | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) interval number | |
| Tree | interval | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
log boolean
| Synopsis | Log CPE connectivity checks transitions | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) log boolean | |
| Tree | log | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
padding-size number
| Synopsis | Padding size for CPE connectivity checks | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) padding-size number | |
| Tree | padding-size | |
| Range | 0 to 16384 | |
| Units | bytes | |
| Default | 56 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
destination-class number
| Synopsis | Destination class for this static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string destination-class number | |
| Tree | destination-class | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
load-balancing-weight number
| Synopsis | Load-balancing weight for all of the ECMP next hops | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string load-balancing-weight number | |
| Tree | load-balancing-weight | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
metric number
| Synopsis | Static route metric | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string metric number | |
| Tree | metric | |
| Range | 0 to 65535 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
preference number
| Synopsis | Priority of this static route over the routes from different sources | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
prefix-list
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix-list context | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string prefix-list | |
| Tree | prefix-list | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
flag keyword
| Synopsis | Static route match condition from prefix list | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string prefix-list flag keyword | |
| Tree | flag | |
| Options | ||
| Default | any | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
name reference
| Synopsis | Prefix list name | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string prefix-list name reference | |
| Tree | name | |
Reference | configure policy-options prefix-list string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
qos
| Synopsis | Enter the qos context | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string qos | |
| Tree | qos | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
forwarding-class keyword
| Synopsis | Forwarding class associated with the static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string qos forwarding-class keyword | |
| Tree | forwarding-class | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
priority keyword
| Synopsis | Static route priority | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string qos priority keyword | |
| Tree | priority | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
source-class number
| Synopsis | Source class for the static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string source-class number | |
| Tree | source-class | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
tag number
| Synopsis | Static route tag | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword interface string tag number | |
| Tree | tag | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ipsec-tunnel [ipsec-tunnel-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the ipsec-tunnel list instance | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword ipsec-tunnel string | |
| Tree | ipsec-tunnel | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
[ipsec-tunnel-name] string
| Synopsis | IPsec tunnel name. | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword ipsec-tunnel string | |
| Tree | ipsec-tunnel | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the static route operation | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword ipsec-tunnel string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms |
VSR |
community string
| Synopsis | Community ID associated with the static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword ipsec-tunnel string community string | |
| Tree | community | |
| String Length | 1 to 72 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword ipsec-tunnel string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
metric number
| Synopsis | Static route metric | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword ipsec-tunnel string metric number | |
| Tree | metric | |
| Range | 0 to 65535 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms |
VSR |
preference number
| Synopsis | Priority of this static route over the routes from different sources | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword ipsec-tunnel string preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms |
VSR |
tag number
| Synopsis | Static route tag | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword ipsec-tunnel string tag number | |
| Tree | tag | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | VSR |
next-hop [ip-address] (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone)
| Synopsis | Enter the next-hop list instance | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) | |
| Tree | next-hop | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[ip-address] (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone)
| Synopsis | IP address of the directly-connected next hop | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) | |
| Tree | next-hop | |
Description | This command specifies the IP address of the directly-connected next hop. The IP address can either be on the network side or the access side on the node. The address must be associated with a network directly connected to a network configured on the node. | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the static route operation | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
backup-next-hop
| Synopsis | Enter the backup-next-hop context | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) backup-next-hop | |
| Tree | backup-next-hop | |
Description | Commands in this context configure static route entry fast failover. | |
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Backup next-hop IP address | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) backup-next-hop address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | address | |
Description | This command specifies the backup IP forwarding address that is used for static route Fast ReRoute (FRR). The configured address, if reachable, acts as pre-installed backup forwarding information that can be used when the primary IP next-hop suddenly fails. The configured backup next-hop IP address can be directly or indirectly connected (using an IGP or tunnel) to the node. The backup next-hop forwarding information or the Next-hop Label Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) tunnel forwarding information from the IP Routing Table Manager (RTM) is used to preconfigure an IP fast-reroute backup path. One backup next-hop address can protect a single primary static route entry next-hop address without ECMP and it is only activated when the primary next-hop has no active ECMP. The configured IP address can be either on the network or the access side. | |
| Introduced | 21.2.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
bfd-liveness boolean
| Synopsis | Use Bidirectional Forwarding Detection on this static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) bfd-liveness boolean | |
| Tree | bfd-liveness | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
community string
| Synopsis | Community ID associated with the static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) community string | |
| Tree | community | |
| String Length | 1 to 72 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
cpe-check [address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | Enter the cpe-check list instance | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | cpe-check | |
Description | When configured, this command enables the Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) check feature and specifies the IP address of the target CPE device. This option initiates a background ICMP ping test to the configured target IP address. The IP address can either be an IPv4 address for IPv4 static routes or an IPv6 address for IPv6 static routes. To avoid possible circular references, the target IP address cannot exist in the same subnet as the static route subnet. This command is mutually exclusive with BFD support on a specific static route. Note: A node that is sourcing CPE-check packets waits an additional full interval before taking action, which gives the CPE time to respond. For example, with a drop-count of 3 and an interval of 1s, three CPE-check packets are sent out and the node waits for the duration of another interval before acting on the loss. Failure declaration may take extra time depending on the load, interval, and other factors. In line with multitasking, multi-priority operating principles of the node, and the relative priority of cpe-ping, the node paces these minor events. | |
| Max. Instances | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
[address] (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
| Synopsis | IP address of the target CPE device | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | cpe-check | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
drop-count number
| Synopsis | Consecutive ping replies missed before CPE deemed down | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) drop-count number | |
| Tree | drop-count | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 3 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
interval number
| Synopsis | Interval between ICMP pings to target CPE IP address | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) interval number | |
| Tree | interval | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
log boolean
| Synopsis | Log CPE connectivity checks transitions | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) log boolean | |
| Tree | log | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
padding-size number
| Synopsis | Padding size for CPE connectivity checks | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) cpe-check (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) padding-size number | |
| Tree | padding-size | |
| Range | 0 to 16384 | |
| Units | bytes | |
| Default | 56 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
destination-class number
| Synopsis | Destination class for this static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) destination-class number | |
| Tree | destination-class | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
ldp-sync boolean
| Synopsis | Use LDP synchronization feature for a static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) ldp-sync boolean | |
| Tree | ldp-sync | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
load-balancing-weight number
| Synopsis | Load-balancing weight for all of the ECMP next hops | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) load-balancing-weight number | |
| Tree | load-balancing-weight | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
metric number
| Synopsis | Static route metric | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) metric number | |
| Tree | metric | |
| Range | 0 to 65535 | |
| Default | 1 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
preference number
| Synopsis | Priority of this static route over the routes from different sources | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) preference number | |
| Tree | preference | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
All |
prefix-list
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix-list context | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) prefix-list | |
| Tree | prefix-list | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
flag keyword
| Synopsis | Static route match condition from prefix list | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) prefix-list flag keyword | |
| Tree | flag | |
| Options | ||
| Default | any | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
name reference
| Synopsis | Prefix list name | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) prefix-list name reference | |
| Tree | name | |
Reference | configure policy-options prefix-list string | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
qos
| Synopsis | Enter the qos context | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) qos | |
| Tree | qos | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
forwarding-class keyword
| Synopsis | Forwarding class associated with the static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) qos forwarding-class keyword | |
| Tree | forwarding-class | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
priority keyword
| Synopsis | Static route priority | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) qos priority keyword | |
| Tree | priority | |
| Options | ||
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
source-class number
| Synopsis | Source class for the static route | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) source-class number | |
| Tree | source-class | |
| Range | 1 to 255 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
tag number
| Synopsis | Static route tag | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) tag number | |
| Tree | tag | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
validate-next-hop boolean
| Synopsis | Track the state of the next hop in the IPv4 ARP Cache or the IPv6 Neighbor Cache | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword next-hop (ipv4-address-with-zone | ipv6-address-with-zone) validate-next-hop boolean | |
| Tree | validate-next-hop | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
tag number
| Synopsis | Static route tag | |
| Context | configure router string static-routes route (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) route-type keyword tag number | |
| Tree | tag | |
| Range | 1 to 4294967295 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
subscriber-mgmt
| Synopsis | Enter the subscriber-mgmt context | |
| Context | configure router string subscriber-mgmt | |
| Tree | subscriber-mgmt | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
dhcpv4
| Synopsis | Enter the dhcpv4 context | |
| Context | configure router string subscriber-mgmt dhcpv4 | |
| Tree | dhcpv4 | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
routed-subnet-transparent-forward boolean
| Synopsis | Transparently forward DHCPv4 from CPE LAN over IPoE | |
| Context | configure router string subscriber-mgmt dhcpv4 routed-subnet-transparent-forward boolean | |
| Tree | routed-subnet-transparent-forward | |
Description | When configured to true, the router transparently forwards DHCPv4 packets received on a subscriber interface with a source IP in a routed subnet that is associated with a routed IPoE session or host. Supported routed subnets are:
When configured to false, the system disables transparent forwarding of DHCPv4 packets. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 23.3.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
triggered-policy boolean
| Synopsis | Trigger route policy re-evaluation | |
| Context | configure router string triggered-policy boolean | |
| Tree | triggered-policy | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
ttl-propagate
| Synopsis | Enter the ttl-propagate context | |
| Context | configure router string ttl-propagate | |
| Tree | ttl-propagate | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label-route-local keyword
| Synopsis | TTL propagation from IP header into label stack for local packets | |
| Context | configure router string ttl-propagate label-route-local keyword | |
| Tree | label-route-local | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
label-route-transit keyword
| Synopsis | TTL propagation from IP header into label stack for transit packets | |
| Context | configure router string ttl-propagate label-route-transit keyword | |
| Tree | label-route-transit | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
lsr-label-route keyword
| Synopsis | TTL propagation from IP header into label stack | |
| Context | configure router string ttl-propagate lsr-label-route keyword | |
| Tree | lsr-label-route | |
| Options | ||
| Default | none | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
vprn-local keyword
| Synopsis | TTL propagation from IP header into label stack for VPRN local packets | |
| Context | configure router string ttl-propagate vprn-local keyword | |
| Tree | vprn-local | |
| Options | ||
| Default | vc-only | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
vprn-transit keyword
| Synopsis | TTL propagation from IP header into label stack for VPRN transit packets | |
| Context | configure router string ttl-propagate vprn-transit keyword | |
| Tree | vprn-transit | |
| Options | ||
| Default | vc-only | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
tunnel-interface
| Synopsis | Enter the tunnel-interface context | |
| Context | configure router string tunnel-interface | |
| Tree | tunnel-interface | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ldp-p2mp-leaf [p2mp-id] number sender-address string
| Synopsis | Enter the ldp-p2mp-leaf list instance | |
| Context | configure router string tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-leaf number sender-address string | |
| Tree | ldp-p2mp-leaf | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[p2mp-id] number
| Synopsis | Identifier used for signaling MLDP P2MP LSP | |
| Context | configure router string tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-leaf number sender-address string | |
| Tree | ldp-p2mp-leaf | |
| Max. Range | 0 to 4294967295 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
sender-address string
| Synopsis | Address of an LDP sender for the P2MP RSVP tunnel interface instance | |
| Context | configure router string tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-leaf number sender-address string | |
| Tree | ldp-p2mp-leaf | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-leaf number sender-address string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
ldp-p2mp-root [p2mp-id] number sender-address string
| Synopsis | Enter the ldp-p2mp-root list instance | |
| Context | configure router string tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-root number sender-address string | |
| Tree | ldp-p2mp-root | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[p2mp-id] number
| Synopsis | Identifier used for signaling MLDP P2MP LSP | |
| Context | configure router string tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-root number sender-address string | |
| Tree | ldp-p2mp-root | |
| Range | 1 to 8192 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
sender-address string
| Synopsis | Address of an LDP sender for the P2MP RSVP tunnel interface instance | |
| Context | configure router string tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-root number sender-address string | |
| Tree | ldp-p2mp-root | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string tunnel-interface ldp-p2mp-root number sender-address string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rsvp-p2mp-leaf [lsp-name] string sender-address string
| Synopsis | Enter the rsvp-p2mp-leaf list instance | |
| Context | configure router string tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-leaf string sender-address string | |
| Tree | rsvp-p2mp-leaf | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[lsp-name] string
| Synopsis | LSP name of the P2MP RSVP tunnel interface | |
| Context | configure router string tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-leaf string sender-address string | |
| Tree | rsvp-p2mp-leaf | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
sender-address string
| Synopsis | Address of a sender for the P2MP RSVP tunnel interface instance | |
| Context | configure router string tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-leaf string sender-address string | |
| Tree | rsvp-p2mp-leaf | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-leaf string sender-address string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
rsvp-p2mp-root [lsp-name] string
| Synopsis | Enter the rsvp-p2mp-root list instance | |
| Context | configure router string tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-root string | |
| Tree | rsvp-p2mp-root | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
[lsp-name] string
| Synopsis | LSP name of the P2MP RSVP tunnel interface | |
| Context | configure router string tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-root string | |
| Tree | rsvp-p2mp-root | |
| String Length | 1 to 32 | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string tunnel-interface rsvp-p2mp-root string description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | All |
twamp-light
| Synopsis | Enter the twamp-light context | |
| Context | configure router string twamp-light | |
| Tree | twamp-light | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
reflector
| Synopsis | Enable the reflector context | |
| Context | configure router string twamp-light reflector | |
| Tree | reflector | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of TWAMP Light functionality | |
| Context | configure router string twamp-light reflector admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
allow-ipv6-udp-checksum-zero boolean
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Process IPv6 packets with a zero UDP checksum | |
| Context | configure router string twamp-light reflector allow-ipv6-udp-checksum-zero boolean | |
| Tree | allow-ipv6-udp-checksum-zero | |
Description | When configured to true, this command allows the processing of IPv6 packets that arrive with a UDP checksum of zero. The destination UDP ports that are registered as TWAMP Test packets as part of this template allow this behavior. When configured to false, IPv6 packets that arrive with a UDP checksum of zero are discarded. | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 21.7.R1 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS | |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string twamp-light reflector description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
prefix [ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Enter the prefix list instance | |
| Context | configure router string twamp-light reflector prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | prefix | |
| Max. Instances | 50 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
[ip-prefix] (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix)
| Synopsis | Source prefix for the TWAMP-Light reflector | |
| Context | configure router string twamp-light reflector prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) | |
| Tree | prefix | |
Notes | This element is part of a list key. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
description string
| Synopsis | Text description | |
| Context | configure router string twamp-light reflector prefix (ipv4-prefix | ipv6-prefix) description string | |
| Tree | description | |
| String Length | 1 to 80 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
type keyword
| Synopsis | Processing behavior type for the reflector | |
| Context | configure router string twamp-light reflector type keyword | |
| Tree | type | |
Description | This command configures the processing behavior of the TWAMP Light reflector. When the value is twamp-light the reflector does not check the received PDU as a traditional base TWAMP Light packet without TLV processing. When the value is stamp, the reflector attempts to find and process supported STAMP TLVs that follow the base STAMP packet. In mixed environments where different types of Session-Senders may be targeting a common TWAMP Light reflector, set the value to stamp. When the reflector is operating in stamp mode, the primary parsing is based on STAMP, checking and processing known TLVs, or determining if the arriving PDU is a TWAMP Light PDU. A Session-Sender launching a TWAMP Light-based packet must use all zeros padding pattern when the pad size is non zero. | |
| Options | ||
| Default | twamp-light | |
| Introduced | 22.7.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS |
udp-port number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | UDP port on which the specified TWAMP-Light reflector listens for TWAMP PDUs | |
| Context | configure router string twamp-light reflector udp-port number | |
| Tree | udp-port | |
| Range | 862 | 64364 to 64373 | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, 7950 XRS | |
vrgw
lanext
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of Home LAN Extension | |
| Context | configure router string vrgw lanext admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
vxlan-port number
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | UDP port to be used by local or remote VXLAN VTEP | |
| Context | configure router string vrgw lanext vxlan-port number | |
| Tree | vxlan-port | |
| Range | 4789 | 8472 | |
| Default | 4789 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
vxlan-vtep-range
| Synopsis | Enter the vxlan-vtep-range context | |
| Context | configure router string vrgw lanext vxlan-vtep-range | |
| Tree | vxlan-vtep-range | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
end (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Upper bound of the VXLAN VTEP range | |
| Context | configure router string vrgw lanext vxlan-vtep-range end (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | end | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
start (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | Lower bound of the VXLAN VTEP range | |
| Context | configure router string vrgw lanext vxlan-vtep-range start (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | start | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
wlan-gw-group reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | WLAN-GW group used for Home LAN Extension | |
| Context | configure router string vrgw lanext wlan-gw-group reference | |
| Tree | wlan-gw-group | |
Reference | configure isa wlan-gw-group number | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
weighted-ecmp keyword
| Synopsis | Weighted load-balancing capability for ECMP routes | |
| Context | configure router string weighted-ecmp keyword | |
| Tree | weighted-ecmp | |
| Options | ||
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
|
Platforms | All |
wlan-gw
distributed-subscriber-mgmt
| Synopsis | Enter the distributed-subscriber-mgmt context | |
| Context | configure router string wlan-gw distributed-subscriber-mgmt | |
| Tree | distributed-subscriber-mgmt | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ipv6-tcp-mss-adjust number
| Synopsis | TCP-MSS adjustment value in upstream direction for DSM | |
| Context | configure router string wlan-gw distributed-subscriber-mgmt ipv6-tcp-mss-adjust number | |
| Tree | ipv6-tcp-mss-adjust | |
| Range | 160 to 10240 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
mobility-triggered-accounting
| Synopsis | Enter the mobility-triggered-accounting context | |
| Context | configure router string wlan-gw mobility-triggered-accounting | |
| Tree | mobility-triggered-accounting | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of mobility triggered accounting | |
| Context | configure router string wlan-gw mobility-triggered-accounting admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
hold-down number
| Synopsis | Hold additional mobility-triggered update until this timer expires | |
| Context | configure router string wlan-gw mobility-triggered-accounting hold-down number | |
| Tree | hold-down | |
| Range | 60 to 86400 | |
| Units | seconds | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
Platforms |
7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
include-counters boolean
| Synopsis | Include counters in interim updates | |
| Context | configure router string wlan-gw mobility-triggered-accounting include-counters boolean | |
| Tree | include-counters | |
| Default | false | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R4 | |
|
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
xconnect
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the WLAN-GW cross-connect | |
| Context | configure router string wlan-gw xconnect admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
tunnel-source-ip string
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | IPv6 address and prefix for the tunnel source | |
| Context | configure router string wlan-gw xconnect tunnel-source-ip string | |
| Tree | tunnel-source-ip | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
wlan-gw-group reference
|
WARNING: Modifying this element toggles the admin-state of the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | ISA WLAN-GW Group | |
| Context | configure router string wlan-gw xconnect wlan-gw-group reference | |
| Tree | wlan-gw-group | |
Reference | configure isa wlan-gw-group number | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7750 SR, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
wpp
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of WPP | |
| Context | configure router string wpp admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
portal [name] string
[name] string
ack-auth-retry-count number
| Synopsis | Number of retransmissions of an ACK_OUT message | |
| Context | configure router string wpp portal string ack-auth-retry-count number | |
| Tree | ack-auth-retry-count | |
| Range | 0 to 5 | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone)
|
WARNING: Modifying this element recreates the parent element automatically for the new value to take effect. | ||
| Synopsis | WPP portal address | |
| Context | configure router string wpp portal string address (ipv4-address-no-zone | ipv6-address-no-zone) | |
| Tree | address | |
Notes | This element is mandatory. | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR | |
admin-state keyword
| Synopsis | Administrative state of the WPP portal server | |
| Context | configure router string wpp portal string admin-state keyword | |
| Tree | admin-state | |
| Options | ||
| Default | disable | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
ntf-logout-retry-count number
| Synopsis | Number of retransmissions of an NTF_LOGOUT message | |
| Context | configure router string wpp portal string ntf-logout-retry-count number | |
| Tree | ntf-logout-retry-count | |
| Range | 0 to 5 | |
| Default | 5 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
port-format keyword
| Synopsis | Format of the port in the ACK_INO message | |
| Context | configure router string wpp portal string port-format keyword | |
| Tree | port-format | |
| Options | ||
| Default | standard | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms |
7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |
retry-interval number
| Synopsis | Time between two consecutive retransmissions | |
| Context | configure router string wpp portal string retry-interval number | |
| Tree | retry-interval | |
| Range | 10 to 2000 | |
| Units | milliseconds | |
| Default | 2000 | |
| Introduced | 16.0.R1 | |
Platforms | 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7750 SR-a, 7750 SR-e, 7750 SR-s, VSR |